JP7765877B2 - gaming machines - Google Patents

Description

The present invention relates to an amusement machine.

Conventionally, as this type of gaming machine, there are known pachinko machines that execute a special game in which a lottery is held to determine whether a game ball enters a start winning slot, and if a jackpot is won in this lottery, a large winning slot is opened, and slot machines that execute a bonus game by inserting a game medal and operating a start switch, and if a bonus is won in the lottery, a bonus game can be executed. In pachinko machines, when a game ball enters a winning slot such as the start winning slot or the large winning slot that opens during the special game, a predetermined number of game balls corresponding to each winning slot are paid out (a predetermined amount of game value is awarded). In slot machines, when a small winning combination is won, a predetermined number of game medals corresponding to the type of small winning combination are paid out (a predetermined amount of game value is awarded).
Furthermore, in recent years, in order to prevent the game from becoming too gambling-like due to the acquisition of a large number of game balls (game medals), gaming machines have been devised that stop the game when the difference between the number of game balls (game medals) paid out and the number of game balls (game medals) used in the game reaches a specific number (see Patent Document 1).

Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2020-81211

In gaming machines such as those described above, in order to increase the player's interest, it is common for various effects to be implemented that suggest gaming benefits (such as the execution of special games or transition to a gaming state that is advantageous to the player) that will be awarded based on the results of a win/lose lottery or a role lottery.
It was desired that the above-mentioned effects could be executed appropriately without reducing the player's interest, even in gaming machines that stop play when the difference number mentioned above reaches a specific number.

The present invention was conceived in light of the above-mentioned circumstances, and aims to provide a gaming machine that can prevent players from losing interest.

In order to achieve the above object, the present invention is configured as follows.
(1) The present invention is a gaming machine comprising a special game execution means capable of executing a special game advantageous to a player, an awarding means for awarding a predetermined amount of game value based on the establishment of a predetermined awarding condition, a test signal control means capable of generating a test signal that can be output to the outside of the gaming machine and indicates the progress and state of the game, and an effect execution means capable of executing an effect, and is capable of setting a non-playable state in which the game cannot proceed based on the difference amount, which is the difference between the amount of game value awarded by the awarding means from a predetermined calculation start point and the amount of game value used in the game, reaching a specific amount, and the effect execution means is capable of executing a special effect, before the end of the special game, that suggests the game profit that will be awarded after the special game ends, and is capable of starting to suggest that the specific amount will be reached from a specific point between the predetermined calculation start point and the difference amount reaching the specific amount, and is characterized in that from the specific point onwards, the execution of the special effect is restricted , and if a non-playable state is set while the test signal is being output, the test signal continues to be output even after the non-playable state is set .

Here, gaming value refers to physical gaming media such as gaming balls and gaming medals, as well as data having the same value as gaming media, including numerical data in which a value corresponding to the number of gaming media is stored. Furthermore, awarding gaming value refers to not only actually paying out a corresponding amount of gaming media such as gaming balls and gaming medals (executing the payout of physical gaming media) based on the establishment of a predetermined awarding condition, but also adding the corresponding amount to the numerical data.
As described above, the gaming machine according to the present invention includes not only a gaming machine that awards gaming value by actually paying out a corresponding amount of gaming media such as gaming balls or gaming medals (executing the payout of physical gaming media) based on the establishment of a predetermined awarding condition, but also a gaming machine that has numerical data that has the same value as gaming media and stores a value corresponding to the number of gaming media, and that awards gaming value by adding the corresponding amount to the above-mentioned numerical data instead of paying out gaming media based on the establishment of a predetermined awarding condition.
Furthermore, if the gaming machine is a pachinko machine, examples of the predetermined award condition include a ball entering a winning hole (start winning hole, big winning hole, etc.) provided in a gaming area where the game ball can flow down. Also, if the gaming machine is a slot machine, examples of the predetermined award condition include a small winning combination being won by a winning combination lottery, and when all the rotating reels have stopped, a symbol combination corresponding to the winning small winning combination is displayed on the pay line.
Furthermore, in the case where the gaming machine is a pachinko machine, the gaming profit granted after the end of the special game may include, for example, the lottery result based on the reserved balls stored after the special game ends, which determines whether the special game will be played again (the occurrence of a so-called consecutive wins in the reserved balls), or the setting of a gaming state advantageous to the player after the special game ends (for example, a high-probability gaming state (a so-called probability variable gaming state) in which the probability of the special game being played is set higher than in the normal gaming state, or a time-saving gaming state in which the frequency of the variable display of special symbols is set higher than in the normal gaming state).In addition, in the case where the gaming machine is a slot machine, the setting of a gaming state advantageous to the player after the bonus game ends (for example, an RT state in which the probability of winning a replay that allows replay without using game value is set higher than in the normal gaming state, or an AT state in which the lottery result of the role drawing is notified, etc.).

The gaming machine of the present invention is capable of setting a non-playable state in which game progress is disabled based on the differential amount, which is the difference between the amount of game value awarded by the awarding means from a predetermined calculation start point and the amount of game value used in the game, reaching a specific amount. Specific suggestions regarding reaching the specific amount can be initiated from a specific point between the predetermined calculation start point and the differential amount reaching the specific amount, and from that specific point onwards, before the end of the special game, the execution of special effects suggesting game profits to be awarded after the end of the special game is restricted. This makes it possible to minimize situations in which a non-playable state occurs despite the execution of special effects, preventing a decline in the player's interest.

This invention provides a gaming machine that can prevent players from losing interest.

1 is an external perspective view of a pachinko machine according to a first embodiment. 1 is an external perspective view of a pachinko machine according to a first embodiment with the front door open. FIG. 1 is a schematic front view of a game board of a pachinko machine according to a first embodiment. FIG. FIG. 2 is an external perspective view of the inner rail of the pachinko machine according to the first embodiment. FIG. 2 is an exploded perspective view of a backflow prevention unit of a pachinko machine according to the first embodiment. 10 is a front schematic view of the backflow prevention unit when the rotating base of the pachinko machine according to the first embodiment is in a non-rotating state. FIG. 1 is a schematic front view of a backflow prevention unit when the rotating base of a pachinko machine according to a first embodiment is in a rotating state. FIG. 10 is a front schematic view of the backflow prevention unit when the rotating base of the pachinko machine according to the first embodiment is in a rotating state. FIG. 1 is an enlarged front view of a rotary valve in a backflow prevention unit when the rotary base of a pachinko machine according to the first embodiment is in a rotating state. FIG. FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of the back side of the pachinko machine according to the first embodiment. FIG. 2 is an external perspective view of the main control board of the pachinko machine according to the first embodiment. An enlarged view of the second starting winning port and movable piece of the pachinko machine of the first embodiment. 1 is a front schematic view of the inside of an attacker device of a pachinko machine according to a first embodiment. FIG. FIG. 2 is a block diagram showing the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine according to the first embodiment. An explanatory diagram of a win/lose random number determination table for a pachinko machine according to the first embodiment. FIG. 10 is an explanatory diagram of a special pattern random number determination table for a pachinko machine according to the first embodiment. FIG. 10 is an explanatory diagram of a special electric device operating table of a pachinko machine according to the first embodiment. 1 is an explanatory diagram of a game status setting table for a pachinko machine according to a first embodiment. FIG. 1 is an explanatory diagram of a variation pattern table of a pachinko machine according to the first embodiment. FIG. 1 is an explanatory diagram of a variation pattern table of a pachinko machine according to the first embodiment. FIG. FIG. 10 is an explanatory diagram of a stop display time table for a pachinko machine according to the first embodiment. An explanatory diagram of a winning determination random number judgment table for a pachinko machine according to the first embodiment. FIG. 10 is an explanatory diagram of a normal symbol variation pattern determination table for a pachinko machine according to the first embodiment. FIG. 10 is an explanatory diagram of a movable piece operation control table of a pachinko machine according to the first embodiment. An explanatory diagram regarding the control state set when power is restored after a power outage in the pachinko machine of the first embodiment. An explanatory diagram regarding the control state set when power is restored after a power outage in the pachinko machine of the first embodiment. 10 is a flowchart showing an outline of the power cut-off evacuation process in the main control board of the pachinko machine according to the first embodiment. 10 is a flowchart showing an outline of main processing in the main control board of the pachinko machine according to the first embodiment. 10 is a flowchart showing an outline of the processing when power is restored in the main control board of the pachinko machine according to the first embodiment. 10 is a flowchart showing an outline of the differential ball control reset process in the main control board of the pachinko machine according to the first embodiment. 10 is a flowchart showing an outline of timer interrupt processing in the main control board of the pachinko machine according to the first embodiment. 10 is a flowchart showing an outline of the processing performed when a sensor detects something in the main control board of the pachinko machine according to the first embodiment. 10 is a flowchart showing an outline of the processing performed when a gate is detected in the main control board of the pachinko machine according to the first embodiment. A flowchart showing an outline of the processing when the first start winning port is detected in the main control board of the pachinko machine of the first form. A flowchart showing an outline of the processing when the second start winning port is detected in the main control board of the pachinko machine of the first form. 10 is a flowchart showing an outline of a preliminary determination process in a main control board of a pachinko machine according to the first embodiment. 10 is a flowchart showing an outline of the processing when a large prize opening is detected in the main control board of a pachinko machine according to the first embodiment. A flowchart showing an outline of the processing when a general winning port is detected in the main control board of a pachinko machine of the first form. 10 is a flowchart showing an outline of the processing performed when an out is detected in the main control board of the pachinko machine according to the first embodiment. 10 is a flowchart showing an outline of the processing performed when a specific area is detected in the main control board of the pachinko machine according to the first embodiment. A flowchart showing an outline of special chart-related control processing in the main control board of a pachinko machine of the first form. 10 is a flowchart showing an outline of the special symbol variation start processing in the main control board of the pachinko machine according to the first embodiment. 10 is a flowchart showing an outline of the win/loss determination process in the main control board of the pachinko machine according to the first embodiment. 10 is a flowchart showing an outline of the variation pattern determination process in the main control board of the pachinko machine according to the first embodiment. 10 is a flowchart showing an outline of the special symbol variation stop processing in the main control board of the pachinko machine according to the first embodiment. 10 is a flowchart showing an outline of post-stop processing in the main control board of the pachinko machine according to the first embodiment. 10 is a flowchart showing an outline of the special game control processing in the main control board of the pachinko machine according to the first embodiment. 10 is a flowchart showing an outline of the special game ending process in the main control board of the pachinko machine according to the first embodiment. 10 is a flowchart showing an outline of the general map-related control processing in the main control board of the pachinko machine according to the first embodiment. 10 is a flowchart showing an outline of the normal symbol variation start processing in the main control board of the pachinko machine according to the first embodiment. 10 is a flowchart showing an outline of the normal symbol lottery process in the main control board of the pachinko machine according to the first embodiment. 10 is a flowchart showing an outline of the normal symbol variation stop processing in the main control board of the pachinko machine according to the first embodiment. 10 is a flowchart showing an outline of the processing after stopping of the normal symbol in the main control board of the pachinko machine according to the first embodiment. 10 is a flowchart showing an outline of a movable piece control process in a main control board of a pachinko machine according to the first embodiment. 10 is a flowchart showing an outline of the solenoid control process in the main control board of the pachinko machine according to the first embodiment. 10 is a flowchart showing an outline of the difference ball related command set processing in the main control board of the pachinko machine according to the first embodiment. 10 is a flowchart showing an outline of the difference ball determination control process in the main control board of the pachinko machine according to the first embodiment. 10 is a flowchart showing an outline of setting-related processing in the main control board of the pachinko machine according to the first embodiment. A state transition diagram showing the transition to each game state of a pachinko machine according to the first embodiment. A state transition diagram showing the transition to each presentation state of the pachinko machine of the first form. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing an example of the variable presentation of the pachinko machine according to the first embodiment. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing an example of the variable presentation of the pachinko machine according to the first embodiment. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing an example of the variable presentation of the pachinko machine according to the first embodiment. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing an example of the variable presentation of the pachinko machine according to the first embodiment. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing an example of the variable presentation of the pachinko machine according to the first embodiment. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing an example of the variable presentation of the pachinko machine according to the first embodiment. FIG. 10 is an explanatory diagram of a variable effect determination table for a pachinko machine according to the first embodiment. FIG. 10 is an explanatory diagram of a variable effect determination table for a pachinko machine according to the first embodiment. 10A and 10B are diagrams showing examples of various effects and various suggestions of the pachinko machine according to the first embodiment. 10 is a flowchart showing an outline of main processing in the sub-control board of the pachinko machine according to the first embodiment. 10 is a flowchart showing an outline of timer interrupt processing in the sub-control board of the pachinko machine according to the first embodiment. 10 is a flowchart showing an outline of the game status setting related command reception processing in the sub-control board of the pachinko machine according to the first embodiment. 10 is a flowchart showing an outline of the power interruption recovery command reception processing in the sub-control board of the pachinko machine according to the first embodiment. 10 is a flowchart showing an outline of the stop display end command reception processing in the sub-control board of the pachinko machine according to the first embodiment. 10 is a flowchart showing an outline of the variation pattern command receiving process in the sub-control board of the pachinko machine according to the first embodiment. 10 is a flowchart showing an outline of the difference ball related command receiving process in the sub-control board of the pachinko machine according to the first embodiment. 10 is a flowchart showing an outline of the prize ball designation command reception processing in the sub-control board of the pachinko machine according to the first embodiment. An explanatory diagram of a win/lose random number determination table in another setting example of a pachinko machine related to the first form. An explanatory diagram of a special pattern random number determination table in another setting example of a pachinko machine according to the first form. An explanatory diagram of a win/lose random number determination table for a pachinko machine according to the second embodiment. An explanatory diagram of a special pattern random number determination table for a pachinko machine according to the second embodiment. FIG. 10 is an explanatory diagram of a special electric device operating table for a pachinko machine according to the second embodiment. FIG. 10 is an explanatory diagram of a game status setting table for a pachinko machine according to the second embodiment. An explanatory diagram of a fluctuation pattern table for a pachinko machine according to the second embodiment. FIG. 10 is an explanatory diagram of a stop display time table for a pachinko machine according to a second embodiment. 10 is a flowchart showing an outline of the processing performed when a special area is detected in the main control board of a pachinko machine according to a second embodiment. 10 is a flowchart showing an outline of the special symbol variation start processing in the main control board of the pachinko machine according to the second embodiment. A flowchart showing an outline of the win/loss determination process in the main control board of a pachinko machine related to the second form. 10 is a flowchart showing an outline of the special symbol variation stop processing in the main control board of the pachinko machine according to the second embodiment. 10 is a flowchart showing an outline of the game state setting process at the time of stop display in the main control board of a pachinko machine according to the second embodiment. 10 is a flowchart showing an outline of post-stop processing in the main control board of a pachinko machine according to a second embodiment. 10 is a flowchart showing an outline of the small win game control processing in the main control board of the pachinko machine according to the second embodiment. 10 is a flowchart showing an outline of the special game ending process in the main control board of the pachinko machine according to the second embodiment. A figure showing an example of the variable presentation mode of a pachinko machine related to the second form. FIG. 10 is a diagram illustrating various settings of a pachinko machine according to the third embodiment. FIG. 10 is a diagram illustrating various settings of a pachinko machine according to the third embodiment. 10 is a flowchart showing an outline of the special symbol variation stop processing in the main control board of a pachinko machine according to the third embodiment. 10 is a flowchart showing an outline of the remaining variation number update process in the main control board of a pachinko machine according to the third embodiment. 10 is a flowchart showing an outline of the remaining win count update process in the main control board of a pachinko machine according to the third embodiment. 10 is a flowchart showing an outline of the game state control processing in the main control board of a pachinko machine according to the third embodiment. 10 is a flowchart showing an outline of the special game ending process in the main control board of a pachinko machine according to the third embodiment. FIG. 10 is a diagram illustrating various settings of a pachinko machine according to the fourth embodiment. FIG. 10 is a diagram illustrating various settings of a pachinko machine according to the fourth embodiment. A figure explaining the fluctuation pattern table of a pachinko machine related to the fourth embodiment. A state transition diagram showing the transition to each game state of a pachinko machine according to the fourth embodiment. 10 is a flowchart showing an outline of the special symbol variation stop processing in the main control board of a pachinko machine according to the fourth embodiment. 10 is a flowchart showing an outline of the game state control processing in the main control board of a pachinko machine according to the fourth embodiment. 10 is a flowchart showing an outline of the special game ending process in the main control board of a pachinko machine according to the fourth embodiment. A figure showing an example of the variable effects and other effects of the pachinko machine of the fourth form. A figure showing an example of the variable effects and other effects of the pachinko machine of the fourth form. A figure showing an example of the variable effects and other effects of the pachinko machine of the fourth form. A figure showing an example of the variable effects and other effects of the pachinko machine of the fourth form. A figure showing an example of the variable effects and other effects of the pachinko machine of the fourth form. A diagram explaining various setting contents of a pachinko machine according to the fifth embodiment. A diagram explaining various setting contents of a pachinko machine according to the fifth embodiment. A figure explaining the fluctuation pattern table of a pachinko machine related to the fifth form. A state transition diagram showing the transition to each game state of a pachinko machine related to the fifth form. A diagram explaining various setting contents of a pachinko machine relating to variant example 1 of the fifth form. A diagram explaining various setting contents of a pachinko machine relating to variant example 1 of the fifth form. A state transition diagram showing the transition to each game state of a pachinko machine related to variant example 1 of the fifth form. A diagram explaining various setting contents of a pachinko machine relating to variant example 2 of the fifth form. A diagram explaining various setting contents of a pachinko machine relating to variant example 2 of the fifth form. A state transition diagram showing the transition to each game state of a pachinko machine related to variant example 2 of the fifth form. A diagram explaining various setting contents of a pachinko machine according to the sixth embodiment. A diagram explaining various setting contents of a pachinko machine according to the sixth embodiment. A figure explaining the fluctuation pattern table of a pachinko machine related to the sixth embodiment. A state transition diagram showing the transition to each game state of a pachinko machine related to the sixth form. A figure showing an example of the variable effects and other effects of the pachinko machine of the sixth form. A figure showing an example of the variable effects and other effects of the pachinko machine of the sixth form. A figure showing an example of the variable effects and other effects of the pachinko machine of the sixth form. A figure showing an example of the variable effects and other effects of the pachinko machine of the sixth form. A figure showing an example of the variable effects and other effects of the pachinko machine of the sixth form. A figure showing an example of the variable effects and other effects of the pachinko machine of the sixth form. A figure showing an example of the variable effects and other effects of the pachinko machine of the sixth form. A figure showing an example of the variable effects and other effects of the pachinko machine of the sixth form. 13 is a flowchart showing an outline of the difference ball related command receiving process in the sub-control board of the pachinko machine according to the sixth embodiment. 13 is a flowchart showing an outline of the RAM clear command reception processing in the sub-control board of the pachinko machine according to the sixth embodiment. A flowchart showing an outline of the variable pattern command reception processing during normal game mode in the sub-control board of a pachinko machine of the sixth embodiment. 13 is a flowchart showing an outline of the pre-determination command reception processing in the sub-control board of the pachinko machine according to the sixth embodiment. 13 is a flowchart showing an outline of the opening command receiving process in the sub-control board of the pachinko machine according to the sixth embodiment.

(First form)
Hereinafter, a first embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings.
(External configuration of pachinko machine P)
The gaming machine according to this embodiment is a pachinko machine P that uses gaming balls as a gaming medium. Although not shown in the figure, in an amusement parlor where the pachinko machines P are installed, multiple pachinko machines P are arranged side by side in an area where the gaming machines are installed called an island, and a gaming ball lending device for lending the gaming balls is installed adjacent to each pachinko machine P. Furthermore, each pachinko machine P is connected to a corresponding gaming ball lending device R.
The game ball lending device R can accept the insertion of banknotes and a storage medium (card) that stores the value information required for lending game balls. After inserting a banknote (or a card) into the game ball lending device R, a player can receive game balls from the game ball lending device R by performing a predetermined operation on the pachinko machine P.

As shown in Figures 1 and 2, the pachinko machine P of this embodiment comprises a machine frame 1, which is a rectangular frame body fixed to the island and has a hollow portion (not shown), a main body frame 2, which is also a rectangular frame body with a hollow portion (not shown) attached to the machine frame 1 by a hinge mechanism (not shown) so that it can be opened and closed, and a front door 3, which is attached to the main body frame 2 by a hinge mechanism (not shown) so that it can be opened and closed, and has an opening (not shown) formed in the front.

1, a speaker serving as an audio output device 10 is provided in the lower left portion of the machine frame 1. A game board 11 for forming a game area 12 is housed in the hollow portion of the main body frame 2. The front door 3 is provided with a transparent plate 4 covering the opening, an upper tray 6 and a receiving tray 7 located below the transparent plate 4 and capable of receiving game balls, an operating handle 5 attached to the right of the receiving tray 7 for operating to launch the game balls, and two speakers serving as audio output devices 10 attached to the upper left and right portions of the transparent plate 4, one each.
1, a front door effect lamp DL that produces effects by emitting light in various colors and light patterns is provided on the outer periphery of the front door 3, and a status notification lamp EL that emits light in various colors to notify of various states that occur when predetermined conditions are met is provided on the upper left of the outer periphery of the front door 3. Both the front door effect lamp DL and the status notification lamp EL are composed of LEDs that can emit light in multiple colors.

In this pachinko machine P, when the main frame 2 is closed against the machine casing 1 and the front door 3 is closed, the transparent plate 4 is positioned in front of the game board 11, with a gap between them. This makes it possible to view the game board 11 located behind through the transparent plate 4.

The upper tray 6 is also designed to guide game balls dispensed by the game ball dispensing device R and prize balls paid out from the pachinko machine P. The upper tray 6 is capable of holding a predetermined number of game balls, but when the upper tray 6 is full of game balls, any game balls subsequently dispensed or paid out are guided to the receiving tray 7. The bottom of the receiving tray 7 is also provided with a discharge hole for discharging the stored game balls, and an opening/closing plate that can open and close the discharge hole, although these are not specifically shown. Normally, the discharge hole is closed by the opening/closing plate, but by moving the opening/closing lever 8 (see Figure 1) attached integrally to the opening/closing plate horizontally, the opening/closing plate also moves in the same direction, opening the discharge hole. This allows the game balls to fall through the discharge hole and be discharged out of the receiving tray 7.

The operating handle 5 is also designed so that the player can rotate it in a predetermined direction. When the player rotates the operating handle 5, the game balls held in the upper tray 6 are sent to a launching device (not specifically shown), which then launches the game balls toward the play area 12 with a strength that corresponds to the rotation angle of the operating handle 5. The game balls launched in this manner are guided upward by a pair of rails 13a, 13b fixed to the game board 11, and reach the play area 12.

The game area 12 is a portion of the space formed between the game board 11 and the transparent plate 4 when the main frame 2 and front door 3 are closed to the machine frame 1, which is partitioned into an approximately circular shape by a pair of rails 13a, 13b fixed to the game board 11, and is an area where game balls can flow down.
As shown in Figure 3A, this play area 12 is composed of a first play area 12a, which is the area on the left side as seen from the player facing the pachinko machine P, and a second play area 12b, which is the area on the right side as seen from the player facing the pachinko machine P. The possibility of a game ball entering these two play areas 12 differs depending on the firing strength of the launching device. Specifically, when the firing strength of the launching device is less than a predetermined strength (a strength that prevents the game ball launched by the launching device from reaching the highest point in the play area 12), the game ball enters the first play area 12a. On the other hand, when the firing strength of the launching device is greater than or equal to a predetermined strength (a strength that allows the game ball launched by the launching device to reach the highest point in the play area 12), the game ball enters the second play area 12b.

Here, the rails 13a and 13b will be described in detail.
The gaming board 11 is a plate-like member that is generally rectangular when viewed from the front (see FIG. 3A), and as described above, a pair of rails 13a, 13b is provided on the surface of the gaming board 11. Note that, hereinafter, of the rails 13a, 13b, the outermost rail 13a (the rail closer to the outer periphery of the gaming board 11) will also be referred to as the outer rail 13a, and the innermost rail 13b (the rail farther from the outer periphery of the gaming board 11) will also be referred to as the inner rail 13b.

The outer rail 13a is a long, thin metal plate-like member with a width greater than the diameter of the game ball (see Figure 3A). It is attached (supported) along the base surface of a rail base (not specifically shown) that is installed on the surface of the game board 11. The rail base is a plate-like member that is roughly C-shaped when viewed from the front. When installed on the surface of the game board 11, it opens toward the lower right and is cut out to form an arc (i.e., an arc that convex toward the left) centered approximately in the center of the play area 12 (game board 11). The cutout surface formed by this cutout becomes the base surface. By attaching the outer rail 13a to the base surface, it is arranged in an arc-like shape that convex toward the left, starting from a position to the left of the lower center of the game board 11 and extending to the left, top, and upper right edges of the game board 11 (see Figure 2).

The inner rail 13b is a long, thin, synthetic resin member having approximately the same width as the outer rail 13a, and is erected on the surface of the game board 11 so as to face the outer rail 13a across a gap larger than the diameter of the game ball.The inner rail 13b starts slightly to the left of the lower center of the game board 11 and is arranged in an arc shape that convex to the left from near the left end to near the upper left end of the game board 11.
The front surface of the space between the outer rail 13a and the inner rail 13b faces the back surface of the transparent plate 4b, forming a guide passage 640 through which the game balls launched by the launching device can pass (see FIGS. 3D to 3G). This guide passage 640 is connected to the game area 12 and guides the game balls launched by the launching device to the game area 12.
In addition, a backflow prevention section 700 is provided at the upper end of the inner rail 13b (the tip of the inner rail 13b, in other words, the boundary between the guide passage 640 and the game area 12) to prevent game balls that have entered the game area 12 from returning to the guide passage 640.

As shown in Figures 3B and 3C, the backflow prevention unit 700 comprises a rotating unit 710, a case unit 730 in which the rotating unit 710 is disposed, and a cover plate 750 that covers the case unit 730 when the rotating unit 710 is disposed. The rotating unit 710 is attached to the case unit 730 and the cover plate 750 so that it can rotate while sandwiched between the case unit 730 and the cover plate 750.

The case portion 730 comprises a thin synthetic resin base plate 731 that is fixed to the gaming board 11, and a thin synthetic resin side plate 732 that stands upright from a portion corresponding to approximately the right half of the outer periphery of the base plate 731 (approximately the right half of the base plate 731 when fixed to the gaming board 11). The base plate 731 and the side plate 732 form a space S that opens toward the front of the gaming board 11 and toward the guide passage 640 (see Figure 3C).
The base plate 731 is provided with a cylindrical boss 731a located at its upper end (the upper end of the base plate 731 when fixed to the game board 11) and standing upright from the base plate 731, a cylindrical base-side bearing portion 731b located below the boss 731a (slightly above the center of the base plate 731) and standing upright from the base plate 731, a roughly fan-shaped guide groove 731c located below the base-side bearing portion 731b (slightly below the center of the base plate 731) and passing through the base plate 731, and a slender rod-shaped engagement pin 731d located below the guide groove 731c (the lower end of the base plate 731) and standing upright from the base plate 731 (see Figure 3C).

The cover plate 750 is a thin, synthetic resin member that covers the opening in the case portion 730 facing the front of the game board 11. The cover plate 750 is provided with a screw hole 750a that passes through the cover plate 750 and is positioned corresponding to the boss 731a of the base plate 731 when the opening is covered; a cylindrical cover-side bearing portion 750b that stands upright on the back surface of the cover plate 750 (the surface facing the base plate 731 when the opening is covered) and is positioned corresponding to the base-side bearing portion 731b of the base plate 731; and an engagement hole 750c that passes through the cover plate 750 and is positioned corresponding to the engagement pin 731d of the base plate 731 when the opening is covered (see Figure 3C).

The rotating part 710 is a member with a V-shaped outer shape and includes a synthetic resin, approximately elliptical cylindrical rotating base 711 that is rotatably attached to the base plate 731 and the cover plate 750, and a synthetic resin, thin plate-like rotating valve 712 that protrudes from near the upper end of the rotating base 711 (near the upper end of the rotating base 711 when attached to the case part 730) (see Figure 3C). When the rotating part 710 is attached to the case part 730, the rotating base 711 is located within the space S of the case part 730 and is rotatable within this space S while sandwiched between the base plate 731 and the cover plate 750. The rotating valve 712 protrudes out of the space S through an opening in the case part 730 that faces the guide passage 640, and is rotatable along with the rotating base 711.

The pivoting base 711 has an approximately elliptical base bottom surface 711a that faces the base plate 731 when attached to the case portion 730, a base side surface 711b that stands up from the outer peripheral edge of the base bottom surface 711a, and an approximately elliptical base top surface 711c that is located at the standing end of the base side surface 711b and faces the base bottom surface 711a across the base side surface 711b (see Figure 3C).
In addition, when the rotating base 711 is attached to the case portion 730, an axial hole 711d that penetrates from the base top surface 711c to the base bottom surface 711a is provided at a position corresponding to the base side bearing portion 731b of the base plate 731 and the cover side bearing portion 750b of the cover plate 750, and a guide pin (not specifically shown) that protrudes from the base bottom surface 711a toward the base plate 731 is provided at a position corresponding to the guide groove 731c of the base plate 731.
In addition, the length from the base bottom surface 711a to the base top surface 711c is slightly shorter than the length from the surface of the base plate 731 of the case part 730 to the upright end of the side plate 732, so that when the rotating part 710 is attached to the case part 730, the rotating base 711 is stored in the space S while being sandwiched between the base plate 731 and the cover plate 750.

The rotary valve 712 is a roughly rectangular thin plate-like member that extends vertically upward from the upper left end of the base side surface 711b of the rotary base 711 when attached to the case portion 730, and is equipped with a guide passage side surface 712a that faces the guide passage 640 (opposite the guide passage 640), a play area side surface 712b that faces the guide passage side surface 712a and faces the play area 12 (opposite the play area 12), a top surface 712c that slopes downward from the upper edge of the guide passage side surface 712a to the upper edge of the play area side surface 712b, and a protruding piece 712d that protrudes from approximately the center of the longitudinal direction (vertical direction) of the play area side surface 712b toward the play area 12 (see Figure 3C).
The length from the base side surface 711b to the upper edge of the guide passage side surface 712a is longer than the length from the base side surface 711b to the upper edge of the play area side surface 712b.
Furthermore, when the rotating base 711 is attached to the case 730, the rotary valve 712 protrudes from the space S into the guide passage 640 through an opening in the case 730 facing the guide passage 640, and in a normal state, extends vertically upward within the guide passage 640, with the tip of the rotary valve 712 positioned slightly below the outer rail 13a (see FIG. 3D ). In other words, the length from the base side surface 711b of the rotating base 711 to the tip of the rotary valve 712 is such that, in a normal state, the guide passage 640 is almost completely blocked when the rotating base 711 is attached to the case 730.

When attaching the above-mentioned rotating part 710 to the above-mentioned case part 730 and cover plate 750, first align the base side bearing part 731b of the base plate 731 with the axial hole 711d of the rotating base 711, and position the rotating part 710 on the case part 730 so that the guide pin of the rotating base 711 is inserted into the guide groove 731c of the base plate 731. Next, a thin rod-shaped axial pin 760 whose length reaches from the base side bearing portion 731b to the cover side bearing portion 750b of the cover plate 750 is inserted into the axial hole 711d of the rotating base 711, and the boss 731a of the base plate 731 is aligned with the screw hole 750a of the cover plate 750, and the cover side bearing portion 750b is aligned with the tip of the axial pin 760 protruding from the axial hole 711d of the rotating base 711.Furthermore, the cover plate 750 is positioned so that the engagement pin 731d of the base plate 731 is inserted into the engagement hole 750c of the cover plate 750. Finally, by threading a screw 764 into the boss 731a and the screw hole 750a from the front surface of the cover plate 750 (the surface opposite the back surface of the cover plate 750), the rotating unit 710 is attached to the case unit 730 and the cover plate 750 with the rotating base 711 sandwiched between the base plate 731 and the cover plate 750 (with the cover plate 750 covering the opening in the case unit 730 facing the front of the game board 11) (see Figures 3C and 3D, etc.).

Then, as described above, when the rotating part 710 is attached to the case part 730 and the cover plate 750, one end of the pivot pin 760 is engaged with the base side bearing part 731b and the other end is engaged with the cover side bearing part 750b, so that the rotating base 711 is supported in a sandwiched state between the base plate 731 and the cover plate 750 so that it can rotate around the pivot pin 760 as the axis.
Here, as described above, the pivot base 711 is a member having an approximately elliptical cylindrical shape, the pivot valve 712 extending from the pivot base 711 is a thin plate-like member, and the pivot base 711 is a member heavier than the pivot valve 712.
As a result, when the rotating part 710 is attached to the case part 730 and the cover plate 750, the rotating base 711 is normally biased by its own weight to rotate counterclockwise around the pivot pin 760, but the guide pin inserted into the guide groove 731c of the base plate 731 remains in contact with the left end of the guide groove 731c. At this time, the rotating valve 712 extends vertically upward within the guide passage 640, and the guide passage 640 is almost completely blocked by the rotating valve 712 (see FIG. 3D).
On the other hand, when a game ball launched by the launching device and rising in the guide passage 640 comes into contact with the guide passage side surface 712a of the rotating piece 712, the rotating base 711 rotates clockwise against its own weight around the pivot pin 760 until the play area side surface 712b of the rotating piece 712 abuts against the side surface of the boss 731a on the base plate 731. Furthermore, when the play area side surface 712b abuts against the side surface of the boss 731a, the rotating valve 712 extends toward the upper right (toward the upper end of the play area 12), and the guide passage 640 is opened (see FIG. 3E).

Next, the rotation of the rotary valve 712 and the prevention by the rotary valve 712 of game balls that have entered the play area 12 from flowing back into the guide passage 640 will be described in detail. Note that, below, the normal state of the rotary part 710 when attached to the case part 730 and cover plate 750 (when the rotary valve 712 extends vertically upward) may be referred to as the "non-rotating state," the state in which the rotary base 711 has rotated and the play area 712b is in contact with the side of the boss 731a may be referred to as the "rotating state," and the state in which the rotary base 711 is in the process of changing from the non-rotating state to the rotating state (when the rotary base 711 is rotating) may be referred to as the "rotating state."

As described above, in the non-rotating state, the rotary valve 712 extends vertically upward within the guide passage 640, and the distance from the tip of the rotary valve 712 (the upper edge of the guide passage side surface 712a) to the outer rail 13a at this time is shorter than the diameter of the game ball, and furthermore, it is the shortest distance from the tip of the rotary valve 712 to the outer rail 13a between the non-rotating state and the rotating state.
Furthermore, as described above, in the rotating state, the rotating valve 712 extends to the upper right, and the distance from the tip of the rotating valve 712 to the outer rail 13a at this time is longer than the diameter of the game ball, and furthermore, it is the longest distance from the tip of the rotating valve 712 to the outer rail 13a between the non-rotating state and the rotating state.

In the non-rotating state, when a game ball launched by the launching device and rising in the guide passage 640 comes into contact with the guide passage side surface 712a of the rotating piece 712, the rotating base 711 rotates until the game ball reaches the rotating state. As described above, in this rotating state, the distance from the tip of the rotating valve 712 to the outer rail 13a is longer than the diameter of the game ball, and the guide passage 640 is opened. As a result, the game ball that comes into contact with the guide passage side surface 712a enters the game area 12.
After the game ball enters the play area 12, the force generated by the game ball's contact with the guide passage side surface 712a is released, and the pivot base 711 quickly pivots counterclockwise under its own weight to enter a non-rotating state. In this non-rotating state, the guide pin abuts the left end of the guide groove 731c, so the pivot base 711 cannot pivot counterclockwise any further. Furthermore, the distance from the tip of the pivot valve 712 to the outer rail 13a is shorter than the diameter of the game ball, and the guide passage 640 is almost completely blocked by the pivot valve 712. As a result, even if the game ball that has entered the play area 12 comes into contact with, for example, a pinwheel or a nail and heads from the play area 12 toward the guide passage 640, it will come into contact with the play area side surface 712b of the pivot valve 712, preventing it from entering the guide passage 640. In this way, in the non-rotating state, the rotating valve 712 prevents the game ball that has entered the game area 12 from returning to the guide passage 640.

In addition, during the rotational state, which is transitioning from the rotational state to the non-rotational state, a game ball BB that has entered the play area 12 but is attempting to return into the guide passage 640 (hereinafter also referred to as a returning game ball) may come into contact with a game ball BG that has been launched by the launching device, rises within the guide passage 640, and is attempting to enter the play area 12 (hereinafter also referred to as an entering game ball) (hereinafter also referred to as a rotational contact state) (see Figures 3F and 3G).

In this contact state during rotation, the entering game ball BG is in contact with the guide passage side surface 712a of the rotating valve 712, the outer rail 13a, and the returning game ball BB, and the returning game ball BB is in contact with the tip of the rotating valve 712, the outer rail 13a, and the entering game ball BG (see Figures 3F and 3G).
Furthermore, in this contact state during rotation, the distance from the tip of the rotary valve 712 to the outer rail 13a is longer than the distance from the tip of the rotary valve 712 to the outer rail 13a in the non-rotating state, and shorter than the distance from the tip of the rotary valve 712 to the outer rail 13a in the rotating state, and further, the distance D1 from the tip of the rotary valve 712 to the outer rail 13a is shorter than the distance D2 from the lowest point P of the game ball BB during return to the outer rail 13a (see Figure 3G).
Furthermore, in this contact state during rotation, the tip of the rotating piece 712 is positioned to the upper left of the lowest point P of the returning game ball BB (i.e., above and to the left of the lowest point P of the returning game ball BB) (see Figure 3G).

If the entering game ball BG and the returning game ball BB come into contact during this rotating contact state and then the returning game ball BB attempts to return into the guide passage 640, the returning game ball BB will come into contact with the tip of the rotary valve 712 from the direction of the play area 12, and the rotary valve 712, which has come into contact with the returning game ball BB, will rotate counterclockwise and attempt to move toward a non-rotating state. As the rotary valve 712 moves toward the non-rotating state, the distance from the tip of the rotary valve 712 to the outer rail 13a gradually shortens, and the guide passage 640 is gradually blocked by the rotary valve 712. Therefore, in this case, the entering game ball BG, which is ascending up the guide passage 640, will flow down (backflow) the guide passage 640 from which it rose, but it will be difficult for the returning game ball BB to return into the guide passage 640. In this way, if the incoming game ball BG and the returning game ball BB come into contact during rotation at the boundary between the guide passage 640 and the game area 112, the returning game ball BB can be prevented from returning to the guide passage 640, preventing a situation in which both the incoming game ball BG and the returning game ball BB flow down the guide passage 640.

In addition, if, in the above-described rotating contact state, the distance D1 from the tip of the rotary valve 712 to the outer rail 13a were longer than the distance D2 from the lowest point P of the returning game ball BB to the outer rail 13a, after the entering game ball BG and the returning game ball BB come into contact, the returning game ball BB would be more likely to enter the gap between the tip of the rotary valve 712 and the outer guide rail 13a. If the returning game ball BB enters this gap, the returning game ball BB will rotate the rotary valve 712 clockwise, causing it to move toward a rotating state. As the valve 712 moves toward the rotating state, the distance from the tip of the rotary valve 712 to the outer rail 13a gradually increases, opening the guide passage 640, which could result in the returning game ball BB returning into the guide passage 640.
In the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, in the above-mentioned contact state during rotation, the distance D1 from the tip of the rotary valve 712 to the outer rail 13a is shorter than the distance D2 from the lowest point P of the returning game ball BB to the outer rail 13a, thereby preventing the above-mentioned situation from occurring.

Now, we return to the explanation of the game area 12.
2 and 3A, the game area 12 is provided with a windmill and numerous nails for causing the game balls to flow randomly, a general winning opening 14 through which the game balls can enter, a first starting winning opening 15 and a second starting winning opening 16 as starting areas, a gate 20 through which the game balls can pass, an attacker device 17 that activates when a predetermined condition is met, an outlet 19 that guides the game balls out of the game area 12, an effect display device 21 that displays various effects and various suggestions (announcements) as the game progresses, a board effect lamp GL, a right-hit notification lamp RL (not shown), and a bonus effect device YS. Note that only some of the nails are shown in FIG. 3A, and the other nails are omitted.

As shown in Figure 3A, the general winning opening 14 is located slightly to the left of the center at the bottom of the game area 12, and when a game ball enters the general winning opening 14, a predetermined number of prize balls (five in this embodiment) are paid out.
The number and location of the general winning slots 14 are not particularly limited.

As shown in Figure 3A, the first start winning opening 15 is located slightly below the center of the play area 12. In this embodiment of the pachinko machine P, only game balls flowing down the first play area 12a can enter the first start winning opening 15; game balls flowing down the second play area 12b cannot enter.

3A, the gate 20 is provided at the top of the second game area 12b (slightly above the center of the right part of the game area 12). In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, only game balls flowing down the second game area 12b can pass through the gate 20, and game balls flowing down the first game area 12a cannot pass through the gate 20. In addition, the pachinko machine P is configured so that almost all game balls that enter the second game area 12b pass through the gate 20.
When the gaming ball passes through the gate 20, a lottery for a normal symbol, which will be described later, is held. If the result of the lottery for the normal symbol is a winning one, the movable piece 16b, which will be described later, protrudes for a predetermined period of time.

Below the gate 20, as shown in FIG. 3A, the second start winning opening 16 and a flat movable piece 16b (a normal electric device) that can be protruded and retracted into the game board 11 are arranged side by side.
The upper surface of the movable piece 16b is formed so as to slope downward from the right end to the left end when protruding from the game board 11. The right end of the movable piece 16b is located directly below the gate 20, and the second start winning opening 16 is located to the left of the left end of the movable piece 16b. The second start winning opening 16 is cup-shaped and opens upward, and a game ball that reaches the opening enters the second start winning opening 16. Furthermore, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, the time it takes for a game ball at the right end of the upper surface of the movable piece 16b to reach the opening of the second start winning opening 16 (hereinafter also referred to as the opening arrival time) is configured to be approximately 0.3 seconds.
When the movable piece 16b is protruding from the game board 11 (hereinafter also referred to as the protruding state), the upper surface of the movable piece 16b functions as a guide member that guides the game ball to the opening of the second start winning hole 16 (see FIG. 4(b)). On the other hand, when the movable piece 16b is immersed in the game board 11 (hereinafter also referred to as the immersed state), the movable piece 16b cannot guide the game ball to the opening of the second start winning hole 16 (see FIG. 4(a)).
In addition, only game balls flowing down the second game area 12b can enter the second start winning port 16, and game balls flowing down the first game area 12a cannot enter the second start winning port 16.

It should be noted that the second starting winning port 16 and the movable piece 16b are not limited to the above-described configuration.
For example, the second start winning opening 16 may be provided with a blade member as the movable piece 16b that can rotate left and right about an axis perpendicular to the game board 11 to open and close the second start winning opening 16. Specifically, when the movable piece 16b (blade member) is closed, the second start winning opening 16 is in a closed state and it is not possible for a game ball to enter the second start winning opening 16, whereas when the movable piece 16b is open, the second start winning opening 16 is in an open state and the movable piece 16b functions as a guide member that guides the game ball toward the second start winning opening 16, thereby enabling the game ball to enter the second start winning opening 16.
In addition, the movable piece 16b may be a cover member that rotates back and forth around an axis horizontal to the game board 11 to open and close the second start winning opening 16, or it may be a shutter member that slides up and down to open and close the second start winning opening 16.

The installation locations of the first start winning opening 15 and the second start winning opening 16 are not particularly limited. For example, the first start winning opening 15 and the second start winning opening 16 may be placed in a position that makes it easy for game balls flowing down either game area 12 (first game area 12a, second game area 12b) to enter the opening.

When a game ball enters the first start winning slot 15 or the second start winning slot 16, a predetermined number of prize balls are paid out, and a win/loss lottery is held to determine whether or not a jackpot (described below) has been won (hereinafter also referred to as a win/loss of the jackpot) and whether or not a time-saving game state (described below) will be granted (hereinafter also referred to as a time-saving granting win/loss), and one special symbol is selected from a plurality of predetermined special symbols depending on the result of the win/loss lottery. There are multiple types of special symbols that can be selected, and depending on the type of special symbol selected, a game benefit such as the execution of a special game advantageous to the player or the granting of a time-saving game state (setting of the time-saving game state JT1 or JT2 described below) is awarded.
The number of prize balls paid out based on a game ball entering the first start winning port 15 or the second start winning port 16 is not particularly limited as long as it is one or more, and may be any number. Furthermore, the number of prize balls may be the same or different between the first start winning port 15 (a start winning port without the movable piece 16b) and the second start winning port 16 (a start winning port with the movable piece 16b). In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, the number of prize balls paid out based on a game ball entering the first start winning port 15 is three, and the number of prize balls paid out based on a game ball entering the second start winning port 16 is one.

As shown in FIG. 3A , the attacker device 17 is located approximately in the center of the right portion of the game area 12 (below the second start winning opening 16 and the movable piece 16b). The attacker device 17 includes a large winning opening 18 through which game balls can enter and an opening/closing door 18b that opens and closes the large winning opening 18. Normally, the opening/closing door 18b is closed, preventing game balls from entering the large winning opening 18. However, when the special game described above is played, the opening/closing door 18b opens, opening the large winning opening 18 and allowing game balls to enter the large winning opening 18. Specifically, during the special game described above, multiple round games are played in which the large winning opening 18 is opened. When one game ball enters the large winning opening 18, a predetermined number of prize balls (15 in this embodiment) are paid out.
3A, game balls flowing down the second game area 12b can enter the large prize opening 18, but game balls flowing down the first game area 12a cannot. Although not specifically shown, nails, windmills, etc. are arranged so that almost all game balls flowing down the second game area 12b can reach the large prize opening 18, except for those that enter the second start prize opening 16. Therefore, as long as game balls continue to be shot out as long as the large prize opening 18 is open, the game balls will enter the large prize opening 18.

Furthermore, as shown in Figures 5(a) and (b), a rolling path 51 is provided inside the attacker device 17, along which a gaming ball that has entered the large prize opening 18 can roll to the left. This rolling path 51 branches into an upper passage 52 and a lower passage 53 at a predetermined position in the rolling direction, with the upper passage 52 having at its end a general area 58 into which a gaming ball that has entered the large prize opening 18 can enter, and the lower passage 53 having at its end a specific area 57 into which a gaming ball that has entered the large prize opening 18 can enter (see Figures 5(a) and (b)).

As shown in Figures 5(a) and (b), a distribution member 59 that distributes game balls to either the upper passage 52 or the lower passage 53 is provided at the position where the upper passage 52 and the lower passage 53 branch off. This distribution member 59 is rotatable about an axis perpendicular to the gaming board 11 and can be displaced between a first position that opens the path to the upper passage 52 and blocks the path to the lower passage 53, and a second position that blocks the path to the upper passage 52 and opens the path to the lower passage 53. When the distribution member 59 is in the first position, a game ball that enters the big prize opening 18 proceeds to the upper passage 52 and enters the general area 58, and when the distribution member 59 is in the second position, it proceeds to the lower passage 53 and enters the specific area 57.

In addition, although not specifically shown, the attacker device 17 is provided with a specific area outlet for discharging game balls that have entered the specific area 57 out of the big prize opening 18 (to the rear side of the game board 11), and a general area outlet for discharging game balls that have entered the general area 58 out of the big prize opening 18 (to the rear side of the game board 11).

In addition, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, the manner in which the opening and closing door 18b is opened and closed (opening and closing pattern) and the manner in which the sorting member 59 is operated (operation pattern) in the round game executed during the above-mentioned special game are set for each type of special pattern determined when a jackpot is won.
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, if a predetermined number of game balls (one in this embodiment) enter the specific area 57 during a specific round of play, the game state after the special game ends is set to a high-probability time-shortened game state, which is a game state that combines a high-probability game state, which is a game state advantageous to the player, and a time-shortened game state JT2, which will be described later. On the other hand, if the predetermined number of game balls do not enter the specific area 57 during the specific round of play (i.e., if all game balls that entered the big prize slot 18 enter the general area 58), the game state after the special game ends is set to a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2, which is a game state that combines a low-probability game state and the time-shortened game state JT2.
The opening and closing pattern of the opening and closing door 18b, the operating pattern of the sorting member 59, and the setting of the game state will be described in detail later.
As described above, instead of setting the game state after the end of a special game to a high-probability time-saving game state or a low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 depending on whether a predetermined number of game balls enter the specific area 57 during a round of play during the special game, the game state after the end of the special game may be set to a high-probability time-saving game state or a low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 depending on the type of special symbol determined in the event of a jackpot win. For example, if a specific special symbol is determined in the event of a jackpot win, the game state after the end of the special game may be set to a high-probability time-saving game state, but if a special symbol other than the specific special symbol is determined, the game state after the end of the special game may be set to a low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 or a normal game state. In this way, if the game state after the end of a special game is determined depending on the type of special symbol, the above-mentioned specific area 57 does not need to be provided.

As shown in Figure 3A, the outlet 19 is located at the bottom of the game area 12 and receives game balls that do not enter any of the general winning openings 14, first starting winning openings 15, second starting winning openings 16, or big winning openings 18. Game balls received by the outlet 19 are then guided to the back side of the game board 11 and collected.

As shown in Fig. 3A, the effect display device 21 is provided in approximately the center of the play area 12. In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, a liquid crystal display device is used as this effect display device 21. The effect display device 21 is provided with a display unit 21a for displaying images such as moving images and still images, and in addition to displaying a background image on the display unit 21a, effect symbols 50 (dummy symbols) are displayed in a variable manner, and a variable effect is performed to notify the player of the result of the winning/losing lottery depending on the stop display mode of each effect symbol 50.
During special play, the display unit 21a displays an opening effect that is executed when the special play starts, a round play effect that is executed during the round play described below, and an ending effect that is executed after all round plays have finished (when the special play ends) (hereinafter, the opening effect, round play effect, and ending effect are collectively referred to as special play effects). An opening image is displayed in the opening effect, a round play image is displayed in the round play effect, and an ending image is displayed in the ending effect.
The performance display device 21 is not limited to a liquid crystal display device, but may be, for example, a drum-type display device that displays various information using multiple drums with patterns on the outer periphery.

As shown in Figure 2, the board effect lamp GL is provided at the top of the game area 12 and is a device that provides effects and suggestions by emitting light in various colors and light patterns. The board effect lamp GL is composed of LEDs that can emit light in multiple colors. Note that the installation location and number of the board effect lamps GL are not particularly limited.
Although not specifically shown, the right-hit notification lamp RL is located on the right side of the performance display device 21 and is composed of an LED that can be turned on and off.

The role-playing device YS is a device that performs a performance by operating in a predetermined manner.
The role object presentation device YS in this embodiment is a disk-shaped structure as shown in Figure 2, and can be displaced (moved) up and down by a drive motor M (not shown) within a range from an initial position corresponding to the upper center of the play area 12 to a movable position corresponding to a position above the center of the play area 12. Furthermore, the role object presentation device YS can be rotated clockwise or counterclockwise at the movable position by a rotation motor RM (not shown). The role object presentation device YS normally remains at the initial position and is displaced to the movable position at various times (for example, during the execution of a reach development presentation described below), and at this movable position, a role object rotation presentation is performed in which the role object rotates clockwise or counterclockwise (operates in a predetermined manner).
Furthermore, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, the initial position is above the upper center of the effect display device 21, and the movable position is the upper center of the effect display device 21. That is, the bonus effect device YS does not overlap the effect display device 21 when in its initial position, where it normally stops, but when in the movable position, it overlaps the effect display device 21 with a predetermined gap in front of it. This prevents the bonus effect device YS from interfering with the variable effect performed by the effect display device 21 in the normal state, ensuring the visibility of the variable effect. Meanwhile, the bonus effect rotation effect is performed by displacing the bonus effect device YS to the movable position, so that the player can be drawn to the bonus effect rotation effect. Furthermore, when the bonus effect device YS is in the movable position, it overlaps the activation warning text image (described below) displayed on the display unit 21a in front of it, making the activation warning text image difficult or impossible to see due to the bonus effect device YS.
The effects performed by the accessory effect device YS are not limited to the accessory rotation effect. For example, the accessory effect device YS may be provided with a lamp such as an LED, and the lamp may be lit in a predetermined manner to perform an effect.
The pachinko machine P of this embodiment is equipped with, as its performance devices, a performance display device 21, as well as a speaker as the above-mentioned audio output device 10, and a lamp (see Figure 1) as a performance lighting device 23 that produces performance by emitting light in various colors and lighting patterns.
However, the performance devices are not limited to these, and may include, for example, performance prop devices that move at various times and in various ways.

A performance operation device 9 is provided in front of the upper tray 6, which can be operated by the player to progress or switch the performances executed during play or while waiting. The performance operation device 9 is composed of an operation dial 9a, which is a circular ring-shaped frame that can be rotated, and an operation button 9b that is fitted into the operation dial 9a and can be pressed. When a predetermined performance is being executed by the performance display device 21, rotating the operation dial 9a or pressing the operation button 9b will progress various performances, such as variable performances, or switch to a different display.
The effect operation device 9 is not limited to the operation dial 9a and the operation button 9b, but may be provided with a cross key or the like that allows input in the up, down, left, and right directions. In addition to providing the effect operation device 9 such as the operation dial 9a and the operation button 9b, the above-mentioned cross key may be provided separately.

As shown in Figure 3A, in the lower right corner of the game board 11, outside the play area 12, there are provided a first special symbol display device 30, a second special symbol display device 31, a first special symbol reserve display device 38, a second special symbol reserve display device 39, a normal symbol display device 32, and a normal symbol reserve display device 33 as devices for displaying various game conditions.

As mentioned above, the pachinko machine P of this embodiment is electrically connected to the game ball lending device R, and operations on the game ball lending device R, such as lending game balls and ejecting cards, can be accepted by the pachinko machine P. For this reason, as shown in FIG. 1, the pachinko machine P is provided with a value information display device 35 that displays value information (balance information) stored on the card, a ball lending button 36 that can be pressed, and a card return button 37 that can be pressed.

Also, as shown in Figure 3H, on the back side of the gaming board 11, there is attached a main control board 100 housed in a transparent box-shaped main control board case 150, which stores setting values and the control status of the pachinko machine P, which will be described later, and controls the basic game operations of the pachinko machine P. There is also a launch and payout control board 200 housed in a transparent box-shaped launch and payout control board case 250, which controls the launch of game balls and the payout of prize balls. There is also a sub-control board 300 housed in a transparent box-shaped sub-control board case 350, which controls various effects. There is also a game ball dispensing control board 400 housed in a transparent box-shaped game ball dispensing control board case 450, which relays operations to the game ball dispensing device R.

A power supply board 600 for supplying power to each board is provided on the back side of the game board 11, and a power switch 650 is provided on the power supply board 600.
The power switch 650 can be switched on or off. When the power switch 650 is turned on, power is supplied from the power supply board 600 to each board, and when the power switch 650 is turned off, the supply of power from the power supply board 600 to each board stops.
In this specification, when the power switch 650 is turned on and power is supplied, this is also referred to as "power on," and when the power switch 650 is turned off and power supply is stopped, this is also referred to as "power off."

(Configuration of control means of pachinko machine P)
Next, the control means for controlling the operation of the pachinko machine P will be described.
The above-mentioned control means is composed of a main control board 100, a launch and payout control board 200, a sub-control board 300, a game ball lending control board 400, and a power supply board 600, as shown in FIG.
6, a launch/payout control board 200 and a sub-control board 300 are connected to the main control board 100, and a game ball lending control board 400 is connected to the launch/payout control board 200. An external information terminal board 500 is connected to the main control board 100 and the launch/payout control board 200 to transmit various external signals relating to the progress of the game (hereinafter also referred to as external information) to an outside of the pachinko machine P (for example, a hall computer in an amusement parlor, etc.). A power supply board 600 is also connected to each board.

(Outline of main control board 100)
As described above, the main control board 100 stores the setting values and the control state of the pachinko machine P, and controls the games played on the pachinko machine P. Specifically, it controls the special symbol games (lottery for winning or losing, determination of special symbols, display of changes in special symbols (hereinafter also referred to as changes in special symbols), etc.) that are started when the game ball enters the first start winning slot 15 or the second start winning slot 16, the regular symbol games (lottery for regular symbols, display of changes in regular symbols (hereinafter also referred to as changes in regular symbols), etc.) that are started when the game ball passes through the gate 20, and the special games described above.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, only one setting level, setting value 1, is defined for the setting of the balls to be dispensed, and the win/loss random number determination table 110 used in the win/loss lottery described below is provided to correspond to this setting value 1.
The setting for ball payout may not only be one level, but may also be multiple levels, such as six levels from setting value 1 to setting value 6. When multiple levels are set for ball payout, the probability of winning a jackpot in the win/lose lottery can be set to differ depending on the setting value. For example, setting value 6 can be set to have a higher probability of winning a jackpot than setting value 1, and if the probability of winning a jackpot is higher, the possibility of winning prize balls also increases, so changing the setting value changes the amount of prize balls expected to be paid out in that pachinko machine P. A win/lose random number determination table 110 used in the win/lose lottery is provided corresponding to each of setting values 1 to 6, and when the setting value is changed, the win/lose random number determination table 110 provided for each setting value is changed in its entirety.
As will be described later, the main control board 100 is provided with a RAM clear switch 109 and a setting switch 108. In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, when the front door 3 is open and the power is turned on with both the RAM clear switch 109 and the setting switch 108 on, the machine transitions to a setting change state in which the setting value can be changed. Then, in this setting change state, the setting value can be changed by pressing the RAM clear switch 109. As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, only one setting value, 1, is defined for the setting related to the ball output, so even if the RAM clear switch 109 is pressed during the setting change state, the setting value remains at 1 (i.e., the setting value is not changed).
It should be noted that, whether it is a pachinko machine with only one setting for ball output or a pachinko machine with multiple settings for ball output, the same control and processing can be performed for the setting values (i.e., a common processing program (module) is provided for the control and processing for the setting values), but for example, in a pachinko machine with only one setting for ball output as in this embodiment, the setting value is not changed even if the RAM clear switch 109 is pressed during the setting change state as described above, and some control and processing are performed or not performed depending on the number of setting levels provided. In this specification, various controls and processing related to the setting values will be explained assuming a pachinko machine with multiple settings for ball output, and as necessary, supplementary explanations will be given of the differences in control and processing when there is only one setting for ball output as in this embodiment.

In addition, when the power is on, the pachinko machine P of this embodiment stays in one of four control states: a playable state in which games can be played, a setting confirmation state in which the set setting values can be checked, a setting change state in which the set setting values can be changed, and a play-stop state in which games cannot be played, and setting values cannot be checked or changed.
When the control state of the pachinko machine P is in the setting change state, the set setting value can be changed (switched) by pressing the RAM clear switch 109. As mentioned above, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, only one setting value, 1, is defined, so the setting value will not be changed even if the RAM clear switch 109 is pressed during the setting change state.
The storage and modification of set values, the control state set when the power is turned on, etc. will be described in detail later.

In this embodiment, the main control board 100 is a rectangular plate-shaped board (single-layer board) with a wiring pattern provided on only one side, as shown in Figure 3I. The main control board 100 may also be a double-sided board (two-layer board) with a wiring pattern provided on both sides.

Also, as shown in Figure 3I, the surface of the main control board 100 is provided with a single-chip main IC 104 that integrates the main CPU 101, main ROM 102, and main RAM 103, as well as several other ICs, a main information display device 105, a connector 106, a test-only output terminal 107, a setting switch 108, a RAM clear switch 109, etc.

The main CPU 101 is a device that performs various arithmetic processing. The main ROM 102 is a device (read-only memory) that has a memory area for storing specification codes that indicate the specifications of the pachinko machine P (such as the high and low probability of winning a jackpot, the method for determining the game status after the special game ends, etc.), control programs required for the game, tables, etc. (such as the win/lose random number determination table 110 and the special symbol random number determination table 111, which will be described later). The main RAM 103 is a device (read-write memory) that can store the above-mentioned setting values, the control status of the pachinko machine P, various data related to the progress of the game, etc., and also has a readable and writable memory area that is used for storing temporary data during arithmetic processing by the main CPU 101.
The main CPU 101 reads out control programs and tables stored in the main ROM 102 and performs arithmetic processing based on signals from various sensors and timers described below, and also controls various devices connected to the main CPU 101 and performs processing such as sending commands to other boards (such as the sub-control board 300) based on the results of the arithmetic processing.

In addition, although not specifically shown, the storage area of the main RAM 103 in this embodiment is broadly divided into a used area, which is the area between a predetermined starting address (for example, F00H (alphanumeric characters with an "H" at the end are written in hexadecimal; the same applies below)) and a predetermined final address (for example, F200H), and an unused area, which is the area between a specific starting address (for example, F300H) that is a predetermined distance (for example, 16 bytes) or more away from the final address of the used area and a specific final address (for example, F400H).

Although not specifically shown, the used area includes four areas, namely, a first area, a second area, a third area, and a fourth area, arranged in order from a predetermined start address to a predetermined end address.
The first area stores setting values and gaming machine status flags indicating the current control status (playable status, setting confirmation status, setting change status, gaming stopped status). The second area stores a checksum of the main RAM 103 calculated when the power is turned off, and a backup flag for determining whether there is an abnormality in the backup process of the main RAM 103 performed when the power is turned off. The third area stores information about errors that have occurred in the pachinko machine P.
In addition, the fourth area stores various data related to the progress of the game (information on the special symbols during the change described below, the launch position of the game ball (the game area 12 from which the game ball is launched), the number of first special symbols reserved, the number of second special symbols reserved, the number of high probability times, the number of time-saving times, execution phase data showing the progress of the special symbol game, the number of regular symbols reserved, regular symbol execution phase data showing the progress of the regular symbol game, information that the special symbol is not changing, etc.). Note that the data stored in the fourth area is not limited to these, and for example, in a pachinko machine P that is set so that a special change pattern is determined when the number of changes after the special game ends reaches a specific number, information on the specific number of times described above may be stored.

Furthermore, the unused area stores data such as the number of balls fired and the number of prize balls paid out since the start of play in the initial state after shipping from the factory, etc. Specifically, the total number of prize balls based on game balls entering the general prize opening 14, the first start prize opening 15, the second start prize opening 16, and the large prize opening 18 (hereinafter referred to as the total number of prize balls), the total number of prize balls based on game balls entering the large prize opening 18 (hereinafter referred to as the total number of prize balls for special electric devices), the total number of prize balls based on game balls entering the first start prize opening 15, the second start prize opening 16, and the large prize opening 18 (hereinafter referred to as the total number of prize balls for devices), etc. are stored.
In this unused area, information relating to the game, such as the payout rate, special electric device ratio, and device ratio, is calculated based on data such as the number of balls fired and the number of winning balls mentioned above.
Here, the payout rate is the ratio of the total number of winning balls to the number of balls fired, and is a value calculated by total number of winning balls/number of balls fired. Also, the special electric device ratio is the ratio of the total number of winning balls for special electric devices to the total number of winning balls, and is a value calculated by total number of winning balls for special electric devices/total number of winning balls. Also, the device ratio is the ratio of the total number of winning balls for devices to the total number of winning balls, and is a value calculated by total number of winning balls for devices/total number of winning balls.

It should be noted that the data stored in the unused area is not limited to these, and for example, the total number of prize balls based on the number of game balls entering the general prize opening 14 may be stored.
In addition, in this specification, data such as the number of balls fired and the number of prize balls paid out stored in the above-mentioned unused area is also referred to as "game performance data," and information regarding the game, such as the above-mentioned payout rate, is also referred to as "game performance display information."

Furthermore, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, a specific area in the out-of-use area stores a difference ball count value used for operation stop control based on the difference ball count (hereinafter also referred to as difference ball operation stop control), which will be described later, difference ball operation stop control phase data for setting various states related to the difference ball operation stop control (pre-activation warning state, activation warning state, activation notice state, and activation state, which will be described later), test signal information, which will be described later, and activation security information, which will be described later. Note that the difference ball count value, difference ball operation stop control phase data, test signal information, and activation security information may be stored in, for example, the first area or the fourth area of the in-use area instead of being stored in the out-of-use area.
The difference ball operation stop control will be described in detail later.

The main information display device 105 is a device that displays various information and is composed of four 7-segment displays with decimal points arranged side by side. In this embodiment, the main information display device 105 does not incorporate a processing device such as a CPU that performs its own calculation processing on the received data, but only displays information based on the data received from the main IC 104.
Specifically, during the setting confirmation state or the setting change state, the setting values stored in the use area (first area) of the main RAM 103 are displayed. Also, during the playable state, the game performance display information stored in the non-use area of the main RAM 103 is displayed. Also, during the game stop state or if an error occurs in the pachinko machine P, a code indicating that fact is displayed.
Note that main information display device 105 may not be configured with a 7-segment display, but may be configured with a liquid crystal display, a dot matrix display, etc. Furthermore, main information display device 105 may have other devices built in as long as it does not have a built-in device that processes data received from main IC 104 independently, and may, for example, have a built-in driver circuit or the like for controlling the operation of main information display device 105.

The connectors 106 are for connecting various harnesses, cables, etc., and a plurality of connectors 106 are provided on the surface of the main control board 100 .
Furthermore, the test-dedicated output terminal 107 is a terminal for outputting a test signal used during a type test and is provided on the surface of the main control board 100. Here, the type test is a test to determine whether the pachinko machine P complies with predetermined regulations, and the test signal is a signal used during the type test. In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, various test signals are generated by the main CPU 101 at various times, and the generated test signals can be output from the test-dedicated output terminal 107 to an external device of the pachinko machine P. Specifically, a test computer (not specifically shown) is used for the type test, and this test computer is provided with a dedicated receiving terminal (not specifically shown) that can be connected to the test-dedicated output terminal 107. When the receiving terminal is connected to the test-dedicated output terminal 107, the test signal generated by the main CPU 101 and output from the test-dedicated output terminal 107 is input to the test computer external to the pachinko machine P via this receiving terminal.
The output of the test signal will be described in detail later.

Furthermore, the setting switch 108 is referenced to set the control state (playable state, setting confirmation state, setting change state, game stop state) when the power is turned on. This setting switch 108 is provided with an operating unit (not specifically shown) with a keyhole, and is configured so that it can be rotated when a specified key is inserted into this keyhole. Normally, the setting switch 108 is off, but when rotated, the setting switch 108 turns on.
The RAM clear switch 109 is used to clear various data stored in the main RAM 103 and to change setting values. This RAM clear switch 109 is provided with a push button 109a (see FIG. 3I) that can be pressed, and when this push button 109a is not pressed, the RAM clear switch 109 is turned off, but when the push button 109a is pressed, the RAM clear switch 109 is turned on.

In the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, when the power is turned on from off (recovered from a power outage), one of the control states is set depending on the control state that was in place before the power was turned off (immediately before the power outage occurred), whether the setting switch 108 is on or off at the time the power is turned on (when the power is restored from the power outage), whether the RAM clear switch 109 is on or off, whether the main frame open detection sensor 2a described below is on or off (i.e., whether the main frame 2 is open or closed), whether an abnormality has occurred in the backup process of the main RAM 103 that is performed at the time the power is turned off, and whether an abnormality has occurred in the main RAM 103.
Then, by operating the push button 109a (turning on the RAM clear switch 109) while in the setting change state, the setting value can be changed (switched). As described above, the setting value is stored in the usage area of the main RAM 103, and when the setting value is changed, the setting value stored in the usage area of the main RAM 103 is changed.

In this embodiment, the main RAM 103 stores not only the above-mentioned game performance data and setting values, but also various data related to the progress of the game (the number of first special charts reserved, the number of second special charts reserved, execution phase data indicating the progress of the special chart game, the number of regular charts reserved, regular chart execution phase data indicating the progress of the regular chart game, etc.).
The devices and electronic components provided on the surface of the main control board 100 are not limited to those described above, and for example, switches may be provided for displaying various information on the main information display device 105 or for switching the display content.
Furthermore, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, both clearing of data stored in the main RAM 103 and changing of set values are performed by operating the RAM clear switch 109, but this is not limited to this. For example, a setting change switch separate and independent from the RAM clear switch 109 may be provided, and the RAM clear switch 109 may be set to be used to clear data stored in the main RAM 103, and the setting change switch may be set to be used to change set values.

As shown in FIG. 6, the main control board 100 is also provided with a general prize opening detection sensor 14a that detects when a game ball enters the general prize opening 14, a first start prize opening detection sensor 15a that detects when a game ball enters the first start prize opening 15, a second start prize opening detection sensor 16a that detects when a game ball enters the second start prize opening 16, a special prize opening detection sensor 18a that detects when a game ball enters the special prize opening 18, and a gate detection sensor 19a that detects when a game ball passes through the gate 20. 20a, a setting switch 108, a RAM clear switch 109, a magnetic detection sensor 70a that detects magnetism directed toward the game board 11, a radio wave detection sensor 71a that detects radio waves irradiated to specific locations on the game board 11 (first start winning hole 15, second start winning hole 16, large winning hole 18, etc.), a vibration detection sensor 72 that detects vibrations caused by fraudulent acts such as shaking the pachinko machine P, and a specific area detection sensor 57a that detects when a game ball enters the specific area 57 are connected.
The detection signals output from these detection sensors and signals indicating the on/off status of each switch are input to the main control board 100.
It should be noted that the sensors connected to the main control board 100 are not limited to these, and for example, a general area detection sensor that detects when a gaming ball enters the general area 58 may be provided.

When the magnetic detection sensor 70a detects magnetism, it turns on and outputs a magnetic detection signal to the main control board 100. While the magnetic field is being detected, the magnetic detection signal is output continuously. When the magnetic detection sensor 70a no longer detects magnetism, it turns off and stops outputting the magnetic detection signal to the main control board 100. When the magnetic detection signal is input from the magnetic detection sensor 70a, the main control board 100 determines that a main control magnetic error has occurred.
Furthermore, when the radio wave detection sensor 71a detects radio waves, it turns on and outputs a radio wave detection signal to the main control board 100. While radio waves are being detected, the radio wave detection signal is output continuously. When the radio wave detection sensor 71a no longer detects radio waves, it turns off and stops outputting the radio wave detection signal to the main control board 100. Furthermore, when the radio wave detection signal is input from the radio wave detection sensor 71a, the main control board 100 determines that a main control radio wave error has occurred.
Furthermore, when the vibration detection sensor 72 detects that the pachinko machine P is vibrating, it turns on and outputs a vibration detection signal to the main control board 100, and the vibration detection signal is output continuously while vibration is being detected. When the vibration detection sensor 72 no longer detects vibration of the pachinko machine P, it turns off and stops outputting the vibration detection signal to the main control board 100. Furthermore, when a vibration detection signal is input from the vibration detection sensor 72, the main control board 100 determines that a main control vibration error has occurred.

Furthermore, the special prize opening detection sensor 18a is located midway along the path from the special prize opening 18 to the special prize opening discharge port. In the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, the time from when a gaming ball enters the special prize opening 18 until the gaming ball is detected by the special prize opening detection sensor 18a is approximately 0.5 seconds.

Furthermore, the main control board 100 is connected to the following devices to be controlled: a movable piece solenoid 16c that drives the movable piece 16b attached to the second start winning opening 16 to protrude and retract; a large prize opening solenoid 18c that drives the opening and closing door 18b of the large prize opening 18 to open and close; a distribution member solenoid 59c that displaces the distribution member 59; a first special pattern display device 30; a second special pattern display device 31; a normal pattern display device 32; a first special pattern reserve display device 38; a second special pattern reserve display device 39; a normal pattern reserve display device 33; and a main information display device 105.
The main control board 100 drives each solenoid to control the protrusion and retraction of the movable piece 16b located next to the second starting winning opening 16, the opening and closing of the large winning opening 18, and the displacement of the sorting member 59, as well as to control the display of each display device.

(Outline of the firing and dispensing control board 200)
The launch payout control board 200 mainly controls the payout of prize balls based on the entry of game balls into various winning ports, and game balls loaned out based on predetermined operations by the player, as well as the launch of game balls.
As shown in Figure 6, the launch payout control board 200 is equipped with a payout CPU 201, a payout ROM 202 and a payout RAM 203, and is connected to the main control board 100 so as to be able to communicate bidirectionally.

As shown in FIG. 6, the launch/payout control board 200 is also connected with devices for controlling the launch of game balls, including a touch sensor 5a that detects when a player touches the operating handle 5, an operating volume 5b that detects the operating angle (rotation angle) of the operating handle 5, a launch stop switch 5c that stops the launch of game balls, a ball feed solenoid 60 that sends game balls held in the upper tray 6 to a launch device (not shown), a launch motor 61 that launches game balls, and a launched ball detection sensor 64 that detects when a game ball is launched by the launch motor 61. Control signals output from the touch sensor 5a, operating volume 5b, and launch stop switch 5c are input to the launch/payout control board 200.

When the control state of the pachinko machine P is in a playable state and the state related to the differential ball operation stop control (described later) is in the pre-activation warning state, activation warning state, or activation notice state, if a player touches and rotates the operating handle 5, a control signal (hereinafter also referred to as a rotation operation signal) from the touch sensor 5a and the operating volume 5b is input to the launch/payout control board 200, which energizes the ball feed solenoid 60 and the launch motor 61 to control the launch of game balls. While the ball feed solenoid 60 and the launch motor 61 are energized, game balls are continuously launched at 0.6-second intervals (i.e., a launch rate of 100 balls per minute). When the player releases contact with the operating handle 5 or stops rotating the operating handle 5, the input of the rotation operation signal to the launch/payout control board 200 stops, and the control to launch game balls also stops.
Furthermore, even if a rotation operation signal is input to the launch/payout control board 200, when a control signal from the launch stop switch 5c (hereinafter also referred to as the launch stop control signal) is input to the launch/payout control board 200, control is performed to stop the power supply to the ball feed solenoid 60 and the launch motor 61 and stop the launch of the game balls.
Furthermore, when the control state of the pachinko machine P is in a play-stop state, or when the control state of the pachinko machine P is in a playable state and the state related to the differential ball operation stop control is activated, even if a rotation operation signal is input to the launch payout control board 200, the ball feed solenoid 60 and the launch motor 61 are not energized and no control is performed to launch the game balls.
Furthermore, when the control state of the pachinko machine P is in a game stop state, or when the control state of the pachinko machine P is in a playable state, regardless of the state regarding the differential ball operation stop control (i.e., whether the state regarding the differential ball operation stop control is a pre-activation warning state, an activation warning state, an activation notice state, or an activation state), the launch payout control board 200 transmits a handle operation command to the main control board 100 when a rotation operation signal is input, and stops transmitting the handle operation command to the main control board 100 when the input of the rotation operation signal stops. In other words, while the rotation operation signal is being input (while the player is touching the operating handle 5 to perform a rotation operation), the handle operation command is continuously transmitted to the main control board 100.
In addition, a rotary solenoid may be used instead of the launch motor 61 as a device for launching the game ball.

6, the launch payout control board 200 is connected to a payout motor 62 that pays out game balls stored in a game ball storage section (not shown) and a payout counting switch 63 that detects and counts the paid out game balls, as devices for controlling the payout of game balls. Also, although not shown, the payout counting switch 63 has a built-in payout radio wave detection sensor that detects radio waves irradiated to the switch.
When the launch payout control board 200 receives the prize ball designation command transmitted from the main control board 100, the launch payout control board 200 controls the payout motor 62 to pay out a predetermined number of game balls (prize balls) based on the prize ball designation command. At this time, the number of paid-out game balls is counted by the payout count switch 63, making it possible to determine whether the predetermined number of game balls have been paid out.

Furthermore, the launch payout control board 200 in this embodiment transmits a payout ball signal based on the fact that game balls have actually been paid out by the payout motor 62 (the game balls have been counted by the payout count switch 63) to the external information terminal board 500 as an external signal to be sent outside the pachinko machine P. As a result, the payout ball signal is sent to the outside of the pachinko machine P (such as an external information display device or hall computer that displays information such as the number of fluctuations and the number of jackpots) via the external information terminal board 500, and the number of game balls that have actually been paid out can be grasped by a device outside the pachinko machine P.
The external signal related to the payout of game balls (prize balls) is not limited to the payout prize ball signal. For example, instead of a signal based on the actual payout of game balls, a received prize ball signal based on the reception of a prize ball designation command from the main control board 100 may be transmitted to the external information terminal board 500. This may allow a device external to the pachinko machine P to know the number of game balls to be paid out based on the received prize ball designation command.

Furthermore, as shown in Figure 6, the launch and payout control board 200 is connected to a main frame open detection sensor 2a that detects the open state of the main frame 2, a front door open detection sensor 3a that detects the open state of the front door 3, a tray full detection sensor 7a that detects the full state of the tray 7, an out sensor 19a that detects game balls that are received into the outlet 19 or that enter each winning port and are guided to the back side of the game board 11 via the out passage, and an outlet radio wave detection sensor 71b that detects radio waves irradiated to the outlet 19.

The main body frame open detection sensor 2a turns on when it detects that the main body frame 2 is open, and outputs a main body frame open detection signal to the launch/dispense control board 200. The main body frame open detection signal is output continuously while the main body frame 2 is open. When the main body frame open detection signal is input, the launch/dispense control board 200 sends a main body frame open command to the main control board 100.
In response to this, the main frame open detection sensor 2a turns off when it no longer detects that the main frame 2 is open, and stops outputting the main frame open detection signal. When the input of the main frame open detection signal stops, the launch and payout control board 200 determines that the main frame 2 is closed, and stops sending the main frame open command to the main control board 100.

The front door open detection sensor 3a turns on when it detects that the front door 3 is open, and outputs a door open detection signal to the shooting and dispensing control board 200. The door open detection signal is output continuously while the front door 3 is open. Then, when the door open detection signal is input, the shooting and dispensing control board 200 sends a door open command to the main control board 100.
In response to this, the front door open detection sensor 3a turns off when it no longer detects that the front door 3 is open, and stops outputting the door open detection signal. When the input of the door open detection signal stops, the shooting and dispensing control board 200 determines that the front door 3 is closed, and stops sending the door open command to the main control board 100.

The tray full detection sensor 7a is provided at a predetermined position on the tray 7. When the tray 7 is filled with a predetermined amount of game balls to be paid out as prize balls, the stored game balls reach the predetermined position.
The tray full detection sensor 7a turns on when it detects that the game balls have reached the predetermined position, and outputs a tray detection signal to the launch/payout control board 200. The tray detection signal is continuously output while the stored game balls are at the predetermined position. When the tray detection signal is input, the launch/payout control board 200 sends a tray full command to the main control board 100.
In response to this, when the tray full detection sensor 7a no longer detects that the gaming ball has reached the predetermined position, it turns off and stops outputting the tray detection signal to the launch/payout control board 200. When the input of the tray detection signal stops, the launch/payout control board 200 determines that the tray 7 full state has been released, and stops sending the tray full command to the main control board 100.

The out sensor 19a is located in the out passage. The out sensor 19a turns on each time it detects a game ball that is received by the out port 19 or enters one of the winning ports and passes through the out passage, and outputs an out signal to the launch/payout control board 200. The launch/payout control board 200 then sends an out command to the main control board 100 each time an out signal is input.

The outlet radio wave detection sensor 71 b is provided at a predetermined position around the outlet 19 .
Furthermore, outlet radio wave detection sensor 71b turns on when it detects radio waves and outputs a radio wave detection signal to the release/dispense control board 200. While it is detecting radio waves, it continuously outputs the radio wave detection signal. In contrast, outlet radio wave detection sensor 71b turns off when it no longer detects radio waves and stops outputting the radio wave detection signal to the release/dispense control board 200.

As described above, the dispensing radio wave detection sensor is built into the dispensing counting switch 63.
In addition, the dispensing radio wave detection sensor turns on when it detects radio waves and outputs a radio wave detection signal to the dispensing control board 200. While it is detecting radio waves, it continuously outputs the radio wave detection signal. In contrast, when the dispensing radio wave detection sensor no longer detects radio waves, it turns off and stops outputting the radio wave detection signal to the dispensing control board 200.

As described above, the launching and dispensing control board 200 is connected to a game ball lending control board 400 that relays operations to the game ball lending device R. As shown in Figure 6, the launching and dispensing control board 200 is connected via the game ball lending control board 400 to a value information display device 35, a ball lending switch 36a that detects the pressing operation of the ball lending button 36, and a card return switch 37a that detects the pressing operation of the card return button 37.
In addition, these devices may be connected directly to the launch and payout control board 200 rather than being connected to the launch and payout control board 200 via the game ball lending control board 400.

When a card storing value information indicating the ability to lend game balls (i.e., a card with a balance) is inserted into the game ball lending device R and recognized, a value information signal indicating the value information is transmitted from the game ball lending device R to the value information display device 35 via the launch/payout control board 200 and the game ball lending control board 400. As a result, the value information display device 35 displays value information corresponding to the received value information signal.

In addition, when a card storing value information for lending game balls is inserted into the game ball lending device R and the ball lending button 36 is pressed while it is recognized, a detection signal output from the ball lending switch 36a is transmitted to the game ball lending device R via the game ball lending control board 400 and the launch and payout control board 200.
Upon receiving the above-mentioned detection signal, the game ball lending device R performs a process of subtracting predetermined value information from the stored value information, and sends a loan ball payout command to the launch payout control board 200 to pay out the number of game balls (for example, 125) corresponding to the subtracted value information as loan balls, and also sends a subtraction command corresponding to the subtracted value information to the value information display device 35 via the launch payout control board 200 and the game ball lending control board 400.
Then, when a loan ball payout command is received, the launch payout control board 200 performs control to pay out the number of game balls corresponding to the subtracted value information (for example, 125 balls). Also, when a subtraction command is received, the value information display device 35 updates and displays the value information after the subtraction.

In addition, when the card return button 37 is pressed, a detection signal output from the card return switch 37a is input to the launch and payout control board 200, which then sends a return request signal to the game ball lending device R requesting the return of the card. When the game ball lending device R receives the return request signal, it controls the game ball lending device R to eject the card.

In addition, the game ball lending device R may also control the card to be ejected if a card that does not store value information for lending game balls (i.e., a card with no balance) is inserted into the game ball lending device R, or if pressing the ball lending button 36 subtracts the specified value information, resulting in all of the value information stored on the card being lost (i.e., if the card has no balance).

As described above, the launch payout control board 200 controls both the payout of prize balls based on the entry of game balls into the various winning ports (general winning port 14, first start winning port 15, second start winning port 16, and large winning port 18), and the payout of game balls (loan balls) loaned out based on player operation.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, errors related to the equipment connected to the launch payout control board 200 (hereinafter also referred to as payout-related errors) may occur, such as a ball out error, a full tank error, a payout counting switch error, a ball jam error, an excess prize ball error, a payout radio wave error, a payout motor error, and a door open error.
The launch and payout control board 200 determines (detects) the occurrence of payout-related errors, such as a ball out error, a full tank error, a payout counting switch error, a ball jam error, an excess prize ball error, a payout radio wave error, and a payout motor error, based on the operating status of the above-mentioned switch connected to the launch and payout control board 200, and the various signals output to the launch and payout control board 200 from the above-mentioned sensor connected to the launch and payout control board 200.
In this specification, determining whether an error has occurred does not only mean specifically determining whether an error has occurred based on the operation status of the switch and detection by various sensors (for example, the dispensing radio wave detection sensor, the main frame opening detection sensor 2a, etc.), but also means detecting the operation status of the switch and detection by various sensors.

A ball-out error occurs when there are no game balls stored in the game ball storage section. The launch/payout control board 200 determines that a ball-out error has occurred when the payout motor 62 is operating to pay out game balls, but the payout counting switch 63 does not count the game balls for a predetermined period of time. When a ball-out error occurs, a ball-out error command indicating this is sent from the launch/payout control board 200 to the main control board 100, allowing the main control board 100 to recognize that a ball-out error has occurred.

A full tank error occurs when the tray 7 is full. The launch/dispense control board 200 determines that a full tank error has occurred when a tray detection signal is input. When a full tank error occurs, a full tank error command indicating this is sent from the launch/dispense control board 200 to the main control board 100, allowing the main control board 100 to recognize that a full tank error has occurred.

A payout counting switch error occurs when the payout counting switch 63 does not operate due to a broken harness or other reason. The launch payout control board 200 determines that a payout counting switch error has occurred when it is unable to confirm that the payout counting switch 63 is operating. When a payout counting switch error occurs, a payout counting switch error command indicating this is sent from the launch payout control board 200 to the main control board 100, allowing the main control board 100 to recognize that a payout counting switch error has occurred.

A ball jam error occurs when an operational malfunction occurs in the payout motor 62. The launch/payout control board 200 determines that a ball jam error has occurred when the payout motor 62 receives an activation signal but does not operate. When a ball jam error occurs, a ball jam error command indicating this is sent from the launch/payout control board 200 to the main control board 100, allowing the main control board 100 to recognize that a ball jam error has occurred.

An excess prize ball error occurs when game balls are paid out despite the fact that a prize ball designation command has not been received, or when more game balls are paid out than the number of game balls scheduled to be paid out based on the received prize ball designation command. The launch payout control board 200 determines that an excess prize ball error has occurred when the number of game balls paid out despite not being scheduled reaches a predetermined number (for example, 10). When an excess prize ball error occurs, an excess prize ball error command indicating this is sent from the launch payout control board 200 to the main control board 100, allowing the main control board 100 to detect the occurrence of an excess prize ball error.

A dispensing radio wave error is an error that occurs when radio wave irradiation is detected. The release/dispensing control board 200 determines that a dispensing radio wave error has occurred when a radio wave detection signal is input from the outlet radio wave detection sensor 71b or the dispensing radio wave detection sensor. When a dispensing radio wave error occurs, a dispensing radio wave error command indicating this is sent from the release/dispensing control board 200 to the main control board 100, allowing the main control board 100 to recognize the occurrence of a dispensing radio wave error.

A payout motor error occurs when the payout motor 62 does not operate due to a broken harness or other reason. The launch/payout control board 200 determines that a payout motor error has occurred when it is no longer possible to confirm that the payout motor 62 is operating. When a payout motor error occurs, a payout motor error command indicating this is sent from the launch/payout control board 200 to the main control board 100, allowing the main control board 100 to recognize that a payout motor error has occurred.

Furthermore, among the dispensing-related errors, the door open error is an error that occurs when the main frame 2 or the front door 3 is open.
As described above, the main frame opening detection sensor 2a that detects the opening of the main frame 2 and the front door opening detection sensor 3a that detects the opening of the front door 3 are both connected to the launching and dispensing control board 200, but the determination of the occurrence of a door opening error is made by the main control board 100, not the launching and dispensing control board 200.
Specifically, when the main control board 100 receives at least one of a main frame open command transmitted from the launch/dispense control board 200 upon input of a main frame open detection signal to the launch/dispense control board 200, or a front door open command transmitted from the launch/dispense control board 200 upon input of a front door open detection signal to the launch/dispense control board 200, the main control board 100 determines that a door open error has occurred.
When it is determined that a door opening error has occurred, the main control board 100 transmits a payout stop command to the launch payout control board 200 to stop the control of the payout operation of the game balls. As a result, the launch payout control board 200 performs control to stop the payout operation of the game balls while the door opening error is occurring.

Note that among dispensing-related errors, the occurrence of which is determined by the main control board 100 is not limited to door open errors; the occurrence of other errors may also be determined by the main control board 100.

In addition, the main control board 100 is also configured to determine the occurrence of errors related to the devices connected to the main control board 100 (such as the above-mentioned main control radio wave error, main control magnetic error, main control vibration error, abnormal winning error that occurs when an excessive number of game balls enter the first start winning port 15, the second start winning port 16, or the large winning port 18, and illegal winning error that occurs when a game ball enters the large winning port 18 other than when a special game is being played, hereinafter referred to as main control-related errors).
When the main control board 100 detects the occurrence of a dispensing-related error other than a door-opening error, or when it determines that a door-opening error or a main control-related error has occurred, the main CPU 101 sends an error indication command indicating the error that has occurred to the sub-control board 300. This allows the sub-control board 300 to also detect the occurrence of various errors, and the error that has occurred is indicated by displaying an error indication image corresponding to the error on the effect display device 21, lighting various lamps (board effect lamp GL, front door effect lamp DL, status notification lamp EL) in a manner corresponding to the error that has occurred, and outputting an error indication sound corresponding to the error from the audio output device 10.
Furthermore, when the cause of the error disappears and the error that occurred is resolved, the main control board 100 determines or determines that the error that occurred has been resolved by, for example, no longer receiving the command used to determine the error. Then, when the main CPU 101 determines that the error that occurred has been resolved or determines that the error that occurred has been resolved, it sends an error resolution command indicating that the error has been resolved to the sub-control board 300. This allows the sub-control board 300 to also determine that the error that occurred has been resolved and to end the suggestion of the error that occurred.

(Outline of the sub-control board 300)
The sub-control board 300 controls the effects that are executed during play, standby, etc.
As shown in Figure 6, this sub-control board 300 is equipped with a sub-CPU 301 that performs various calculation processes, a sub-ROM 302 that stores control programs for executing performances, data and tables necessary for executing performances, etc., and a sub-RAM 303 that is used as a temporary storage area during calculation processes, and is connected so as to enable one-way communication from the main control board 100 to the sub-control board 300.

In addition, based on commands sent from the main control board 100 and signals from the timer, the sub-CPU 301 reads out the control program stored in the sub-ROM 302 and performs arithmetic processing, and sends commands for executing the performance to an image control board (not specifically shown) for controlling image display, an audio control board (not specifically shown) for controlling audio output, an illumination control board (not specifically shown) for controlling the lighting of various lamps, etc., and an operation control board (not specifically shown) for controlling the displacement of the prop performance device YS and the prop rotation performance.
In the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, as described above, the audio control board and the lighting control board are provided separately, but it is also possible to provide a single board (audio and lighting control board) that combines the functions of these boards, and to use this board to control both audio output and lighting.

The sub-control board 300 is also connected to the effect display device 21 via an image control board, and to the audio output device 10 and cross key detection sensor 25a, which detects pressing of the cross key 25, via an audio control board. Also connected to the sub-control board 300 via an illumination control board are various lamps (front door effect lamp DL, status notification lamp EL, board effect lamp GL, right-hit notification lamp RL), a rotation detection sensor 9c, which detects rotation of the operation dial 9a, and a press detection sensor 9d, which detects pressing of the operation button 9b. Furthermore, the drive motor M and rotation motor RM are connected to the sub-control board 300 via an operation control board.

The image control board is equipped with an image CPU, image ROM, image RAM, etc., although these are not specifically shown. The image ROM of this image control board stores image data such as the designs and backgrounds displayed on the performance display device 21. Based on commands sent from the sub-control board 300, the image CPU reads image data from the image ROM and stores it in the image RAM, thereby controlling the image display by the performance display device 21.

The audio control board, although not specifically shown, is equipped with a sound chip (CPU), sound ROM, sound RAM, etc. The sound ROM stores sound data such as the audio and background music output from the audio output device 10. Based on commands sent from the sub-control board 300, the sound data read from the sound ROM is stored in the sound RAM, thereby controlling the audio output from the audio output device 10.

The illumination control board controls the turning on and off of various lamps (front door effect lamp DL, status notification lamp EL, board effect lamp GL, right-hit notification lamp RL) based on commands from the sub-control board 300 (such as commands related to the execution of various effects and suggestions). Furthermore, when the illumination control board receives a rotation detection signal output from the rotation detection sensor 9c based on the rotation of the operation dial 9a, or a press detection signal output from the press detection sensor 9d based on the press of the operation button 9b, it sends a specified command to the sub-control board 300.

The operation control board controls the operation of the drive motor M and the rotation motor RM based on commands from the sub-control board 300. When the drive motor M is driven, the prop device YS is displaced vertically within the range between the initial position and the movable position, and when the rotation motor RM is driven, the prop device YS rotates in the movable position (clockwise or counterclockwise).

(Outline of power supply board 600)
The power supply board 600 supplies power to each board, such as the main control board 100, the shot/payout control board 200, and the sub-control board 300. This power supply board 600 is provided with a backup power supply. The pachinko machine P according to this embodiment is also provided with a power interruption detection circuit for detecting the voltage value of the power supplied from the power supply board 600. This power supply detection circuit determines that a power interruption has occurred when the voltage value of the supplied power falls below a predetermined value (for example, when the power switch 650 is turned off or an unexpected power interruption has occurred), and transmits a power interruption occurrence signal to the main control board 100. Furthermore, when the voltage value exceeds a predetermined value (for example, when the power switch 650 is turned on or when power is restored from an unexpected power interruption), it determines that power has been restored from the power interruption, and stops transmitting the power interruption occurrence signal to the main control board 100.

When the main CPU 101 of the main control board 100 detects a power outage signal (a power outage has occurred), it prohibits access to the main RAM 103, calculates the checksum of the main RAM 103 (used area and unused area), sets a backup flag, and performs backup processing to retain various data stored in the memory area of the main RAM 103 (setting values, gaming machine status flag indicating the control status, test signal information, checksum, backup flag, error information, various data related to the progress of the game (number of first special charts reserved, number of second special charts reserved, execution phase data indicating the progress of special chart game, number of regular charts reserved, regular chart execution phase data indicating the progress of regular chart game), and game performance data). When the power interruption signal is no longer detected (power is restored), the checksum calculated when the power interruption occurred is compared with the checksum calculated when power is restored, and the backup flag set when power was interrupted is checked to determine whether or not there is an inconsistency between the data stored in main RAM 103 when power was interrupted and the data stored in main RAM 103 when power was restored (i.e., whether or not an abnormality has occurred in the backup process described above), and then the process when power was restored is executed.

To prevent the processing when a power outage occurs from becoming complicated, the sub-control board 300 in this embodiment is not equipped with a power outage detection circuit, and the sub-control board 300 does not perform the backup processing described above. Therefore, when power is restored after a power outage, the sub-CPU 301 controls the presentation based on the various commands described above sent from the main CPU 101, allowing the appropriate presentation to be executed at that time.

Furthermore, when the main CPU 101 no longer detects the power interruption occurrence signal (recovery from power interruption), if a playable state or a setting change state described below is set, or if a setting confirmation state described below is set, at the end of that setting confirmation state, the main CPU 101 transmits an initial processing execution signal to the sub-control board 300 to execute initial processing to stop the bonus item presentation device YS at its initial position. Then, when this initial processing execution signal is received, the sub-control board 300 executes initial processing of the bonus item presentation device YS.
Specifically, when this initial processing is executed, the bonus effect device YS moves to a movable position and then moves to the initial position. In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, the time from the start to the end of the initial processing is 25 seconds.

(Outline of Pachinko Machine P Game)
Next, the game in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment will be explained based on various tables stored in the main ROM 102.
As described above, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, the special game and the regular game proceed in parallel. Furthermore, the game state when these two games proceed is set to a game state that combines either a low-probability game state (so-called non-probability game state) or a high-probability game state (so-called probability game state) with either a non-time-saving game state or a time-saving game state. Furthermore, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, two time-saving game states, a time-saving game state JT1 and a time-saving game state JT2, are provided, and either of the time-saving game states can be set.
Specifically, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, one of the following game states is set: a normal game state, which is a game state combining a low-probability game state and a non-time-shortened game state; a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1, which is a game state combining a low-probability game state and a time-shortened game state JT1; a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2, which is a game state combining a low-probability game state and a time-shortened game state JT2; or a high-probability time-shortened game state, which is a game state combining a high-probability game state and a time-shortened game state JT2.

Here, the low-probability game state and the high-probability game state are game states that are set so that the probability of winning a jackpot is different based on the win/lose lottery described below, and in the high-probability game state, the probability of winning a jackpot based on the win/lose lottery is set to a higher value than in the low-probability game state. In other words, it is easier to win a jackpot based on the win/lose lottery in the high-probability game state than in the low-probability game state.

In the non-time-saving game state, the time-saving game state JT1 and the time-saving game state JT2, the frequency of the game ball entering the second start winning hole 16 (the difficulty of the ball entering, in other words, the frequency of the winning/losing lottery based on the game ball entering the second start winning hole 16) is set to a predetermined content.
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, the time-shortened game state JT2 is set so that the movable piece 16b is more likely to be maintained in a protruding state (i.e., the game ball is more likely to enter the second start winning hole 16) than in the non-time-shortened game state and the time-shortened game state JT1. Also, although there are slight differences as will be described later, both the non-time-shortened game state and the time-shortened game state JT1 are set so that the movable piece 16b is hardly maintained in a protruding state (i.e., the game ball hardly enters the second start winning hole 16).
In addition, the normal game state is set immediately after shipping from the factory or in the initial state after executing the abnormality initialization process or normal initialization process described below.

In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, when a game ball that is launched by a launching device (not shown) and flows down the game area 12 enters the first start winning port 15 or the second start winning port 16, a win/loss lottery is held, and a special symbol corresponding to the result of the win/loss lottery is determined. In the win/loss lottery according to this embodiment, first, a determination is made as to whether or not a jackpot has been won, and if the determination result is that the jackpot has not been won (hereinafter also referred to as a non-win of the jackpot), then a determination is made as to whether or not a time-saving game state should be granted (whether or not a time-saving game state should be set), and if the determination result is that the time-saving game state should not be granted (hereinafter also referred to as a non-win of the time-saving game state), the game is a loss.
Then, when the result of this lottery indicates that a jackpot has been won (i.e., when a jackpot has been won), the big prize opening 18 is opened and a special game is executed that allows a game ball to enter the big prize opening 18, and furthermore, the game state after the special game ends is set to either a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2 or a high-probability time-shortened game state. In other words, after the special game ends, the game state transitions to either the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2 or the high-probability time-shortened game state.

Furthermore, when the result of the above-mentioned lottery is that a time-saving game state will be granted (hereinafter also referred to as winning the time-saving grant), as will be described later, either the time-saving pattern J1 or J2 is determined as the special pattern (hereinafter also referred to as the time-saving pattern) associated with the time-saving grant winning.
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, when the time-saving symbol J1 is determined in the normal game state, the low-probability game state remains unchanged, and the time-saving game state JT1 is established. That is, when the time-saving symbol J1 is determined by the above-described win/loss lottery in the normal game state, the low-probability game state remains unchanged, and the non-time-saving game state is changed to the time-saving game state JT1, thereby transitioning to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1. Also, when the time-saving symbol J2 is determined in the normal game state, the low-probability game state remains unchanged, and the time-saving game state JT2 is established. That is, when the time-saving symbol J2 is determined by the above-described win/loss lottery in the normal game state, the low-probability game state remains unchanged, and the non-time-saving game state is changed to the time-saving game state JT2, thereby transitioning to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2.
On the other hand, if the above-mentioned lottery results in a loss (the player does not win the jackpot and is not awarded the time-saving bonus) in the normal game mode, the game mode will remain in the normal game mode.
In this way, in the pachinko machine according to this embodiment, in the normal game state, the time-shortened game state (time-shortened game state JT1 (low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1) or time-shortened game state JT2 (low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2)) can be set without going through the winning of a jackpot or the execution of a special game. In other words, the game state can be changed without going through the winning of a jackpot or the execution of a special game.

Furthermore, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, even during a game state other than the normal game state (i.e., during the low probability time-shortened game state LJT1, during the low probability time-shortened game state LJT2, and during the high probability time-shortened game state (during the time-shortened game state)), the above-mentioned win/loss lottery is used to determine whether or not a time-shortened award will be granted, and if a time-shortened award is granted, the time-shortened pattern J1 or J2 can be determined.
However, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, even if a time-saving award is won and the time-saving symbol J1 or J2 is determined during a game state other than the normal game state, a new time-saving game state based on the determination is not set, and the game state set at the time of the determination is maintained. In other words, even if a time-saving award is won during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2, or the high-probability time-saving game state, a time-saving game state based on the winning is not set anew, and the currently set low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2, or the high-probability time-saving game state continues.
In this way, in the pachinko machine of this embodiment, in a game state other than the normal game state, unlike the normal game state, a new time-saving game state is not set without first winning a jackpot and executing a special game.

The determination of whether or not a time-saving bonus will be awarded may be made only in the win/loss lottery during the normal game state, rather than in the win/loss lottery during all game states. In other words, while it is possible to win a time-saving bonus depending on the win/loss lottery during the normal game state, it may not be possible to win a time-saving bonus depending on the win/loss lottery during game states other than the normal game state. In this case, since a time-saving bonus will not be awarded during game states other than the normal game state, a new time-saving game state will not be established without first winning a jackpot and playing a special game.

In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, game balls flowing down the first game area 12a can enter the first start winning hole 15. Also, game balls flowing down the second game area 12b can pass through the gate 20, enter the second start winning hole 16, and enter the big winning hole 18.
During the normal game mode and the low-probability time-saving game mode LJT1, the player is required to shoot the game ball toward the first game area 12a (so-called left shot) so that the game ball will enter the first start winning port 15, and during the low-probability time-saving game mode LJT2, the high-probability time-saving game mode and the special game mode, the player is required to shoot the game ball toward the second game area 12b (so-called right shot) so that the game ball will enter the large winning port 18 or pass through the gate 20 and enter the second start winning port 16. In other words, during the normal game state and the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, the player is mainly allowed to play in the first game area 12a, and during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 and the high-probability time-saving game state, the player is mainly allowed to play in the second game area 12b.
Specifically, when the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 or the high-probability time-saving game state is set, or when a special game is started, a right-hit suggestion is made to encourage the player to shoot the game ball toward the second game area 12b (for example, a right-hit suggestion image "→→→ right hit" is displayed on the display unit 21a of the effect display device 21, and the right-hit notification lamp RL is turned on to encourage the player to shoot the game ball toward the second game area 12b). Also, when the normal game state is set, a left-hit suggestion is made to encourage the player to shoot the game ball toward the first game area 12a (for example, a left-hit suggestion image "←←← left hit" is displayed on the display unit 21a of the effect display device 21, and the right-hit notification lamp RL is turned off). In addition, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, when the time-saving pattern J1 is determined in the normal game state, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 is set, but when the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 is set, the above-mentioned left-hit suggestion is not made.

The winning/losing lottery is conducted based on various random numbers obtained when the game ball enters the first starting winning port 15 or the second starting winning port 16, and various tables stored in the main ROM 102 for determining the random numbers.
Here, the pachinko machine P of this embodiment has, as random numbers for determining the win/lose lottery and the special pattern, a win/lose random number used to determine the result of the win/lose lottery (won a jackpot, won or lost the time-saving grant), a special pattern random number used to determine the type of special pattern, and a variation pattern random number used to determine the variation pattern command described below.
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, the above-mentioned win/fail random number uses a hardware random number built into the main control board 100. This win/fail random number is updated according to a set rule, and the random number sequence is automatically changed each time the random number sequence completes one cycle, and the start value is changed each time the system is reset.
The variation pattern command is for determining the pattern (variation time, mode) of the variation effect that can notify the result of the winning/losing lottery. The random numbers used to determine the variation pattern command are not limited to those described above, and for example, other random numbers may be used in addition to these random numbers.

When a game ball enters the first start winning port 15 or the second start winning port 16, a random number value is obtained for each of the above-mentioned random numbers, and each random number value is stored in a reserved memory area of the main RAM 103.
This reserved memory area is composed of a first reserved memory area for storing each random number value (hereinafter referred to as first special random number) of the random number related to the winning/losing lottery and the determination of the special pattern, which is obtained by the entry of a gaming ball into the first start winning opening 15, and a second reserved memory area for storing each random number value (hereinafter referred to as second special random number) of the random number related to the winning/losing lottery and the determination of the special pattern, which is obtained by the entry of a gaming ball into the second start winning opening 16. Each of these reserved memory areas is composed of a total of four memory units, from the first memory unit to the fourth memory unit, and is capable of storing a total of four sets of first special random numbers and four sets of second special random numbers.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, when a gaming ball enters the first start winning port 15, the first special symbol random number is stored in order, starting from the first memory section of the first reserved memory area. For example, if a gaming ball enters the first start winning port 15 when no first special symbol random number is stored in any memory section of the first reserved memory area, the first special symbol random number obtained in response to this is stored in the first memory section of the first reserved memory area. Also, if a gaming ball enters the first start winning port 15 when the first special symbol random number is stored in the first memory section of the first reserved memory area, the first special symbol random number obtained in response to this is stored in the second memory section of the first reserved memory area. Furthermore, when the first special symbol random number is stored in the first memory section and the second memory section of the first reserved memory area, if a gaming ball enters the first start winning slot 15, the first special symbol random number acquired in response to this is stored in the third memory section of the first reserved memory area. Furthermore, when the first special symbol random number is stored in the first to third memory sections of the first reserved memory area, if a gaming ball enters the first start winning slot 15, the first special symbol random number acquired in response to this is stored in the fourth memory section of the first reserved memory area. Furthermore, when the first special symbol random number is stored in the first to fourth memory sections of the first reserved memory area, if a gaming ball enters the first start winning slot 15, the first special symbol random number associated with this ball entry is not stored.

Similarly, when a game ball enters the second start winning hole 16, the second special random number is stored in the first storage section of the second reserved storage area in order. The specific storage process is the same as the storage of the first special random number described above, and therefore will not be described here.
In addition, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, the number of sets of first special random numbers (hereinafter also referred to as the first reserved number) stored in the first reserved memory area is stored in a first reserved number counter (not specifically shown), and the number of sets of second special random numbers (hereinafter also referred to as the second reserved number) stored in the second reserved memory area is stored in a second reserved number counter (not specifically shown).
In this specification, as described above, the storage of the first special pattern random number and the second special pattern random number in the reserved memory area is also referred to as "reservation" or "reserved memory," and the first reserved number and the second reserved number are also simply referred to as "reserved numbers."

The pachinko machine P of this embodiment has a win/lose random number determination table 110 for determining the result of the win/lose lottery, a special pattern random number determination table 111 for determining the type of special pattern, a special electric device operation table 112 for controlling the special game that is executed when a jackpot is won, a game state setting table 113 for setting the game state after winning the time-saving grant (after the time-saving pattern J1 or J2 has been determined) or after the special game has ended, a fluctuation pattern table 114 for determining a fluctuation pattern command, and a stop display time table 115 for determining the stop display time for the special pattern to be displayed in a stopped state after the fluctuation display of the special pattern has ended.
Note that tables related to lottery results and the like are not limited to these, and tables may be provided as appropriate when it is necessary to make judgments or decisions based on random numbers.

The win/lose random number determination table 110 is used to determine the results of the win/lose lottery (won a jackpot, won or lost the time-saving grant), and is broadly divided into a low-probability determination table 110a that is referenced in low-probability game states (normal game state, low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, low-probability time-saving game state LJT2), and a high-probability determination table 110b that is referenced in high-probability game states (high-probability time-saving game state). As mentioned above, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, only one setting, setting value 1, is defined for the ball output setting, and only one type of low-probability determination table 110a and high-probability determination table 110b is provided, corresponding to setting value 1.

In the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, when a game ball enters the first start winning slot 15 or the second start winning slot 16, one win/fail random number within the numerical range of 0 to 65535 is obtained. Then, depending on the game status at the time the win/fail lottery is held, either the low probability judgment table 110a or the high probability judgment table 110b is selected, and the win/fail lottery is held based on the obtained win/fail random number and the selected win/fail random number judgment table 110.

As shown in Figure 7(a), according to the low probability determination table 110a, if the win/loss random number is between 1000 and 1217, it is determined that a jackpot has been won, if the win/loss random number is between 3000 and 6275, it is determined that a time-saving bonus has been won, and if the win/loss random number is any other number (0 to 999, 1218 to 2999, 6276 to 65535), it is determined that a loss has occurred. Therefore, the probability of winning a jackpot in this low probability determination table 110a is approximately 1/300, and the probability of winning a time-saving bonus is approximately 1/20.

7(b), according to the high probability determination table 110b, if the win/loss random number is between 1000 and 2309, it is determined that a jackpot has been won, if the win/loss random number is between 3000 and 6275, it is determined that a time-saving award has been won, and if the win/loss random number is any other than these (0 to 999, 2310 to 2999, 6276 to 65535), it is determined that a loss has been won. Therefore, in this high probability determination table 110b, the probability of winning a jackpot is approximately 1/50, and the probability of winning a time-saving award is approximately 1/20.
That is, the high-probability determination table 110b is set so that the probability of winning a jackpot is approximately six times higher than that of the low-probability determination table 110a. In addition, the low-probability determination table 110a and the high-probability determination table 110b are set so that the probability of winning the time-saving bonus is the same.

In addition, the numerical range of the hit/miss random number that is determined to be a jackpot in the low probability determination table 110a is set to be included in the numerical range of the hit/miss random number that is determined to be a jackpot in the high probability determination table 110b (specifically, the lower limit value of the numerical range that is determined to be a jackpot is the same, and the upper limit value is different). In other words, the hit/miss random number that is determined to be a jackpot in the low probability determination table 110a will also be determined to be a jackpot in the high probability determination table 110b.
In the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, as described above, the lower limit value of the numerical range of the win/lose random number that determines whether a jackpot has been won is set to be the same and the upper limit value is set to be different, but this is not limited to this, and the upper limit value may be set to be the same and the lower limit value to be different.

In addition, the numerical range of the win/loss random number that is determined to be a win for the time-saving award in the low probability determination table 110a and the numerical range of the win/loss random number that is determined to be a win for the time-saving award in the high probability determination table 110b are outside the numerical range of the win/loss random number that is determined to be a win for the jackpot, and are set so that the upper and lower limits of the numerical ranges are the same. As a result, the probability of winning the time-saving award is set to be the same in both the low probability determination table 110a and the high probability determination table 110b.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, the numerical ranges that are determined to be a winning jackpot and the numerical ranges that are determined to be a winning time-saving bonus are both made up of continuous numerical ranges, but this is not limited to this and they may also be made up of discontinuous numerical ranges that include losing numbers in between.

In addition, if multiple levels are defined as settings for ball output, the high probability judgment table may be set so that when a high probability judgment table and a low probability judgment table corresponding to the same setting value are compared, the high probability judgment table has a higher probability of winning a jackpot than the low probability judgment table.
Similarly, the high probability determination table and the low probability determination table corresponding to the same setting value may be set so that the probability of winning the time-saving award is the same.

The special pattern random number determination table 111 is used to determine the type of special pattern, and as shown in Figures 8(a) and (b), it includes a first start winning gate determination table 111a which is referenced when a winning/losing lottery is held using a first special pattern random number, and a second start winning gate determination table 111b which is referenced when a winning/losing lottery is held using a second special pattern random number.
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, when a gaming ball enters the first start winning slot 15 or the second start winning slot 16, one special symbol random number is obtained within a numerical range of 0 to 199. Then, when the above-mentioned winning/losing lottery is performed, either the first start winning slot determination table 111a or the second start winning slot determination table 111b is selected according to the start winning slot into which the gaming ball entered, and the type of special symbol is determined based on the obtained special symbol random number and the selected special symbol random number determination table 111.

In this form of pachinko machine P, six types of jackpot symbols (X1, X2, X3, X4, X5, X6) are provided as special symbols (hereinafter referred to as jackpot symbols) that are determined in the event of a jackpot win, two types of time-saving symbols (J1, J2) are provided as special symbols (time-saving symbols) that are determined in the event of a time-saving win, and two types of loss symbols (Z1, Z2) are provided as special symbols (hereinafter referred to as loss symbols) that are determined in the event of a loss.

8(a), according to the first start winning port determination table 111a, in the event of a jackpot win, if the special pattern random number is 0 to 99, the jackpot pattern X1 is determined, if the special pattern random number is 100 to 193, the jackpot pattern X2 is determined, and if the special pattern random number is 194 to 199, the jackpot pattern X3 is determined. That is, in this first start winning port determination table 111a, in the event of a jackpot win, the probability that the jackpot pattern X1 is determined is 50%, the probability that the jackpot pattern X2 is determined is 47%, and the probability that the jackpot pattern X3 is determined is 3%.
Furthermore, in the case where a time-saving award is won, the time-saving pattern J1 is determined when the special pattern random number is between 0 and 169, and the time-saving pattern J2 is determined when the special pattern random number is between 170 and 199. In other words, in this first start winning slot determination table 111a, in the case where a time-saving award is won, the probability that the time-saving pattern J1 is determined is 85%, and the probability that the time-saving pattern J2 is determined is 15%.

8(b), according to the second start winning port determination table 111b, in the event of a jackpot win, if the special pattern random number is 0 to 39, the jackpot pattern X4 is determined, if the special pattern random number is 40 to 139, the jackpot pattern X5 is determined, and if the special pattern random number is 140 to 199, the jackpot pattern X6 is determined. In other words, in this second start winning port determination table 111b, in the event of a jackpot win, the probability that the jackpot pattern X4 is determined is 20%, the probability that the jackpot pattern X5 is determined is 50%, and the probability that the jackpot pattern X5 is determined is 30%.
Furthermore, in the event that a time-saving award is won, the time-saving symbol J1 is determined when the special symbol random number is between 0 and 169, and the time-saving symbol J2 is determined when the special symbol random number is between 170 and 199. That is, in the second start winning slot determination table 111b, similar to the first start winning slot determination table 111a, in the event that a time-saving award is won, the probability that the time-saving symbol J1 will be determined is 85%, and the probability that the time-saving symbol J2 will be determined is 15%.

If the lottery based on the first special symbol random number results in a loss, the loss symbol Z1 is determined without the above-mentioned lottery based on the special symbol random number.If the lottery based on the second special symbol random number results in a loss, the loss symbol Z2 is determined without the above-mentioned lottery based on the special symbol random number.
In other words, the special pattern random number determination table 111 is referenced when a jackpot is won or when a time-saving bonus is awarded, but is not referenced when a loss occurs.

The special electric device operation table 112 controls the special game that is executed when a jackpot is won, and is referenced to activate the jackpot opening solenoid 18c and the distribution member solenoid 59c during the special game. In the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, as shown in Figures 9(a) to 9(c), the special electric device operation table 112 includes a first operation table 112a that is referenced when a jackpot is won and jackpot symbol X1 or X4 is determined, a second operation table 112b that is referenced when a jackpot is won and jackpot symbol X2 or X5 is determined, and a third operation table 112c that is referenced when a jackpot is won and jackpot symbol X3 or X6 is determined.

Specifically, when a jackpot is won and the jackpot symbol X1 or X4 is determined, a special game is executed by referring to a first operation table 112a shown in Figure 9(a). According to this first operation table 112a, a round game is executed three times in total (rounds 1 to 3), which ends when either the large prize opening 18 is open for 29.0 seconds or ten game balls enter the large prize opening 18. Furthermore, during the execution of each round game, the opening/closing door 18b moves from the closed position to the open position, remains in the open position for 29.0 seconds, and then moves back from the open position to the closed position (opening/closing pattern), thereby opening the large prize opening 18 only once, and the time for which the large prize opening 18 is closed between each round game (i.e., the interval time) is set to 2.0 seconds.
Furthermore, as shown in Figure 9(a), when the jackpot pattern X1 or X4 is determined, the allocating member 59 operates in a manner (operation pattern) such that it stays (is located) at the first position during the first and third rounds of play, and furthermore, during the second round of play, the allocating member 59 also operates in a manner such that it stays at the first position.

Furthermore, if a jackpot is won and the jackpot symbol X2 or X5 is determined, a special game is executed by referring to the second operation table 112b shown in Figure 9(b). According to this second operation table 112b, a round game that ends under the same conditions as the first operation table 112a is executed three times in total (rounds 1 to 3). The opening and closing pattern of the opening and closing door 18b and the interval time are also set to the same contents as the first operation table 112a.
9(b), when the jackpot symbol X2 or X5 is determined, the allocating member 59 operates to stay at the first position during the first and third rounds of play, in the same manner as when the jackpot symbol X1 or X4 is determined. On the other hand, during the second round of play, the allocating member 59 operates to stay at the second position.

Furthermore, if a jackpot is won and the jackpot symbol X3 or X6 is determined, a special game is executed by referring to the third operation table 112c shown in Figure 9(c). According to this third operation table 112c, a round game that ends under the same conditions as the first operation table 112a and the second operation table 112b is executed a total of 10 times, from round 1 to round 10. The opening and closing pattern and interval time of the opening and closing door 18b are set to the same contents as the first operation table 112a and the second operation table 112b.
Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 9(c), when the jackpot symbol X3 or X6 is determined, the allocating member 59 operates to stop at the first position during the first, third, fourth to tenth rounds of play, in the same manner as when the jackpot symbol X1, X2, X4 or X5 is determined, and further, during the second round of play, the allocating member 59 operates to stop at the second position, in the same manner as when the jackpot symbol X2 or X5 is determined.

As described above, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, when the jackpot pattern X2, X3, X5 or X6 is determined, the large prize opening 18 is opened continuously for 29.0 seconds during two rounds of play (specific round play), and the distribution member 59 is stopped at the second position, so that as long as game balls are shot toward the second game area 12b, game balls will enter the large prize opening 18 and a predetermined number of game balls (one in this embodiment) can be reliably admitted to the specific area 57.
In contrast, when the jackpot pattern X1 or X4 is determined, in two rounds of play, the large prize opening 18 is opened continuously for 29.0 seconds, but the distribution member 59 remains in the first position, so even if a game ball enters the large prize opening 18, the game ball will all enter the general area 58, and it is impossible for the game ball to enter the specific area 57.

The game state setting table 113 is used to set the game state after the end of a special game when the special game is executed, and the game state after a time-saving bonus is awarded in a normal game state and the time-saving pattern J1 or J2 is determined.
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, when a special game is executed, the game state after the special game ends is set depending on whether a predetermined number of game balls have entered the specific area 57 during the special game. Also, when a time-saving award is won in the normal game state and the time-saving symbol J1 or J2 is determined, the game state is set according to the determined time-saving symbol. Also, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, as will be described later, whether or not game balls are allowed to enter the specific area 57 is set depending on the type of determined jackpot symbol, and essentially, whether or not a transition to a high-probability time-saving game state will occur after the special game based on that determination ends is determined depending on the determined jackpot symbol.

As shown in Figures 10(a) to 10(d), the pachinko machine P of this embodiment is provided with the following game state setting tables 113: a first game state setting table 113a that is referenced when a predetermined number of game balls enter the specific area 57 during special play; a second game state setting table 113b that is referenced when the predetermined number of game balls do not enter the specific area 57 during special play; a third game state setting table 113c that is referenced when a time-saving bonus is awarded in normal play and time-saving symbol J1 is determined; and a fourth game state setting table 113d that is referenced when a time-saving bonus is awarded in normal play and time-saving symbol J2 is determined.

10(a), if a predetermined number of game balls do not enter the specific area 57 during a special game, the game state after the special game ends is set to a low-probability game state and is set to a time-saving game state JT2. That is, after the special game ends, a low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 is set. Also, the number of times the time-saving game state continues (hereinafter also referred to as the time-saving number of times) is set to 100.
In this case, after the special game ends, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 continues until the results of the win/loss lottery are derived 100 times without a jackpot being won (until the number of times the special symbol changes reaches 100). Then, if the results of the win/loss lottery are other than a jackpot win all 100 times during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 (i.e., a win or loss for the time-saving grant), the low-probability game state remains, and the time-saving game state JT2 is changed to a non-time-saving game state, thereby changing the game state to a normal game state.
In addition, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, the probability of winning a jackpot in the low-probability game state is approximately 1/300 (see Figure 7 (a)), so it is not necessarily the case that a jackpot will be won during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2.

10(b), when a predetermined number of game balls enter the specific area 57 during a special game, the game state after the special game ends is set to a high-probability time-shortened game state and is set to the time-shortened game state JT2. That is, after the special game ends, a high-probability time-shortened game state is set. In addition, the number of times the high-probability game state continues (hereinafter also referred to as the high-probability number of times) and the number of times the time-shortened game state continues are both set to 10,000 times.
In this case, after the special game ends, the high-probability time-saving game state continues until the results of the win/loss lottery are derived 10,000 times without a jackpot being won (until the number of times the special symbol changes reaches 10,000). Then, if the results of the win/loss lottery during the high-probability time-saving game state are other than a jackpot win for all 10,000 times, the high-probability game state is changed to a low-probability game state, and the time-saving game state JT2 is changed to a non-time-saving game state, thereby changing the game state to a normal game state.
In addition, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, the probability of winning a jackpot in the high-probability game state is approximately 1/50 (see Figure 7 (b)), and in effect, the above-mentioned high-probability time-saving game state will continue until a jackpot is won again.

Here, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, as described above, when a jackpot is won and the jackpot symbol X2, X3, X5, or X6 is determined, the allocating member 59 stays at the second position during two rounds of the special game based on that determination, so that as long as game balls are being shot into the second game area 12b to enter the large prize opening 18, a predetermined number of game balls will always enter the specific area 57. In other words, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, when the jackpot symbol X2, X3, X5, or X6 is determined, as long as game balls are being shot into the second game area 12b, a high probability time-shortened game state is set in principle.
However, even if the jackpot pattern X2, X3, X5 or X6 is determined, if a predetermined number of game balls do not enter the specific area 57 during the special game based on that determination due to an abnormality such as the jackpot opening 18 not opening, the game state after the special game ends will be set to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2.

Furthermore, as described above, when a jackpot is won and the jackpot symbol X1 or X4 is determined, the allocating member 59 stays at the first position during any round of play of the special game based on that determination, so even if game balls enter the big prize opening 18, the predetermined number of game balls will not enter the specific area 57. In other words, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, when the jackpot symbol X1 or X4 is determined, the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2 is set as a general rule.
However, even if the jackpot pattern X1 or X4 is determined, if a predetermined number of game balls enter the specific area 57 during a special game based on that determination due to an abnormality such as the distribution member 59 stopping at the second position, the game state after the special game ends will be set to a high-probability time-saving game state.

As shown in Figure 10(c), if a time-saving symbol J1 is selected in the normal game mode, the variable display of the time-saving symbol J1 as a special symbol ends, and the non-time-saving game mode changes to the time-saving game mode JT1 when the fixed display time (described below) for the special symbol has elapsed, while the low-probability game mode remains. In other words, when the variable display of the time-saving symbol J1 ends and the fixed display time has elapsed, the low-probability time-saving game mode LJT1 is established. The number of time-saving times is also set to 10,000.
In this case, the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1 continues until the result of the win/loss lottery is derived 10,000 times without winning the jackpot (until the number of times the special symbol changes reaches 10,000 times). Then, if the result of the win/loss lottery during the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1 is something other than a jackpot, the low-probability game state remains, and the time-shortened game state JT1 is changed to a non-time-shortened game state, thereby changing the game state to a normal game state.
In addition, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, as described above, the probability of winning a jackpot in the low-probability game state is approximately 1/300 (see Figure 7 (a)), and in effect, the above-mentioned low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 will continue until a jackpot is won again.

As shown in Figure 10(d), if a time-saving symbol J2 is selected in the normal game mode, the non-time-saving game mode changes to the time-saving game mode JT2 while the low-probability game mode remains active when the time-saving symbol J2 stops changing and the above-mentioned stop display time has elapsed. In other words, when the time-saving symbol J2 stops changing and the stop display time has elapsed, the low-probability time-saving game mode LJT2 is established. The number of time-saving times is also set to 10,000.
In this case, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 continues until the result of the win/loss lottery is derived 10,000 times without winning the jackpot (until the number of times the special symbol changes reaches 10,000 times). Then, if the result of the win/loss lottery during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 is something other than a jackpot, the low-probability game state remains, and the time-saving game state JT2 is changed to a non-time-saving game state, thereby changing the game state to a normal game state.
In addition, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, as described above, the probability of winning a jackpot in the low-probability game state is approximately 1/300 (see Figure 7 (a)), and in effect, the above-mentioned low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 will continue until a jackpot is won again.

As mentioned above, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, even in game states other than the normal game state (low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, low-probability time-saving game state LJT2, high-probability time-saving game state), there are cases in which a time-saving award is won and time-saving symbol J1 or J2 is determined, but in this case the currently set game state will continue as is.

Furthermore, when a time-saving award is won during normal game mode, the timing for setting the game mode to the low-probability time-saving game mode LJT1 or LJT2 is not limited to the point at which the above-mentioned stop display time has elapsed, but may be any point from the start to the end of the variable display of the above-mentioned time-saving symbol (for example, the start point, any point during the variable display, the end point, etc.).

As described above, the variation pattern table 114 is used to determine the variation pattern command.
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, when the special symbol is determined as described above, a variation pattern command is determined based on the result of the determination. As described above, the variation pattern command is used to determine the variation pattern of the variation presentation, and the variation pattern command determines the mode and variation time of the variation presentation (the variation time of the variable display of the special symbol). Note that in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, the variation presentation is divided into a first half and a second half, and the mode and variation time of the first half of the variation presentation, as well as the mode and variation time of the second half of the variation presentation, are both determined by the variation pattern command.
Specifically, the determined variation pattern command is transmitted from the main control board 100 to the sub-control board 300, and the sub-control board 300 determines the specific form of the variation presentation (for example, the image to be displayed on the display unit 21a) based on the received variation pattern command.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, multiple types of variation pattern commands are provided, and each variation pattern command is associated with a variation pattern table 114. The type of variation pattern command to be determined and the determination ratio are set for each variation pattern table 114.

The pachinko machine P of this embodiment is equipped with the following variation pattern tables 114: table MP1, which is referenced during the normal game state; table MP2, which is referenced during the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1; table MP3, which is referenced during the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2; and table MP4, which is referenced during the high-probability time-shortened game state (see Figures 11 and 12).

When a game ball enters the first start winning slot 15 or the second start winning slot 16, one fluctuation pattern random number within the numerical range of 0 to 249 is obtained, and a fluctuation pattern command is determined based on this obtained fluctuation pattern random number, the special symbol determined as described above, the current reserved number (first reserved number or second reserved number), and the fluctuation pattern table 114 corresponding to the current game state.

Here, during the normal game state or the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, the player is allowed to play in the first game area 12a, so that in principle the game ball enters the first start winning port 15 and the game ball enters the second start winning port 16 irregularly, but regardless of whether the game ball enters the first start winning port 15 or the second start winning port 16, a variation pattern command is determined using the same variation pattern table 114 according to the current game state. Note that when the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 ends and the normal game state is set, a second special symbol random number obtained based on the game ball entering the second start winning port 16 during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 may be stored, and a variation pattern command for this second special symbol random number is determined using the variation pattern table 114 according to the normal game state.
Similarly, during the low probability time-saving game state LJT2 or the high probability time-saving game state, the player is allowed to play in the second game area 12b, so as a general rule the game ball enters the second start winning port 16 and the game ball entering the first start winning port 15 is irregular, but regardless of whether the game ball enters the first start winning port 15 or the second start winning port 16, the fluctuation pattern command is determined using the same fluctuation pattern table 114 according to the current game state.
In addition, when determining a variation pattern command based on a game ball entering the first start winning port 15, the first reserved number at that time is referenced, and when determining a variation pattern command based on a game ball entering the second start winning port 16, the second reserved number at that time is referenced.

In addition, separate tables may be provided as the fluctuation pattern table 114 for each of the current game status and the type of starting winning slot into which the gaming ball has entered (first starting winning slot 15 (first special random number), second starting winning slot 16 (second special random number)). In other words, the fluctuation pattern command may be determined by referring to the fluctuation pattern table 114 corresponding to the current game status and the starting winning slot into which the gaming ball has entered.

As shown in FIG. 11(a), according to table MP1 referenced during normal game mode, when a losing symbol Z1 or Z2 is determined (i.e., the result of the lottery is a losing symbol), and the current number of reserved symbols (first reserved number, second reserved number) is 0 or 1, if the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 219, a fluctuation pattern command "00H" is determined which is associated with a fluctuation pattern called "13-second fluctuation" (a fluctuation pattern in which the fluctuation time for the first half is set to 0 seconds and the fluctuation time for the second half is set to 13 seconds), if the fluctuation pattern random number is 220 to 239, a fluctuation pattern command "02H" is determined which is associated with a fluctuation pattern called "20-second fluctuation" (a fluctuation pattern in which the fluctuation time for the first half is set to 13 seconds and the fluctuation time for the second half is set to 7 seconds), and if the fluctuation pattern random number is 240 to 249, a fluctuation pattern command "03H" is determined which is associated with a fluctuation pattern called "60-second fluctuation" (a fluctuation pattern in which the fluctuation time for the first half is set to 13 seconds and the fluctuation time for the second half is set to 47 seconds).

In addition, if a losing symbol Z1 or Z2 is determined and the current number of reserved symbols is 2 or more, when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 219, the fluctuation pattern command "01H" is determined, which is associated with the fluctuation pattern "3-second fluctuation" (a fluctuation pattern in which the fluctuation time for the first half is set to 0 seconds and the fluctuation time for the second half is set to 3 seconds), when the fluctuation pattern random number is 220 to 239, the fluctuation pattern command "02H" is determined, which is associated with the fluctuation pattern "20-second fluctuation", and when the fluctuation pattern random number is 240 to 249, the fluctuation pattern command "03H" is determined, which is associated with the fluctuation pattern "60-second fluctuation".

Furthermore, when the jackpot symbol X1, X2, X3, X4, X5 or X6 is determined (i.e., the result of the lottery is a jackpot), regardless of the current number of reserved balls, if the fluctuation pattern random number is between 0 and 24, the fluctuation pattern command "0AH" associated with the fluctuation pattern of "20-second fluctuation" is determined, and if the fluctuation pattern random number is between 25 and 249, the fluctuation pattern command "0BH" associated with the fluctuation pattern of "60-second fluctuation" is determined.

Furthermore, when the time-saving pattern J1 is determined, regardless of the number of reserved symbols at the current time, when the fluctuation pattern random number is between 0 and 249 (i.e., whatever the value of the fluctuation pattern random number), the fluctuation pattern command "0EH" associated with the fluctuation pattern of "13-second fluctuation" is determined.
In addition, when the time-saving symbol J2 is determined, regardless of the number of reserved symbols at the current time, when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 249, the fluctuation pattern command "0FH" associated with the fluctuation pattern of "13-second fluctuation" is determined.

As shown in Figure 11(b), according to table MP2 referenced during low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, when a losing symbol Z1 or Z2 is determined and the current number of reserved symbols is 0 or 1, if the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 219, the fluctuation pattern command "10H" associated with the fluctuation pattern of "13-second fluctuation" is determined, if the fluctuation pattern random number is 220 to 239, the fluctuation pattern command "12H" associated with the fluctuation pattern of "20-second fluctuation" is determined, and if the fluctuation pattern random number is 240 to 249, the fluctuation pattern command "13H" associated with the fluctuation pattern of "60-second fluctuation" is determined.

In addition, if a losing symbol Z1 or Z2 is determined and the current number of reserved symbols is 2 or more, when the fluctuation pattern random number is between 0 and 219, the fluctuation pattern command "11H" associated with the fluctuation pattern of "3-second fluctuation" is determined, when the fluctuation pattern random number is between 220 and 239, the fluctuation pattern command "12H" associated with the fluctuation pattern of "20-second fluctuation" is determined, and when the fluctuation pattern random number is between 240 and 249, the fluctuation pattern command "13H" associated with the fluctuation pattern of "60-second fluctuation" is determined.

In addition, when the jackpot symbol X1, X2, X3, X4, X5, or X6 is determined, regardless of the current number of reserved symbols, if the fluctuation pattern random number is between 0 and 24, the fluctuation pattern command "1AH" associated with the fluctuation pattern of "20-second fluctuation" is determined, and if the fluctuation pattern random number is between 25 and 249, the fluctuation pattern command "1BH" associated with the fluctuation pattern of "60-second fluctuation" is determined.

In addition, when the time-saving symbol J1 or J2 is determined, the fluctuation pattern command "1CH" associated with the "13-second fluctuation" fluctuation pattern is determined when the fluctuation pattern random number is between 0 and 249, regardless of the current number of reserved symbols.

As shown in Figure 12(a), according to table MP3 referenced during low-probability time-saving game state LJT2, when a losing symbol Z1 or Z2 is determined and the current number of reserved symbols is 0 or 1, if the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 219, the fluctuation pattern command "20H" associated with the fluctuation pattern of "13-second fluctuation" is determined, if the fluctuation pattern random number is 220 to 239, the fluctuation pattern command "22H" associated with the fluctuation pattern of "20-second fluctuation" is determined, and if the fluctuation pattern random number is 240 to 249, the fluctuation pattern command "23H" associated with the fluctuation pattern of "45-second fluctuation" (the fluctuation time for the first half is 13 seconds and the fluctuation time for the second half is 32 seconds) is determined.

In addition, if a losing symbol Z1 or Z2 is determined and the current number of reserved symbols is 2 or more, when the fluctuation pattern random number is between 0 and 219, the fluctuation pattern command "21H" is determined, which is associated with the fluctuation pattern "2-second fluctuation" (a fluctuation pattern in which the fluctuation time for the first half is set to 0 seconds and the fluctuation time for the second half is set to 2 seconds), when the fluctuation pattern random number is between 220 and 239, the fluctuation pattern command "22H" is determined, which is associated with the fluctuation pattern "20-second fluctuation", and when the fluctuation pattern random number is between 240 and 249, the fluctuation pattern command "23H" is determined, which is associated with the fluctuation pattern "45-second fluctuation".

In addition, when the jackpot symbol X1, X2, X3, X4, X5, or X6 is determined, regardless of the current number of reserved symbols, if the fluctuation pattern random number is between 0 and 24, the fluctuation pattern command "2AH" associated with the fluctuation pattern of "20-second fluctuation" is determined, and if the fluctuation pattern random number is between 25 and 249, the fluctuation pattern command "2BH" associated with the fluctuation pattern of "45-second fluctuation" is determined.

In addition, when the time-saving pattern J1 or J2 is determined and the current number of reserved symbols is 0 or 1, if the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 219, the fluctuation pattern command "2CH" associated with the fluctuation pattern of "13-second fluctuation" is determined, if the fluctuation pattern random number is 220 to 239, the fluctuation pattern command "2EH" associated with the fluctuation pattern of "20-second fluctuation" is determined, and if the fluctuation pattern random number is 240 to 249, the fluctuation pattern command "2FH" associated with the fluctuation pattern of "45-second fluctuation" is determined.
In addition, when the time-saving symbol J1 or J2 is determined and the current number of reserved symbols is 2 or more, if the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 219, the fluctuation pattern command "2DH" associated with the fluctuation pattern of "2-second fluctuation" is determined, if the fluctuation pattern random number is 220 to 239, the fluctuation pattern command "2EH" associated with the fluctuation pattern of "20-second fluctuation" is determined, and if the fluctuation pattern random number is 240 to 249, the fluctuation pattern command "2FH" associated with the fluctuation pattern of "45-second fluctuation" is determined.

As shown in Figure 12(b), according to table MP4 referenced during high-probability time-saving game mode, when a losing symbol Z1 or Z2 is determined and the current number of reserved symbols is 0 or 1, if the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 219, the fluctuation pattern command "30H" associated with the fluctuation pattern of "13-second fluctuation" is determined, if the fluctuation pattern random number is 220 to 239, the fluctuation pattern command "32H" associated with the fluctuation pattern of "20-second fluctuation" is determined, and if the fluctuation pattern random number is 240 to 249, the fluctuation pattern command "33H" associated with the fluctuation pattern of "45-second fluctuation" is determined.

In addition, if a losing symbol Z1 or Z2 is determined and the current number of reserved symbols is 2 or more, when the fluctuation pattern random number is between 0 and 219, the fluctuation pattern command "31H" is determined, which is associated with the fluctuation pattern "1 second fluctuation" (a fluctuation pattern in which the fluctuation time for the first half is set to 0 seconds and the fluctuation time for the second half is set to 1 second), when the fluctuation pattern random number is between 220 and 239, the fluctuation pattern command "32H" is determined, which is associated with the fluctuation pattern "20 second fluctuation", and when the fluctuation pattern random number is between 240 and 249, the fluctuation pattern command "33H" is determined, which is associated with the fluctuation pattern "45 second fluctuation".

In addition, when the jackpot symbol X1, X2, X3, X4, X5, or X6 is determined, regardless of the current number of reserved symbols, if the fluctuation pattern random number is between 0 and 24, the fluctuation pattern command "3AH" associated with the fluctuation pattern of "20-second fluctuation" is determined, and if the fluctuation pattern random number is between 25 and 249, the fluctuation pattern command "3BH" associated with the fluctuation pattern of "45-second fluctuation" is determined.

In addition, when the time-saving pattern J1 or J2 is determined and the current number of reserved symbols is 0 or 1, if the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 219, the fluctuation pattern command "3CH" associated with the fluctuation pattern of "13-second fluctuation" is determined, if the fluctuation pattern random number is 220 to 239, the fluctuation pattern command "3EH" associated with the fluctuation pattern of "20-second fluctuation" is determined, and if the fluctuation pattern random number is 240 to 249, the fluctuation pattern command "3FH" associated with the fluctuation pattern of "45-second fluctuation" is determined.
In addition, when the time-saving symbol J1 or J2 is determined and the current number of reserved symbols is 2 or more, when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 219, the fluctuation pattern command "3DH" associated with the fluctuation pattern of "1 second fluctuation" is determined, when the fluctuation pattern random number is 220 to 239, the fluctuation pattern command "3EH" associated with the fluctuation pattern of "20 second fluctuation" is determined, and when the fluctuation pattern random number is 240 to 249, the fluctuation pattern command "3FH" associated with the fluctuation pattern of "45 second fluctuation" is determined.

The variation pattern command determined as above is transmitted to the sub-control board 300, and the specific mode of the first half of the variation performance and the specific mode of the second half of the variation performance are determined based on the variation pattern command. Then, the variation performance is executed according to the specific mode determined in this way, and the sum of the variation time of the first half and the variation time of the second half set in the variation pattern command becomes the time from the start to the end of the variation performance (variable display of special symbols).
For example, if the determined fluctuation pattern command is "02H" (the fluctuation time of the first half is 13 seconds, and the fluctuation time of the second half is 7 seconds), the sum of the fluctuation time of the first half and the fluctuation time of the second half, 20 seconds (= 13 seconds + 7 seconds), will be the fluctuation time of the entire fluctuation performance (the entire fluctuation display of the special pattern).
In addition, for the variation pattern commands "00H", "01H", "0EH", "0FH", "10H", "11H", "1CH", "20H", "21H", "2CH", "2DH", "30H", "31H", "3CH", and "3DH", the variation time for the first half is set to "0 seconds". When these variation pattern commands are determined, the entire variation performance is executed in the manner determined according to the variation pattern command during the corresponding variation time for the second half.

In addition, based on the above-mentioned change time, a change performance is performed on the performance display device 21, and a change display of the special pattern is performed on the special pattern display device (first special pattern display device 30 or second special pattern display device 31).
Specifically, if the starting winning slot into which the gaming ball has entered is the first starting winning slot 15, the first special symbol display device 30 will be displayed in a flashing manner during the above-mentioned variable time, and if the starting winning slot into which the gaming ball has entered is the second starting winning slot 16, the second special symbol display device 31 will be displayed in a flashing manner during the above-mentioned variable time. After the variable time has elapsed, the determined special symbol will be displayed in a static manner until the static display time described below has elapsed.

Regarding the mode of the variable presentation, rather than determining either the mode of the first half of the variable presentation or the mode of the second half of the variable presentation based on the variable pattern command, it is also possible to determine other commands in addition to the variable pattern command, and determine the mode of the first half of the variable presentation based on one of the commands, and determine the mode of the second half of the variable presentation based on the other command.
Furthermore, instead of dividing the variable performance into a first half and a second half, it may be divided into more parts, with the aspect of each part being determined based on the corresponding command.

As described above, the stop display time table 115 is used to determine the stop display time for which the special symbol is stopped and displayed after the variable display of the special symbol has finished.
This stop display time table 115 defines a stop display time according to the current game state (the game state at the time of execution of the win/lose lottery) and the type of special symbol determined as described above. The main CPU 101 determines a stop display time according to the current game state and the determined special symbol by referring to this stop display time table 115. Then, when the variable display of the special symbol ends (stops), the special symbol will be displayed in a stopped state until the determined stop display time has elapsed.
As shown in FIG. 13, according to the stop display time table 115, when the current game state is the normal game state, if a losing symbol Z1 or Z2 is determined, a stop display time of 0.5 seconds is determined, if a jackpot symbol X1, X2, X3, X4, X5 or X6 is determined, a stop display time of 0.5 seconds is determined, and if a time-saving symbol J1 or J2 is determined, a stop display time of 20 seconds is determined.
In addition, when the current game state is the low-probability time-shortening game state LJT1, the low-probability time-shortening game state LJT2 or the high-probability time-shortening game state, and when a losing symbol Z1 or Z2 is determined, when a jackpot symbol X1, X2, X3, X4, X5 or X6 is determined, or when a time-shortening symbol J1 or J2 is determined, a stop display time of 0.5 seconds is determined.

Next, the processing related to normal gameplay will be explained.
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, when a gaming ball launched by a launching device (not shown) and flowing down the gaming area 12 passes through the gate 20, a lottery for a normal symbol is held to determine whether or not to activate the movable piece 16b and cause the movable piece 16b to protrude. If a winning normal symbol is selected by the lottery, the movable piece 16b will be protruded for a predetermined operating time, and the gaming ball that has flowed down to the right end of the upper surface of the movable piece 16b will be guided to the second start winning opening 16, making it possible for the gaming ball to enter the second start winning opening 16.
The lottery for this normal symbol is conducted based on a winning determination random number obtained when the game ball passes through the gate 20, and a winning determination random number determination table 116 stored in the main ROM 102 for determining the random number.

When the gaming ball passes through gate 20, the above-mentioned winning determination random number is obtained, and the random number value is stored in the general map reserve memory area of main RAM 103, up to a maximum of four. Specifically, this general map reserve memory area is composed of a total of four memory units, from the first memory unit to the fourth memory unit, and the numbers are stored starting from the first memory unit in the order of passing through gate 20. Furthermore, if winning determination random numbers have already been stored in several memory units, the winning determination random number is stored in the memory unit with the smallest number among the empty memory units. Therefore, if four winning determination random numbers have already been stored in the general map reserve memory area, even if the gaming ball passes through gate 20, the winning determination random number related to this passage will not be stored in the general map reserve memory area.
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, the winning determination random number is a hardware random number built into the main control board 100. This winning determination random number is updated according to a set rule, and the random number sequence is automatically changed each time the random number sequence completes one cycle, and the start value is changed each time the system is reset.
In addition, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, the number of winning determination random numbers stored in the regular number reserve memory area (hereinafter also referred to as the regular number reserve number) is stored in a regular number reserve number counter (not specifically shown).

The winning random number judgment table 116 is used to determine whether or not a winning has occurred by drawing a normal symbol, and as shown in Figures 14(a) to 14(c), it includes a first judgment table 116a that is referenced during a non-time-shortened game state (i.e., during a normal game state), a second judgment table 116b that is referenced during a time-shortened game state JT1 (i.e., during a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1), and a third judgment table 116c that is referenced during a time-shortened game state JT2 (i.e., during a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2 or a high-probability time-shortened game state). Although not specifically shown, the first judgment table 116a is also referenced during a special game.
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, when a gaming ball passes through the gate 20, one winning determination random number within a numerical range of 0 to 65535 is obtained. If the gaming state at the time of drawing the normal symbol is the non-time-saving gaming state, the first judgment table 116a is selected, and the normal symbol is drawn based on the obtained winning determination random number and the selected first judgment table 116a. If the gaming state at the time of drawing the normal symbol is the time-saving gaming state JT1, the second judgment table 116b is selected, and the normal symbol is drawn based on the obtained winning determination random number and the selected second judgment table 116b. If the gaming state at the time of drawing the normal symbol is the time-saving gaming state JT2, the third judgment table 116c is selected, and the normal symbol is drawn based on the obtained winning determination random number and the selected third judgment table 116c.

14(a), according to the first determination table 116a, a winning decision is made when the winning determination random number is between 1 and 65500, and a losing decision is made when the winning determination random number is other than this (0, 65501 to 65535). Therefore, the probability of winning in this first determination table 116a is approximately 99/100.
14(b), according to the second determination table 116b, similar to the first determination table 116a, a win is determined when the winning determination random number is between 1 and 65500, and a loss is determined when the winning determination random number is other than this (0, 65501 to 65535). Therefore, the probability of winning in this second determination table 116b is also approximately 99/100, similar to the first determination table 116a.
14(c), according to the third judgment table 116c, similarly to the first judgment table 116a and the second judgment table 116b, a win is determined when the winning determination random number is between 1 and 65500, and a loss is determined when the winning determination random number is other than this (0, 65501 to 65535). Therefore, the probability of winning in this third judgment table 116c is also approximately 99/100, similarly to the first judgment table 116a and the second judgment table 116b.
As described above, the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment is set so that the probability of winning by lottery of normal symbols is the same regardless of the game state.
If the regular pattern is drawn and a winning pattern is selected, the winning pattern will be determined, and if the regular pattern is drawn and a losing pattern is selected, the losing pattern will be determined.

The pachinko machine P according to this embodiment also includes a normal symbol variation pattern determination table 117 and a movable piece operation control table 118, which are tables for determining the normal symbol variation pattern and controlling the operation of the movable piece 16b.

The normal symbol variation pattern determination table 117 is for determining the variation pattern of the normal symbol. As described above, when a lottery for a normal symbol is performed by a gaming ball passing through the gate 20, the variation pattern of the normal symbol is determined based on this normal symbol variation pattern determination table 117.
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, as shown in Figure 15, when the game state is the non-time-saving game state, a normal symbol variation pattern with a 10-second variation time is determined, when the game state is the time-saving game state JT1, a normal symbol variation pattern with a 9.5-second variation time, which is slightly shorter than that of the non-time-saving game state, is determined, and when the game state is the time-saving game state JT2, a normal symbol variation pattern with a 1-second variation time, which is extremely shorter than that of the non-time-saving game state and the time-saving game state JT1, is determined. Note that, although not specifically shown, during special play, a normal symbol variation pattern with a 10-second variation time is determined, just like in the non-time-saving game state.
Then, when the normal symbol variation pattern is determined, the normal symbol display device 32 (see FIG. 3A) flashes for the variation time set for this normal symbol variation pattern. If the normal symbol lottery results in a win and a winning symbol is determined, the normal symbol display device 32 lights up, and if the lottery results in a loss and a losing symbol is determined, the normal symbol display device 32 goes out.
In this specification, the flashing display of the ordinary pattern display device 32 is referred to as "ordinary pattern change," and the lighting or turning off of the ordinary pattern display device 32 is referred to as "ordinary pattern stop display,""stop of ordinary pattern change,""stop of ordinary pattern change," etc.

In addition, the movable piece operation control table 118 is referenced to control the operation of the movable piece 16b provided adjacent to the second starting winning port 16.
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, when the normal symbol display device 32 is lit, the movable piece 16b operates in a manner determined by the movable piece operation control table 118. Specifically, when the game state is a non-time-shortened game state, as shown in Fig. 16, the movable piece solenoid 16c is energized for 0.05 seconds (= 0.05 seconds × 1 time), causing the movable piece 16b to protrude for 0.05 seconds. Also, when the game state is a time-shortened game state JT1, as shown in Fig. 16, the movable piece solenoid 16c is energized for 0.08 seconds (= 0.08 seconds × 1 time), causing the movable piece 16b to protrude for 0.08 seconds, which is slightly longer than in the non-time-shortened game state. Furthermore, when the game state is the time-shortened game state JT2, the movable piece solenoid 16c is energized for 3 seconds (= 3 seconds × 1 time) as shown in Figure 16, so that the movable piece 16b is in a protruding state for 3 seconds, which is longer than in the non-time-shortened game state and the time-shortened game state JT1. Although not specifically shown, during special play, the movable piece 16b is in a protruding state for 0.05 seconds, just like in the non-time-shortened game state.

As described above, during the non-time-saving game mode (normal game mode), there is an extremely high probability of winning in the normal symbol lottery that is executed when a gaming ball passes through gate 20, and there are many opportunities for movable piece 16b to protrude. However, because the normal symbol fluctuation time is 10 seconds and the operating time of movable piece 16b is 0.05 seconds, the time it takes for movable piece 16b to change from the recessed state to the protruding state is long (the interval from one protruding state to the next is long), and the time movable piece 16b is maintained in the protruding state is extremely short. Furthermore, the time it is maintained in this protruding state is shorter than the aforementioned opening arrival time (the time it takes for the gaming ball at the right end of the upper surface of movable piece 16b to reach the opening of second start winning hole 16), which is approximately 0.3 seconds. Therefore, during non-time-saving play, the movable piece 16b is almost entirely in a immersed state, and even if it does protrude, the game ball at the right end of the upper surface of the movable piece 16b will be in a immersed state before it reaches the opening of the second start winning hole 16, so in principle it is impossible for a game ball that has entered the second play area 12b to enter the second start winning hole 16.

Furthermore, during the time-saving game state JT1 (low-probability time-saving game state LJT1), the probability of winning in the lottery for normal symbols is the same as during the non-time-saving game state, so there are many opportunities for the movable piece 16b to protrude, just as during the non-time-saving game state. However, because the normal symbol fluctuation time is 9.5 seconds and the operating time of the movable piece 16b is 0.08 seconds, just like during the non-time-saving game state, the time it takes for the movable piece 16b to go from the immersed state to the protruding state is long, and the time the movable piece 16b is maintained in the protruding state is extremely short. Furthermore, the time it is maintained in this protruding state is shorter than the opening arrival time mentioned above (approximately 0.3 seconds). Therefore, although there are some differences compared to non-time-saving game states in terms of the normal symbol change time and the operating time of movable piece 16b, even during time-saving game state JT1, movable piece 16b is almost always in a immersed state, and even if it is in a protruding state, the game ball at the right end of the upper surface of movable piece 16b will be in a immersed state before it reaches the opening of second start winning hole 16, so in principle it is impossible for a game ball that has entered second game area 12b to enter second start winning hole 16.

In contrast, during the time-shortened game state JT2 (low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2, high-probability time-shortened game state), the probability of winning in the normal symbol lottery is the same as during the non-time-shortened game state and the time-shortened game state JT1. Therefore, just like during the non-time-shortened game state and the time-shortened game state JT1, there are many opportunities for the movable piece 16b to protrude. Furthermore, the normal symbol fluctuation time is 1 second, which is shorter than during the non-time-shortened game state and the time-shortened game state JT1, and the movable piece 16b operation time is 3 seconds, which is longer than during the non-time-shortened game state and the time-shortened game state JT1. Therefore, the time it takes for the movable piece 16b to change from the recessed state to the protruding state is shorter than during the non-time-shortened game state and the time-shortened game state JT1, and the time the movable piece 16b remains in the protruding state is longer. Furthermore, the time the movable piece 16b remains in the protruding state is longer than the opening time (approximately 0.3 seconds) mentioned above. Therefore, during the time-saving game state JT2, the movable piece 16b remains protruding for a longer period of time, and the game ball at the right end of the upper surface of the movable piece 16b can be guided to the opening of the second start winning hole 16, so game balls that enter the second game area 12b can enter the second start winning hole 16 with a high frequency.

As described above, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, the probability of winning by lottery for the normal pattern is set to be extremely high overall in all of the non-time-saving game state, time-saving game state JT1 and time-saving game state JT2, but by varying the fluctuation time of the normal pattern and the operation time of the movable piece 16b, the possibility of the game ball entering the second start winning port 16 changes.
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, while it is not possible for game balls to enter the second start winning port 16 during both the non-time-shortened game state and the time-shortened game state JT1, game balls can enter the second start winning port 16 with high frequency during the time-shortened game state JT2. Therefore, during the time-shortened game state JT2 (during the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2 and the high-probability time-shortened game state), prize balls can be frequently obtained based on game balls entering the second start winning port 16, and therefore, more opportunities for winning or losing lotteries can be obtained per given time period while suppressing the decrease in game balls as the game progresses than during the non-time-shortened game state (during the normal game state) and the time-shortened game state JT1 (during the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1).

Furthermore, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, during the time-shortened game state JT2, control is performed to shorten the average time for the special symbol to fluctuate compared to during the non-time-shortened game state and the time-shortened game state JT1 (the so-called special symbol fluctuate shortening function is activated) (see Figures 11 and 12). This, combined with the change in the frequency with which game balls enter the second start winning slot 16 described above, makes it easier to execute the win/lose lottery and display the fluctuating special symbols during the time-shortened game state JT2 compared to during the non-time-shortened game state and the time-shortened game state JT1. In other words, the frequency with which the win/lose lottery is executed (in other words, the frequency with which the fluctuating special symbol display is executed) is changed.

In order to vary the probability of a game ball entering the second start winning slot 16, the frequency of the win/lose lottery, and the display of special symbol fluctuations for each game state, one or more of the elements that determine the performance of the normal game (probability of winning in the normal symbol lottery, normal symbol fluctuation time, operating time of movable piece 16b) may be set to be different for each game state, or all elements may be set to be different. Furthermore, while all elements that determine the performance of the normal game may be set to be the same in any game state, the average fluctuation time of the special symbol may be set to be different for each game state.

(Outline of processing when power is restored on the main control board 100)
As described above, when the power supply of the pachinko machine P is switched from off to on (recovered from a power outage), the main CPU 101 of the main control board 100 sets one of the control states depending on the control state it was in before the power supply was switched off (immediately before the power outage occurred), whether the setting switch 108 is on or off at the time the power supply is switched on (when the power supply is restored), whether the RAM clear switch 109 is on or off, whether the main frame open detection sensor 2a is on or off (opening or closing of the main frame 2), whether an abnormality has occurred in the backup process of the main RAM 103 performed when the power supply is switched off (hereinafter referred to as a backup abnormality), and whether an abnormality has occurred in the main RAM 103 (hereinafter referred to as a RAM abnormality).

(Occurrence and release of backup abnormality and RAM abnormality in the main control board 100)
Here, the occurrence and release of backup abnormalities and RAM abnormalities in the main control board 100 will be described.
When power is restored after the power outage, if there is an inconsistency between the data stored in main RAM 103 at the time the power outage occurred and the data stored in main RAM 103 at the time the power outage was restored, it is determined that a backup abnormality has occurred, and if the above-mentioned inconsistency does not occur, it is determined that a backup abnormality has not occurred.
This backup abnormality is likely to occur due to a temporary cause (for example, a failure to read or store data due to a temporary abnormality in one of the devices.) Furthermore, if a new main ROM 102, main RAM 103, etc. is installed and the power to the pachinko machine P is turned on, a backup abnormality will inevitably occur because the backup process has not been executed before.

Furthermore, if it becomes impossible to read or write data within the use area of the main RAM 103, it is determined that a RAM abnormality has occurred.
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, only the used area is subject to the determination of the occurrence of a RAM abnormality, and if data cannot be read or written in the non-used area, it is not determined that a RAM abnormality has occurred. Note that the determination of the occurrence of a RAM abnormality may be made not only within the used area, but also within both the used area and the non-used area. When set in this way, if data cannot be read or written in at least one of the used area and the non-used area, it may be determined that a RAM abnormality has occurred, and the processing described below (initialization processing in the event of an abnormality, setting of a game stop state) may be performed.
This RAM abnormality is highly likely to occur due to an abnormality in the hardware itself, such as chip damage, and requires replacement or repair of the main RAM 103.

If a backup abnormality occurs when power is restored after a power outage, an abnormality initialization process is executed, and a game stop state is set based on the occurrence of the backup abnormality, except when the setting change conditions described below are met. Also, if a RAM abnormality occurs when power is restored after a power outage, an abnormality initialization process is executed, and a game stop state is set based on the occurrence of the RAM abnormality. Note that if a backup abnormality and a RAM abnormality occur simultaneously, an abnormality initialization process is executed, and a game stop state based on the occurrence of the RAM abnormality is set, with priority given to the backup abnormality.
As will be described later, in the abnormality initialization process that is executed when a game stop state is set, all data stored in main RAM 103 (i.e., all data stored in the used area and the unused area, specifically, setting values, game machine status flags, test signal information, checksums, backup flags, error information, various data related to the progress of the game, and game performance data) is cleared.

If a game-stop state is set due to the occurrence of a backup abnormality, when power is restored after the power outage, the setting change state is set by satisfying the setting change conditions for setting the control state to the setting change state (specifically, the setting switch 108 is on, the RAM clear switch 109 is on, and the main body frame open detection sensor 2a is on), and then the playable state is set by turning off the setting switch 108. On the other hand, if the setting change conditions are not satisfied, the game will remain in the game-stop state.
Furthermore, if a game-stop state is set due to the occurrence of a RAM abnormality, the setting change state is set by satisfying the setting change conditions in a state where the RAM abnormality is resolved when power is restored (a state where the main RAM 103 has been replaced or repaired and there is no RAM abnormality), and then the playable state is set by turning off the setting switch 108. On the other hand, if the RAM abnormality is not resolved when power is restored or if the setting change conditions are not satisfied, the game will remain in the game-stop state.
In other words, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, when a play-stop state is set due to the occurrence of a backup abnormality or RAM abnormality, even if the power is turned back on, the playable state is not directly set, but the playable state is set (transition to the playable state) via the setting change state that is set by turning on the power with the setting change conditions satisfied.

(Setting of control state when power is restored)
The control state set when power is restored will be specifically described below with reference to FIGS. 17 and 18. FIG.
(1) When the power is restored after the power interruption, the setting switch 108 is off, the RAM clear switch 109 is off, the main frame open detection sensor 2a is off, no backup abnormality has occurred, and no RAM abnormality has occurred. In this case, as shown in Figure 17, regardless of whether the control state immediately before the power interruption was a playable state, a setting change state, a setting confirmation state, or a game stop state, the control state immediately before the power interruption will be set when the power is restored. In other words, the control state when the power interruption is restored will remain the control state it was in immediately before the power interruption.
In addition, if the control state immediately before the power outage was a playable state and a special game was being played, the special game will be resumed when the power outage is restored.
In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, as a general rule, the machine stays in the setting change state or setting confirmation state only while the setting switch 108 is on. In the above-mentioned case, if the control state immediately before the power outage was the setting change state, the setting change state is set when power is restored, and if the control state immediately before the power outage was the setting confirmation state, the setting confirmation state is set when power is restored, but because the setting switch 108 is off, the playable state is set (changed to the playable state) immediately after the setting change state or setting confirmation state is set.

(2) When the power is restored after the power outage, the setting switch 108 is on, the RAM clear switch 109 is off, the main frame open detection sensor 2a is off, no backup abnormality has occurred, and no RAM abnormality has occurred.In this case, as shown in Figure 17, regardless of whether the control state immediately before the power outage was a playable state, a setting change state, a setting confirmation state, or a play stopped state, the control state immediately before the power outage will be set when the power is restored.
In addition, if the control state immediately before the power outage was a playable state and a special game was being played, the special game will be resumed when the power outage is restored.
In this case, if the setting change state or setting confirmation state is set when power is restored after an interruption, the playable state will not be set immediately thereafter.

(3) When power is restored after a power outage, the setting switch 108 is off, the RAM clear switch 109 is on, the main frame open detection sensor 2a is off, no backup abnormality has occurred, and no RAM abnormality has occurred. In this case, as shown in Figure 17, if the control state immediately before the power outage was a playable state or a setting confirmation state, when power is restored, normal initialization processing is performed based on the RAM clear switch 109 being on, and the playable state is set. Also, if the control state immediately before the power outage was a setting change state, normal initialization processing is performed when power is restored, and the setting change state is set. Also, if the control state immediately before the power outage was a play-stop state, the play-stop state is set when power is restored.
Furthermore, as will be described later, in the normal initialization process that is executed when the RAM clear switch 109 is on, the data stored in the second to fourth areas of the use area of the main RAM 103 (i.e., checksums, backup flags, error information, and various data related to the progress of the game) are cleared. Therefore, if the control state immediately before the power outage was a playable state, and if a reserve was stored or if a variable special or normal symbol was being displayed, the stored reserve is cleared and the variable display of the special or normal symbol is reset. If a special game was being played, the special game is also reset.
Furthermore, if the control state immediately before the power outage was a setting change state and the setting value was being changed, the setting value is not cleared in the normal initialization process described above, so even in the setting change state established after the power outage is restored, the setting value being changed immediately before the power outage (the setting value stored in main RAM 103) is maintained as is. Then, immediately after the setting change state is established, the playable state is established. This ends the setting change state, and the setting value being changed is confirmed, as described below.

(4) When the power is restored after a power outage, the setting switch 108 is on, the RAM clear switch 109 is on, the main frame open detection sensor 2a is off, no backup abnormality has occurred, and no RAM abnormality has occurred. In this case, as shown in Figure 17, if the control state immediately before the power outage was a playable state or a setting confirmation state, normal initialization processing is performed when the power is restored, and the playable state is set. Also, if the control state immediately before the power outage was a setting change state, normal initialization processing is performed when the power is restored, and the setting change state is set. Also, if the control state immediately before the power outage was a play-stop state, the play-stop state is set when the power is restored.
In addition, if the control state immediately before the power failure was playable, and if a reserve was stored or if a special or normal symbol was being displayed, the stored reserve will be cleared and the display of the special or normal symbol will be reset. If a special game was being played, the special game will also be reset.
Furthermore, if the control state immediately before the power outage was a setting change state and the setting value was being changed, the setting value being changed immediately before the power outage will be maintained even in the setting change state set after the power outage is restored. And since the playable state is not set immediately after the setting change state is set and the setting change state does not end, the setting value being changed is not confirmed at this point.

(5) When power is restored after the power outage, the setting switch 108 is off, the RAM clear switch 109 is off, the main frame open detection sensor 2a is on, no backup abnormality has occurred, and no RAM abnormality has occurred.In this case, as shown in Figure 17, regardless of whether the control state immediately before the power outage was a playable state, a setting change state, a setting confirmation state, or a play stopped state, the control state immediately before the power outage will be set when power is restored.
In addition, if the control state immediately before the power outage was a playable state and a special game was being played, the special game will be resumed when the power outage is restored.
Also, the playable state is set immediately after the setting change state or the setting confirmation state is set.

(6) When power is restored, the setting switch 108 is on, the RAM clear switch 109 is off, the main frame open detection sensor 2a is on, no backup abnormality has occurred, and no RAM abnormality has occurred. In this case, as shown in Figure 17, if the control state immediately before the power failure was a playable state or a setting confirmation state, the setting confirmation state will be set when power is restored. Also, if the control state immediately before the power failure was a setting change state, the setting change state will be set when power is restored. Also, if the control state immediately before the power failure was a game stop state, the game stop state will be set when power is restored.
Also, if the control state immediately before the power outage was a playable state and a special game was in progress, a setting confirmation state is set when the power is restored, and then when the setting switch 108 is turned off, the special game is resumed.
Also, the playable state is not set immediately after the setting change state is set.

(7) When the power is restored after a power outage, the setting switch 108 is off, the RAM clear switch 109 is on, the main frame open detection sensor 2a is on, no backup abnormality has occurred, and no RAM abnormality has occurred. In this case, as shown in Figure 17, if the control state immediately before the power outage was a playable state or a setting confirmation state, normal initialization processing is performed when the power is restored, and the playable state is set. Also, if the control state immediately before the power outage was a setting change state, normal initialization processing is performed when the power is restored, and the setting change state is set. Also, if the control state immediately before the power outage was a play stopped state, the play stopped state is set when the power is restored.
In addition, if the control state immediately before the power failure was playable, and if a reserve was stored or if a special or normal symbol was being displayed, the stored reserve will be cleared and the display of the special or normal symbol will be reset. If a special game was being played, the special game will also be reset.
Furthermore, if the control state immediately before the power outage was a setting change state and the setting value was being changed, the setting value being changed immediately before the power outage will be maintained even in the setting change state set after the power outage is restored. Then, immediately after the setting change state is set, the playable state is set. This ends the setting change state, and the setting value being changed is confirmed.

(8) When power is restored after the power outage, the setting switch 108 is on, the RAM clear switch 109 is on, the main frame open detection sensor 2a is on, no backup abnormality has occurred, and no RAM abnormality has occurred.In this case, as shown in Figure 17, regardless of whether the control state immediately before the power outage was a playable state, a setting confirmation state, or a play stopped state, when power is restored after the power outage, normal initialization processing is executed and the setting change state is set.
In addition, if the control state immediately before the power failure was playable, and if a reserve was stored or if a special or normal symbol was being displayed, the stored reserve will be cleared and the display of the special or normal symbol will be reset. If a special game was being played, the special game will also be reset.
Furthermore, if the control state immediately before the power outage was a setting change state and the setting value was being changed, the setting value being changed immediately before the power outage will be maintained even in the setting change state set after the power outage is restored. And since the playable state is not set immediately after the setting change state is set and the setting change state does not end, the setting value being changed is not confirmed at this point.

(9) When power is restored after a power outage, a backup abnormality occurs but no RAM abnormality occurs (excluding the case where the setting switch 108, RAM clear switch 109, and main body frame open detection sensor 2a are all on).
That is, when power is restored, if the setting switch 108 is off, the RAM clear switch 109 is off, the main frame open detection sensor 2a is off, a backup abnormality has occurred, and no RAM abnormality has occurred, the setting switch 108 is on, the RAM clear switch 109 is off, the main frame open detection sensor 2a is off, a backup abnormality has occurred, and no RAM abnormality has occurred, the setting switch 108 is off, the RAM clear switch 109 is on, the main frame open detection sensor 2a is off, a backup abnormality has occurred, and no RAM abnormality has occurred, the setting switch 108 is on ... off If the RAM clear switch 109 is off, the main frame open detection sensor 2a is on, a backup abnormality has occurred, and no RAM abnormality has occurred, if the setting switch 108 is on, the RAM clear switch 109 is off, the main frame open detection sensor 2a is on, a backup abnormality has occurred, and no RAM abnormality has occurred, if the setting switch 108 is off, the RAM clear switch 109 is on, the main frame open detection sensor 2a is on, a backup abnormality has occurred, and no RAM abnormality has occurred, then when power is restored, an abnormality initialization process is executed and a play-stop state is set based on the occurrence of a backup abnormality, regardless of whether the control state immediately before the power outage was a playable state, a setting change state, a setting confirmation state, or a play-stop state (see Figure 17).

(10) When power is restored after a power outage, the setting switch 108 is on, the RAM clear switch 109 is on, the main frame open detection sensor 2a is on, a backup abnormality has occurred, and no RAM abnormality has occurred.In this case, as shown in Figure 17, regardless of whether the control state immediately before the power outage was a playable state, a setting change state, a setting confirmation state, or a play stopped state, when power is restored after a power outage, an abnormality initialization process is executed and the setting change state is set.
In addition, if the control state immediately before the power failure was playable, and if a reserve was stored or if a special or normal symbol was being displayed, the stored reserve will be cleared and the display of the special or normal symbol will be reset. If a special game was being played, the special game will also be reset.
Furthermore, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, in this case (when a backup abnormality occurs when power is restored), the setting values are also cleared during the abnormality initialization process executed when power is restored. Therefore, if the control state immediately before the power failure was a setting change state and the setting values were being changed, the setting values being changed immediately before the power failure (the setting values stored in main RAM 103) are not maintained in the setting change state established after power is restored, and the setting values stored in main RAM 103 are changed to a setting value ("1" in this embodiment) that is predetermined as the initial value. Note that, since the playable state is not established immediately after the setting change state is established and the setting change state does not end, the setting values are not finalized at this point.

(11) When power is restored after a power outage, the setting switch 108 is off, the RAM clear switch 109 is off, the main frame open detection sensor 2a is off, no backup abnormality has occurred, and a RAM abnormality has occurred. In this case, as shown in Figure 18, regardless of whether the control state immediately before the power outage was a playable state, a setting change state, a setting confirmation state, or a game stop state, when power is restored after a power outage, an abnormality initialization process is executed and a game stop state is set based on the occurrence of a RAM abnormality.
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, when no backup abnormality has occurred, it may not be possible to discover (detect) a RAM abnormality even if one has occurred. Furthermore, the occurrence of a RAM abnormality is determined only within the used area, and if data cannot be read or written in the unused area, it is not determined that a RAM abnormality has occurred. In this way, when a RAM abnormality cannot be discovered or when it is not determined that a RAM abnormality has occurred, it is assumed that no RAM abnormality has occurred, and the control state at the time of power recovery is set in the same manner as in the above-mentioned case (1).

(12) When power is restored after a power outage, the setting switch 108 is on, the RAM clear switch 109 is off, the main frame open detection sensor 2a is off, no backup abnormality has occurred, and a RAM abnormality has occurred.In this case, as shown in Figure 18, regardless of whether the control state immediately before the power outage was a playable state, a setting change state, a setting confirmation state, or a game stop state, when power is restored after a power outage, an abnormality initialization process is executed and a game stop state is set based on the occurrence of a RAM abnormality.
Furthermore, if no RAM abnormality is found or if it is not determined that a RAM abnormality has occurred, it is assumed that no RAM abnormality has occurred, and the control state at the time of power recovery is set in the same manner as in the case (2) above.

(13) When power is restored after a power outage, the setting switch 108 is off, the RAM clear switch 109 is on, the main frame open detection sensor 2a is off, no backup abnormality has occurred, and a RAM abnormality has occurred.In this case, as shown in Figure 18, regardless of whether the control state immediately before the power outage was a playable state, a setting change state, a setting confirmation state, or a game stop state, when power is restored after a power outage, an abnormality initialization process is executed and a game stop state is set based on the occurrence of a RAM abnormality.
Furthermore, if no RAM abnormality is found or if it is not determined that a RAM abnormality has occurred, it is assumed that no RAM abnormality has occurred, and the control state at the time of power recovery is set in the same manner as in the case of (3) above.

(14) When power is restored after a power outage, the setting switch 108 is on, the RAM clear switch 109 is on, the main frame open detection sensor 2a is off, no backup abnormality has occurred, and a RAM abnormality has occurred.In this case, as shown in Figure 18, regardless of whether the control state immediately before the power outage was a playable state, a setting change state, a setting confirmation state, or a game stop state, when power is restored after a power outage, an abnormality initialization process is executed and a game stop state is set based on the occurrence of a RAM abnormality.
Furthermore, if no RAM abnormality is found or if it is not determined that a RAM abnormality has occurred, it is assumed that no RAM abnormality has occurred, and the control state at the time of power recovery is set in the same manner as in the case of (4) above.

(15) When power is restored after a power outage, the setting switch 108 is off, the RAM clear switch 109 is off, the main frame open detection sensor 2a is on, no backup abnormality has occurred, and a RAM abnormality has occurred.In this case, as shown in Figure 18, regardless of whether the control state immediately before the power outage was a playable state, a setting change state, a setting confirmation state, or a game stop state, when power is restored after a power outage, an abnormality initialization process is executed and a game stop state is set based on the occurrence of a RAM abnormality.
Furthermore, if no RAM abnormality is found or if it is not determined that a RAM abnormality has occurred, it is assumed that no RAM abnormality has occurred, and the control state at the time of power recovery is set in the same manner as in the case of (5) above.

(16) When power is restored after a power outage, the setting switch 108 is on, the RAM clear switch 109 is off, the main frame open detection sensor 2a is on, no backup abnormality has occurred, and a RAM abnormality has occurred.In this case, as shown in Figure 18, regardless of whether the control state immediately before the power outage was a playable state, a setting change state, a setting confirmation state, or a game stop state, when power is restored after a power outage, an abnormality initialization process is executed and a game stop state is set based on the occurrence of a RAM abnormality.
Furthermore, if no RAM abnormality is found or if it is not determined that a RAM abnormality has occurred, it is assumed that no RAM abnormality has occurred, and the control state at the time of power recovery is set in the same manner as in the case of (6) above.

(17) When power is restored after a power outage, the setting switch 108 is off, the RAM clear switch 109 is on, the main frame open detection sensor 2a is on, no backup abnormality has occurred, and a RAM abnormality has occurred.In this case, as shown in Figure 18, regardless of whether the control state immediately before the power outage was a playable state, a setting change state, a setting confirmation state, or a game stop state, when power is restored after a power outage, an abnormality initialization process is executed and a game stop state is set based on the occurrence of a RAM abnormality.
Furthermore, if no RAM abnormality is found or if it is not determined that a RAM abnormality has occurred, it is assumed that no RAM abnormality has occurred, and the control state at the time of power recovery is set in the same manner as in the case of (7) above.

(18) When power is restored after a power outage, the setting switch 108 is on, the RAM clear switch 109 is on, the main frame open detection sensor 2a is on, no backup abnormality has occurred, and a RAM abnormality has occurred.In this case, as shown in Figure 18, regardless of whether the control state immediately before the power outage was a playable state, a setting change state, a setting confirmation state, or a game stop state, when power is restored after a power outage, an abnormality initialization process is executed and a game stop state is set based on the occurrence of a RAM abnormality.
Furthermore, if no RAM abnormality is found or if it is not determined that a RAM abnormality has occurred, it is assumed that no RAM abnormality has occurred, and the control state at the time of power recovery is set in the same manner as in the case of (8) above.
In this way, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, if a RAM abnormality occurs, the game stop state will be set in priority to the setting change state, even if the setting change conditions are met.

(19) When power is restored after a power outage, if a backup abnormality and a RAM abnormality have occurred, that is, when power is restored after a power outage, if the setting switch 108 is off, the RAM clear switch 109 is off, the main frame open detection sensor 2a is off, a backup abnormality has occurred, and no RAM abnormality has occurred, if the setting switch 108 is on, the RAM clear switch 109 is off, the main frame open detection sensor 2a is off, a backup abnormality has occurred, and no RAM abnormality has occurred, if the setting switch 108 is off, the RAM clear switch 109 is on, the main frame open detection sensor 2a is off, a backup abnormality has occurred, and no RAM abnormality has occurred, if the setting switch 108 is on, the RAM clear switch 109 is on, the main frame open detection sensor 2a is off, a backup abnormality has occurred, and no RAM abnormality has occurred, if the setting switch 108 is on, the RAM clear switch 109 is on, the main frame open detection sensor 2a is off, a backup abnormality has occurred, and no RAM abnormality has occurred, If there is a RAM abnormality, but no RAM abnormality has occurred, the setting switch 108 is on, the RAM clear switch 109 is off, the main frame open detection sensor 2a is on, and a backup abnormality has occurred but no RAM abnormality has occurred; if there is a setting switch 108 is off, the RAM clear switch 109 is on, the main frame open detection sensor 2a is on, and a backup abnormality has occurred but no RAM abnormality has occurred; if there is a setting switch 108 is on, the RAM clear switch 109 is on, the main frame open detection sensor 2a is on, and a backup abnormality has occurred but no RAM abnormality has occurred, then regardless of whether the control state immediately before the power outage was a playable state, a setting confirmation state, or a game-stopped state, when power is restored, an abnormality initialization process is executed and a game-stopped state based on the occurrence of a RAM abnormality is set in preference to a game-stopped state based on the occurrence of a backup abnormality (see Figure 18).

When the setting confirmation state or the setting change state is set by executing the above-mentioned processes (1) to (19), the main information display device 105 displays the setting values stored in the main RAM 103. When the playable state is set, the main information display device 105 displays game performance display information based on the game performance data stored in the main RAM 103. When the game stop state is set, the main information display device 105 displays a code indicating that the game stop state has been set.
In addition, if the playable state is set immediately after the setting confirmation state or setting change state is set, the setting value will be displayed for a moment on the main information display device 105, and then the game performance display information will be displayed in conjunction with the setting of the playable state.

Furthermore, if the setting confirmation state or setting change state is set based on the setting switch 108 being on, when the setting switch 108 is subsequently turned off, processing is executed to switch the currently set setting confirmation state or setting change state to a playable state, and the playable state is set. Then, when the playable state is set, the display on the main information display device 105 also switches to the corresponding content.

Furthermore, in a pachinko machine having multiple setting stages, while the setting change state is being set, the setting value stored in the main RAM 103 is changed by one stage each time the push button 109a is pressed and the RAM clear switch 109 is turned on, provided that the body frame opening detection sensor 2a detects the opening of the body frame 2. Specifically, the setting value stored in the main RAM 103 is changed to a value incremented by one.
For example, in a pachinko machine P having setting values of "1" to "6" (six levels of setting), if the setting value stored in the main RAM 103 is "2," pressing the push button 109a while the body frame 2 is open will change the setting value stored in the main RAM 103 to "3." Each time the push button 109a is pressed while the body frame 2 is open, the setting value stored in the main RAM 103 will change from "4" to "5" to "6," and after "6," it will change to "1." Each time the setting value stored in the main RAM 103 is changed, the display of the setting value on the main information display device 105 will also change.
When the setting switch 108 is turned off, it becomes impossible to change the setting values stored in the main RAM 103. That is, the setting values stored in the main RAM 103 at this point are established as new setting values.
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, since only one setting level is provided, the setting value is not changed even if the push button 109a is pressed. Also, the display of the setting value on the main information display device 105 is not changed.

(Processing when an abnormal setting value occurs)
When noise or the like occurs in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, a situation may occur in which the setting value stored in the use area of the main RAM 103 is rewritten to an abnormal value (for example, a value other than "1"). When a situation occurs in which the stored setting value becomes an abnormal value (hereinafter also referred to as a setting value abnormality), it is not possible to draw a jackpot based on the appropriate setting value, which may have a serious impact on the progress of the game.
Therefore, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, the main CPU 101 performs a setting value abnormality determination process to determine whether or not a setting value abnormality has occurred when the lottery for the jackpot or the lottery for the normal symbol is performed during a playable state. If it is determined that a setting value abnormality has occurred in this setting value abnormality determination process, the abnormality initialization process is performed, and a game stop state based on the occurrence of the setting value abnormality is set.
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, the drawing of the next jackpot and the variable display of the special symbols are not performed while the special game is being played, so the setting value abnormality determination process based on the drawing of the jackpot can be performed only when the special game is not being played. On the other hand, the drawing of the normal symbols is performed whether the special game is being played or not, so the setting value abnormality determination process based on the drawing of the normal symbols can be performed whether the special game is being played or not.

If a gaming stop state is set based on the occurrence of a setting value abnormality, when power is restored, the setting change state is set by satisfying the setting change conditions, and then the playable state is set by turning off the setting switch 108. On the other hand, if the setting change conditions are not satisfied, the gaming stop state remains.
In other words, when a game stop state is set based on the occurrence of a setting value abnormality, just as when a game stop state is set based on the occurrence of a backup abnormality or RAM abnormality, even if the power is turned back on, the game will not be set directly to a playable state, but will be set via a setting change state that is set by turning the power on when the setting change conditions are met.

(Normal initialization process, abnormal initialization process, clear process)
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, when a game stop state is set based on the occurrence of a backup abnormality, a RAM abnormality, or a setting value abnormality, an abnormality initialization process is executed. Also, when a backup abnormality occurs when power is restored, and the setting change state is set by satisfying the setting change conditions, an abnormality initialization process is executed.
As described above, in this abnormality initialization process, all data stored in the main RAM 103 (all data stored in the used area and unused area, specifically, setting values, gaming machine status flags, test signal information, checksums, backup flags, error information, various data related to the progress of the game, gaming performance data, etc.) is cleared.
In addition, when a game stop state is set based on the occurrence of a backup abnormality, RAM abnormality, or setting value abnormality, the setting change state is then set, and "1" may be automatically stored in the usage area of main RAM 103 as the default setting value.

Furthermore, when power is restored after a power outage, if the RAM clear switch 109 is on and a control state other than the game-stop state (playable state, setting change state, setting confirmation state) is set, normal initialization processing is executed, except when the abnormality initialization processing is executed as described above (when a backup abnormality occurs when power is restored and the setting change condition is met and the setting change state is set). In this normal initialization processing, as described above, the data stored in the second to fourth areas of the usage area of the main RAM 103 (checksum, backup flag, error information, various data related to the progress of the game) are cleared.
Furthermore, when power is restored after a power outage, if the RAM clear switch 109 is off and the game is ready or the setting confirmation state is set, a clearing process is executed to clear part of the main RAM 103. In this clearing process, data stored in the second and third areas of the use area of the main RAM 103 (i.e., checksum, backup flag, and error information) is cleared.
In the following description, the abnormality initialization process and the normal initialization process may be collectively referred to simply as RAM clearing.

(Outline of various controls when a gaming stop state is set due to the occurrence of a setting value abnormality, backup abnormality, or RAM abnormality)
As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, when a special game, a regular game, or a special game is being played in a playable state, noise or the like may cause a setting value abnormality, and a game stop state may be set based on the occurrence of the setting value abnormality. Also, in the above case, for example, a momentary power outage (i.e., a momentary blackout) may occur, and when the power outage is restored (when the power is restored), a backup abnormality or RAM abnormality may occur in the main control board 100, and a game stop state may be set based on the occurrence of the backup abnormality or RAM abnormality.
In the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, when the game is stopped due to the above-mentioned setting being made based on the occurrence of a setting value abnormality, a backup abnormality, or a RAM abnormality, the special game, normal game, and special game that were being executed during the playable state before the game stopped state was set are not executed, and the game does not proceed.

Specifically, when the game is playable and the state relating to the differential ball operation stop control described later is a pre-activation warning state, an activation warning state, or an activation notice state, when the operating handle 5 is rotated, control to launch game balls is performed by the launch payout control board 200. On the other hand, in the game stop state, even if the operating handle 5 is rotated, control to launch game balls is not performed by the launch payout control board 200.
In other words, when the game is playable and the state regarding the differential ball operation stop control described below is the pre-activation warning state, activation warning state, or activation notice state, the game ball will be launched when the operating handle 5 is rotated, but in the game stop state, the game ball will not be launched even if the operating handle 5 is rotated.
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, when each control state (playable state, setting confirmation state, setting change state, game stop state) is set, the main CPU 101 of the main control board 100 sends a state setting command indicating that each control state has been set to the launch/payout control board 200 and the sub-control board 300. This allows the launch/payout control board 200 and the sub-control board 300 to also grasp the set control state.

Furthermore, in the game stop state, the main CPU 101 of the main control board 100 is configured not to detect the entry of a game ball into the first start winning port 15 or the second start winning port 16 or the passage of a game ball through the gate 20. As a result, even if a game ball enters the first start winning port 15 or the second start winning port 16, a lottery for a jackpot based on the ball's entry is not conducted, and even if a game ball passes through the gate 20, a lottery for a normal symbol based on the passage is not conducted, and new prize balls, reserved memories of new special symbol random numbers, and reserved memories of new normal symbol random numbers are not generated.
In addition, if the variable display of special symbols, the variable display of normal symbols, or the execution of special games is being performed during the playable state, when the game stop state is set, the main CPU 101 of the main control board 100 stops the variable display of special symbols, the variable display of normal symbols, and the execution of special games.
In this way, in the game stop state, the main CPU 101 of the main control board 100 performs the above-mentioned control, so that the game does not proceed.

Furthermore, when the machine is in a playable state and in the pre-activation warning state, activation warning state, or activation notice state, when a game ball enters the first start winning port 15 or the second start winning port 16, the main CPU 101 of the main control board 100 controls the transmission of a winning signal as an external signal to the outside of the pachinko machine P via the external information terminal board 500 from a predetermined start point after the ball enters (for example, the start point of the display of the changing special pattern) to a predetermined end point (for example, the point when a predetermined time (for example, 3000 ms) has passed from the predetermined start point). Furthermore, when the machine is in a playable state and in the pre-activation warning state, activation warning state, or activation notice state, if a jackpot is won, the main CPU 101 of the main control board 100 controls the transmission of a jackpot signal as an external signal to the outside of the pachinko machine P via the external information terminal board 500 from a predetermined start point after the jackpot is won (for example, the start point of a special game based on the jackpot) to a predetermined end point (for example, the end point of a special game based on the jackpot).
This makes it possible for devices external to the pachinko machine P to grasp the changing display of special patterns and winning of jackpots based on balls entering the first start winning slot 15 and the second start winning slot 16.

In contrast, when the game is stopped, the game does not progress as described above, and therefore the main CPU 101 of the main control board 100 also restricts control over sending external signals such as the above-mentioned winning signals and jackpot signals to the outside of the pachinko machine P.
For example, if the game is stopped while the winning signal is being transmitted, the main CPU 101 of the main control board 100 stops the variable display of the special symbol, and the main CPU 101 is unable to stop the transmission of the winning signal that is currently being transmitted, so the winning signal remains transmitted. Also, if the game is stopped when the winning signal is not being transmitted, even if a game ball subsequently enters the first start winning slot 15 or the second start winning slot 16, the main CPU 101 of the main control board 100 will not detect the ball entering, and the main CPU 101 will be unable to start transmitting the winning signal.
Furthermore, if the game is stopped while the jackpot signal is being transmitted, the main CPU 101 of the main control board 100 stops the execution of the special game, and the main CPU 101 is unable to stop the transmission of the jackpot signal that is being transmitted, so the jackpot signal remains in the transmitted state. Furthermore, if the game is stopped when the jackpot signal is not being transmitted, the main CPU 101 of the main control board 100 does not start the special game thereafter, and therefore the main CPU 101 does not start transmitting the jackpot signal.

In addition, when the game stop state is set, the main CPU 101 of the main control board 100 displays an error code on the main information display device 105, sends a state setting command (hereinafter also referred to as a game stop command) to the sub-control board 300 indicating that the game stop state has been set, generates a security signal as an external signal indicating that the game stop state has been set, and outputs the security signal to the outside of the pachinko machine P via the external information terminal board 500.
When the sub-control board 300 receives a game stop command, a predetermined game stop state setting suggestion image is displayed on the effect display device 21, a predetermined game stop state suggestion sound is output from the audio output device 10, and the front door effect lamp DL, status notification lamp EL, and board effect lamp GL light up or go out in a predetermined lighting pattern, indicating that the game stop state has been set. In addition, the security signal output to the outside of the pachinko machine P can be received by the hall computer or an external display device for displaying various information, so that the hall computer can know that the game stop state has been set, and the external display device can indicate that the game stop state has been set.

(Outline of control of the movable piece 16b and the opening/closing door 18b during a game stop state)
Furthermore, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, when the game is stopped, the operation of the movable piece 16b of the second start winning opening 16 and the opening/closing door 18b of the big winning opening 18 is restricted.
Specifically, when game play is stopped, the main CPU 101 of the main control board 100 controls the movable piece solenoid 16c, which drives the movable piece 16b of the second start winning port 16 to protrude and retract, so as not to operate, and also controls the large winning port solenoid 18c, which drives the opening and closing door 18b of the large winning port 18 to open and close, so as not to operate.

As a result, for example, if the movable piece 16b of the second start winning opening 16 is protruding during the playable state, the movable piece 16b will retract when the game stop state is set, and the retracted state of the movable piece 16b will be maintained during the game stop state. Also, for example, if the opening/closing door 18b of the special winning opening 18 is open during the playable state, the opening/closing door 18b will close when the game stop state is set, and the closed state of the opening/closing door 18b will be maintained during the game stop state.
Also, for example, if a winning normal symbol is drawn during a playable state and then the game stop state is set before the movable piece 16b of the second start winning opening 16 protrudes, the movable piece 16b will not protrude and will remain recessed during the game stop state. Also, for example, if a special game is being played during a playable state, and after a predetermined round of play has ended and the opening/closing door 18b of the special winning opening 18 has closed, and then the game stop state is set before the next round of play has started and the opening/closing door 18b has opened, the opening/closing door 18b will not open and will remain closed during the game stop state.

(Outline of control related to payout of game balls during game suspension state)
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, when the game is stopped, the main CPU 101 performs the control as described above so that the game does not proceed.
On the other hand, during the game stop state, the control of the launching of game balls by the launch/payout control board 200 is stopped, but the control of the payout of game balls by the launch/payout control board 200 is not stopped.

Specifically, after the main CPU 101 of the main control board 100 sends a prize ball designation command to the launch payout control board 200 to pay out the corresponding number of prize balls based on the entry of a game ball into the general prize opening 14, the first start prize opening 15, the second start prize opening 16, or the large prize opening 18 (i.e., after the launch payout control board 200 receives the prize ball designation command), the launch payout control board 200 continues to control the payout of game balls even if a game stop state is set.

As a result, for example, when prize balls are being paid out sequentially as a result of game balls entering the large prize opening 18 during the execution of a special game (i.e., a playable state), even if the game stop state is set, all prize balls based on the above-mentioned balls entering will be paid out. In other words, all prize balls that were acquired by game balls entering the large prize opening 18 before the game stop state was set but that have not yet been paid out at the time the game stop state was set will also be paid out.
In this way, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, if a game ball enters one of the winning slots while the machine is in a playable state and a game stop state is set while prize balls are being paid out based on that ball, the progress of the game by the main control board 100 and the firing of game balls by the firing and payout control board 200 will stop, but the payout of prize balls by the firing and payout control board 200 will continue without stopping even during the game stop state.

Similarly, even if a game stop state is set after the player presses the ball lending button 36 and the game ball lending device R sends a loan ball payout command to the launch payout control board 200 to pay out a predetermined number of game balls as loan balls, the launch payout control board 200 continues to control the payout of game balls.
As a result, even if a game stop state is set when a predetermined number of game balls (loan balls) are being paid out by pressing the ball loan button 36, all of the predetermined number of game balls will be paid out. In other words, even if the ball loan button 36 was pressed before the game stop state was set and payout of game balls was started, all game balls that had not yet been paid out at the time the game stop state was set will be paid out.

Furthermore, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, even when play is stopped, the operation of the game ball lending device R, value information display device 35, ball lending switch 36a, and card return switch 37a is not restricted, and the transmission of signals and commands from these devices, and the reception of signals and commands by these devices, are not restricted.
As a result, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, even if the ball loan button 36 is pressed while the game is stopped, all of the predetermined number of game balls are paid out.

Furthermore, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, even when a game is stopped, the value information continues to be displayed on the value information display device 35. Also, when the ball lending button 36 is pressed while a game is stopped, the game ball lending device R transmits a subtraction command to the value information display device 35, so that the updated value information is displayed on the value information display device 35 even when a game is stopped.
Furthermore, even if the card return button 37 is pressed while the game is stopped, the card return switch 37a sends a return request signal to the game ball lending device R, so that the game ball lending device R is controlled to eject the card even while the game is stopped.

(Outline of Determining Payout-Related Errors During a Game Stop State)
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, among the payout-related errors, the occurrence of a ball out error, a full tank error, a payout counting switch error, a ball jam error, an excess prize ball error, a radio wave error, and a payout motor error is determined (detected) by the launch payout control board 200. Furthermore, among the payout-related errors, the occurrence of a door open error is determined (detected) by the main control board 100.

Here, when the machine is in a playable state and the state regarding the differential ball operation stop control described below is a pre-activation warning state, an activation warning state, or an activation notice state, both the main control board 100 and the launch payout control board 200 determine whether a corresponding error has occurred.
In contrast, during the game stop state, the main CPU 101 of the main control board 100 only determines whether a door opening error has occurred, and does not determine whether other errors (main control-related errors mentioned above) that can be determined by the main control board 100 have occurred.
Specifically, even when the game is stopped, if the main body frame 2 or the front door 3 is opened, a main body frame open detection signal or a front door open detection signal is input to the launch/payout control board 200, which in turn transmits a main body frame open command or a front door open command from the launch/payout control board 200 to the main control board 100. When the main control board 100 receives the main body frame open command or the front door open command, the main CPU 101 determines that a door open error has occurred.
On the other hand, even when the game is stopped, for example, if a magnetism is directed toward the game board 11, the magnetic detection sensor 70a detects the magnetism and outputs a magnetic detection signal to the main control board 100. However, even if the magnetic detection signal is input to the main control board 100, the main CPU 101 does not determine that a main control magnetic error has occurred. Therefore, even if a magnetism is directed toward the game board 11 while the game is stopped, a main control magnetic error will not occur.
Similarly, for example, when radio waves are irradiated onto the game board 11, the radio wave detection sensor 71a detects the radio waves and outputs a radio wave detection signal to the main control board 100, but the main CPU 101 does not determine that a main control radio wave error has occurred even if the radio wave detection signal is input to the main control board 100. Therefore, while the game is stopped, even if radio waves are irradiated onto the game board 11, a main control radio wave error does not occur.
In other words, even if an event that causes a main control-related error occurs during a game stop state, the main CPU 101 does not determine that a main control-related error has occurred, and therefore, a main control-related error will not occur.

As mentioned above, even when game play is stopped, if it is determined that a door open error has occurred, the main CPU 101 sends an error indication command corresponding to the door open error to the sub-control board 300. As a result, even when game play is stopped, if the main frame 2 or front door 3 is opened, it is determined that a door open error has occurred, and the effect display device 21, various lamps, and audio output device 10 indicate that a door open error has occurred.

Furthermore, while the game is stopped, the payout CPU 201 of the launch payout control board 200 does not determine whether any errors have occurred. Therefore, while the game is stopped, the occurrence of a ball out error, a full tank error, a payout counting switch error, a ball jam error, an excess prize ball error, a payout radio wave error, and a payout motor error is not determined.
Specifically, even if the payout motor 62 is operating during a game stop state and the payout counting switch 63 does not count game balls for a predetermined period of time, the payout CPU 201 will not determine that a ball out error has occurred. Therefore, even if the payout counting switch 63 does not count game balls for a predetermined period of time during a game stop state, a ball out error will not occur. And, because the payout CPU 201 does not determine that a ball out error has occurred, a ball out error command will not be sent from the launch payout control board 200 to the main control board 100, and the main control board 100 will not recognize that a ball out error has occurred.
Similarly, during a game stop state, for example, when radio waves are irradiated to the outlet 19, the outlet radio wave detection sensor 71b detects the radio waves and outputs a radio wave detection signal to the launch payout control board 200. However, even if the radio wave detection signal is input to the launch payout control board 200, the payout CPU 201 does not determine that a payout radio wave error has occurred. Therefore, during a game stop state, even if radio waves are irradiated to the outlet 19, a payout radio wave error does not occur. And, because the payout CPU 201 does not determine that a payout radio wave error has occurred, a payout radio wave error command is not sent from the launch payout control board 200 to the main control board 100, and the main control board 100 does not recognize that a payout radio wave error has occurred.
In other words, even if an event that could cause a ball out error, a full tank error, a payout counting switch error, a ball jam error, an excess prize ball error, a payout radio wave error, or a payout motor error occurs during a game stop state, the payout CPU 201 does not determine the occurrence of these errors, so these errors will not occur. Also, the occurrence of these errors will not be recognized by the main control board 100.

Even when game play is stopped, the payout CPU 201 of the launch payout control board 200 may continue to determine the occurrence of a ball out error, a full tank error, a payout counting switch error, a ball jam error, an excess prize ball error, a payout radio wave error, or a payout motor error.

(Outline of external signal transmission to outside of pachinko machine P during game stop state)
As described above, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, the main CPU 101 of the main control board 100 controls the transmission of external signals such as winning signals and jackpot signals to the outside of the pachinko machine P, and the payout CPU 201 of the launch payout control board 200 controls the transmission of external signals such as payout ball signals to the outside of the pachinko machine P.
Here, when the game is in a playable state and in the pre-activation warning state, activation warning state, or activation notice state, the main CPU 101 controls to send external signals such as a winning signal or a jackpot signal, and the payout CPU 201 controls to send external signals such as a payout ball signal.
On the other hand, while the game is stopped, as described above, the control by the main control board 100 to transmit external signals such as winning signals and big win signals is restricted.

Furthermore, while the game is stopped, the control of sending external signals such as prize ball payout signals by the launch and payout control board 200 continues without any restrictions.
Specifically, for example, even if a game stop state is set while the payout CPU 201 is transmitting an external signal such as a payout ball signal, after a predetermined time has elapsed, the payout CPU 201 will terminate transmitting the external signal. Also, for example, if game balls are paid out after the game stop state is set and the number of paid out game balls reaches a predetermined number, the payout CPU 201 will transmit a payout ball signal, and after a predetermined time has elapsed, the payout CPU 201 will terminate transmitting the payout ball signal.

(Overview of control when setting change state or setting confirmation state is set)
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, when the setting change state or the setting confirmation state is set, no game balls are fired even if the operating handle 5 is rotated, and the main CPU 101 of the main control board 100 does not detect the entry of game balls into the first start winning port 15 or the second start winning port 16 or the passage of game balls through the gate 20, and stops the display of variable special symbols, the display of variable normal symbols, and the execution of special games. As a result, in the setting change state or the setting confirmation state, games do not progress, just as in the game stop state.
Furthermore, in the setting change state or the setting confirmation state, the main CPU 101 of the main control board 100 controls so as not to operate the movable piece solenoid 16c that drives the movable piece 16b of the second start winning opening 16 to protrude and retract, and also controls so as not to operate the special winning opening solenoid 18c that drives the opening and closing door 18b of the special winning opening 18 to open and close. As a result, during the setting change state or the setting confirmation state, just like the game stop state, the movable piece 16b remains retracted and the opening and closing door 18b remains closed.
Furthermore, in the setting change state or setting confirmation state, as in the game stop state, the main CPU 101 of the main control board 100 only determines whether a door opening error has occurred, and does not determine whether other errors (main control-related errors mentioned above) that can be determined by the main control board 100 have occurred.

Furthermore, during the setting change state or setting confirmation state, the payout of game balls by the launch payout control board 200 continues, just as in the game stop state, but the occurrence of a ball out error, full tank error, payout counting switch error, ball jam error, excess prize ball error, payout radio wave error, or payout motor error is not detected, and control of the transmission of external signals such as payout prize ball signals to the outside of the pachinko machine P is not restricted.
In addition, during the setting change state or the setting confirmation state, the payout of game balls by the launch payout control board 200 may be stopped, or the occurrence of a ball out error, a full tank error, a payout counting switch error, a ball jam error, an excess prize ball error, a payout radio wave error, or a payout motor error may be continuously determined, or the control of the transmission of external signals such as a payout prize ball signal to the outside of the pachinko machine P may be restricted.

(Overview of differential ball activation stop control (activation stop control based on the number of differential balls))
In the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, in order to prevent a situation in which a player acquires an excessive number of game balls during play and the game becomes too gambling-like, the main CPU 101 executes operation stop control (difference ball operation stop control) to stop the operation of the pachinko machine P when the difference ball count from a predetermined calculation start point during a playable state reaches a predetermined operation stop number (95,000 in this embodiment).

The difference in ball count is the difference between the number of prize balls paid out based on game balls entering each prize slot (general prize slot 14, first start prize slot 15, second start prize slot 16, large prize slot 18) (prize balls paid out based on game ball detection by general prize slot detection sensor 14a, first start prize slot detection sensor 15a, second start prize slot detection sensor 16a, large prize slot detection sensor 18a) and the number of game balls fired by the player that enter each prize slot or are received by outlet 19 (game balls detected by outlet sensor 19a; in other words, game balls used in the game).

As described above, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, the difference ball count value used to determine the difference ball number is stored in a specific area in the unused area provided in the main RAM 103.
The difference ball count value stored in this specific area is reset when the power is restored after a power outage (when the power is turned off and on) in states other than the activation notice state and activation state (pre-activation warning state, activation warning state) described below without a specific error occurring, but is not reset when the power is restored after a power outage while a specific error is occurring. In other words, when the power is restored after a power outage while a specific error is occurring in the pre-activation warning state or activation warning state, the difference ball count value stored at the time of the power outage is maintained. Furthermore, in the activation notice state and activation state, the above-mentioned difference ball count value is reset by the initialization process (normal initialization process) that accompanies the setting change state. When reset, the difference ball count value is set to its initial value (100,000 in this embodiment).
Furthermore, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, errors that have a serious impact on the progress of the game (for example, a main control radio wave error that may cause a malfunction of the main CPU 101, an illegal winning error that may cause a malfunction of the big winning slot 18, etc.) are defined as specific errors. The specific errors are not limited to these, and may be, for example, errors that cause a game stop state when they occur.

The difference ball count value is incremented by the number of prize balls to be paid out based on a game ball entering each winning slot (each time a game ball is detected by the general winning slot detection sensor 14a, the first start winning slot detection sensor 15a, the second start winning slot detection sensor 16a, or the large winning slot detection sensor 18a), and is decremented by 1 each time a game ball is detected by the out sensor 19a.When the difference ball count value is 0, even if a game ball is detected by the out sensor 19a, the difference ball count value is not decremented and remains 0.
When the difference ball count value reaches a second reference value (195,000 in this embodiment) described later, the number of difference balls reaches the predetermined operation stop number (95,000).

In the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, as described above, each time a game ball enters each winning slot, the number of prize balls scheduled to be paid out based on that ball is added to the difference ball count value, but this is not limited to this, and each time prize balls are actually paid out based on a game ball entering each winning slot, the number of prize balls paid out may be added to the difference ball count value.
Furthermore, as described above, the difference ball count value is decremented by 1 each time a gaming ball is detected by the out sensor 19a, but this is not limited to this, and the difference ball count value may be decremented by 1 each time a launched gaming ball reaches the gaming area 12. In other words, the difference ball count value may be decremented by 1 each time a gaming ball is used in a game.
Furthermore, as described above, in the activation notice state and activation state, the difference ball count value is reset by performing the initialization process (normal initialization process) associated with setting the setting change state, but this is not limited to this, and the value may also be reset by performing the initialization process that is executed when the RAM clear switch 109 is on when power is restored and the playable state is set (i.e., normal initialization process that is executed without setting the setting change state), or by performing the abnormality initialization process.
Furthermore, as described above, in the pre-activation warning state and activation warning state, the difference ball count value is reset when power is restored, but this is not limited to this, and like the activation notice state and activation state, it may be reset by performing an initialization process (normal initialization process) associated with setting the setting change state, or by performing an initialization process that is executed when the RAM clear switch 109 is on when power is restored and the playable state is set (normal initialization process that is executed without setting the setting change state), or by performing an abnormal initialization process.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, there are four states related to the differential ball operation stop control: a pre-activation warning state, an activation warning state, an activation notice state, and an activation state. During the playable state, the machine remains in one of the four states described above.

(Pre-warning state)
The pre-warning state is set by resetting the difference ball count value, and is a state in which the game remains when the difference ball count value has not reached a first reference value (190,000 in this embodiment), and the game remains mainly in this pre-warning state during the playable state. When the difference ball count value reaches the first reference value, the pre-warning state ends and the activation warning state is set.
That is, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, the difference ball count value remains in the pre-warning state from the time it is reset until it reaches the first reference value.

(Activation warning state)
As described above, the activation warning state is set when the differential ball count value reaches the first reference value. Then, when the differential ball count value reaches the second reference value (195,000), the activation warning state ends. If a special game is being played at the time of reaching this reference value, the activation notice state is set, and if a special game is not being played, the activation state is set.
That is, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, the differential ball count value remains in the activated warning state from the time it reaches the first reference value until it reaches the second reference value.

Furthermore, when the activation warning state is set, the main CPU 101 transmits a first difference ball operation stop control designation command indicating this to the sub-control board 300. Then, when the sub-control board 300 receives the first difference ball operation stop control designation command, an activation warning indication is given on the display unit 21a of the effect display device 21, indicating that the first reference value has been reached and that the second reference value will soon be reached (for example, an activation warning text image saying "There are approximately 5,000 shots left until the limit is reached") until an end condition is met, that is, a power outage occurs or the activation warning state ends (see Figures 61(c) to 61(e)), and the front door effect lamp DL, status notification lamp EL, and board effect lamp GL are turned on or off according to a predetermined lighting pattern (for example, only the front door effect lamp DL is lit in blue, etc.). Furthermore, when the first difference ball activation stop control designation command is received, an activation warning sound (for example, a sound saying "There are approximately 5,000 shots left until the limit is reached") is output from that point (i.e., the point at which the activation warning state is set) until a predetermined activation warning sound output time (5 seconds in this embodiment) has elapsed. This indicates that the activation warning state has been set.
The activation warning sound may be output continuously until a power outage occurs, or until the activation warning state ends. Also, the activation warning suggestion (display of an activation warning text image on the display unit 21a of the performance display device 21) and the suggestion that the activation warning state has been set by turning on or off various lamps may be ended when a predetermined time (for example, 600 seconds) has elapsed since the activation warning state was set.
Furthermore, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, once the activation warning state is set, unless power is restored, the activation warning state will not end and the pre-activation warning state will not be set even if the differential ball count value falls below the first reference value. Note that if the differential ball count value falls below the first reference value after the activation warning state is set, the activation warning state may be ended and the pre-activation warning state may be set.

(Activation notice state)
As described above, the activation notice state is set when the difference ball count value reaches the second reference value and a special game is being played at the time of this reaching. Then, when the special game being played ends, the activation notice state ends and the activation state is set. Furthermore, when the initialization process (normal initialization process) associated with the setting of the setting change state described above is performed during the activation notice state, the activation notice state ends and the pre-activation warning state is set.
In other words, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, if a special game is being played when the difference ball count value reaches the second reference value, the machine will remain in the activation notification state from the time the difference ball count value reaches the second reference value until the special game being played ends or the initialization process associated with setting the setting change state is performed.

The activation warning state does not end when initialization processing is performed in conjunction with the setting of the setting change state, but may end when initialization processing is performed when the RAM clear switch 109 is on when power is restored and the playable state is set (normal initialization processing performed without setting the setting change state), or when abnormal initialization processing is performed.

Furthermore, when the activation notice state is set, the main CPU 101 transmits a second difference ball operation stop control designation command indicating this to the sub-control board 300. Then, when the sub-control board 300 receives the second difference ball operation stop control designation command, an activation notice suggestion (for example, an activation notice text image saying "Playing will end after the jackpot ends") is displayed on the display unit 21a of the effect display device 21, indicating that the operation of the pachinko machine P will stop after the special game ends, until a power outage occurs or an end condition is met that the activation notice state ends (see FIG. 61(f)), and the front door effect lamp DL, the status notification lamp EL, and the board effect lamp GL are turned on or off according to a predetermined lighting pattern (for example, only the front door effect lamp DL is turned on in blue, etc.). Furthermore, when the second difference ball operation stop control designation command is received, an activation notice sound (for example, a sound saying "Playing will end after the big win ends") is output from that point (i.e., the point when the activation notice state is set) until a predetermined activation notice sound output time (7 seconds in this embodiment) has elapsed. This indicates that the activation notice state has been set.
The activation warning indication and the lighting or extinguishing of various lamps in a predetermined lighting pattern may be performed within a predetermined time (for example, 60 seconds). The activation warning sound may be continuously output until a power outage occurs or until the activation warning state ends.

In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, as will be described later, if an activation state is set based on the difference ball count value reaching a second reference value, the game will not proceed (the game will stop). However, as described above, if a special game is being played when the difference ball count value reaches the second reference value, an activation notice state is set instead of the activation state, and when the currently-playing special game ends, the activation notice state ends and the activation state is set. In other words, if the difference ball count value reaches the second reference value during the execution of a special game, the game is not immediately stopped based on the reaching of the second reference value and the currently-playing special game is not forcibly ended, but the game continues until the final round of the currently-playing special game is completed. This allows the player to maintain their interest even if the difference ball count value reaches the second reference value during the execution of a special game.
Furthermore, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, even if the activation notice state is set but the difference ball count value decreases during the activation notice state and falls below the second reference value when the special game currently being played ends, the activation notice state ends and the activation state is set. Note that if the difference ball count value falls below the second reference value when the special game ends, the activation state may not be set.

(Activated state)
As described above, the activation state is set when a special game is not being executed when the difference ball count value reaches the second reference value, or when the special game is being executed when the difference ball count value reaches the second reference value and the currently executed special game has ended. Then, when the initialization process (normal initialization process) accompanying the setting of the setting change state described above is performed, the activation state ends and the pre-activation warning state is set.
That is, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, if a special game is not being executed when the difference ball count value reaches the second reference value, the machine will remain in the activation state from the time the difference ball count value reaches the second reference value until the initialization process associated with the setting of the setting change state is performed. Also, if a special game is being executed when the difference ball count value reaches the second reference value, the machine will remain in the activation state from the time the special game being executed ends until the initialization process associated with the setting of the setting change state is performed.
In other words, once the activation state is set, the activation state will not end and will continue unless an initialization process is performed in conjunction with the setting of the setting change state.

The activated state does not end when initialization processing is performed in conjunction with the setting of the setting change state, but may end when initialization processing is performed when the RAM clear switch 109 is on when power is restored and the playable state is set (normal initialization processing performed without setting the setting change state), or when abnormal initialization processing is performed.

In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, when the activation state is set, the main CPU 101 transmits an activation state setting command indicating that the activation state has been set to the launch/payout control board 200. This allows the launch/payout control board 200 to also know that the activation state has been set.
In the activated state, similar to the game stop state described above, game balls are not launched even when the operating handle 5 is rotated. Furthermore, the main CPU 101 of the main control board 100 is configured not to detect game balls entering the first start winning slot 15 or the second start winning slot 16 or passing through the gate 20. This prevents a jackpot lottery based on a game ball entering the first start winning slot 15 or the second start winning slot 16, and prevents a regular symbol lottery based on a game ball passing through the gate 20. Furthermore, new prize balls, new reserved special symbol random numbers, and new reserved regular symbol random numbers are not generated. Furthermore, if the special symbol variable display or the regular symbol variable display is being executed, the main CPU 101 of the main control board 100 stops the special symbol variable display or the regular symbol variable display when the activated state is set.
In this way, in the activated state, the main CPU 101 of the main control board 100 performs the above-mentioned control, so that the game does not progress (the game stops), just as in the game stop state.
As described above, when the operating handle 5 is rotated in the activated state, a game ball is not launched, but a handle operation command is sent from the launch/payout control board 200 to the main control board 100. Then, when the main CPU 101 receives the handle operation command, it sends a rotation operation command to the sub-control board 300. Therefore, even in the activated state, the main control board 100 and the sub-control board 300 can grasp that the operating handle 5 has been rotated.

Furthermore, in the activated state, as described above, the game does not progress, and therefore, as in the game stop state, the control of the main CPU 101 of the main control board 100 to send external signals such as winning signals to the outside of the pachinko machine P is also restricted.
For example, if the activation state is set while a winning signal is being transmitted, the main CPU 101 of the main control board 100 stops the variable display of the special symbol, so the main CPU 101 is unable to stop the transmission of the winning signal that is being executed, and the winning signal remains in a transmitted state. Also, if the activation state is set when a winning signal is not being transmitted, even if a game ball subsequently enters the first start winning slot 15 or the second start winning slot 16, the main CPU 101 of the main control board 100 will not detect the ball entering, and the main CPU 101 will not be able to start transmitting the winning signal.

Furthermore, in the activated state, the operation of the movable piece 16b of the second start winning opening 16 and the opening and closing door 18b of the large winning opening 18 is restricted, just as in the game stop state.
Specifically, in the activated state, the main CPU 101 of the main control board 100 controls the movable piece solenoid 16c that drives the movable piece 16b of the second starting winning opening 16 to protrude and retract, so as not to operate, and also controls the large winning opening solenoid 18c that drives the opening and closing door 18b of the large winning opening 18 to open and close, so as not to operate.
As a result, for example, if the movable piece 16b of the second start winning opening 16 is protruding, when the activation state is set, the movable piece 16b will retract, and the retracted state of the movable piece 16b will be maintained during the activation state. Also, during the activation state, the opening and closing door 18b will be maintained closed. Also, for example, if the activation state is set before the movable piece 16b of the second start winning opening 16 protrudes after a winning normal symbol is drawn, the movable piece 16b will not protrude, and will remain retracted during the activation state.

In addition, in the activated state, as in the game stop state, the control of the launching of game balls by the launch/payout control board 200 is stopped, but the control of the payout of game balls by the launch/payout control board 200 is not stopped.

Specifically, after the main CPU 101 of the main control board 100 sends a prize ball designation command to the launch payout control board 200 to pay out the corresponding number of prize balls based on the entry of a game ball into the general prize opening 14, the first start prize opening 15, the second start prize opening 16, or the large prize opening 18 (i.e., after the launch payout control board 200 receives the prize ball designation command), the launch payout control board 200 will continue to control the payout of game balls even if the activation state is set.

As a result, even if the activation state is set when prize balls based on game balls entering any of the winning slots have been paid out, all prize balls based on the above-mentioned balls entering will be paid out. In other words, all prize balls that were acquired by game balls entering any of the winning slots before the activation state was set but that have not yet been paid out at the time the activation state was set will also be paid out.
In this way, if a game ball enters one of the winning slots before the activation state is set, and the activation state is set while prize balls based on that ball are being paid out, the progress of the game by the main control board 100 and the firing of game balls by the launch/payout control board 200 will stop, but the payout of prize balls by the launch/payout control board 200 will continue without stopping even during the activation state.

Similarly, even if the activation state is set after the player presses the ball lending button 36 and the game ball lending device R sends a loan ball payout command to the launch payout control board 200 to pay out a predetermined number of game balls as loan balls, the launch payout control board 200 still controls the payout of the game balls.
As a result, all of the predetermined number of game balls (loan balls) will be paid out even if the activation state is set when a predetermined number of game balls (loan balls) are being paid out by pressing the ball loan button 36. In other words, even if the ball loan button 36 is pressed before the activation state is set and payout of game balls has started, all game balls that have not yet been paid out at the time the activation state is set will be paid out.

Furthermore, even when in an activated state, the operation of the game ball lending device R, value information display device 35, ball lending switch 36a, and card return switch 37a is not restricted, and the transmission of signals and commands from these devices, and the reception of signals and commands by these devices, are not restricted.
As a result, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, even if the ball lending button 36 is pressed during the activation state, all of the predetermined number of game balls are paid out.

Furthermore, even during the activation state, the value information continues to be displayed on the value information display device 35. Also, when the ball lending button 36 is pressed during the activation state, the game ball lending device R sends a subtraction command to the value information display device 35, so that even during the activation state, the value information is updated and displayed on the value information display device 35. Furthermore, when the card return button 37 is pressed during the activation state, the card return switch 37a sends a return request signal to the game ball lending device R, so that even during the activation state, the game ball lending device R controls to eject the card.
When the ball lending button 36 is pressed during the activation state, the game balls may not be paid out and the updated display of the value information may not be performed on the value information display device 35. When the card return button 37 is pressed during the activation state, the game ball lending device R may not control the ejection of the card.

Furthermore, in the activated state, as in the game stop state, the main CPU 101 of the main control board 100 only determines whether a door open error has occurred, and does not determine whether other errors (main control-related errors described above) that are determined by the main control board 100 have occurred. Even during the activated state, if it is determined that a door open error has occurred, the main CPU 101 sends an error indication command corresponding to the door open error to the sub-control board 300. As described above, even during the activated state, if the main frame 2 or the front door 3 is opened, it is determined that a door open error has occurred, and the effect display device 21, various lamps, and sound output device 10 indicate that a door open error has occurred.
Furthermore, in the activated state, as in the game stop state, the payout CPU 201 of the launch payout control board 200 does not judge the occurrence of any error. Therefore, in the game stop state, the occurrence of a ball out error, a full tank error, a payout counting switch error, a ball jam error, an excess prize ball error, a payout radio wave error, and a payout motor error is not judged.
Even during the activation state, the main CPU 101 of the main control board 100 may be configured to determine the occurrence of an error (main control-related error) other than the door open error determined by the main control board 100. As a result, even during the activation state, if the occurrence conditions for an error other than the door open error are met, the error will occur.
Also, during the activation state, the main CPU 101 of the main control board 100 may not determine whether a door opening error has occurred.
Furthermore, even during activation, the payout CPU 201 of the launch payout control board 200 may continue to determine the occurrence of a ball out error, a full tank error, a payout counting switch error, a ball jam error, an excess prize ball error, a payout radio wave error, or a payout motor error.

Furthermore, in the activated state, as in the game stop state, the control by the main CPU 101 of the main control board 100 to send external signals such as winning signals and jackpot signals to the outside of the pachinko machine P is restricted, but the control by the launch payout control board 200 to send external signals such as payout ball signals is not restricted and continues to be performed.
In addition, in the activated state, the control of the launch and payout control board 200 to send a payout ball signal may also be restricted.

Furthermore, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, in the activated state, the game does not progress and the control for launching game balls is stopped, so that game balls cannot be launched, but this is not limited to this. For example, in the activated state, the game may not progress, but the control for launching game balls by the launch/payout control board 200 may not be stopped. In other words, in the activated state, the game may not progress, but game balls may be able to be launched.

Furthermore, when the activation state is set, the main CPU 101 clears the displays on the first special symbol display device 30, the second special symbol display device 31, the normal symbol display device 32, the first special symbol reserve display device 38, the second special symbol reserve display device 39, and the normal symbol reserve display device 33. Specifically, these displays are composed of LEDs that can be turned on or off, and the LEDs constituting each display device are turned off. As a result, the special symbols that were being displayed in a variable state or in a static state on the first special symbol display device 30 or the second special symbol display device 32, the normal symbols that were being displayed in a variable state or in a static state on the normal symbol display device 32, the number of first special symbols reserved that was displayed by the first special symbol reserve display device 38, the number of second special symbols reserved that was displayed by the second special symbol reserve display device 39, and the number of normal symbols reserved that was displayed by the normal symbol reserve display device 33 are all cleared.
On the other hand, if the right-hit notification lamp RL connected to the sub-control board 300 is lit when the activation state is set, the right-hit notification lamp RL will continue to be lit even after the activation state is set.
In addition to the right-hit notification lamp RL, if a reserved number lamp or the like that indicates the reserved number of first special symbols or the reserved number of second special symbols by lighting up in a predetermined manner is connected to the sub-control board 300, this reserved number lamp may also continue to light up in a predetermined manner that indicates the reserved number of first special symbols or the reserved number of second special symbols even after the activation state is set. In other words, for a display device connected to the sub-control board 300 that makes suggestions regarding the progress of the game, the suggestion may continue to be executed even after the activation state is set.

Furthermore, when the activation state is set, the main CPU 101 transmits a third ball difference operation stop control designation command indicating this to the sub-control board 300. Then, when the sub-control board 300 receives the third ball difference operation stop control designation command, the various effect images such as the effect pattern 50 displayed on the display unit 21a of the effect display device 21 at this time, the reserved image (not shown) indicating that reserved storage is being performed, the background image, the right-hit suggestion image, etc. are cleared, and then, until a power outage occurs, an activation indication (for example, "Ball difference operation stop function is in operation, play will be stopped because the ball difference limit has been reached") indicating that the operation of the pachinko machine P has stopped is displayed on the display unit 21a of the effect display device 21. An activation text image such as "Please call an attendant" is displayed (see Figure 61 (g)), a predetermined activation sound (for example, a sound such as "Playing will stop as the ball difference limit has been reached") is output from the audio output device 10, and the front door effect lamp DL, status notification lamp EL, and board effect lamp GL light up or turn off in a predetermined lighting pattern (for example, the front door effect lamp DL lights up in blue, the status notification lamp EL lights up in red, and the board effect lamp GL turns off), indicating that the activation state has been set.
In addition, the activation suggestion, activation sound output, and indication that the activation state has been set by turning on or off various lamps may not be performed until a power outage occurs, but may be performed only until a predetermined time has passed (a time longer than the time required for the suggestion that the activation warning state has been set (for example, 10 minutes)).
Furthermore, the various effect images that were displayed when the activation state was set may continue to be displayed instead of being cleared.The above-mentioned activation suggestion (display of an activation text image) may be superimposed on these various effect images.

Furthermore, when the activation state is set, the main CPU 101 displays a code indicating the activation state on the main information display device 105. This allows the user to know from the main information display device 105 that the activation state has been set.
When the activation state is set, no display may be made on the main information display device 105. In other words, the display on the main information display device 105 may be cleared.

Furthermore, when the activation state is set, the main CPU 101 generates a security signal indicating that the activation state has been set as an external signal, and outputs the security signal to the outside of the pachinko machine P (such as a hall computer or an external display device) via the external information terminal board 500. This security signal can be received by the hall computer or the above-mentioned external display device, allowing the hall computer to know that the activation state has been set and for the external display device to indicate that the activation state has been set. Furthermore, while the security signal based on the setting of the activation state is being generated and output, activated security information indicating that the security signal is being generated and output is stored in a specific area in the non-use area of the main RAM 103.
Furthermore, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, if power is restored (power is turned off and on) during the activation state without executing the initialization process that would end the activation state (i.e., the initialization process associated with setting the setting change state), the generation and output of the security signal described above is resumed. As a result, even if a power interruption occurs during the activation state, after power is restored, the hall computer can once again grasp that the activation state is in progress, and the external display device can once again indicate that the activation state is in progress.
In addition, even when the activation warning state is set, a security signal is generated and output in the same manner as when the activation state is set, and if power is restored during the activation warning state without performing the initialization process that would end the activation warning state (i.e., the initialization process associated with setting the setting change state), the generation and output of the security signal may be resumed.

In the activated state, the game does not progress and no game balls are fired, so the special symbol variable display, special game, and normal game are not executed without a game ball entering the first start winning port 15 or the second start winning port 16. Therefore, various commands associated with these executions (progression of the game) (for example, a start winning command based on a game ball entering the first start winning port 15 or the second start winning port 16, a variable mode command or variable pattern command based on the start of variation of the special symbol, an opening command based on the start of a special game, etc.) are not transmitted from the main control board 100 to the sub-control board 300.
In addition, a pressing operation detection sensor 9d that detects pressing of the operation button 9b is connected to the sub-control board 300, and this sensor continues to detect even in the activated state, so that the sub-control board 300 can detect pressing of the operation button 9b even in the activated state.

(Outline of various state settings related to differential ball operation stop control)
As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, differential ball operation stop control phase data for setting various states related to differential ball operation stop control (pre-activation warning state, activation warning state, activation notice state, activation state) is stored in a specific area in the unused area provided in the main RAM 103. By storing state values corresponding to the various states described above in this differential ball operation stop control phase data, any one of the pre-activation warning state, activation warning state, activation notice state, and activation state is set.

Specifically, when power is restored in the pre-activation warning state or the activation warning state, or when initialization processing is performed in the activation notice state or the activation state in association with the setting of the setting change state, the main CPU 101 clears the difference ball operation stop control phase data and then stores the state value corresponding to the pre-activation warning state in this difference ball operation stop control phase data, thereby setting the pre-activation warning state.
That is, when power is restored in the pre-activation warning state or the activation warning state, the difference ball count value is reset as described above, and the pre-activation warning state is set. Also, when initialization processing is performed in the activation notice state or the activation state in association with the setting change state, these states end and the difference ball count value is reset, and the pre-activation warning state is set.

Furthermore, when the difference ball count value reaches the first reference value, the main CPU 101 stores a state value corresponding to the activation warning state in the difference ball operation stop control phase data. That is, the difference ball operation stop control phase data is updated to a state value corresponding to the activation warning state. This sets the activation warning state.
Furthermore, when the differential ball count value reaches the second reference value and a special game is being executed at the time of this reaching, the main CPU 101 stores a state value corresponding to the activation notice state in the differential ball operation stop control phase data. That is, the differential ball operation stop control phase data is updated to a state value corresponding to the activation notice state. This sets the activation notice state.
Furthermore, when the difference ball count value reaches the second reference value and a special game was not being executed when the difference ball count value reached the second reference value, or when the special game that was being executed when the difference ball count value reached the second reference value ends, the main CPU 101 stores a state value corresponding to the activation state in the difference ball operation stop control phase data. That is, the difference ball operation stop control phase data is updated to a state value corresponding to the activation state. This sets the activation state.

As described above, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, in the game stop state, setting change state or setting confirmation state, which are control states in which the game does not progress, the operation of the movable piece 16b of the second start winning opening 16 and the opening and closing door 18b of the large winning opening 18 is restricted, and during the control state in which the game does not progress, the movable piece 16b remains immersed and the large winning opening 18 remains closed.
This prevents situations where the movable piece solenoid 16c and the special prize opening solenoid 18c continue to operate even when a game is not in progress, causing these components to overheat and malfunction or break. Also, by keeping the special prize opening 18 open, it is possible to prevent fraudulent acts such as inserting illegal parts into the special prize opening to win prize balls while a game is not in progress.

Furthermore, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, in the game stop state, which is a control state in which the game does not progress, game balls are not fired, but the firing and payout control board 200 continues to pay out game balls (both the payout of prize balls and the payout of loan balls), and the value information display device 35 displays value information, and the game ball lending device R dispenses cards, etc.
This prevents, for example, the occurrence of disadvantages such as not being able to acquire some of the prize balls based on the ball that entered the slot even though the game ball entered one of the prize slots before the game stop state was set, because the payout of prize balls was stopped due to the game stop state being set, or not being able to acquire some of the loaned balls even though the ball loan switch 36 was pressed by the player before the game stop state was set. Furthermore, even when the game stop state is set, the main CPU 101 does not need to execute special processing such as sending a signal or command to the launch payout control board 200 to stop operation or stop the payout of game balls, so it is possible to prevent an increase in the load on hardware resources such as the main CPU 101.

Furthermore, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, during the game stop state, which is a control state in which the game does not progress, the occurrence of only the door open error is determined by the main control board 100.
This makes it possible to prevent situations in which the main frame 2 or front door 3 is opened while play is stopped, and fraudulent acts are committed against the main control board 100.

Furthermore, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, during a game stop state, which is a control state in which the game is not progressing, the control by the main control board 100 of transmitting external signals such as winning signals and jackpot signals to the outside of the pachinko machine P is restricted, but the control by the launch and payout control board 200 of transmitting external signals such as payout ball signals to the outside of the pachinko machine P is not restricted.
As a result, even during a game stop state in which the payout of game balls is continuously controlled by the payout control board 200, information regarding the payout of game balls can be reliably grasped by devices external to the pachinko machine P. Furthermore, even when a game stop state is set, the main CPU 101 does not need to execute special processing such as sending a command to the payout control board 200 to stop the transmission of signals to the outside of the pachinko machine P, and since the control of the transmission of external signals such as winning signals and jackpot signals by the main control board 100 is limited, it is possible to prevent an increase in the load on hardware resources such as the main CPU 101.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, the time during which the main control board 100 transmits an external signal to the outside of the pachinko machine P is set to be longer than the time during which the launch and payout control board 200 transmits an external signal to the outside of the pachinko machine P.
This ensures that the external signal transmitted from the main control board 100 to the outside of the pachinko machine P is transmitted more reliably to the outside of the pachinko machine P than the external signal transmitted from the launch/payout control board 200 to the outside of the pachinko machine P.

The setting of the transmission time is not limited to this.
For example, the time taken for the launch/payout control board 200 to transmit an external signal to the outside of the pachinko machine P may be set to be longer than the time taken for the main control board 100 to transmit an external signal to the outside of the pachinko machine P.
When set up in this manner, the external signal transmitted from the launch and payout control board 200 to the outside of the pachinko machine P is more reliably transmitted to the outside of the pachinko machine P than the external signal transmitted from the main control board 100 to the outside of the pachinko machine P.
In addition, the time when the launch and payout control board 200 transmits an external signal to the outside of the pachinko machine P may be set to be the same as the time when the main control board 100 transmits an external signal to the outside of the pachinko machine P.

Furthermore, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, when the difference ball count value reaches a second reference value (when the difference ball count reaches a predetermined number of balls that stops operation), an activation state is set in which the game does not progress and no game balls are fired.
This prevents a situation in which a player acquires an excessive number of game balls during play, leading to excessive gambling, and also produces the same effect as during the game stop state described above.

Furthermore, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, during the activation state, as in the game stop state, the occurrence of only the door open error is determined by the main control board 100.
This makes it possible to prevent situations in which the main frame 2 or front door 3 is opened during activation and fraudulent acts are committed against the main control board 100.

(Outline of test signal generation and output)
As described above, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, the main CPU 101 generates test signals used during type testing at various times and is able to output these signals to the outside of the pachinko machine P from the test-only output terminal 107.
In principle, the main CPU 101 continues to output the test signal being generated to the test-dedicated output terminal 107 from the start to the end of test signal generation (from the time the output start condition is met until the time the output end condition is met). At this time, by connecting a dedicated receiving terminal to the test-dedicated output terminal 107, the test signal is input to a test computer equipped with the receiving terminal. In other words, by connecting a dedicated receiving terminal to the test-dedicated output terminal 107, the test signal being generated is output to the outside of the pachinko machine P (the test computer) via the test-dedicated output terminal 107 and the receiving terminal. On the other hand, if a dedicated receiving terminal is not connected to the test-dedicated output terminal 107, the test signal being generated is output to the test-dedicated output terminal 107, but is not output to the outside of the pachinko machine P.
In addition, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, while each test signal is being generated and output, test signal information indicating the test signal being generated and output (indicating that each test signal is being generated and output) is stored in a specific area in the unused area of the main RAM 103.

In the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, the test signals that can be generated by the main CPU 101 and output to the test computer include a test signal regarding the progress of the game, a test signal regarding the game status, and a test signal regarding the status based on the differential ball operation stop control.
Test signals relating to the progress of the game include a test signal for normal game fluctuation, a test signal for normal game win, a test signal for movable piece open, a test signal for first special game fluctuation, a test signal for first special game jackpot, a test signal for second special game fluctuation, a test signal for second special game jackpot, and a test signal for round game.Test signals relating to the game state include a test signal for normal game high probability state, a test signal for normal game fluctuation shortening state, a test signal for movable piece operation extension state, a test signal for special game high probability state, and a test signal for special game fluctuation shortening state.A test signal relating to the state based on the differential ball operation stop control is a test signal for the state before activation setting.

The test signal during normal pattern fluctuation is a test signal that is generated by the main CPU 101 during the period from when the display of the normal pattern fluctuation starts to when it ends (i.e., while the normal pattern is fluctuating), and can be output to a test computer via the test-only output terminal 107.
That is, the main CPU 101 starts generating a normal symbol fluctuation test signal and outputting it to the test-dedicated output terminal 107 based on the start of the normal symbol fluctuation display (satisfaction of the output start condition), and ends the generation and output based on the end of the normal symbol fluctuation display (satisfaction of the output end condition). By inputting this normal symbol fluctuation test signal to the test computer via the test-dedicated output terminal 107 and the receiving terminal, the test computer (i.e., outside the pachinko machine P) can understand that the normal symbol fluctuation display is being performed in the pachinko machine P that output the normal symbol fluctuation test signal.

The test signal during a normal winning pattern is a test signal that is generated by the main CPU 101 during the period from when a winning pattern is drawn by lottery to when the operation of the movable piece 16b is completed (i.e., from when a winning pattern is drawn by lottery to when all operation of the movable piece 16b based on the winning pattern is completed), and can be output to a test computer via the test-only output terminal 107.
That is, the main CPU 101 starts generating a normal winning test signal and outputting it to the test-dedicated output terminal 107 when a winning normal symbol is drawn and the operation of the movable piece 16b based on the winning normal symbol is started (the output start condition is met), and ends the generation and output when all the operations of the movable piece 16b are completed (the output end condition is met). By inputting this normal winning test signal to the test computer via the test-dedicated output terminal 107 and the receiving terminal, the test computer can grasp that the operation of the movable piece 16b based on the winning normal symbol drawn in the pachinko machine P that output the normal winning test signal is being performed.

The movable piece open test signal is a test signal that is generated by the main CPU 101 during the period from the start of one opening of the movable piece 16b to its end (closing), and can be output to a test computer via the test-dedicated output terminal 107.
That is, the main CPU 101 starts generating a movable piece open test signal and outputting it to the test-dedicated output terminal 107 when one opening of the movable piece 16b starts (satisfaction of the output start condition), and ends the generation and output when one opening of the movable piece 16b ends (satisfaction of the output end condition). By inputting this movable piece open test signal to the test computer via the test-dedicated output terminal 107 and the receiving terminal, the test computer can determine that one opening of the movable piece 16b is being performed in the pachinko machine P that output the movable piece open test signal.

The test signal during the first special pattern change is a test signal that is generated by the main CPU 101 during the period from the start to the end of the display of the changing special pattern based on the first special pattern random number, and can be output to a test computer via the test-only output terminal 107.
That is, the main CPU 101 starts generating a first special symbol variation test signal and outputting it to the test-dedicated output terminal 107 based on the start of the variable display of the special symbol based on the first special symbol random number (the output start condition is satisfied), and ends the generation and output based on the end of the variable display (the output end condition is satisfied). By inputting this first special symbol variation test signal to the test computer via the test-dedicated output terminal 107 and the receiving terminal, the test computer can understand that the variable display of the special symbol based on the first special symbol random number is being performed in the pachinko machine P that output the first special symbol variation test signal.

The test signal during the first special jackpot is a test signal that is generated by the main CPU 101 during the period from the start to the end of a special game based on a jackpot win by the first special random number, and can be output to a test computer via the test-only output terminal 107.
That is, the main CPU 101 starts generating a first special jackpot test signal and outputting it to the test output terminal 107 based on the start of a special game based on a jackpot win by the first special random number (the output start condition is met), and ends the generation and output based on the end of the special game (the output end condition is met). By inputting this first special jackpot test signal to the test computer via the test output terminal 107 and the receiving terminal, the test computer can determine that a special game based on a jackpot win by the first special random number is being played on the pachinko machine P that output the first special jackpot test signal.

The test signal during the second special pattern change is a test signal that is generated by the main CPU 101 during the period from the start to the end of the display of the changing special pattern based on the second special pattern random number, and can be output to a test computer via the test-only output terminal 107.
That is, the main CPU 101 starts generating a second special symbol variation test signal and outputting it to the test output terminal 107 based on the start of the variable display of the special symbol based on the second special symbol random number (the output start condition is satisfied), and ends the generation and output based on the end of the variable display (the output end condition is satisfied). By inputting this second special symbol variation test signal to the test computer via the test output terminal 107 and the receiving terminal, the test computer can understand that the variable display of the special symbol based on the second special symbol random number is being performed in the pachinko machine P that output the second special symbol variation test signal.

The test signal during the second special jackpot is a test signal that is generated by the main CPU 101 during the period from the start to the end of a special game based on a jackpot win by the second special random number, and can be output to a test computer via the test-only output terminal 107.
That is, the main CPU 101 starts generating a second special jackpot test signal and outputting it to the test-dedicated output terminal 107 based on the start of a special game based on a jackpot win by the second special random number (the output start condition is met), and ends the generation and output based on the end of the special game (the output end condition is met). By inputting this second special jackpot test signal to the test computer via the test-dedicated output terminal 107 and the receiving terminal, the test computer can determine that a special game based on a jackpot win by the second special random number is being played on the pachinko machine P that output the second special jackpot test signal.

The test signal during round play is a test signal that is generated by the main CPU 101 during the period from the start to the end of round play in special play, and can be output to a test computer via the test-only output terminal 107.
That is, the main CPU 101 starts generating a round-play test signal and outputting it to the test-dedicated output terminal 107 based on the start of a round play (satisfaction of the output start condition), and ends the generation and output based on the end of the round play (satisfaction of the output end condition). By inputting this round-play test signal to the test computer via the test-dedicated output terminal 107 and the receiving terminal, the test computer can determine that a round play is being played on the pachinko machine P that output the round-play test signal.

The normal symbol high probability state test signal is a test signal that is generated by the main CPU 101 during the period from the start to the end of a game state in which the probability of winning by lottery of normal symbols is relatively high, and can be output to a test computer via the test-only output terminal 107.
In the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, the probability of winning in the lottery for normal symbols is set to be the same during the time-saving game state (low probability time-saving game state LJT1, low probability time-saving game state LJT2, high probability time-saving game state) and during the non-time-saving game state (normal game state) (see Figure 14), so although a normal symbol high probability state test signal is provided, it is not generated or output.

The normal symbol variation shortening state test signal is a test signal that is generated by the main CPU 101 during the period from the start to the end of a game state in which the normal symbol variation time is relatively short, and can be output to a test computer via the test-only output terminal 107.
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, the normal symbol fluctuation time is set to be shorter during the time-shortened game state (low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1, low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2, high-probability time-shortened game state) than during the non-time-shortened game state (normal game state) (see FIG. 15), so the main CPU 101 starts generating a normal symbol fluctuation shortened state test signal and outputting it to the test-dedicated output terminal 107 based on the setting of the time-shortened game state (the establishment of the output start condition), and ends the generation and output based on the end of the time-shortened game state (the establishment of the output end condition). By inputting this normal symbol fluctuation shortened state test signal to the test computer via the test-dedicated output terminal 107 and the receiving terminal, the test computer can determine that the pachinko machine P that output the normal symbol fluctuation shortened state test signal is set to a game state in which the normal symbol fluctuation time is relatively short.
In addition, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, the normal pattern fluctuation time is set to be approximately the same during the low probability time-shortened game state LJT1 and the normal game state, so the normal pattern fluctuation shortening state test signal may be generated and output only during the low probability time-shortened game state LJT2 and the high probability time-shortened game state, and the normal pattern fluctuation shortening state test signal may not be generated and output during the low probability time-shortened game state LJT1.

The movable piece operation extended state test signal is a test signal that is generated by the main CPU 101 during the period from the start to the end of a game state in which the operation time of the movable piece 16b is relatively long when a normal pattern is drawn, and can be output to a test computer via the test-only output terminal 107.
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, the operating time of the movable piece 16b is set to be longer during the time-shortened game state (during the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1, the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2, and the high-probability time-shortened game state) than during the non-time-shortened game state (during the normal game state) (see FIG. 16 ), so the main CPU 101 starts generating a movable piece operation extension state test signal and outputting it to the test-dedicated output terminal 107 based on the setting of the time-shortened game state (the satisfaction of the output start condition), and ends the generation and output based on the end of the time-shortened game state (the satisfaction of the output end condition). This movable piece operation extension state test signal is input to the test computer via the test-dedicated output terminal 107 and the receiving terminal, so that the test computer can determine that the pachinko machine P that output the movable piece operation extension state test signal is set to a game state in which the operating time of the movable piece 16b is relatively long.
In addition, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, the operating time of the movable piece 16b is set to be approximately the same during the low-probability time-shortening game state LJT1 and during the normal game state, so the movable piece operation extension state test signal may be generated and output only during the low-probability time-shortening game state LJT2 and the high-probability time-shortening game state, and the movable piece operation extension state test signal may not be generated and output during the low-probability time-shortening game state LJT1.

The special chart high probability state test signal is a test signal that is generated by the main CPU 101 during the period from the start to the end of a game state in which the probability of winning a jackpot is relatively high, and can be output to a test computer via the test-only output terminal 107.
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, the probability of winning a jackpot is set higher during a high-probability game state (high-probability time-saving game state) than during a low-probability game state (normal game state) (see FIG. 7), so the main CPU 101 starts generating a special symbol high-probability state test signal and outputting it to the test-dedicated output terminal 107 based on the setting of the high-probability game state (the establishment of the output start condition), and ends the generation and output based on the end of the high-probability game state (the establishment of the output end condition). By inputting this special symbol high-probability state test signal to the test computer via the test-dedicated output terminal 107 and the receiving terminal, the test computer can determine that the pachinko machine P that output the special symbol high-probability state test signal is set to a game state in which the probability of winning a jackpot is relatively high.

The special pattern variation shortening state test signal is a test signal that is generated by the main CPU 101 during the period from the start to the end of a game state in which the variation time of the special pattern is relatively short, and can be output to a test computer via the test-dedicated output terminal 107.
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, the special symbol fluctuation time is set to be shorter during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 and the high-probability time-saving game state than during the normal game state and the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 (see FIGS. 11 and 12), so the main CPU 101 starts generating a special symbol fluctuation shortening state test signal and outputting it to the test-dedicated output terminal 107 based on the setting of the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 or the high-probability time-saving game state (the output start condition is met), and ends the generation and output based on the end of the game state (the output end condition is met). This special symbol fluctuation shortening state test signal is input to the test computer via the test-dedicated output terminal 107 and the receiving terminal, so that the test computer can determine that the pachinko machine P that output the special symbol fluctuation shortening state test signal is set to a game state in which the special symbol fluctuation time is relatively short.

The pre-activation setting state test signal is a test signal that is generated by the main CPU 101 during the period when the difference ball count value is equal to or greater than a predetermined pre-activation setting judgment value (175,000 in this embodiment) and can be output to the test computer via the test-only output terminal 107.
That is, when the difference ball count value is less than the pre-activation setting judgment value, the main CPU 101 does not generate a pre-activation setting state test signal and does not output it to the test-dedicated output terminal 107. However, when the difference ball count value becomes equal to or greater than the pre-activation setting judgment value (the output start condition is met), the main CPU 101 starts generating a pre-activation setting state test signal and outputting it to the test-dedicated output terminal 107. Furthermore, after the generation of the pre-activation setting state test signal and its output to the test-dedicated output terminal 107 has started, if the difference ball count value again becomes less than the pre-activation setting judgment value (the output end condition is met) before the activation state or the activation notice state is set (before the difference ball count value reaches the second reference value (195,000)), the main CPU 101 stops generating the pre-activation setting state test signal and outputting it to the test-dedicated output terminal 107.
This pre-activation setting state test signal is input to the test computer via the test-dedicated output terminal 107 and the receiving terminal, allowing the test computer to determine that the differential ball count value in the pachinko machine P that output the pre-activation setting state test signal is equal to or greater than the pre-activation setting judgment value, and therefore to determine that the activation state is about to be set.

(Outline of test signal generation and output control when activation state is set)
Here, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, the activation state is set on the condition that the difference ball count value reaches the second reference value, and the game does not proceed, but if the activation state is set while the above-mentioned test signal is being generated and output, the test signal continues to be generated and output even after the activation state is set.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, when test signals relating to the progress of the game (normal game fluctuation test signal, normal game win test signal, movable piece open test signal, first special game fluctuation test signal, first special game jackpot test signal, second special game fluctuation test signal, second special game jackpot test signal, round game test signal) and test signals relating to the game state (normal game high probability state test signal, normal game fluctuation shortened state test signal, movable piece operation extended state test signal, special game high probability state test signal, special game fluctuation shortened state test signal) are generated and output during the activation state setting, when a power outage occurs, the generation and output of these test signals are temporarily stopped, but are resumed after the power is restored from the power outage and the activation state is restored (i.e., after the power is restored from the power outage without the initialization process (normal initialization process) that would end the activation state being performed). The output of these test signals continues until the activation state ends (i.e., until the above-mentioned initialization process is performed).
In other words, the test signals regarding the progress of the game and the test signals regarding the game status that are generated and output while the activation state is set will continue to be generated and output until the activation state (except when a power outage occurs) ends.

In contrast, if a pre-activation setting state test signal (a test signal related to the state based on the differential ball operation stop control) is generated and output while the activation state is being set, when a power outage occurs, the generation and output of the test signal will stop, and will remain stopped without being resumed even after the power outage is recovered and the activation state is resumed.
In other words, the pre-activation setting state test signal that was generated and output while the activation state was being set will continue to be generated and output until the activation state ends if no power interruption occurs during the activation state, but if a power interruption occurs during the activation state, generation and output will end at this point.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, if a power outage occurs while a pre-activation setting state test signal is being generated and output and during the pre-activation warning state or the activation warning state (when the difference ball count value is less than the second reference value), the generation and output of the pre-activation setting state test signal will be temporarily stopped, just as in the activation state.
Then, after the above-mentioned temporary stop, if the power is restored while the above-mentioned specific error (an error that has a serious impact on the progress of the game) has occurred and the pre-activation warning state or activation warning state is resumed, the difference ball count value stored at the time of the power interruption is maintained, and this difference ball count value is equal to or greater than the pre-activation setting judgment value, so the generation and output of the pre-activation setting state test signal is resumed after the power is restored.On the other hand, if the power is restored without the specific error having occurred, the difference ball count value is reset, and this difference ball count value is less than the pre-activation setting judgment value, so the generation and output of the pre-activation setting state test signal is not resumed after the power is restored.
Also, although not specifically shown, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, during the startup preparation period from when power is restored until a predetermined startup time (for example, 10 seconds) has elapsed, a preparation image (for example, a text image saying ``Screen is restoring, please continue playing'') is displayed on the display unit 21a of the performance display device 21 to indicate that this is the preparation period until various performances such as display of background images and variable performances can be executed, and if the generation and output of the pre-activation setting state test signal is resumed after the above-mentioned temporary stop, the generation and output of the pre-activation setting state test signal will be carried out during the above-mentioned startup preparation period.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, if a power interruption occurs while a pre-activation setting state test signal is being generated and output and during the activation warning state, the generation and output of the test signal will stop, just as during the activation state, and will remain stopped without being resumed even after the power interruption is restored and the activation warning state is resumed. In other words, if a power interruption occurs during the activation warning state, the generation and output of the pre-activation setting state test signal that was generated and output during the activation warning state will cease at that point. In addition, if a power interruption occurs during the activation warning state, and the power interruption is restored without performing the initialization process that would end the activation warning state, the generation and output of the pre-activation setting state test signal may be resumed.

(Specific example)
Next, the generation of the test signal and the control of the output when the activation state is set will be described using a specific example.
For example, a normal symbol fluctuation test signal (a test signal related to the progress of the game) is generated and output while the normal symbol fluctuation display is in progress. When an activation state is set while the normal symbol fluctuation display is in progress, the normal symbol fluctuation display stops, while the generation and output of the normal symbol fluctuation test signal continues. Also, if a power outage occurs during this activation state, the generation and output of the normal symbol fluctuation test signal will temporarily stop, but when the power outage is restored without the initialization process that would end the activation state being performed, the generation and output of the normal symbol fluctuation test signal will resume. Then, when the activation state currently being set ends, the generation and output of the normal symbol fluctuation test signal will also end.
Also, for example, a first special symbol variation test signal (a test signal related to the game's progress) is generated and output while the special symbol variation display based on the first special symbol random number is being displayed. When an activation state is set during the variable display of the special symbol, the variable display of the currently active special symbol is stopped, while the generation and output of the first special symbol variation test signal continues. Furthermore, if a power interruption occurs during this activation state, the generation and output of the first special symbol variation test signal temporarily stops, but when the power interruption is restored without the initialization process that would end the activation state being performed, the generation and output of the first special symbol variation test signal resumes. Then, when the currently set activation state ends, the generation and output of the first special symbol variation test signal also ends.
For example, a second special jackpot test signal (a test signal related to the game's progress) is generated and output during a special game based on a jackpot win using the second special random number. When an activation state is set during the execution of the special game, the special game stops, and if the jackpot opening 18 is open, it closes, while the generation and output of the second special jackpot test signal continues. Furthermore, if a power outage occurs during this activation state, the generation and output of the second special jackpot test signal temporarily stops. However, when the power is restored without the initialization process that would terminate the activation state being performed, the generation and output of the second special jackpot test signal resumes. Then, when the activation state currently set ends, the generation and output of the second special jackpot test signal also ends.

For example, a special symbol high-probability state test signal (a test signal related to the game state) is generated and output during a high-probability time-saving game state (during a high-probability game state). When an activation state is set during this high-probability time-saving game state, game progress stops, but the generation and output of the special symbol high-probability state test signal continues. Furthermore, if a power outage occurs during this activation state, the generation and output of the special symbol high-probability state test signal will temporarily stop, but if the power outage is restored without the initialization process that would end the activation state being performed, the generation and output of the special symbol high-probability state test signal will resume. Then, when the currently set activation state ends, the generation and output of the special symbol high-probability state test signal will also end.

In addition, the pre-activation setting state signal (a test signal related to the state based on the differential ball activation stop control) is generated and output while the differential ball count value is equal to or greater than the pre-activation setting judgment value. If the activation state is set during this time, the game stops progressing, but the generation and output of the pre-activation setting state signal continues. Furthermore, if a power interruption occurs during this activation state, the generation and output of the pre-activation setting state signal will cease based on this, and even if the power is restored from the interruption, the generation and output of the pre-activation setting state signal will not resume. Furthermore, if no power interruption occurs during this activation state, the generation and output of the pre-activation setting state signal will continue during the activation state, and when the activation state ends, the generation and output of the pre-activation setting state signal will also cease.

As described above, the pachinko machine P of this embodiment is capable of generating and outputting test signals that are used during type testing and can be output to the outside of the pachinko machine P (to a test computer), such as test signals relating to the progress of the game, test signals relating to the game status, and pre-activation setting state test signals (test signals relating to the state based on the differential ball operation stop control).
Here, if the activation state is set, the game progress stops and the type test is interrupted, and the final test results cannot be obtained, and the data such as the payout rate accumulated over a long period of time may be wasted. In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, by generating and being able to output a pre-activation setting state test signal, it is possible to know that the activation state is about to be set by this test signal, and therefore it is possible to take measures such as resetting the difference ball count value in advance to prevent the activation state from being set, and it is possible to appropriately prevent the occurrence of the above-mentioned situation.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, if the activation state is set while a test signal regarding the progress of the game, a test signal regarding the game status, or a pre-activation setting status test signal is being generated or output, the generation and output of these test signals continues even after the activation state is set.
This eliminates the need for processing to generate a test signal and stop its output based on the activation state setting, thereby reducing the processing load on hardware resources such as the main CPU 101. Furthermore, even after the activation state is set, the test computer can grasp the game progress and game state before the activation state was set, improving the convenience of the test signal and enabling efficient type testing.

Furthermore, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, if a power outage occurs while test signals regarding the progress of the game and test signals regarding the game status are being generated and output while the activation state is being set, the generation and output of these test signals will resume after the power outage is restored without performing the initialization process that would end the activation state.
This means that even if a power outage occurs during the activation state, after the power is restored the test computer will be able to grasp the progress and game status of the game before the activation state was set, further increasing the convenience of the test signal and enabling type testing to be carried out more efficiently.

Furthermore, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, if a pre-activation setting state test signal is generated and output while the activation state is being set, when a power outage occurs, the generation and output of the test signal will not resume even if the power is restored from the power outage without performing the initialization process that would end the activation state.
After the activation state is set, the game does not proceed, and as will be described later, an activation suggestion is made on the display unit 21a of the effect display device 21, indicating that the activation state is being set, so that it is possible to know that the activation state is being set from the appearance of the pachinko machine P without generating and outputting a pre-activation setting state test signal. Therefore, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, if a power interruption occurs while the activation state is being set, the generation and output of the pre-activation setting state test signal is not resumed even after the power is restored, thereby making it possible to reduce the processing load on hardware resources such as the main CPU 101 when a power interruption occurs while the activation state is being set.
Furthermore, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, when the activation state is set, a security signal indicating that the activation state has been set is generated and output, and if a power outage occurs while the activation state is being set, the generation and output of the security signal is resumed after the power outage is restored without performing the initialization process that would end the activation state.
As a result, even if, for example, the activation suggestion is not executed due to a failure of the performance display device 21, or the progress of the game is not stopped due to a failure of the main CPU 101, and it is not possible to know from the appearance of the pachinko machine P that the activation state is being set, it is possible to know that the activation state is being set by checking whether or not the above security signal is generated (output).

Furthermore, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, if a power outage occurs while a pre-activation setting state test signal is being generated and output, and while the pre-activation warning state or activation warning state is in progress, when the power outage is restored and the pre-activation warning state or activation warning state is resumed while a specific error (an error that has a serious impact on the progress of the game) has occurred, the generation and output of the pre-activation setting state test signal will resume, and this generation and output of the pre-activation setting state test signal will be carried out during the startup preparation period from when the power outage is restored until the specified startup time has elapsed.
As a result, even if the preparation image is displayed on the display unit 21a of the performance display device 21 during the startup preparation period, it is possible to know that the activation state is about to be set by checking whether or not a pre-activation setting state test signal has been output.

(Modifications regarding generation and output of test signals)
The test signals relating to the progress of the game and the test signals relating to the game status that the main CPU 101 can generate and output are not limited to those described above, and test signals other than the above test signals may be generated and output, or some of the above test signals may be generated and output, depending on the game specifications, etc. Even in such a case, the test signals may be controlled in the same way as in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment (such as control after the activation state is set).
For example, in a pachinko machine P that is set up so that different numbers of rounds of special games are played depending on the type of special symbol determined when a jackpot is won, different special symbol jackpot test signals may be provided for each special game as test signals relating to the progress of the game. Specifically, for example, if a jackpot is won by the first special symbol random number and the machine is set up so that when special symbol A is determined, a special game of three rounds is played when special symbol A is determined, and when special symbol B is determined, a special game of eight rounds is played when special symbol B is determined, a first special symbol jackpot signal A that can be generated and output during the special game based on the determination of special symbol A, and a first special symbol jackpot signal B that can be generated and output during the special game based on the determination of special symbol B may be provided.
Also, for example, in a pachinko machine P that is set up so that not only a jackpot but also a small jackpot can be won by a jackpot lottery, a small jackpot test signal may be provided as a test signal that can be generated and output between the time a small jackpot is won and the time the small jackpot game based on that win ends, as a test signal regarding the progress of the game.
Also, for example, in a pachinko machine P that is set up so that a special game starts when the game ball passes through a predetermined passing area after a jackpot is won, a game ball passing waiting test signal may be provided as a test signal regarding the progress of the game, which can be generated and output during the period from when the jackpot is won until the game ball passes through the passing area.
Also, for example, in a pachinko machine P that has a high-probability non-time-reduced game state that combines a high-probability game state and a non-time-reduced game state, and that is set so that the special pattern variation time is shorter during this high-probability non-time-reduced game state than during the normal game state, a special pattern variation shortening test signal may be generated and output as a test signal regarding the game state during this high-probability non-time-reduced game state.
In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, in order to make the performance of the normal game higher in the time-saving game state than in the non-time-saving game state, the normal symbol variation time and the operation time of the movable piece 16b are made different among the three elements of the probability of winning by lottery of the normal symbol, the normal symbol variation time, and the operation time of the movable piece 16b, but this is not limited to this, and at least one of these elements may be made different, or all of the elements may be made different. Then, a test signal regarding the game state may be generated and output according to the different elements.
For example, although the probability of winning by lottery for a normal symbol is higher in the time-shortened game state than in the non-time-shortened game state, if the normal symbol fluctuation time and the operating time of the movable piece 16b are both set to be the same in the game state, during the time-shortened game state, only the normal symbol high probability state test signal may be output as a test signal for the game state, and the normal symbol fluctuation shortened state test signal and the movable piece operation extended state test signal may not be output.
In the above case, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment can be achieved.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, when the difference ball count value is equal to or greater than the pre-activation setting judgment value (170,000), a pre-activation setting state test signal, which is a signal regarding the state based on the difference ball operation stop control, can be generated and output, and the pre-activation setting judgment value is set to a value smaller than the first reference value (190,000) at which the activation warning state is set and the second reference value (195,000) at which the activation state is set, but is not limited to this as long as it is a value smaller than the second reference value.
For example, the pre-activation setting determination value may be the same as the first reference value, or may be a value greater than the first reference value and less than the second reference value.
In the above case, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment can be achieved.

Furthermore, the test signal regarding the state based on the difference ball operation stop control that can be generated and output by the main CPU 101 is not limited to the pre-activation setting state test signal.
For example, in addition to this pre-activation setting state test signal, when the ball difference count value is equal to or greater than a pre-activation setting judgment value (e.g., 190,000, the same as the first reference value) that is greater than the pre-activation setting judgment value and less than a second reference value, a pre-activation setting state test signal indicating this may be generated and output. Also, when the ball difference count value is equal to or greater than a pre-activation setting proximity judgment value (e.g., 160,000, etc.) that is smaller than the pre-activation setting judgment value, a pre-activation setting proximity test signal indicating this may be generated and output. These test signals may be controlled in the same way as the pre-activation setting state test signal of the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment.
Even in the above case, the same effect as that of the pachinko machine P of this embodiment can be achieved, and the test computer can grasp in more detail how long it will take until the activation state is set.

Furthermore, a game progress impossible test signal indicating that a game is not progressing may be provided as a test signal that can be generated and output by the main CPU 101 during a game stop state, a setting change state, a setting confirmation state, or an activation state. Furthermore, if a power interruption occurs during the generation and output of a game progress impossible test signal, and the state before the power interruption remains even after recovery from the power interruption, the generation and output of the game progress impossible test signal may not be resumed.
Even in the above case, the same effect as that of the pachinko machine P of this embodiment is achieved, and by simply checking whether or not the above-mentioned test signal is output, it becomes possible to determine in the test computer that the game is not progressing.
It is also possible to generate and output the same game progress disable test signal in any of the game stop state, setting change state, setting confirmation state, and activation state, so that it is possible to grasp that the game is in a state where the game is not progressing, but not the type of state that is set. Also, it is possible to generate and output a different game progress disable test signal for each set state, so that it is possible to grasp both that the game is in a state where the game is not progressing and the type of state that is set.

Furthermore, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, if an activation state is set while a test signal related to the progress of the game or a test signal related to the game status is being generated and output, the generation and output of the test signal continues even after the activation state is set, and if a power outage occurs during this activation state, the generation and output of the above-mentioned test signal resumes when the power is restored from the power outage without performing the initialization process that would end the activation state, but this control may be performed only on some of the test signals rather than on all test signals.
For example, among the test signals relating to the progress of the game and the test signals relating to the game state, the above-mentioned control is performed for test signals relating to special game play and special game play (test signal during first special game change, test signal during first special game jackpot, test signal during second special game change, test signal during second special game jackpot, test signal during round game, test signal for special game high probability state, test signal for special game change shortened state), but the above-mentioned control may not be performed for test signals relating to normal game play (test signal during normal game change, test signal during normal game win, test signal during movable piece open, test signal for normal game high probability state, test signal for normal game change shortened state, test signal for movable piece operation extended state).
Furthermore, although the above-mentioned test signals for special game and special game, and test signals for normal game continue to be generated and output even after the activation state is set, if a power outage occurs during the activation state, the test signals for special game and special game may be generated and output again after the power is restored from the power outage, but the test signals for normal game may not be generated and output again after the power is restored from the power outage.
In the above case, various controls can be performed regarding the output of the test signal depending on the game specifications of the pachinko machine P, making it possible to further increase the convenience of the test signal.

Furthermore, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, if the activation state is set while a pre-activation setting state test signal is being generated and output, the generation and output of the test signal continues even after the activation state is set, and if a power outage occurs during this activation state, the generation and output of the above-mentioned test signal will not resume after recovery from the power outage, but the control over the pre-activation setting state test signal is not limited to this.
For example, if the activation state is set while a pre-activation state test signal is being generated and output, the generation and output of the test signal may be terminated after the activation state is set. Also, if the generation and output of the test signal are set to continue even after the activation state is set, and if a power interruption occurs during this activation state, the generation and output of the test signal may be resumed when the power is restored from the power interruption without performing the initialization process that would terminate the activation state.

Furthermore, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, when a power outage occurs during the generation and output of a pre-activation setting state test signal, and a specific error occurs during the pre-activation warning state or activation warning state, and the power is restored, the generation and output of the pre-activation setting state test signal is resumed, but this control may be performed as follows.
For example, when the power is restored after the interruption, the generation and output of the pre-activation setting state test signal may be resumed. Furthermore, when the power is restored after the interruption, the generation and output of the pre-activation setting state test signal may be resumed if the difference ball count value is equal to or greater than a predetermined restart determination value (e.g., 180,000), but the generation and output of the pre-activation setting state test signal may not be resumed if the difference ball count value is less than the restart determination value. Furthermore, if the generation and output of the pre-activation setting state test signal are not resumed when the difference ball count value is less than the restart determination value, the generation and output of the pre-activation setting state test signal may be resumed after a predetermined time has elapsed since the power is restored (e.g., after the above-mentioned startup preparation period has elapsed).

Furthermore, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, when a game stop state is set, a security signal indicating that state is generated and output, and when an activation state is set, a security signal indicating that state is generated and output. In other words, different security signals are generated and output when a game stop state is set and when an activation state is set, and it is possible to know whether a game stop state or an activation state has been set according to the generated and output security signal, but the generation and output of the security signal are not limited to the above.
For example, the same security signal may be generated and output whether a game stop state is set or an activation state is set, so that while it is possible to know that a state in which game play will not proceed has been set, it is not possible to know whether a game stop state or an activation state has been set.
In addition, with regard to security signals based on the activation state setting, if a power outage occurs during the activation state and the power is restored without performing the initialization process that would end the activation state, generation and output are resumed, but it is also possible to prevent generation and output from being resumed.

(Outline of processing in pachinko machine P)
Next, an outline of the processing executed by the main control board 100 as the special game, normal game, and bonus game described above progresses will be explained using a flowchart.
First, the power cut-off and evacuation process of the main control board 100 will be described.
In the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, when the voltage of the supplied power supply falls below a predetermined value, the main processing of the main control board 100 described below is interrupted and the power cut-off evacuation processing shown in the flowchart of Figure 19 is executed.

In step 100, the main CPU 101 determines whether a power interruption occurrence signal has been detected. If it is determined that a power interruption occurrence signal has not been detected, the power interruption evacuation process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that a power interruption occurrence signal has been detected, the process proceeds to step 101.
In step 101, the main CPU 101 executes a process of calculating checksums of the used area and unused area in the main RAM 103, and stores the calculated checksums in the second area. Then, the process proceeds to step 102.

In step 102, the main CPU 101 executes a backup process to retain various data (setting values, gaming machine status flags indicating control states, test signal information, checksums, backup flags, error information, various data relating to game progress, and game performance data) stored in the storage area of the main RAM 103, and stores a backup flag indicating the results of this backup process in the second area.Then, the process proceeds to the next step 103.
In step 103, the main CPU 101 prohibits access to the main RAM 103. As a result, it becomes impossible to store various data in the main RAM 103 or read (load) various data from the main RAM 103. Then, the process proceeds to the next step, step 104.

In step 104, the main CPU 101 stops sending various signals to the launch/payout control board 200 (such as a main command permission signal indicating that two-way communication with the main control board 100 has been established and that commands can be sent to the main control board 100, and a launch permission signal that permits the launch of game balls). Furthermore, if one or more test signals have been generated and output, the main CPU 101 stops the generation and output of all test signals. Furthermore, if a security signal based on the activation state has been generated and output, the main CPU 101 stops the generation and output of that security signal. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 105.
In step 105, the main CPU 101 sets the power interruption monitoring time (3000 ms) in the power interruption monitoring time timer counter, and then proceeds to step 106.

In step 106, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not a power interruption occurrence signal has been detected. If it is determined that a power interruption occurrence signal has been detected, the process returns to step 105. On the other hand, if it is determined that a power interruption occurrence signal has not been detected, the process proceeds to the next step 107.
In step 107, the main CPU 101 determines whether the power interruption monitoring time set in step 105 has elapsed. If it determines that the time has not elapsed, the process returns to step 106. On the other hand, if it determines that the time has elapsed, the power interruption evacuation process is terminated and the power interruption restoration process described below is executed. Note that a countdown timer is used as the power interruption monitoring time timer counter, and the timer counter is decremented by one each time the above-mentioned power interruption occurrence signal detection determination is executed, and when it reaches 0, it is determined that the power interruption monitoring time has elapsed. If a power interruption occurs, the operation of the pachinko machine P is stopped while the above-mentioned steps 105 to 107 are looped.

Next, the main processing of the main control board 100 will be described.
When power is supplied from the power supply board 600 (when power is restored after a power outage), a system reset occurs in the main CPU 101, and the main CPU 101 executes the main processing shown in the flowchart of FIG.

In step 110, the main CPU 101 executes a power recovery process. Then, the process proceeds to step 111.
In step 111, the main CPU 101 updates the initial value update random number for the special symbol random number, which is referenced when updating the special symbol random number. This initial value update random number for the special symbol random number is used to determine the initial value of the special symbol random number. In other words, the special symbol random number is updated using the initial value update random number for the special symbol random number at the time the update is started as its initial value. Then, once this random number range has been completed, the update of the special symbol random number is continued using the initial value update random number for the special symbol random number at that time as its initial value. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 112.
In step 112, the main CPU 101 updates the fluctuation pattern random number for determining the fluctuation pattern. After the processing of step 112 is completed, the processing of steps 111 and 112 is repeatedly executed thereafter until a timer interrupt processing, which will be described later, is performed.

Next, the power interruption recovery process of step 110 will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
In step 130, the main CPU 101 loads a startup program from the main ROM 102 and performs other initialization processing necessary for various processes upon power recovery (when the power switch 650 is turned on or when power is restored after an unexpected power outage). The main CPU 101 also begins transmitting various signals (e.g., a launch permission signal, a main command permission signal, etc.) to the launch control board 200. This enables the launch control board 200 to control the launch of game balls based on the rotation of the control handle 5, and enables the launch control board 200 to transmit commands to the main control board 100. Although not specifically shown, the main CPU 101 also permits access to the main RAM 103. This allows various data to be stored in the main RAM 103 and read (loaded) from the main RAM 103. The main CPU 101 then analyzes various commands used to execute special and regular game modes. The process then proceeds to step 131.
In step 131, the main CPU 101 calculates the checksum of the main RAM 103 at this time, and determines whether or not a backup abnormality has occurred based on the calculated checksum, the checksum stored in the second area of the main RAM 103 (the checksum calculated in step 101 immediately before the power outage), and the backup flag stored in the second area. If it is determined that a backup abnormality has occurred, the process proceeds to step 136. On the other hand, if it is determined that no backup abnormality has occurred, the process proceeds to the next step, step 132.

In step 132, the main CPU 101 determines whether the RAM clear switch 109 is on. If it is determined that the RAM clear switch 109 is on, the process proceeds to step 136. On the other hand, if it is determined that the RAM clear switch 109 is not on (i.e., is off), the process proceeds to the next step 133.
In step 133, the main CPU 101 determines whether the control state currently in play (the control state before the power outage) is a playable state and whether the conditions for terminating the playable state and setting the setting confirmation state are met (i.e., whether the control state currently in play (the control state before the power outage) is a playable state, the setting switch 108 is on, and the main frame open detection sensor 2a is on).If it determines that the conditions are not met, it proceeds to step 135.On the other hand, if it determines that the conditions are met, it proceeds to the next step 134.
In the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, as described above, a gaming machine status flag indicating the control status during the stay is stored in the first area in the use area of the main RAM 103, and the control status during the stay can be determined by referring to this gaming machine status flag.

In step 134, the main CPU 101 sets the setting confirmation state and stores a gaming machine state flag indicating this in the first area.
In step 135, the main CPU 101 executes a clear process if the setting confirmation state was set in the above-mentioned step 134. Furthermore, if a RAM abnormality has occurred, the main CPU 101 executes a game stop state setting based on the RAM abnormality, which will be described later, and a stop-related process based on the setting of the game stop state, and further executes an abnormality initialization process. However, if a RAM abnormality has not occurred, the control state before the power outage is set. Then, the process proceeds to step 144.

Furthermore, if it is determined in step 131 that a backup abnormality has occurred, or if it is determined in step 132 that the RAM clear switch 109 is on, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not a RAM abnormality has occurred in step 136. If it is determined that a RAM abnormality has not occurred, the main CPU 101 proceeds to step 138. On the other hand, if it is determined that a RAM abnormality has occurred, the main CPU 101 proceeds to the next step 137.
In step 137, the main CPU 101 sets a game stop state based on the occurrence of a RAM abnormality and stores in the first area a game machine state flag indicating that a game stop state based on the occurrence of a RAM abnormality has been set. The main CPU 101 also executes stop-related processing based on the setting of the game stop state. Specifically, the stop-related processing includes processing for stopping the transmission of a launch permission signal to the launch/payout control board 200, processing for stopping the variable display of special symbols, variable display of normal symbols, and special games that were being executed before the setting of the game stop state, processing for stopping the determination of main control-related errors, processing for stopping (limiting) control of the transmission of winning signals and jackpot signals to the outside of the pachinko machine P, processing for displaying an error code on the main information display device 105, processing for generating a security signal based on the setting of the game stop state and outputting it to the outside of the pachinko machine P, and processing for stopping (terminating) the generation and output of test signals that were being generated and output. As a result, even if the operating handle 5 is rotated, the control of the launching and payout control board 200 to launch game balls cannot be executed, and the progress of the game is stopped. Furthermore, among the errors judged to have occurred by the main control board 100, judgment of errors other than door open errors is no longer performed, and control of outputting external signals such as winning signals and jackpot signals to the outside of the pachinko machine P is restricted. On the other hand, the control of the launching and payout control board 200 to pay out game balls and to send external signals such as payout ball signals to the outside of the pachinko machine P continues, but judgment of out-of-ball errors, full tank errors, payout counting switch errors, ball jam errors, excess prize ball errors, and payout radio wave errors is no longer performed. Then, proceed to step 143.

In step 138, which is reached if it is determined in step 136 that no RAM abnormality has occurred, the main CPU 101 determines whether the setting change conditions (i.e., the setting switch 108 is on, the RAM clear switch 109 is on, and the main frame open detection sensor 2a is on) are met. If it is determined that the setting change conditions are not met, the process proceeds to step 140. On the other hand, if it is determined that the setting change conditions are met, the process proceeds to the next step 139.
In step 139, the main CPU 101 sets the setting change state and stores a gaming machine state flag indicating this in the first area.

Furthermore, in step 140, which is reached if it is determined in step 138 that the setting change condition is not met, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not a backup abnormality has occurred. If it is determined that a backup abnormality has occurred, the process proceeds to step 142. On the other hand, if it is determined that a backup abnormality has not occurred, the process proceeds to the next step 141.
In step 141, the main CPU 101 sets the gameable state and stores a gaming machine state flag indicating this in the first area.

Furthermore, in step 142, which is reached when it is determined in step 140 that a backup abnormality has occurred, the main CPU 101 sets a game stop state based on the occurrence of a backup abnormality and stores a gaming machine state flag indicating this in the first area. The main CPU 101 also executes stop-related processing based on the setting of the game stop state. This stop-related processing is similar to the processing executed when a game stop state based on the occurrence of a RAM abnormality has been set (the processing executed in step 137 above), and therefore will not be described here. Then, the process proceeds to step 143.
In step 143, the main CPU 101 executes an abnormality initialization process if a game stop state is set due to a RAM abnormality or a backup abnormality, or if a backup abnormality has occurred but the setting change conditions have been met and the setting change state has been set. Also, if a backup abnormality has not occurred and the setting change conditions have been met and the setting change state has been set, or if the RAM clear switch 109 is on and the game playable state has been set, the main CPU 101 executes a normal initialization process. Then, the process proceeds to step 144.

In step 144, the main CPU 101 transmits various commands to the sub-control board 300 according to the processing executed when the power was restored. These commands include a RAM clear command indicating that a RAM clear (abnormal initialization processing, normal initialization processing) was performed, a power restoration command indicating that the power was restored without a RAM clear, a state setting command indicating the control state at the time of power restoration (e.g., a game stop command indicating that a game stop state has been set), a first reserve number designation command indicating the first reserve number, a second reserve number designation command indicating the second reserve number, a game state designation command indicating the game state at the time of power restoration, and a launch position designation command indicating the direction of the game ball launch (either right or left). Receiving the RAM clear command or power restoration command allows the sub-control board 300 to determine that the main control board 100 has restored power. Furthermore, upon power restoration, the sub-control board 300 can display a background image or the above-mentioned preparation image on the display unit 21a of the effect display device 21. Then, the process proceeds to step 145.
In step 145, the main CPU 101 sends various commands (such as the power recovery command, RAM clear command, and status setting command) corresponding to the processing executed when power was restored to the launch/dispense control board 200. This allows the launch/dispense control board 200 to understand that the main control board 100 has recovered from power loss. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 146.

In step 146, the main CPU 101 executes the differential ball control reset process, which is performed based on the power interruption recovery. Then, the power interruption recovery process ends.

Next, the difference ball control reset process of step 146 will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
In step 150, the main CPU 101 determines whether a state value corresponding to the activation notice state or the activation state is stored in the difference ball operation stop phase data. If it determines that a state value corresponding to the activation notice state or the activation state is not stored (i.e., a state value corresponding to the activation pre-warning state or the activation warning state is stored), the main CPU 101 proceeds to step 156. On the other hand, if it determines that a state value corresponding to the activation notice state or the activation state is stored, the main CPU 101 proceeds to the next step 151.
In step 151, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the initialization process (normal initialization process) associated with the setting of the setting change state has been executed in the power recovery process described above. If it is determined that the initialization process associated with the setting change state has not been executed, the process proceeds to step 155. On the other hand, if it is determined that the initialization process associated with the setting change state has been executed, the process proceeds to the next step 152.

In step 152, the main CPU 101 clears the differential ball operation stop control phase data and stores a state value corresponding to the pre-activation warning state in the differential ball operation stop control phase data. This ends the activation state or activation notice state being set, and the pre-activation warning state is set. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 153.
In step 153, the main CPU 101 resets the difference ball count value, and then proceeds to step 154.

In step 154, the main CPU 101 clears all test signal information if one or more test signals have been stored in a specific area of the main RAM 103 (i.e., if one or more test signals were generated and output before the power outage), and clears the activated security information if it has been stored in a specific area of the main RAM 103 (i.e., if the activated state was set before the power outage). As a result, if one or more test signals had been generated and output before the power outage, the generation and output of all test signals is completed, and if the activated state was set before the power outage, the generation and output of security signals based on the setting of the activated state is completed. The difference ball control reset process then ends.
Furthermore, in step 155, which is reached when it is determined in step 151 that the initialization process associated with the setting of the setting change state has not been performed, the main CPU 101 clears test signal information for a pre-activation setting state test signal if that test signal information is stored in a specific area of the main RAM 103 (i.e., if a pre-activation setting state test signal is being generated and output). As a result, if a pre-activation setting state test signal was generated and output before the power interruption, the generation and output of that signal is terminated. On the other hand, if test signal information for a test signal related to the game progress status, test signal information for a test signal related to the game status, and activation security information are stored in the specific area, the main CPU 101 does not clear this test signal information and activation security information. As a result, if a test signal related to the game progress status or a test signal related to the game status was generated and output before the power interruption, the generation and output of that signal is resumed. Furthermore, if a security signal based on the activation state setting was generated and output before the power interruption, the generation and output of that signal is resumed. Then, the difference ball control reset process is completed.

Furthermore, in step 156, which is reached when it is determined in the above-mentioned step 150 that a state value corresponding to the activation warning state or the activation state has not been stored, the main CPU 101 clears the difference ball operation stop control phase data and stores a state value corresponding to the pre-activation warning state in the difference ball operation stop control phase data. As a result, if the pre-activation warning state was in effect before the power outage, the pre-activation warning state ends and the pre-activation warning state is set again. Also, if the activation warning state was in effect before the power outage, the activation warning state ends and the pre-activation warning state is set again. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 157.
In step 157, the main CPU 101 determines whether a specific error has occurred. If it is determined that a specific error has occurred, the difference ball control reset process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that a specific error has not occurred, the process proceeds to the next step 158.

In step 158, the main CPU 101 resets the difference ball count value stored in the main RAM 103. Then, the difference ball control reset process is terminated.
If a state value corresponding to the activation notice state or the activation state is not stored (i.e., if the pre-activation warning state or the activation warning state is set), regardless of whether a specific error has occurred, even if test signal information for test signals relating to the game progress status, test signal information for test signals relating to the game status, and test signal information for pre-activation setting state signals are stored, this test signal information is not cleared. As a result, if test signals relating to the game progress status, test signals relating to the game status, and pre-activation setting state signals were generated and output before the power outage, such generation and output will resume.

Next, the timer interrupt process of the main control board 100 will be described.
A reset clock pulse generating circuit provided on the main control board 100 generates a clock pulse at a predetermined period (4 milliseconds in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment), thereby executing the timer interrupt processing shown in the flowchart of Figure 23.

In step 200, the main CPU 101 determines whether the current control state is a playable state and whether the state related to the differential ball operation stop control is other than the activation state (pre-activation warning state, activation warning state, activation notice state). If it is determined that the control state is not a playable state (i.e., a game stop state, a setting change state, or a setting confirmation state), or that the control state is playable but not other than the activation state (i.e., the activation state), the process proceeds to step 218. On the other hand, if it is determined that the control state is a playable state and other than the activation state, the process proceeds to the next step 201.
In step 201, the main CPU 101 executes a timer update process to update various timer counters, and then proceeds to the next step 202. The pachinko machine P according to this embodiment employs a countdown timer, and the timer counter is decremented by one each time the timer interrupt process of the main control board 100 is executed, and the countdown stops when the timer counter reaches zero.

In step 202, the main CPU 101 updates the special symbol random number. Specifically, the random number counter is updated by adding "1", and if the result of the addition exceeds the maximum value of the random number range, the random number counter is reset to "0", and if the random number counter has completed one cycle, the random number is updated from the value of the initial value update random number for the special symbol random number at that time. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 203.
In step 203, the main CPU 101 determines whether there is an input from the gate detection sensor 20a, the first start entry slot detection sensor 15a, the second start entry slot detection sensor 16a, the special entry slot detection sensor 18a, the specific area detection sensor 57a, the general entry slot detection sensor 14a, and the out sensor 19a, and executes a sensor detection process to perform a predetermined process based on the input. Note that this sensor detection process is not executed during the game stop state, the setting change state, the setting confirmation state, or the activation state. Therefore, during these states, even if a gaming ball enters the general entry slot 14, the first start entry slot 15, the second start entry slot 16, or the special entry slot 18, or even if a gaming ball passes through the gate 20, no new prize balls, new reserved special random numbers, or new reserved general random numbers are generated. Then, the process proceeds to step 204.

In step 204, the main CPU 101 executes a special symbol-related control process for controlling the special symbol game and special game. Note that this special symbol-related control process is not executed during the game stop state, the setting change state, the setting confirmation state, or the activation state. As a result, during these states, the jackpot lottery, the variable display of the special symbol, and the special game are not executed. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 205.
In step 205, the main CPU 101 executes a control process related to the normal symbol game to control the normal symbol game. Note that this control process is not executed during the game stop state, the setting change state, the setting confirmation state, or the activation state. As a result, the lottery for the normal symbol is not executed during these states. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 206.

In step 206, the main CPU 101 executes a launch position control process to control the game areas (first game area 12a, second game area 12b) into which the game balls are shot depending on the game state (normal game state, low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, low-probability time-saving game state LJT2, high-probability time-saving game state).Then, the process proceeds to the next step 207.
In step 207, the main CPU 101 executes a state control process for carrying out various processes related to the error.
Specifically, when the main CPU 101 is in a playable state and is not in an activation state (pre-activation warning state, activation warning state, activation notice state), it determines whether a door opening error or a main control related error has occurred, and also determines whether a determination has been made that a payout related error other than a door opening error has occurred on the launch payout control board 200. If it determines that a door opening error or a main control related error has occurred, or if it determines that a payout related error other than a door opening error has occurred on the launch payout control board 200 (i.e., if it has recognized the occurrence of a payout related error other than a door opening error), the main CPU 101 sends an error indication command indicating the error that has occurred to the sub-control board 300 and the external information terminal board 500. This allows an error indication image corresponding to the error that has occurred to be displayed on the performance display device 21, various lamps (board performance lamp GL, front door performance lamp DL, status notification lamp EL) to be lit in a manner corresponding to the error that has occurred, and an error indication sound corresponding to the error that has occurred to be output from the sound output device 10, thereby suggesting the error that has occurred and notifying the hall computer, etc. that the above-mentioned error has occurred.
Furthermore, when the main CPU 101 is in the game stop state, setting change state, or setting confirmation state, or when the game is playable and activated, the main CPU 101 only determines whether a door open error has occurred. If it determines that a door open error has occurred, the main CPU 101 transmits an error indication command indicating the door open error to the sub-control board 300 or the external information terminal board 500, as described above. This causes an error indication image corresponding to the door open error to be displayed on the effect display device 21, various lamps (board effect lamp GL, front door effect lamp DL, status notification lamp EL) to be illuminated in a manner corresponding to the door open error, and an error indication sound corresponding to the door open error to be output from the sound output device 10, thereby indicating the occurrence of a door open error and notifying the hall computer or the like that a door open error has occurred.
Furthermore, when the main CPU 101 determines that the error that occurred has been resolved, or when it determines that the error that occurred has been resolved, it sends an error resolution command to the sub-control board 300 and the external information terminal board 500. This terminates the error indication that was being executed, and the hall computer, etc. is notified that the error that occurred has been resolved.
Then, the process proceeds to the next step 208.

In step 208, the main CPU 101 executes a payout control process in which the launch payout control board 200 performs various processes required to pay out game balls.
Specifically, when detection signals from the general prize opening detection sensor 14a, the first start prize opening detection sensor 15a, the second start prize opening detection sensor 16a, and the special prize opening detection sensor 18a are input to the main CPU 101, the main CPU 101 updates the prize ball counters provided corresponding to the respective detection signals, and transmits prize ball designation commands corresponding to the respective detection signals to the launch payout control board 200 and the sub-control board 300. Furthermore, the main CPU 101 increments the difference ball count value by the number of prize balls corresponding to the above-mentioned detection signals (the number of prize balls to be paid out based on the game balls entering each prize opening).
As described above, even if the game stop state, setting change state, setting confirmation state, or activation state is set after a prize ball designation command is sent to the launch and payout control board 200, the control of the payout of prize balls by the launch and payout control board 200 based on the prize ball designation command continues.
Furthermore, as described above, during the game stop state, setting change state, setting confirmation state, and activation state, the game does not progress, so the general prize opening detection sensor 14a, the first start prize opening detection sensor 15a, the second start prize opening detection sensor 16a, and the large prize opening detection sensor 18a do not detect game balls. Therefore, during the game stop state, setting change state, setting confirmation state, and activation state, no new payout control processing is started.
Then, the process proceeds to the next step 209.

In step 209, the main CPU 101 executes an external information control process for controlling the output of various external signals to the external information terminal board 500. When the pachinko machine P is in a playable state but is not in an activated state, the execution of this external information control process controls the transmission of external signals such as the above-mentioned winning signal and jackpot signal to the outside of the pachinko machine P. However, during a game stop state, a setting change state, a setting confirmation state, and an activated state, game play does not progress, so control of outputting external signals such as winning signals and jackpot signals to the outside of the pachinko machine P is restricted. Furthermore, when a game stop state is set, control is performed to generate a security signal based on the setting of the game stop state and output it to the outside of the pachinko machine P. Furthermore, when an activated state is set, control is performed to generate a security signal based on the setting of the activated state and output it to the outside of the pachinko machine P, and control is performed to store the activated security information in a specific area of the main RAM 103.
For example, if the game stops, changes settings, checks settings, or activates while an external winning signal is being output, the winning signal will continue to be output. Also, even if a game ball enters the first start winning slot 15 or the second start winning slot 16 after the game stops, changes settings, checks settings, or activates, the main CPU 101 will not detect the ball entering, and therefore will not start outputting a new winning signal.
Furthermore, if the game stops, the setting changes, or the setting is confirmed while the jackpot signal, which is an external signal, is being output, the jackpot signal will continue to be output. After the game stops, the setting changes, the setting is confirmed, or the activation state is reached, the main CPU 101 does not start a special game, and therefore the output of a new jackpot signal will not be initiated.
Then, the process proceeds to the next step 210.

In step 210, the main CPU 101 executes a solenoid control process to set, in a predetermined solenoid storage area, movable piece solenoid data for controlling the projection and retraction of the movable piece 16b of the second start winning opening 16, and special winning opening solenoid data for controlling the opening and closing of the opening/closing door 18b of the special winning opening 18. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 211.
In step 211, the main CPU 101 executes a display data creation process to create display data for the various display devices (first special symbol display device 30, second special symbol display device 31, normal symbol display device 32, first special symbol reserved display device 38, second special symbol reserved display device 39, and normal symbol reserved display device 33). Then, the process proceeds to the next step 212.

In step 212, the main CPU 101 executes a port output process to output the movable piece solenoid data and special prize opening solenoid data set in the above-mentioned step 210, as well as the display data created in the above-mentioned step 211, to the corresponding ports. As a result, based on this data, the movable piece 16b of the second start prize opening 16 is protruded and retracted, the opening and closing door 18b of the special prize opening 18 is opened and closed, and displays are performed on various display devices. The main CPU 101 also executes a process to transmit commands stored in the performance transmission data storage area. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 213.
In step 213, the main CPU 101 executes a performance display control process for displaying game performance display information on the main information display device 105. Then, the process proceeds to step 214.

In step 214, the main CPU 101 executes a ball difference related command set process, and then proceeds to step 215.
In step 215, the main CPU 101 executes a ball difference determination control process, and then proceeds to step 216.

In step 216, the main CPU 101 executes a test signal control process related to the generation of a test signal and the start and end of output control.
Specifically, when a condition (output start condition) for starting the generation and output of each test signal is met, the main CPU 101 starts generating and outputting the test signal and stores test signal information corresponding to the test signal in a specific area of the main RAM 103. Furthermore, when a condition (output end condition) for ending the generation and output of each test signal is met while the test signal is being generated and output, the main CPU 101 ends the generation and output of the test signal and clears the test signal information corresponding to the test signal stored in the specific area of the main RAM 103. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 217.

In step 217, the main CPU 101 executes a handle operation command control process based on the handle operation command transmitted from the launch payout control means 200.
Specifically, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not a handle operation command has been received from the launch/payout control board 200, and if it determines that a handle operation command has been received, it stores a rotation operation command indicating that the operating handle 5 is being rotated in the performance transmission data storage area. This makes it possible to notify the sub-control board 300 that the operating handle 5 is being rotated. On the other hand, if it determines that a handle operation command has not been received, the main CPU 101 does not perform any particular processing.
As described above, when the control state of the pachinko machine P is in a game stop state, or when the control state of the pachinko machine P is in a game ready state regardless of the state of the differential ball operation stop control, if the operating handle 5 is being rotated, a handle operation command is sent from the shot/payout control board 200 to the main control board 100. Therefore, even if the game is stopped or in an activated state, if the operating handle 5 is being rotated, a rotation operation command is sent to the sub-control board 300, and it becomes possible for the sub-control board 300 to know that the operating handle 5 is being rotated.
Then, the timer interrupt process of the main control board 100 ends.

In step 218, which is reached when it is determined in step 200 that the game is not in a playable state, or that the game is in a playable state but not in a state other than the activated state, the main CPU 101 determines whether the current control state is a setting change state or a setting confirmation state. If it is determined that the current control state is neither a setting change state nor a setting confirmation state (i.e., a game stop state, or a playable state and an activated state), the process proceeds to step 207. On the other hand, if it is determined that the current control state is a setting change state or a setting confirmation state, the process proceeds to the next step 219.
In step 218, the main CPU 101 executes setting-related processing, and then proceeds to step 207.

Next, the sensor detection process in step 203 will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
In step 300, the main CPU 101 executes gate detection processing for drawing a regular symbol lottery based on the fact that the gaming ball has passed through the gate 20. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 301.
In step 301, the main CPU 101 executes a first start winning hole detection process for conducting a winning/losing lottery based on the game ball entering the first start winning hole 15. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 302.

In step 302, the main CPU 101 executes a process at the time of detection of the second start winning hole to perform a winning/losing lottery based on the game ball entering the second start winning hole 16. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 303.
In step 303, the main CPU 101 executes a special winning hole detection process for carrying out a predetermined process based on the game ball entering the special winning hole 18. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 304.

In step 304, the main CPU 101 executes a general winning hole detection process for carrying out a predetermined process based on the game ball entering the general winning hole 14. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 305.
In step 305, the main CPU 101 executes an out detection process for carrying out a predetermined process based on the detection of the gaming ball by the out sensor 19a. Then, the process proceeds to step 306.

In step 303, the main CPU 101 executes specific area detection processing to perform predetermined processing based on the gaming ball entering the specific area 57. Then, the sensor detection processing ends.

Next, the gate detection process in step 300 will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
In step 400, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not a detection signal has been input from the gate detection sensor 20a. If it is determined that a detection signal has not been input from the gate detection sensor 20a, the gate detection process ends. On the other hand, if it is determined that a detection signal has been input from the gate detection sensor 20a, the process proceeds to the next step 401.
In step 401, the main CPU 101 determines whether the value of the normal map reserve counter (i.e., the current normal map reserve number) is less than "4". If it is determined that the value is not less than "4" (i.e., "4"), the gate detection processing is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value is less than 4, the process proceeds to the next step 402.

In step 402, the main CPU 101 increments the value of the normal reserved number counter by "1". Then, the process proceeds to step 403.
In step 403, the main CPU 101 obtains a winning determination random number and stores it in the general map reserve memory area, and ends the gate detection processing.

Next, the processing when the first start winning slot is detected in step 301 described above will be explained with reference to the flowchart in Figure 26.
In step 500, the main CPU 101 determines whether a detection signal has been input from the first start winning hole detection sensor 15a. If it is determined that a detection signal has not been input from the first start winning hole detection sensor 15a, the first start winning hole detection process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that a detection signal has been input from the first start winning hole detection sensor 15a, the process proceeds to the next step 501.
In step 501, the main CPU 101 determines whether the value of the first reserved number counter (i.e., the current first reserved number) is less than "4". If it determines that the value is not less than "4" (i.e., "4"), it ends the processing when the first start winning slot is detected. On the other hand, if it determines that the value is less than "4", it proceeds to the next step 502.

In step 502, the main CPU 101 increments the value of the first pending number counter by 1. Then, the process proceeds to step 503.
In step 503, the main CPU 101 acquires the winning/losing random number and stores it in the memory section of the first pending memory area. Then, the process proceeds to step 504.

In step 504, the main CPU 101 acquires the special symbol random number updated in the above-mentioned step 201 and stores it in the memory section of the first reserved memory area where the win/loss random number was stored in the above-mentioned step 503. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 505.
In step 505, the main CPU 101 acquires the variable pattern random number updated in step 102 described above and stores it in the memory section of the first reserved memory area where the win/loss random number was stored in step 503 described above. As a result, the acquired win/loss random number, special symbol random number, and variable pattern random number are all stored in the memory section of the same first reserved memory area. Then, proceed to the next step 506.

In step 506, the main CPU 101 increments by 1 the value of the first start winning port ball entry counter, which counts the number of game balls that have entered the first start winning port 15. Then, the process proceeds to step 507.
In step 507, the main CPU 101 generates a start winning command indicating that the first special symbol random number has been stored and stores it in the performance transmission data storage area. Then, the process proceeds to step 508.

In step 508, the main CPU 101 determines whether the current gaming state is a non-time-shortened gaming state or a time-shortened gaming state JT1. If it determines that the current gaming state is neither a non-time-shortened gaming state nor a time-shortened gaming state JT1 (i.e., it is a time-shortened gaming state JT2), it ends the first start winning slot detection process. On the other hand, if it determines that the current gaming state is a non-time-shortened gaming state or a time-shortened gaming state JT1, it proceeds to the next step 509.
In step 509, the main CPU 101 executes a pre-determination process for the stored first special symbol random number to make various determinations regarding the winning/losing lottery before the special symbol based on the first special symbol random number starts to change (at the time when the first special symbol random number is acquired (stored as pending)).Then, the process when the first start winning slot is detected is terminated.

Next, the processing when the second start winning slot is detected in step 302 described above will be explained with reference to the flowchart in Figure 27.
In step 600, the main CPU 101 determines whether a detection signal has been input from the second start winning hole detection sensor 16a. If it is determined that a detection signal has not been input from the second start winning hole detection sensor 16a, the second start winning hole detection process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that a detection signal has been input from the second start winning hole detection sensor 16a, the process proceeds to the next step 601.
In step 601, the main CPU 101 determines whether the value of the second reserved number counter (i.e., the current second reserved number) is less than "4". If it determines that the value is not less than "4" (i.e., "4"), it terminates the second start winning port detection process. On the other hand, if it determines that the value is less than "4", it proceeds to the next step 602.

In step 602, the main CPU 101 increments the value of the second reservation number counter by 1. Then, the process proceeds to step 603.
In step 603, the main CPU 101 acquires the winning/losing random number and stores it in the memory section of the second reserved memory area. Then, the process proceeds to step 604.

In step 604, the main CPU 101 acquires the special symbol random number updated in step 201 and stores it in the memory section of the second reserved memory area where the win/loss random number was stored in step 603. Then, the process proceeds to step 605.
In step 605, the main CPU 101 acquires the variable pattern random number updated in step 102 described above and stores it in the memory section of the second reserved memory area where the win/loss random number was stored in step 603 described above. As a result, the acquired win/loss random number, special symbol random number, and variable pattern random number are all stored in the memory section of the same second reserved memory area. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 606.

In step 606, the main CPU 101 increments by 1 the value of the second start winning port ball entry counter for counting the number of game balls that have entered the second start winning port 16. Then, the process proceeds to step 607.
In step 607, the main CPU 101 generates a start winning command indicating that the second special symbol random number has been stored and stores it in the performance transmission data storage area. Then, the process proceeds to step 608.

In step 608, the main CPU 101 determines whether the current gaming state is the time-shortened gaming state JT2. If it is determined that the current gaming state is not the time-shortened gaming state JT2 (i.e., the current gaming state is the non-time-shortened gaming state or the time-shortened gaming state JT1), the main CPU 101 ends the second start winning slot detection process. On the other hand, if it is determined that the current gaming state is the time-shortened gaming state JT2, the main CPU 101 proceeds to the next step 609.
In step 609, the main CPU 101 executes a pre-determination process for the stored second special random number to make various determinations regarding the winning/losing lottery before the special pattern based on the second special random number starts to change (at the time when the second special random number is acquired (stored as pending)).Then, the process when the second start winning slot is detected is terminated.

Next, the pre-determination processing of steps 509 and 609 described above will be explained with reference to the flowchart in Fig. 28. In the pre-determination processing of step 509 described above, the following processing is executed based on the win/loss random number, special symbol random number, and variable pattern random number stored in the memory unit of the first reserved memory area, and the first reserved number, and in the pre-determination processing of step 609 described above, the following processing is executed based on the win/loss random number, special symbol random number, and variable pattern random number stored in the memory unit of the second reserved memory area, and the second reserved number.
In step 650, the main CPU 101 checks the type of start winning slot into which the game ball entered (first start winning slot 15, second start winning slot 16), the number of reserved balls (first reserved number, second reserved number), and the game state (normal game state, low probability time-saving game state LJT1, low probability time-saving game state LJT2, high probability time-saving game state). Then, the process proceeds to the next step 651.

In step 651, the main CPU 101 acquires one of the win/loss random number determination tables 110 (low probability determination table 110a, high probability determination table 110b) that corresponds to the game status confirmed in step 650, and executes a win/loss determination process to determine the result of the win/loss lottery based on the acquired table and the stored win/loss random number. Data relating to the result of the determination (won a jackpot, won or lost the time-saving bonus) is then stored in a predetermined processing area of the main RAM 103. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 652.
In step 652, the main CPU 101 executes a special symbol determination process for determining the type of special symbol. Specifically, if the start winning hole into which the game ball entered is the first start winning hole 15 (first special symbol random number), the main CPU 101 acquires the first start winning hole determination table 111a, and determines the type of jackpot symbol (jackpot symbol X1, X2, X3), the type of time-saving symbol (time-saving symbol J1, J2), or the type of loss symbol (loss symbol Z1) based on the table, the result of the winning/losing lottery determined in the above-mentioned step 651, and the stored special symbol random number. Furthermore, if the starting winning slot into which the game ball entered is the second starting winning slot 16 (second special symbol random number), the main CPU 101 acquires the second starting winning slot determination table 111b and determines the type of jackpot symbol (jackpot symbol X4, X5, X6), the type of time-saving symbol (time-saving symbol J1, J2), or the type of losing symbol (losing symbol Z2) based on the table, the result of the winning/losing lottery determined in step 651, and the stored special symbol random number. The main CPU 101 stores data related to the result of this determination (type of special symbol) in a predetermined processing area of the main RAM 103. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 653.

In step 653, the main CPU 101 acquires the fluctuation pattern table 114 corresponding to the gaming state confirmed in the above-mentioned step 650. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 654.
In step 654, the main CPU 101 executes a variation pattern command determination process to determine a variation pattern command based on the type of special symbol determined in the above-mentioned step 652, the number of reserved symbols, the variation pattern table 114 acquired in the above-mentioned step 653, and the stored variation pattern random number. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 655.

In step 655, the main CPU 101 stores in the performance transmission data storage area the result of the winning/losing lottery determined in the above-mentioned step 651, the type of special symbol determined in the above-mentioned step 652, and the pre-determination command including the variation pattern command determined in the above-mentioned step 654. Then, the pre-determination process ends.
Through the above processing, for the first special pattern random number or second special pattern random number stored as pending, the result of the winning/losing lottery determined when the special pattern begins to change, the type of special pattern, and the change pattern command are transmitted to the sub-control board 300 in advance (i.e., before the change begins) at the time the random number is obtained by a pre-determination command.

In the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, the above-mentioned preliminary determination process determines the first special symbol random number obtained based on the game ball entering the first start winning port 15 and stored in the reserved memory area (first reserved memory area), or the second special symbol random number obtained based on the game ball entering the second start winning port 16 and stored in the reserved memory area (second reserved memory area), but this is not limited to this. For example, the preliminary determination process may determine a random number stored in another memory area (such as a register) rather than directly determining the random number stored in the reserved memory area.

Next, the process of detecting the big prize slot in step 303 described above will be explained with reference to the flowchart in FIG.
In step 660, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not a detection signal has been input from the special prize opening detection sensor 18a. If it determines that a detection signal has not been input from the special prize opening detection sensor 18a, it ends the special prize opening detection process. On the other hand, if it determines that a detection signal has been input from the special prize opening detection sensor 18a, it proceeds to the next step 661.
In step 661, the main CPU 101 increments by 1 the value of the special prize opening ball counter for counting the number of game balls that have entered the special prize opening 18. Then, the special prize opening detection process is terminated.

Next, the processing performed when detecting the general winning slot in step 304 described above will be explained with reference to the flowchart in FIG.
In step 663, the main CPU 101 determines whether a detection signal has been input from the general prize opening detection sensor 14a. If it determines that a detection signal has not been input from the general prize opening detection sensor 14a, it ends the general prize opening detection process. On the other hand, if it determines that a detection signal has been input from the general prize opening detection sensor 14a, it proceeds to the next step 664.
In step 664, the main CPU 101 increments by 1 the value of the general winning port ball entry counter, which counts the number of game balls that have entered the general winning port 14. Then, the general winning port detection process ends.

Next, the process at the time of out detection in step 305 will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
In step 667, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not it has received an out command (a command sent each time a gaming ball passes through the out passage) transmitted from the launch/payout control board 200. If it determines that it has not received an out command, it terminates the out detection process. On the other hand, if it determines that it has received an out command, it proceeds to the next step 668.
In step 668, the main CPU 101 decrements the ball difference count value by 1. Then, the out detection process ends.

Next, the specific area detection process in step 306 will be described with reference to the flowchart in FIG.
In step 670, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not a special game is being played. If it is determined that a special game is not being played, the specific area detection process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that a special game is being played, the process proceeds to step 671.
In step 671, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not a detection signal from the specific area detection sensor 57a has been input a predetermined number of times (in this embodiment, once). If it is determined that a detection signal from the specific area detection sensor 57a has not been input the predetermined number of times, the specific area detection process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that a detection signal from the specific area detection sensor 57a has been input the predetermined number of times, the process proceeds to step 672.
In step 672, the main CPU 101 turns on an entry flag indicating that a predetermined number of gaming balls have entered the specific area 57. Then, the specific area detection process is terminated.

Next, the special drawing related control processing in step 204 described above will be explained with reference to the flowchart in FIG.
In step 700, the main CPU 101 loads the value of execution phase data. This execution phase data indicates which of the multiple function modules (subroutines) constituting the special symbol-related control processing is to be executed. Specifically, this execution phase data includes data "00" indicating the execution of a special symbol variation start processing described later, data "01" indicating the execution of a special symbol variation stop processing described later, data "02" indicating the execution of a post-stop processing described later, data "03" indicating the execution of a special game control processing described later, and data "04" indicating the execution of a special game end processing described later.
Then, the main CPU 101 executes any one of the following processes based on the value of the execution phase data loaded in the above-mentioned step 700: special symbol variation start process (step 701), special symbol variation stop process (step 702), post-stop process (step 703), special game control process (step 704), or special game end process (step 705). Then, the special symbol-related control process is terminated.

Next, the special symbol variation start process in step 701 will be described with reference to the flowchart in FIG.
In step 800, the main CPU 101 determines whether the execution phase data is "00", which indicates the execution of the special symbol variation start process. If it is determined that the execution phase data is "00", the process proceeds to the next step 801. On the other hand, if it is determined that the execution phase data is not "00", the special symbol variation start process is terminated.
In step 801, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not a second special symbol random number is stored in the memory section of the second reserved memory area, i.e., whether or not the second reserved number counter is equal to or greater than "1." If it is determined that a second special symbol random number is stored, the process proceeds to step 804. On the other hand, if it is determined that a second special symbol random number is not stored, the process proceeds to the next step 802.

In step 802, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the first special symbol random number is stored in the memory section of the first reserved memory area, i.e., whether or not the first reserved number counter is equal to or greater than "1." If it is determined that the first special symbol random number is not stored, the process proceeds to step 812. On the other hand, if it is determined that the first special symbol random number is stored, the process proceeds to the next step 803.
In step 803, the main CPU 101 decrements the value of the first reserved number counter by "1" and executes a shift process for the first reserved memory area. Specifically, the random numbers stored in the first memory section of the first reserved memory area are stored in a predetermined processing area provided in the main RAM 103, and the random numbers stored in the second to fourth memory sections of the first reserved memory area are shifted to the memory section with the next smaller number. As a result, the random numbers stored in the first reserved memory area are used in the win/loss determination process described below in a so-called first-in, first-out (FIFO) order. Then, the process proceeds to step 805.

In step 804, which is reached if it is determined in step 801 that the second special random number has been stored, the main CPU 101 decrements the value of the second reserved number counter by one and executes a shift process for the second reserved memory area. Specifically, the random numbers stored in the first memory section of the second reserved memory area are stored in a predetermined processing area provided in the main RAM 103, and the random numbers stored in the second to fourth memory sections of the second reserved memory area are shifted to the memory section with the next smaller number. As a result, the random numbers stored in the second reserved memory area are used in the win/loss determination process described below in a so-called first-in, first-out (FIFO) order. Then, the process proceeds to step 805.
In step 805, the main CPU 101 increments by "1" the count value of the variation count counter, which counts the number of times the win/lose lottery has been executed (the number of times the special symbol has varied). The main CPU 101 also stores a variation count command, including the count value of the variation count counter, in the performance transmission data storage area. This causes the variation count command to be sent to the sub-control board 300, allowing the sub-control board 300 to grasp the current count value of the variation count counter. Then, the process proceeds to the next step, 806.

In step 806, the main CPU 101 executes a win/lose determination process to derive the result of the win/lose lottery. Then, the process proceeds to step 807.
In step 807, the main CPU 101 executes a special symbol determination process to determine the type of special symbol. Specifically, if the start winning hole into which the game ball entered is the first start winning hole 15 (first special symbol random number), the main CPU 101 acquires the first start winning hole determination table 111a, and determines the type of jackpot symbol (jackpot symbol X1, X2, X3), the type of time-saving symbol (time-saving symbol J1, J2), or the type of loss symbol (loss symbol Z1) based on the table, the result of the winning/losing lottery determined in the above-mentioned step 806 (jackpot win, time-saving grant win, loss), and the special symbol random number stored in the predetermined processing area in the above-mentioned step 803 or step 804. Furthermore, if the starting winning slot into which the game ball entered is the second starting winning slot 16 (second special symbol random number), the second starting winning slot determination table 111b is acquired. Based on the table, the result of the lottery (jackpot win, time-saving win, or loss) determined in step 806, and the special symbol random number stored in the designated processing area in step 803 or step 804, the type of jackpot symbol (jackpot symbol X4, X5, or X6), the type of time-saving symbol (time-saving symbol J1 or J2), or the type of loss symbol (loss symbol Z2) is determined. Data corresponding to the determined special symbol is then stored in a designated temporary storage area in the main RAM 103. Furthermore, during this special symbol determination process, the current game state, i.e., the game state at the time the special symbol was determined, is stored in the game state buffer. The process then proceeds to step 808.
In addition, in the special pattern variation start processing of the pachinko machine P in this embodiment, if both the first special pattern random number and the second special pattern random number are stored, the second special pattern random number is processed in priority to the first special pattern random number, but this is not limited to this, and the numbers may be processed in the order in which they are stored in the reserved memory area.

In step 808, the main CPU 101 stores in the performance transmission data storage area a symbol determination command indicating the type of special symbol determined in the above-mentioned step 807. As a result, information regarding the determined type of special symbol is transmitted to the sub-control board 300 at the start of fluctuation. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 809.
In step 809, the main CPU 101 executes a fluctuation pattern determination process to determine a fluctuation pattern based on the fluctuation pattern random number stored in the processing area in step 803 or step 804. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 810.

In step 810, the main CPU 101 sets variable display data for starting the variable display of the special symbol on the first special symbol display device 30 or the second special symbol display device 31. As a result, when the variable display of the special symbol is performed based on the first special symbol random number, the first special symbol display device 30 starts a blinking display, and when the variable display of the special symbol is performed based on the second special symbol random number, the second special symbol display device 31 starts a blinking display. Here, the blinking display means that a "-" blinks at a predetermined interval on each display device.
In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, when the first special symbol random number is stored in the first reserve memory area, the first special symbol reserve display device 38 is displayed in a manner that allows the first reserve number to be recognized, and when the second special symbol random number is stored in the second reserve memory area, the second special symbol reserve display device 39 is displayed in a manner that allows the second reserve number to be recognized. When the above-mentioned special symbol variable display is performed based on the first special symbol random number, the first special symbol reserve display device 38 is displayed and controlled to indicate that the first reserved number is reduced by one simultaneously with the start of the variable display, and when the above-mentioned special symbol variable display is performed based on the second special symbol random number, the second special symbol reserve display device 39 is displayed and controlled to indicate that the second reserved number is reduced by one simultaneously with the start of the variable display.
Then, the process proceeds to the next step 811.

In step 811, the main CPU 101 sets the execution phase data to "01" so that the special pattern variation stop processing is executed in the special pattern related control processing, and ends the special pattern variation start processing.
Furthermore, in step 812, which is reached when it is determined in the above-mentioned step 802 that the first special symbol random number is not stored in the first reserved memory area, the main CPU 101 executes a customer waiting determination process for displaying a customer waiting display on the performance display device 21 based on the fact that a variable display is not being performed. Specifically, the main CPU 101 counts the time during which no variable display of the special symbol is being performed, and if a predetermined customer waiting time (for example, 30 seconds) has passed without a variable display of the special symbol, it determines that a customer waiting state has been entered and stores a customer waiting command for displaying a customer waiting screen on the performance display device 21 in the performance transmission data storage area. Then, the special symbol variation start process is terminated.

Next, the pass/fail determination process in step 806 described above will be explained with reference to the flowchart in FIG.
In step 850, the main CPU 101 loads the setting value stored in the first area of the main RAM 103 and determines whether this setting value is a normal value (i.e., "1"). If it is determined that this setting value is not a normal value (i.e., a value other than "1"), the process proceeds to step 858. On the other hand, if it is determined that this setting value is a normal value, the process proceeds to the next step 851.
In step 851, the main CPU 101 selects one of the win/loss random number determination tables 110 (low probability determination table 110a, high probability determination table 110b) corresponding to the current game state (low probability game state, high probability game state), and executes a jackpot win/loss determination process to determine whether a jackpot will be won (i.e., to determine whether a jackpot will be won) based on the selected table and the win/loss random number stored in the predetermined processing area of step 803 or step 804. Specifically, the main CPU 101 obtains information on the numerical range that will result in a jackpot win from the table and determines whether the win/loss random number falls within this obtained numerical range. If the win/loss random number falls within the numerical range, it is determined that a jackpot has been won, and if the win/loss random number does not fall within the numerical range, it is determined that a jackpot has not been won. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 852.

In step 852, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the result of the jackpot determination process executed in the above-mentioned step 851 was a jackpot win (i.e., whether or not a jackpot win occurred). If it is determined that a jackpot win did not occur (a jackpot non-win), the process proceeds to step 854. On the other hand, if it is determined that a jackpot win occurred, the process proceeds to the next step 853.
In step 853, the main 101 stores the fact that a jackpot has been won in a predetermined storage area of the main RAM 103. Then, the win/loss determination process ends.

In step 854, which is reached if it is determined in step 852 that the jackpot has not been won, the main CPU 101 executes a time-saving award determination process to determine whether or not the time-saving award will be won (i.e., to determine whether or not the time-saving award will be won) based on the table selected in step 851 and the win/loss random number stored in the predetermined processing area of step 803 or step 804 (i.e., the same win/loss random number as the win/loss random number determined in step 851). Specifically, the main CPU 101 obtains information on the numerical range that will result in a win for the time-saving award from the table and determines whether or not the win/loss random number falls within this obtained numerical range. If the win/loss random number falls within the numerical range, the time-saving award is determined to be won; if the win/loss random number does not fall within the numerical range, the time-saving award is determined to be not won. Then, the process proceeds to step 855.
In step 855, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the result of the time-saving grant determination process executed in the above-mentioned step 854 was a win for the time-saving grant (i.e., whether or not the time-saving grant was won). If it is determined that the time-saving grant was not won (the time-saving grant was not won), the process proceeds to step 857. On the other hand, if it is determined that the time-saving grant was won, the process proceeds to the next step 856.

In step 856, the main 101 stores the fact that the time-saving bonus has been awarded in a predetermined storage area of the main RAM 103. Then, the winning/losing determination process is terminated.
In step 856, which is reached when it is determined in step 855 that the time-saving award has not been won, the main CPU 101 stores the fact that the award has been lost in a predetermined storage area of the main RAM 103. Then, the win/loss determination process ends.

Furthermore, in step 858, which is reached when it is determined in step 850 that the set value is not normal, the main CPU 101 sets a game stop state based on the occurrence of a set value abnormality and stores a gaming machine state flag indicating this in the first area. The main CPU 101 also executes stop-related processing based on the setting of the game stop state. This stop-related processing is similar to the processing executed when a game stop state based on the occurrence of a RAM abnormality is set (the processing executed in step 137 above), and therefore will not be described here. Then, the process proceeds to step 859.
In step 859, the main CPU 101 executes an abnormality initialization process. The main CPU 101 also sends a RAM clear command to the launch and payout control board 200. Then, the process proceeds to step 200 of the timer interrupt process.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, the jackpot win/loss determination process and the time-saving grant win/loss determination process are both executed by a common processing program (the same module) that selects the win/loss random number determination table 110 corresponding to the game state, obtains information on the numerical range to be determined, and determines whether the win/loss random number falls within that numerical range.

Next, the fluctuation pattern determination process in step 809 will be described with reference to the flowchart in FIG.
In step 900, the main CPU 101 checks the type of start winning slot into which the game ball entered (first start winning slot 15, second start winning slot 16), the number of reserved balls (first reserved number, second reserved number), and the game state (normal game state, low probability time-saving game state LJT1, low probability time-saving game state LJT2, high probability time-saving game state). Then, the process proceeds to the next step 901.
In step 901, the main CPU 101 acquires the fluctuation pattern table 114 corresponding to the gaming state confirmed in the above-mentioned step 900. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 902.

In step 902, the main CPU 101 determines a variation pattern command based on the variation pattern table 114 acquired in the above-mentioned step 901, the type of special symbol determined in the above-mentioned step 807, the reserved number confirmed in the above-mentioned step 900, and the variation pattern random number stored in the processing area in the above-mentioned step 803 or 804, and stores this determined variation pattern command in a predetermined processing area. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 903.
In step 903, the main CPU 101 stores the variation pattern command determined in step 902 in the transmission data storage area for performance.

In step 904, the main CPU 101 determines the fluctuation time associated with the fluctuation pattern command based on the fluctuation pattern table 114. The determined fluctuation time is then set in the fluctuation time timer counter. The fluctuation pattern determination process then ends.

Next, the special symbol variation stop processing in step 702 will be described with reference to the flowchart in FIG.
In step 1000, the main CPU 101 determines whether the execution phase data is "01", which indicates the execution of the special symbol variation stop process. If it is determined that the execution phase data is not "01", the special symbol variation stop process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the execution phase data is "01", the process proceeds to the next step 1001.

In step 1001, the main CPU 101 determines whether the variable time set in the variable time timer counter in step 904 has elapsed. If it determines that the variable time has not elapsed, the special symbol variation stop process is terminated. On the other hand, if it determines that the variable time has elapsed, the process proceeds to the next step 1002.
In step 1002, the main CPU 101 sets the stop display data for displaying the special symbol determined in step 807 on the first special symbol display device 30 or the second special symbol display device 31, and executes the stop display of the special symbol. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1003.

In step 1003, the main CPU 101 stores a symbol determination command indicating that the special symbol has been determined in the effect transmission data storage area.
In step 1004, the main CPU 101 refers to the stop display time table 115 to determine the stop display time corresponding to the current game state and the type of special symbol determined in the above-mentioned step 807, and sets this determined stop display time in the stop display time timer counter. In the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, as described above, when the current game state is the normal game state, a stop display time of 0.5 seconds is set when a losing symbol Z1 or Z2 is determined, or when a jackpot symbol X1, X2, X3, X4, X5, or X6 is determined, and a stop display time of 20 seconds is set when a time-saving symbol J1 or J2 is determined (see FIG. 13). In addition, when the current gaming state is other than the normal gaming state (low probability time-saving gaming state LJT1, low probability time-saving gaming state LJT2, high probability time-saving gaming state), when a losing symbol Z1 or Z2 is determined, when a jackpot symbol X1, X2, X3, X4, X5 or X6 is determined, or when a time-saving symbol J1 or J2 is determined, a stop display time of 0.5 seconds is set (see FIG. 13). Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1005.

In step 1005, the main CPU 101 sets the execution phase data to "02" so that post-stop processing is executed in the special symbol-related control processing. Then, the special symbol variation stop processing is terminated.

Next, the post-stop processing in step 703 will be described with reference to the flowchart in FIG.
In step 1100, the main CPU 101 determines whether the execution phase data is "02," which indicates the execution of post-stop processing. If it is determined that the execution phase data is not "02," the post-stop processing is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the execution phase data is "02," the process proceeds to the next step 1101.
In step 1101, the main CPU 101 determines whether the stop display time set in the stop display time timer counter in step 1004 has elapsed. If it is determined that the stop display time has not elapsed, the post-stop processing is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the stop display time has elapsed, the process proceeds to the next step 1102.

In step 1102, the main CPU 101 stores a stop display end command, indicating that the stop display time has elapsed, in the performance transmission data storage area. This notifies the sub-control board 300 that the stop display time has elapsed. The main CPU 101 also stores the current game status in the game status buffer. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1103.
In step 1103, the main CPU 101 executes a time-shortening count update process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 determines whether either a first time-shortening game flag, indicating that the current game state is in the time-shortening game state JT1, or a second time-shortening game flag, indicating that the current game state is in the time-shortening game state JT2, is on. If the main CPU 101 determines that the first time-shortening game flag or the second time-shortening game flag is on, the main CPU 101 updates a time-shortening count storage area provided in the main RAM 103. This time-shortening count storage area stores the number of remaining changes until the currently set time-shortening game state ends. The remaining number of changes stored is then decremented by "1." If the main CPU 101 determines that neither the first time-shortening game flag nor the second time-shortening game flag is on, the main CPU 101 does not perform any processing. The process then proceeds to step 1104.

In step 1104, the main CPU 101 performs high-probability count update processing. Here, the main CPU 101 determines whether the high-probability game flag, which indicates that the current game state is a high-probability game state, is on. If it is determined that the high-probability game flag is on, it updates the high-probability count storage area provided in the main RAM 103. This high-probability count storage area stores the number of remaining fluctuations until the high-probability game state ends. The stored remaining number of fluctuations is then decremented by "1." If it is determined that the high-probability game flag is not on, the main CPU 101 does not perform any processing. It then proceeds to the next step 1105.

In step 1105, the main CPU 101 determines whether the stopped special symbol is a jackpot symbol. If it determines that the stopped special symbol is not a jackpot symbol (i.e., a time-saving symbol or a losing symbol), the process proceeds to step 1111. On the other hand, if it determines that the stopped special symbol is a jackpot symbol, the process proceeds to the next step 1106.
In step 1106, the main CPU 101 sets a command for transmitting the game status at the time of winning the jackpot and the type of jackpot symbol (jackpot symbol X1, X2, X3, X4, X5, X6) that has been stopped and displayed to the sub-control board 300. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1107.

In step 1107, the main CPU 101 resets the current game state, and then proceeds to step 1108.
In step 1108, the main CPU 101 sets the opening time, which is the waiting time set at the start of the special game, in the opening time timer counter, and stores an opening command indicating that the opening process will start in the effect transmission data storage area.Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1109.

In step 1109, the main CPU 101 sets the number of rounds in the main RAM 103 based on the type of jackpot symbol that is stopped and displayed. Specifically, if the jackpot symbol that is stopped and displayed is X1, X2, X4, or X5, the main CPU 101 sets the number of rounds to "3," and if the jackpot symbol that is stopped and displayed is X3 or X6, the main CPU 101 sets the number of rounds to "10." Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1110.
In step 1110, the main CPU 101 sets the execution phase data to "03" so that the special game control process is executed in the special symbol-related control process. Then, the post-stop process is terminated.

In step 1111, which is reached when it is determined in step 1105 that the special symbol displayed in the stopped state is not a jackpot symbol, the main CPU 101 determines whether the special symbol displayed in the stopped state is a time-saving symbol. If it is determined that the special symbol displayed in the stopped state is not a time-saving symbol (i.e., a losing symbol), the process proceeds to step 1115. On the other hand, if it is determined that the special symbol displayed in the stopped state is a time-saving symbol, the process proceeds to the next step 1112.
In step 1112, the main CPU 101 determines whether the current gaming state (i.e., the gaming state at the time the win/lose lottery is executed, or the gaming state at the time the special symbol fluctuation starts) is the normal gaming state. If it is determined that the current gaming state is not the normal gaming state (i.e., the current gaming state is the low-probability time-shortened gaming state LJT1, the low-probability time-shortened gaming state LJT2, or the high-probability time-shortened gaming state), the process proceeds to step 1114. On the other hand, if it is determined that the current gaming state is the normal gaming state, the process proceeds to the next step 1113.

In step 1113, the main CPU 101 executes a time-saving game state setting process to set a game state according to the time-saving symbol that has been stopped and displayed. Specifically, if the time-saving symbol that has been stopped and displayed is J1, the main CPU 101 turns on the first time-saving game flag and sets the number of time-saving times to "10000." This sets a low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 in which the number of time-saving times is 10000 (the normal game state is changed to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 (the number of time-saving times is 10000)). Furthermore, if the time-saving symbol that has been stopped and displayed is J2, the main CPU 101 turns on the second time-saving game flag and sets the number of time-saving times to "10000." This sets a low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 in which the number of time-saving times is 10000 (the normal game state is changed to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 (the number of time-saving times is 10000)). Then, proceed to step 1115.
In step 1114, which is reached when it is determined in step 1112 that the normal game state is not in effect, the main CPU 101 executes a normal game state setting process to set the normal game state based on the number of remaining changes until the currently set time-shortened game state ends and the number of remaining changes until the high-probability game state ends. Specifically, if the remaining number of changes stored in the time-shortened game count storage area updated in step 1103 becomes "0," the first time-shortened game flag or the second time-shortened game flag that was turned on is turned off. In addition, if the remaining number of changes stored in the high-probability game count storage area updated in step 1104 becomes "0," the high-probability game flag that was turned on is turned off. This sets the normal game state (the previously set low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1, low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2, or high-probability time-shortened game state is changed to the normal game state). If the remaining number of times of change stored in the updated time-saving number storage area is "1" or more, the main CPU 101 does not perform any processing. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1115.

In step 1115, the main CPU 101 checks the game status set after the execution of the processing of step 1113 or step 1114, and stores a game status command indicating the game status in the effect transmission data storage area. Then, the process proceeds to step 1116.
In step 1116, the main CPU 101 sets the execution phase data to "00" so that the special symbol variation start process is executed in the special symbol related control process. Then, the post-stop process is terminated.

Next, the special game control process in step 704 will be described with reference to the flowchart in FIG.
In step 1200, the main CPU 101 determines whether the execution phase data is "03," which indicates the execution of the special game control process. If it is determined that the execution phase data is not "03," the special game control process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the execution phase data is "03," the process proceeds to the next step 1201.
In step 1201, the main CPU 101 determines whether the opening time set in the opening time timer counter in step 1108 has elapsed. If it is determined that the opening time has not elapsed, the special game control process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the opening time has elapsed, the process proceeds to the next step 1202.

In step 1202, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the special game control process is currently in the ending process, which is a standby process that is performed after all rounds of play have been completed. If it is determined that the ending process is currently in progress, the process proceeds to step 1210. On the other hand, if it is determined that the ending process is not currently in progress, the process proceeds to the next step 1203.
In step 1203, the main CPU 101 executes a large prize opening opening/closing control process to set control data for opening and closing the large prize opening 18 and operating the distribution member 59, based on the special electric device operation table 112 corresponding to the type of large prize symbol stopped and displayed. As a result, control is exercised regarding the opening and closing of the large prize opening 18 and the operation of the distribution member 59 in each round of play, based on the set control data. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1204.

In step 1204, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not a round of play has started. If it is determined that a round of play has not started, the process proceeds to step 1206. On the other hand, if it is determined that a round of play has started, the process proceeds to the next step 1205.
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, at the start of each round of play, the opening time (29.0 seconds) for the big prize opening 18 to be opened in each round of play is set in the big prize opening timer counter based on the special electric device operation table 112 corresponding to the type of big prize symbol stopped and displayed. The main CPU 101 can determine whether or not each round of play has started by checking the value of this big prize opening timer counter.

In step 1205, the main CPU 101 stores a round game start command indicating the start of the round game in the effect transmission data storage area. The main CPU 101 also turns on the special prize opening flag, which indicates that the special prize opening 18 is open. This special prize opening flag is turned off at the start of the special game. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1206.
In addition, a round game start command is provided for each number of round games, so that it is possible to transmit to the sub-control board 300 which number of round games has started.

In step 1206, the main CPU 101 determines whether the round game has ended. If it is determined that the round game has not ended, the special game control process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the round game has ended, the process proceeds to the next step 1207.
The main CPU 101 can determine whether the round of play has ended by checking whether the opening time set in the large prize opening timer counter has elapsed or whether 10 game balls have entered the large prize opening 18.

In step 1207, the main CPU 101 decrements the number of rounds stored in the main RAM 103 by "1". The main CPU 101 also turns off the big prize slot flag. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1208.

In step 1208, the main CPU 101 determines whether the number of rounds decremented in step 1207 is "0." If it is determined that the number of rounds is not "0," the special game control process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the number of rounds is "0," the process proceeds to the next step 1209.
In step 1209, the main CPU 101 sets the ending time, which is the waiting time set at the end of the special game, in the ending time timer counter, and stores an ending command indicating that the ending process will start in the effect transmission data storage area.Then, the special game control process is terminated.

In step 1210, which is reached when it is determined in step 1202 that the ending process is in progress, the main CPU 101 determines whether the ending time set in the ending time timer counter in step 1209 has elapsed. If it is determined that the ending time has not elapsed, the special game control process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the ending time has elapsed, the process proceeds to step 1211.
In step 1211, the main CPU 101 stores a special game end command indicating that the special game has ended in the effect transmission data storage area.

In step 1212, the main CPU 101 sets the execution phase data to "04" so that the special game end process is executed in the special chart-related control process. The special game control process then ends.

Next, the special game ending process in step 705 will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
In step 1300, the main CPU 101 determines whether the execution phase data is "04," which indicates the execution of special game ending processing. If it is determined that the execution phase data is not "04," the special game ending processing is ended. On the other hand, if it is determined that the execution phase data is "04," the process proceeds to the next step 1301.
In step 1301, the main CPU 101 determines whether the entry flag is on. If it is determined that the entry flag is not on (i.e., is off), the process proceeds to step 1303. On the other hand, if it is determined that the entry flag is on, the process proceeds to the next step 1302.

In step 1302, the main CPU 101 executes a high-probability game state setting process to set the game state to a high-probability game state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 turns on the high-probability game flag and sets the high-probability number of times to "10,000." Then, the process proceeds to step 1304.
In step 1303, which is reached when it is determined in step 1301 that the entry flag is not on, the main CPU 101 executes a low-probability game state setting process to set the game state to a low-probability game state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 turns off the high-probability game flag. Then, the process proceeds to step 1304.

In step 1304, the main CPU 101 executes a time-shortened gaming state JT2 setting process to set the gaming state to the time-shortened gaming state JT2. Specifically, the main CPU 101 turns on the second time-shortened gaming flag and sets the number of time-shortened games to "100." Then, the process proceeds to step 1305.
In step 1305, the main CPU 101 turns off the entry flag, and then proceeds to the next step 1306.

In step 1306, the main CPU 101 sets a game state designation command in the performance transmission data storage area according to the game state set as described above. This game state designation command includes information on whether the high probability game flag is on or off, information on whether the second time-saving game flag is on or off, information on the number of high probability games and the number of time-saving games, all of which are set as described above. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1307.
In step 1307, the main CPU 101 sets the execution phase data to "00" so that the variable start process is executed in the special symbol related control process. Then, the special game end process is ended.

Next, the general map related control process of step 205 will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
In step 1400, the main CPU 101 loads the value of the normal symbol execution phase data. This normal symbol execution phase data indicates which of the multiple function modules (subroutines) constituting the normal symbol-related control processing will be executed. Specifically, this normal symbol execution phase data has data "10" indicating the execution of the normal symbol variation start processing described later, data "11" indicating the execution of the normal symbol variation stop processing described later, data "12" indicating the execution of the normal symbol stop post-processing described later, and data "13" indicating the execution of the movable piece control processing described later.
Then, the main CPU 101 executes either the normal symbol variation start process (step 1401), the normal symbol variation stop process (step 1402), the normal symbol stop post-stop process (step 1403), or the movable piece control process (step 1404) based on the value of the normal symbol execution phase data loaded in the above-mentioned step 1400. Then, the normal symbol related control process is terminated.

Next, the normal symbol variation start processing in step 1401 described above will be explained with reference to the flowchart in FIG.
In step 1500, the main CPU 101 determines whether the normal symbol execution phase data is "10", which indicates the execution of the normal symbol variation start process. If it is determined that the normal symbol execution phase data is not "10", the normal symbol variation start process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the normal symbol execution phase data is "10", the process proceeds to the next step 1501.
In step 1501, the main CPU 101 determines whether a hit random number is stored in the normal reserved memory area, that is, whether the normal reserved number counter is "1" or more. If it is determined that the normal reserved number counter is not "1" or more (i.e., "0"), the normal pattern variation start process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the normal reserved number counter is "1" or more, proceed to the next step 1502.

In step 1502, the main CPU 101 decrements the value of the normal reserved number counter by "1". Then, the process proceeds to step 1503.
In step 1503, the main CPU 101 executes a shift process for the regular map reserved memory area. Specifically, the winning determination random number stored in the first memory unit is stored in a predetermined processing area provided in the main RAM 103, and the winning determination random numbers stored in the second to fourth memory units are shifted to the memory unit with the next smaller number. As a result, the winning determination random numbers stored in the regular map reserved memory area are used in the winning determination process described below on a first-in, first-out (FIFO) basis. Then, the process proceeds to step 1504.

In step 1504, the main CPU 101 executes a normal symbol lottery process. Then, the process proceeds to step 1505.
In step 1505, the main CPU 101 checks whether the current game state is a non-time-saving game state, a time-saving game state JT1, or a time-saving game state JT2, and references the normal symbol variation pattern determination table 117 to set the normal symbol variation time timer counter to the variation time of the normal symbol corresponding to the current game state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 sets the normal symbol variation time timer counter to "10 seconds" if the game is in a non-time-saving game state, sets the normal symbol variation time timer counter to "9.5 seconds" if the game is in the time-saving game state JT1, and sets the normal symbol variation time timer counter to "1 second" if the game is in the time-saving game state JT2. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1506.

In step 1506, the main CPU 101 sets variable display data to start displaying the normal symbol variations. As a result, when the normal symbol variations are displayed, the normal symbol display device 32 starts flashing. Also, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, when the winning determination random number is stored in the normal symbol reservation memory area, the normal symbol reservation display device 33 is displayed in a manner that allows the normal symbol reservation number to be recognized. Then, when the normal symbol variations are displayed, the normal symbol reservation display device 33 is controlled to indicate that the normal symbol reservation number is reduced by one at the same time as the variable display begins. Then, proceed to the next step 1507.
In step 1507, the main CPU 101 stores the current gaming state in the gaming machine state buffer as the gaming state at the start of the fluctuation. Then, the process proceeds to step 1508.

In step 1508, the main CPU 101 sets the normal symbol execution phase data to "11" so that the normal symbol variation stop process is executed in the normal symbol-related control process. Then, the normal symbol variation start process is terminated.

Next, the normal symbol lottery process in step 1504 will be described with reference to the flowchart in FIG.
In step 1550, the main CPU 101 loads the setting value stored in the first area of the main RAM 103 and determines whether this setting value is a normal value (i.e., "1"). If it is determined that this setting value is a normal value, the process proceeds to step 1553. On the other hand, if it is determined that this setting value is not a normal value (i.e., a value other than "1"), the process proceeds to the next step 1551.
In step 1551, the main CPU 101 sets a game stop state based on the occurrence of a setting value abnormality, and stores a game machine state flag indicating this in the first area. The main CPU 101 also executes a stop-related process based on the setting of the game stop state. This stop-related process is similar to the process executed when a game stop state based on the occurrence of a RAM abnormality is set (the process executed in step 137 described above), and therefore will not be described here. Then, the process proceeds to step 1552.

In step 1552, the main CPU 101 executes an abnormality initialization process. The main CPU 101 also sends a RAM clear command to the launch and payout control board 200. Then, the process proceeds to step 200 of the timer interrupt process.
In step 1553, which is reached when the set value is determined to be normal in step 1550, the main CPU 101 selects a winning determination random number determination table 116 (either the first determination table 116a, the second determination table 116b, or the third determination table 116c) corresponding to the current gaming state (non-time-shortened gaming state, time-shortened gaming state JT1, or time-shortened gaming state JT2), and executes a winning determination process to derive the result of the lottery for the normal symbol based on the selected table and the winning determination random number stored in the predetermined processing area in step 1503. Specifically, the main CPU 101 determines the winning determination random number stored in the processing area by referring to the first determination table 116a if the current gaming state is non-time-shortened, the second determination table 116b if the current gaming state is time-shortened, or the third determination table 116c if the current gaming state is time-shortened. Then, the process proceeds to step 1554.

In step 1554, the main CPU 101 stores data on the normal symbol based on the results of the winning determination process in step 1553 described above in a predetermined normal symbol memory area of the main RAM 103. Specifically, if the result of the winning determination process is a winning symbol, the winning symbol data is stored in the predetermined normal symbol memory area, and if the result of the winning determination process is a losing symbol, the losing symbol data is stored in the predetermined normal symbol memory area. Then, the normal symbol lottery process ends.

Next, the normal symbol variation stop processing in step 1402 described above will be explained with reference to the flowchart in FIG.
In step 1600, the main CPU 101 determines whether the normal symbol execution phase data is "11", which indicates the execution of the normal symbol variation stop process. If it is determined that the normal symbol execution phase data is not "11", the normal symbol variation stop process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the normal symbol execution phase data is "11", the process proceeds to the next step 1601.
In step 1601, the main CPU 101 determines whether the normal symbol fluctuation time set in the normal symbol fluctuation time timer counter in step 1505 has elapsed. If it is determined that the fluctuation time has not elapsed, the normal symbol fluctuation stop process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the fluctuation time has elapsed, the process proceeds to the next step 1602.

In step 1602, the main CPU 101 sets the stop display data (the winning symbol data or the losing symbol data stored in the normal symbol memory area in step 1554) for stopping and displaying the normal symbol on the normal symbol display device 32, and executes the stopping and display of the normal symbol. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1603.
In step 1603, the main CPU 101 sets the normal symbol stop display time in the normal symbol stop display time timer counter. Then, the process proceeds to step 1604.

In step 1604, the main CPU 101 sets the normal symbol execution phase data to "12" so that normal symbol post-stop processing is executed in the normal symbol-related control processing. Then, the normal symbol variation stop processing is terminated.

Next, the post-stop processing of the normal symbols in step 1403 will be described with reference to the flowchart in FIG.
In step 1700, the main CPU 101 determines whether the normal symbol execution phase data is "12", which indicates the execution of normal symbol stop post-processing. If it is determined that the normal symbol execution phase data is not "12", the normal symbol stop post-processing is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the normal symbol execution phase data is "12", the main CPU 101 proceeds to the next step 1701.
In step 1701, the main CPU 101 determines whether the normal symbol stop display time set in the normal symbol stop display time timer counter in step 1603 has elapsed. If it is determined that the normal symbol stop display time has not elapsed, the normal symbol stop post-processing is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the normal symbol stop display time has elapsed, the process proceeds to the next step 1702.

In step 1702, the main CPU 101 determines whether the stopped normal symbols are winning symbols. If it determines that the stopped normal symbols are not winning symbols (i.e., losing symbols), the process proceeds to step 1704. On the other hand, if it determines that the stopped normal symbols are winning symbols, the process proceeds to the next step 1703.
In step 1703, the main CPU 101 sets the normal symbol execution phase data to "13" so that the movable piece control process is executed in the normal symbol related control process. Then, the normal symbol stop post-processing is terminated.

Furthermore, in step 1704, which is reached when it is determined in step 1702 that the normal symbol displayed as stopped is not a winning symbol (i.e., a losing symbol), the main CPU 101 sets the normal symbol execution phase data to "10" so that the normal symbol variation start process is executed in the normal symbol-related control process. Then, the normal symbol post-stop process is terminated.

Next, the movable piece control process in step 1404 will be described with reference to the flowchart in FIG.
In step 1800, the main CPU 101 determines whether the normal execution phase data is "13", which indicates the execution of the movable piece control process. If it is determined that the normal execution phase data is not "13", the movable piece control process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the normal execution phase data is "13", the process proceeds to the next step 1801.
In step 1801, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the movable piece 16b is under operation control, i.e., whether or not the movable piece solenoid 16c is energized. If it is determined that the movable piece 16b is under operation control, the process proceeds to step 1804. On the other hand, if it is determined that the movable piece 16b is not under operation control, the process proceeds to the next step 1802.

In step 1802, the main CPU 101 checks whether the game state at the start of the normal symbol variation was in the non-time-shortened game state, the time-shortened game state JT1, or the time-shortened game state JT2. Then, the process proceeds to step 1803.
In step 1803, the main CPU 101 refers to the movable piece operation control table 118 and sets the number of operations (number of energizations) and operation time (energization time) as operation control data (energization control data) for the movable piece solenoid 16c according to the game state confirmed in step 1802. This causes the movable piece 16b to protrude. The main CPU 101 also turns on the movable piece flag indicating that the movable piece 16b is in the protruding state. Then, the movable piece control process is terminated.

In step 1804, which is reached when it is determined in step 1801 that the movable piece 16b is under operation control, the main CPU 101 determines whether the operation time (energization time) set in step 1803 has elapsed. If it is determined that the operation time (energization time) has not elapsed, the movable piece control process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the operation time (energization time) has elapsed, the process proceeds to the next step 1805.
In step 1805, the main CPU 101 stops the operation of the movable piece 16b, i.e., stops the power supply to the movable piece solenoid 16c. As a result, the movable piece 16b enters the immersion state. The main CPU 101 also turns off the movable piece flag. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1806.

In step 1806, the main CPU 101 sets the normal symbol execution phase data to "10" so that the normal symbol variation start process is executed in the normal symbol-related control process. Then, the moving piece control process is terminated.

Next, the solenoid control process of step 210 will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
In step 1850, the main CPU 101 sets, as movable piece solenoid data, immersion data for immersing the movable piece 16b (not energizing the movable piece solenoid 16c) in a predetermined solenoid data storage area. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1851.
In step 1851, the main CPU 101 sets closing data for closing the large prize opening 18 (closing the opening/closing door 18b, not energizing the large prize opening solenoid 18c) as the large prize opening solenoid data in a predetermined solenoid data storage area. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1852.

In step 1852, the main CPU 101 determines whether the current control state is a playable state and whether the state related to the differential ball operation stop control is other than the activation state (pre-activation warning state, activation warning state, activation notice state). If it is determined that the control state is not a playable state (i.e., a game stop state, a setting change state, or a setting confirmation state), or that the control state is playable but not other than the activation state (i.e., the activation state), the solenoid control process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the control state is a playable state and other than the activation state, the process proceeds to the next step 1853.
In step 1853, the main CPU 101 determines whether the movable piece flag is on. If it is determined that the movable piece flag is not on (i.e., is off), the solenoid control process ends. On the other hand, if it is determined that the movable piece flag is on, the process proceeds to the next step 1854.

In step 1854, the main CPU 101 sets, as movable piece solenoid data, protrusion data for protruding the movable piece 16b (for energizing the movable piece solenoid 16c) in a predetermined solenoid data storage area. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1855.
In step 1855, the main CPU 101 determines whether the special prize opening flag is on. If it is determined that the special prize opening flag is not on (i.e., off), the solenoid control process ends. On the other hand, if it is determined that the special prize opening flag is on, the process proceeds to the next step 1856.

In step 1856, the main CPU 101 sets opening data for opening the special prize opening 18 (opening the opening door 18b and energizing the special prize opening solenoid 18c) as special prize opening solenoid data in a predetermined solenoid data storage area. Then, the solenoid control process ends.
By performing the above-described processing, when the immersion data is set, the movable piece 16b is immersed, and when the close data is set, the door 18b closes and the large prize opening 18 is closed. On the other hand, when the protrusion data is set, the movable piece 16b protrudes, and when the open data is set, the door 18b opens and the large prize opening 18 is opened. Furthermore, the immersion data and the close data are set both when the game is not available and when the game is available but in an activated state. Therefore, in the game stop state, setting change state, setting confirmation state, and activation state, the movable piece 16 is always immersed and the large prize opening 18 is always closed.
This solenoid control process is executed in a timer interrupt process that is executed at a predetermined cycle (4 milliseconds). That is, in the game stop state, setting change state, setting confirmation state, and activation state, the process of restricting the operation of the movable piece 16b and the opening/closing door 18b is performed at a predetermined timing.

Next, the difference ball related command set process in step 214 will be described with reference to the flowchart in FIG.
In step 1870, the main CPU 101 determines whether the control state during the current time is a playable state. If it is determined that the control state is not a playable state, the main CPU 101 ends the ball difference related command set process. On the other hand, if it is determined that the control state is a playable state, the main CPU 101 proceeds to the next step 1871.
In step 1871, the main CPU 101 determines whether the difference ball operation stop control phase data has been changed. If it determines that the difference ball operation stop control phase data has not been changed, it ends the difference ball related command set process. On the other hand, if it determines that the difference ball operation stop control phase data has been changed, it proceeds to the next step 1872.
The pachinko machine P according to this embodiment has a management buffer configured with a predetermined storage area in the main RAM 103. When the differential ball operation stop control phase data is cleared and a state value corresponding to the pre-warning state is stored in the differential ball operation stop control phase data, the state value corresponding to the pre-warning state is also stored in the management buffer. Subsequently, when the state related to the differential ball operation stop control is changed, the state value corresponding to the changed state is first stored only in the differential ball operation stop control phase data. Then, in step 1871, it is determined whether the state value stored in the differential ball operation stop control phase data matches the state value stored in the management buffer. If the two match, it is determined that the differential ball operation stop control phase data has not been changed. On the other hand, if the two do not match, it is determined that the differential ball operation stop control phase data has been changed, and the state value stored in the differential ball operation stop control phase data is also stored in the management buffer.

In step 1872, the main CPU 101 stores either the first difference ball operation stop control designation command, the second difference ball operation stop control designation command, or the third difference ball operation stop control designation command in the performance transmission data storage area, depending on the state value stored in the difference ball operation stop control phase data.
Specifically, when a state value corresponding to the activation warning state is stored in the differential ball activation stop control phase data (i.e., when the activation warning state is set), the first differential ball activation stop control designation command is stored in the performance transmission data storage area. As a result, the first differential ball activation stop control designation command is sent to the sub-control board 300, and the sub-control board 300 can also grasp that the activation warning state has been set.
When a state value corresponding to the activation notice state is stored in the difference ball activation stop control phase data (i.e., when the activation notice state is set), a second difference ball activation stop control designation command is stored in the performance transmission data storage area. As a result, the second difference ball activation stop control designation command is sent to the sub-control board 300, and the sub-control board 300 can also grasp that the activation notice state has been set.
If a state value corresponding to the activation state is stored in the differential ball activation stop control phase data (i.e., if the activation state is set), a third differential ball activation stop control designation command is stored in the performance transmission data storage area. This causes the third differential ball activation stop control designation command to be sent to the sub-control board 300, allowing the sub-control board 300 to understand that the activation state has been set. Furthermore, the main CPU 101 sends an activation state setting command to the launch/payout control board 200, indicating that the activation state has been set. This allows the launch/payout control board 200 to understand that the activation state has been set.
Then, the difference ball related command set process ends.

Next, the difference ball determination control process of step 215 will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
In step 1880, the main CPU 101 determines whether the control state during the current time is a playable state. If it is determined that the control state is not a playable state, the main CPU 101 ends the ball difference determination control process. On the other hand, if it is determined that the control state is a playable state, the main CPU 101 proceeds to the next step 1881.
In step 1881, the main CPU 101 determines whether a first reference value arrival flag (a flag provided on the main control board 100) indicating that the ball difference count value has reached the first reference value is off. If it is determined that the first reference value arrival flag is not off (i.e., is on), the process proceeds to step 1884. On the other hand, if it is determined that the first reference value arrival flag is off, the process proceeds to the next step 1882.
The first reference value reaching flag is set to be turned off when the ball difference count value is reset.

In step 1882, the main CPU 101 determines whether the difference ball count value has reached the first reference value. If it is determined that the first reference value has not been reached, the main CPU 101 proceeds to step 1884. On the other hand, if it is determined that the first reference value has been reached, the main CPU 101 proceeds to the next step 1883.
In step 1883, the main CPU 101 stores a state value corresponding to the activation warning state in the difference ball operation stop control phase data. This sets the activation warning state. The main CPU 101 also turns on the first reference value arrival flag. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1884.

In step 1884, the main CPU 101 determines whether a second reference value arrival flag (a flag provided on the main control board 100) indicating that the ball difference count value has reached the second reference value is off. If it is determined that the second reference value arrival flag is not off (i.e., is on), the main CPU 101 proceeds to step 1889. On the other hand, if it is determined that the second reference value arrival flag is off, the main CPU 101 proceeds to the next step 1885.
The second reference value reaching flag is set to be turned off when the ball difference count value is reset.
In step 1885, the main CPU 101 determines whether the difference ball count value has reached the second reference value. If it is determined that the difference ball count value has not reached the second reference value, the main CPU 101 proceeds to step 1889. On the other hand, if it is determined that the difference ball count value has reached the second reference value, the main CPU 101 proceeds to the next step 1886.

In step 1886, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not a special game is being played. If it is determined that a special game is not being played, the process proceeds to step 1888. On the other hand, if it is determined that a special game is being played, the process proceeds to the next step 1887.
In step 1887, the main CPU 101 stores a state value corresponding to the activation notice state in the difference ball operation stop control phase data. This sets the activation notice state. The main CPU 101 also turns on the second reference value arrival flag. Then, the process proceeds to step 1889.

In step 1888, which is reached when it is determined in step 1886 that a special game is not being played, the main CPU 101 stores a state value corresponding to the activation state in the differential ball activation stop control phase data. This sets the activation state. The main CPU 101 also turns on the second reference value arrival flag. Then, the process proceeds to step 1889.
In step 1889, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not a state value corresponding to the activation notice state is stored in the difference ball operation stop control phase data (i.e., whether or not the activation notice state is in progress). If it is determined that a state value corresponding to the activation notice state is not stored, the difference ball determination control process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that a state value corresponding to the activation notice state is stored, the process proceeds to step 1890.

In step 1890, the main CPU 101 determines whether the special game has ended. If it is determined that the special game has not ended, the main CPU 101 ends the ball difference determination control process. On the other hand, if it is determined that the special game has ended, the main CPU 101 proceeds to the next step 1891.
In step 1891, the main CPU 101 stores a state value corresponding to the activation state in the difference ball activation stop control phase data. This sets the activation state. Then, the difference ball determination control process ends.

Next, the setting-related processing in step 219 will be described with reference to the flowchart in FIG.
In step 1900, the main CPU 101 determines whether the current control state is a setting change state. If it is determined that the current control state is not a setting change state, the process proceeds to step 1908. On the other hand, if it is determined that the current control state is a setting change state, the process proceeds to the next step 1901.
In step 1901, the main CPU 101 determines whether the setting switch 108 is off. If it is determined that the setting switch 108 is off, the process proceeds to step 1905. On the other hand, if it is determined that the setting switch 108 is not off (i.e., is on), the process proceeds to the next step 1902.

In step 1902, the main CPU 101 determines whether the RAM clear switch 109 is on. If it is determined that the RAM clear switch 109 is not on (i.e., is off), the setting-related processing ends. On the other hand, if it is determined that the RAM clear switch 109 is on, the processing proceeds to the next step 1903.
In step 1903, the main CPU 101 determines whether the main body frame open detection sensor 2a is on (i.e., whether the main body frame 2 is open). Specifically, if the main CPU 101 has received a main body frame open command transmitted from the launch/dispense control board 200, the main CPU 101 determines that the main body frame open detection sensor 2a is on. If the main CPU 101 determines that the main body frame open detection sensor 2a is not on (i.e., off), it terminates the setting-related processing. On the other hand, if the main CPU 101 determines that the main body frame open detection sensor 2a is on, it proceeds to the next step 1904.

In step 1904, the main CPU 101 changes the setting value stored in the main RAM 103. Specifically, if multiple settings are provided, the currently stored setting value is changed to a setting value incremented by one. Note that in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, no processing is performed here. Then, the setting change processing ends.
In step 1905, which is reached when it is determined in step 1901 that the setting switch 108 is off, the main CPU 101 stores a setting change state end command, which indicates that the setting change state has ended and a playable state has been set, in the performance transmission data storage area. The command stored here is transmitted to the sub-control board 300 in step 114. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1906.

In step 1906, the main CPU 101 stores various commands to be sent to the sub-control board 300 (for example, commands indicating the setting values stored at the end of the setting change state or setting confirmation state) in the performance transmission data storage area. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1907.
In step 1907, the main CPU 101 sets the gameable state and stores a gaming machine state flag indicating this in the first area, and then ends the setting-related processing.

In step 1908, which is reached if it is determined in step 1900 that the current control state is not the setting change state, the main CPU 101 determines whether the setting switch 108 is off. If it is determined that the setting switch 108 is not off, the setting change process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the setting switch 108 is off, the process proceeds to the next step 1909.
In step 1909, the main CPU 101 stores a setting confirmation state end command, which indicates that the setting confirmation state has ended and the gameable state has been set, in the effect transmission data storage area.

(Gameplay of the Pachinko Machine P According to the Present Embodiment)
As described above, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, the game progresses by setting one of the following states: a normal game state (a game state that combines a low-probability game state and a non-time-shortened game state), a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1 (a game state that combines a low-probability game state and a time-shortened game state JT1), a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2 (a game state that combines a low-probability game state and a time-shortened game state JT2), or a high-probability time-shortened game state (a game state that combines a high-probability game state and a time-shortened game state JT2).

As described above, in the initial state after RAM is cleared (initialization process in case of abnormality, initialization process in normal state), the normal game state is set.
During normal game play, the probability of winning a jackpot is set to approximately 1/300, and even if a game ball is shot toward the second game area 12b, the game ball will not enter the second start winning hole 16 (see Figures 7(a), 14(a), 15, and 16).
Furthermore, as described above, during the normal game state, the player is allowed to play in the first game area 12a, and as long as the game ball is shot toward the first game area 12a, there is a possibility that the game ball will enter the first start winning hole 15. If a game ball enters the first start winning hole 15 during the normal game state, a lottery based on the ball's entry will determine whether the ball will enter a jackpot or a time-saving bonus. If a jackpot is won, a jackpot symbol X1, X2, or X3 will be determined, and if a time-saving bonus is won, a time-saving symbol J1 or J2 will be determined (see FIGS. 7(a) and 8(a)).

If a jackpot is won and jackpot pattern X1 is determined, a predetermined number of game balls will not enter specific area 57 during the special game based on that determination, so the game state after the special game ends is set to a low-probability time-saving game state LJT2, and the number of time-saving times is set to 100 (see FIG. 10(a)). If a jackpot is won and jackpot pattern X2 or X3 is determined, a predetermined number of game balls can enter specific area 57 during the special game based on that determination, and once the predetermined number of game balls enter, the game state after the special game ends is set to a high-probability time-saving game state, and both the high-probability number of times and the number of time-saving times are set to 10,000 (see FIG. 10(b)).
Furthermore, if a time-saving award is won during the normal game mode and the time-saving symbol J1 is determined, the game state after the variable display of the time-saving symbol J1 has ended and the stopped display time has elapsed is set to a low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, and the number of time-saving times is set to 10,000 (see FIG. 10(c)). If a time-saving award is won during the normal game mode and the time-saving symbol J2 has been determined, the game state after the variable display of the time-saving symbol J2 has ended and the stopped display time has elapsed is set to a low-probability time-saving game state LJT2, and the number of time-saving times is set to 10,000 (see FIG. 10(d)).
In other words, in the pachinko machine P of this form, if a game ball is shot toward the first game area 12a during the normal game state, based on winning a jackpot or winning a time-saving bonus, the machine will transition to a low-probability time-saving state LJT1 (number of time-saving bonuses is 10,000), a low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 (number of time-saving bonuses is 100), or a high-probability time-saving game state (number of high-probability bonuses and number of time-saving bonuses is 10,000) (see Figure 51).

Here, during the normal game mode (low-probability game mode), the probability of winning the time-saving award is approximately 1/20, making it easier to win the time-saving award, and since the probability of winning this time-saving award is much higher than the probability of winning a jackpot during the normal game mode (approximately 1/300), it is easier to win the time-saving award than to win a jackpot (see Figure 7(a)). Furthermore, when the time-saving award is won, the probability of the time-saving symbol J1 being determined is 85%, and the probability of the time-saving symbol J2 being determined is 15%, making it easier to determine the time-saving symbol J1 than the time-saving symbol J2 (see Figures 8(a) and 8(b)).
From the above, in the pachinko machine P of this form, it is difficult to stay in the normal game state, and there is a high possibility of transitioning to a low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 (the number of time-saving times is 10,000) by determining the time-saving pattern J1 based on winning the time-saving award, rather than transitioning to another game state through the execution of a special game based on winning a jackpot or the determination of the time-saving pattern J2 based on winning the time-saving award.

During the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, the probability of winning a jackpot is the same as during the normal game state, and just as during the normal game state, even if a game ball is shot toward the second game area 12b, the game ball will not enter the second start winning port 16 (see Figures 7(a), 14(b), 15, and 16).
Furthermore, during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, the player is allowed to play in the first game area 12a, just as during the normal game state, and as long as the game ball is shot toward the first game area 12a, there is a possibility that the game ball will enter the first start winning hole 15. If a game ball enters the first start winning hole 15 during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, a lottery based on the ball's entry will determine whether the player will win a jackpot or a time-saving award; if the player wins a jackpot, a jackpot symbol X1, X2, or X3 will be determined, and if the player wins a time-saving award, a time-saving symbol J1 or J2 will be determined (see FIGS. 7(a) and 8(a)).

If a jackpot is won and jackpot pattern X1 is determined, a predetermined number of game balls will not enter specific area 57 during the special game based on that determination, so the game state after the special game ends is set to a low-probability time-saving game state LJT2, and the number of time-saving times is set to 100 (see FIG. 10(a)). If a jackpot is won and jackpot pattern X2 or X3 is determined, a predetermined number of game balls can enter specific area 57 during the special game based on that determination, and once the predetermined number of game balls enter, the game state after the special game ends is set to a high-probability time-saving game state, and both the high-probability number of times and the number of time-saving times are set to 10,000 (see FIG. 10(b)).
On the other hand, as mentioned above, if a time-saving award is won during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 and the time-saving pattern J1 or J2 is determined, a new time-saving game state JT1 or JT2 is not set based on that determination, and the currently set low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 continues, so there is no transition to another game state (see Figures 10 (c) and (d)).
In other words, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, if a game ball is shot toward the first game area 12a during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, upon winning a jackpot, the machine will transition to a low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 (number of time-saving times is 100) or a high-probability time-saving game state (number of high-probability times and number of time-saving times is 10,000) (see Figure 51).

Here, when the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 is set based on the determination of the time-saving symbol J1 during the normal game state, the number of time-saving times is set to 10,000, and since the probability of winning a jackpot during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 (low-probability game state) is approximately 1/300, as described above, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 essentially continues until a jackpot is won. Also, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, as described above, it is difficult to stay in the normal game state, and it is easy to transition from the normal game state to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 based on winning a time-saving award, so there is a high possibility that the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 will remain in effect longer than the normal game state.
Furthermore, during both the normal game state and the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, the player is allowed to play in the first game area 12a, the probability of winning a jackpot is the same, and the performance of the normal game is also almost the same (even if a game ball is shot into the second game area 12b, it is impossible for the game ball to enter the second start winning port 16), so it is impossible to recognize whether the player is in the normal game state or the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 from the mode of game operation (shotting a game ball into the first game area 12a) and the performance of the normal game.
As mentioned above, in order to change the possibility of the game ball entering the second start winning port 16 for each game state, one or more of the elements that determine the performance of the normal game (probability of winning in the normal pattern lottery, the normal pattern fluctuation time, and the operation time of the movable piece 16b) can be set to be different.
Here, in order to make it impossible for a game ball to enter the second starting winning port 16 in both the normal game state and the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, for example, the operating time of the movable piece 16b can be set to the same time, which is shorter than the opening arrival time, in both the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 and the normal game state, but at least one of the following settings can be made: the time for the normal pattern to fluctuate can be set to be shorter in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 than in the normal game state, and the probability of winning in the lottery for the normal pattern can be set to be higher in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 than in the normal game state. Even in this case, if the second start winning port 16 and the movable piece 16b are configured as in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment (see Figure 4), since the operating time of the movable piece 16b is shorter than the opening arrival time, even if other elements (the normal pattern fluctuation time, the probability of winning in the normal pattern lottery) are set more advantageously in the low probability time-saving game state LJT1 than in the normal game state, the game ball cannot enter the second start winning port 16 in either game state, and the performance of the normal game will be the same as that of the pachinko machine of this embodiment.

During the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2, the probability of winning a jackpot is the same as during the normal game state and the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, but when a game ball is shot toward the second game area 12b, the game ball can enter the second start winning hole 16 with a high frequency (see Figures 7(a), 14(c), 15, and 16). In other words, during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2, prize balls can be frequently obtained based on the game ball entering the second start winning hole 16, and the decrease in game balls as the game progresses can be suppressed compared to during the normal game state and the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, making it a more advantageous game state than during these normal game state and the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1.
Furthermore, as described above, during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2, the player is allowed to play in the second game area 12b, and as long as the game ball is shot toward the second game area 12b, the game ball will frequently enter the second start winning hole 16. If a game ball enters the second start winning hole 16 during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2, a lottery based on the ball's entry will determine whether the ball will enter a jackpot or a time-saving bonus; if a jackpot is won, the jackpot symbol X4, X5, or X6 will be determined, and if a time-saving bonus is won, the time-saving symbol J1 or J2 will be determined (see FIGS. 7(a) and 8(b)).

If a jackpot is won and jackpot pattern X4 is determined, a predetermined number of game balls will not enter specific area 57 during the special game based on that determination, so the game state after the special game ends is set to a low-probability time-saving game state LJT2, and the number of time-saving times is set to 100 (see FIG. 10(a)). If a jackpot is won and jackpot pattern X5 or X6 is determined, a predetermined number of game balls can enter specific area 57 during the special game based on that determination, and once the predetermined number of game balls enter, the game state after the special game ends is set to a high-probability time-saving game state, and both the high-probability number of times and the number of time-saving times are set to 10,000 (see FIG. 10(b)).
On the other hand, as mentioned above, if a time-saving award is won during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 and the time-saving pattern J1 or J2 is determined, a new time-saving game state JT1 or JT2 is not set based on that determination, and the currently set low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 continues, so there is no transition to another game state (see Figures 10 (c) and (d)).
In other words, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, if a game ball is shot toward the second game area 12b during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2, upon winning a jackpot, the machine will transition to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 (number of time-saving times is 100) or the high-probability time-saving game state (number of high-probability times and number of time-saving times is 10,000) (see Figure 51).

During the high-probability time-saving game state, the probability of winning a jackpot is higher than during the normal game state, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, and the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2, and similarly to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2, when a game ball is shot toward the second game area 12b, the game ball can enter the second start winning port 16 with a high frequency (see Figures 7(b), 14(c), 15, and 16). In other words, during the high-probability time-shortened game state, there is a higher probability of winning a jackpot than during the normal game state, the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1, and the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2, and prize balls can be obtained more frequently based on game balls entering the second starting winning port 16, and the decrease in game balls as the game progresses can be suppressed more than during the normal game state and the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1, making it a more advantageous game state (the most advantageous game state) than during the normal game state, the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1, and the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2.
Furthermore, as described above, during the high- or low-probability time-saving game state, the player is allowed to play in the second game area 12b, and as long as the game ball is shot toward the second game area 12b, the game ball will frequently enter the second start winning hole 16. If a game ball enters the second start winning hole 16 during the high-probability time-saving game state, a lottery based on the ball's entry can determine whether the ball will win a jackpot or a time-saving award; if the ball wins a jackpot, the jackpot symbol X4, X5, or X6 is determined, and if the ball wins a time-saving award, the time-saving symbol J1 or J2 is determined (see FIGS. 7(b) and 8(b)).

If a jackpot is won and jackpot pattern X4 is determined, a predetermined number of game balls will not enter specific area 57 during the special game based on that determination, so the game state after the special game ends is set to a low-probability time-saving game state LJT2, and the number of time-saving times is set to 100 (see FIG. 10(a)). If a jackpot is won and jackpot pattern X5 or X6 is determined, a predetermined number of game balls can enter specific area 57 during the special game based on that determination, and once the predetermined number of game balls enter, the game state after the special game ends is set to a high-probability time-saving game state, and both the high-probability number of times and the number of time-saving times are set to 10,000 (see FIG. 10(b)).
On the other hand, as mentioned above, if a time-saving award is won during a high-probability time-saving game state and the time-saving pattern J1 or J2 is determined, a new time-saving game state JT1 or JT2 is not set based on that determination, and the currently set low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 continues, so there is no transition to another game state (see Figures 10 (c) and (d)).
In other words, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, if a game ball is shot toward the second game area 12b during a high-probability time-saving game state, upon winning a jackpot, the machine will transition to a low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 (number of time-saving times is 100) or a high-probability time-saving game state (number of high-probability times and number of time-saving times is 10,000) (see Figure 51).

In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, during the normal game mode, which is set after the RAM is cleared or after the low-probability time-saving game mode LJT2 with 100 time-saving times has ended, the probability of winning the time-saving award is high (approximately 1/20), and when the time-saving award is won, the time-saving symbol J1 is more likely to be determined than the time-saving symbol J2. Therefore, there is a high possibility that the machine will transition to the low-probability time-saving game mode LJT1 before winning a jackpot in the normal game mode.
In the normal gaming state, when the time-saving symbol J2 is determined by winning the time-saving award, the game transitions to a low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2 in which the number of time-saving plays is 10,000. In contrast, in the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1 to which the game transitions from the normal gaming state as described above, even if the time-saving symbol J2 is determined by winning the time-saving award, the game transitions to the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2 in which the number of time-saving plays is 10,000. In other words, after transitioning from the normal gaming state to the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1, the game transitions to the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2 in which the number of time-saving plays is 10,000, even if the time-saving award is won, unless the normal gaming state is set again.
As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, in the normal game state which is set after the RAM is cleared or after the end of the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with 100 time-saving times, if a jackpot is won or the time-saving pattern J2 is determined before the time-saving pattern J1 is determined, the machine transitions to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with 10,000 time-saving times, which is advantageous for the player and allows the player to reliably win a jackpot while suppressing the decrease in game balls that occurs as the game progresses. On the other hand, in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, which is easy to transition to from the normal game state and which is easy to stay in longer than the normal game state, the machine does not transition to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with 10,000 time-saving times. Therefore, a novel game feature can be imparted in which the normal game state becomes a chance zone with a possibility of transitioning to a low-probability time-shortening game state LJT2 in which the number of time-shortening times advantageous to the player is 10,000, and the interest of the player can be enhanced.
In addition, during both the normal game state and the low-probability time-shortening game state LJT1, the player is allowed to play in the first game area 12a, so that it is possible to switch from the normal game state to the low-probability time-shortening game state LJT1, which is a different game state, without requiring the player to change the game operation, thereby providing a novel game feature.

(Outline of the effects on Pachinko machine P)
As described above, the special game, normal game, and bonus game progress by executing various processes on the main control board 100. During the progress of these games, the main control board 100 transmits various commands to the sub-control board 300, which receives these commands and controls the presentation of the games as they progress.
Below, we will explain the changing effects that are executed in conjunction with the changing display of special patterns and can notify (indicate) the results of the lottery.

(Outline of the performance)
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, a plurality of presentation states are provided which are referenced to execute the variable presentation described below, and the sub-CPU 301 sets one of the presentation states based on a transition to the above-mentioned game states (normal game state, low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1, low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2, high-probability time-shortened game state), the occurrence of a power outage, winning a time-shortened award, etc. Also, selectable execution modes of the variable presentation are respectively determined for each presentation state, and the variable presentation can be executed by one of the execution modes according to the currently set presentation state.
Specifically, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, the presentation states include a normal presentation state that remains during the normal game state, a low-probability time-saving presentation state A1 and a low-probability time-saving presentation state A2 that remain during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, a low-probability time-saving presentation state B that remains during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with 10,000 time-saving times, a low-probability time-saving presentation state C that remains during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with 100 time-saving times, and a high-probability time-saving presentation state that remains during the high-probability time-saving game state.

In the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, as shown in Figure 52, when the normal game state is set (transition to the normal game state occurs), the presentation state is set to the normal presentation state (the normal presentation state is started).
In the normal presentation state based on the setting of the normal game state, when a time-saving award is won and a time-saving pattern J1 is determined, resulting in a transition to a low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, the presentation state is set to a low-probability time-saving presentation state A1. When a time-saving award is won and a time-saving pattern J2 is determined, resulting in a transition to a low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with 10,000 time-saving times, the presentation state is set to a low-probability time-saving presentation state B. When a jackpot is won and the game transitions to a low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with 100 time-saving times, the presentation state is set to a low-probability time-saving presentation state C. When a jackpot is won and the game transitions to a high-probability time-saving game state, the presentation state is set to a high-probability time-saving presentation state (see Figure 52). Although not specifically shown, if a power outage occurs while the normal presentation state (normal game state) is being set and the power is restored without RAM clearing (initialization processing in the event of an abnormality, initialization processing in normal mode) being performed (i.e., recovery from power outage without satisfying the conditions for executing RAM clearing, hereinafter also referred to as normal power outage recovery), the presentation state will remain in the normal presentation state.

If a power interruption occurs and a normal power interruption is restored during the setting of the low-probability time-saving presentation state A1 based on a transition to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, the presentation state is set to the low-probability time-saving presentation state A2 (see FIG. 52). Also, if a time-saving award is won and the time-saving symbol J1 or J2 is determined during the setting of the low-probability time-saving presentation state A2, the presentation state is set to the low-probability time-saving presentation state A1 (see FIG. 52). Although not specifically shown, if a power interruption occurs and a normal power interruption is restored during the setting of the low-probability time-saving presentation state A2, the presentation state remains in the low-probability time-saving presentation state A2.
Furthermore, in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, regardless of whether the low-probability time-saving presentation state A1 or A2 is set, if a transition to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with 100 time-saving cycles is made based on a jackpot win, the presentation state is set to the low-probability time-saving presentation state C, and if a transition to the high-probability time-saving game state is made based on a jackpot win, the presentation state is set to the high-probability time-saving presentation state, and if a transition to the normal game state is made due to the special pattern variable display being made 10,000 times without a jackpot win, the presentation state is set to the normal presentation state (see Figure 52).

When low-probability time-saving effect state B is set based on a transition to low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with 10,000 time-saving cycles, if a jackpot is won and the game transitions to low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with 100 time-saving cycles, the effect state is set to low-probability time-saving effect state C. Furthermore, if a jackpot is won and the game transitions to a high-probability time-saving game state, the effect state is set to high-probability time-saving effect state. Furthermore, if a transition to the normal game state occurs due to the special symbol variable display being performed 10,000 times without a jackpot being won, the effect state is set to normal effect state (see Figure 52). Although not specifically shown, if a power interruption occurs during low-probability time-saving effect state B (low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with 10,000 time-saving cycles) and normal power is restored, the effect state will remain in low-probability time-saving effect state B.

When low-probability time-saving effect state C is set based on a transition to low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with 100 time-saving cycles, if a jackpot is won and the game transitions again to low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with 100 time-saving cycles, the effect state is reset to low-probability time-saving effect state C. Furthermore, if a jackpot is won and the game transitions to a high-probability time-saving game state, the effect state is set to high-probability time-saving effect state. Furthermore, if a transition to the normal game state occurs due to 100 special symbol variable displays without a jackpot being won, the effect state is set to normal effect state (see Figure 52). Although not specifically shown, if a power interruption occurs during the low-probability time-saving effect state C (low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with 100 time-saving cycles) and normal power is restored, the effect state will remain in low-probability time-saving effect state C.

When the high-probability time-saving effect state is set based on a transition to the high-probability time-saving game state, if a jackpot is won and the game transitions to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with 100 time-saving cycles, the effect state is set to the low-probability time-saving effect state C. Furthermore, if a jackpot is won and the game transitions back to the high-probability time-saving game state, the effect state is reset to the high-probability time-saving effect state. Furthermore, if the game transitions to the normal game state because the special symbol variable display has been performed 10,000 times without a jackpot being won, the effect state is set to the normal effect state (see Figure 52). Although not specifically shown, if a power interruption occurs during the high-probability time-saving effect state (high-probability time-saving game state) and the normal power interruption is restored, the effect state will remain in the high-probability time-saving effect state.

(Summary of the variable effects)
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, as described above, a variable effect is executed in which the result of the winning/losing lottery is notified (suggested) by the display mode of the effect symbols 50 in conjunction with the variable display of the special symbols. In this variable effect, the variable display of the effect symbols 50 (dummy symbols) is performed superimposed on the background image displayed on the display unit 21a of the effect display device 21. Then, the result of the winning/losing lottery can be notified to the player by the combination (stop display mode) of the effect symbols 50 that are stopped and displayed after the variable display.

In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, as shown in Figures 53 to 57, the performance symbols 50 are symbols that display the numbers "1" to "9" (hereinafter also referred to as number symbols).
It should be noted that the effect pattern 50 is not limited to a number pattern, and a special pattern (for example, a pseudo consecutive pattern indicating that a pseudo consecutive effect will be executed, a pre-reading pattern indicating that a pre-reading effect will be executed, etc.) indicating that a predetermined effect will be executed when the effect is stopped (for example, a pseudo consecutive effect in which a temporary stop is executed a predetermined number of times in a predetermined temporary stop display mode, or a pre-reading effect that is executed for a predetermined hold and can be executed before the variable effect based on the hold) may be provided. Also, the effect pattern 50 may be a pattern consisting of a number display portion that displays numbers and a non-number display portion that displays an image other than numbers (for example, an image of a character, etc.).

In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, when the variable display of the special symbol starts, the variable display of all the effect symbols 50 starts from the state in which all the effect symbols 50 are displayed stationary (see Fig. 53(a)-(b), Fig. 54(a)-(b), Fig. 55(a)-(b), Fig. 56(a)-(b), Fig. 57(a)-(b)). Note that the downward arrow in the figure indicates that the effect symbols 50 are displayed scrolling from top to bottom.
After that, the effect pattern 50 located on the left side (hereinafter also referred to as the first stop pattern), the effect pattern 50 located on the right side (hereinafter also referred to as the second stop pattern), and the effect pattern 50 located in the center (hereinafter also referred to as the third stop pattern) are displayed in that order (see Figures 53 (c) to (e)).

If the result of the lottery is a jackpot, the first, second, and third stop symbols will all stop and display as the same number pattern (for example, 222, 555, etc.), indicating that a jackpot has been won (see Figure 54(e)). Note that, hereinafter, this type of stop display pattern will also be referred to as a "winning pattern."

On the other hand, if the result of the lottery is a win or a loss for the time-saving award, at least one of the first stop pattern, the second stop pattern, and the third stop pattern is stopped and displayed with a different number pattern, thereby notifying the player of the win or loss for the time-saving award (see Figures 53(e), 55(e), 56(f), and 57(f)). Note that, hereinafter, such a stop display mode will also be referred to as a "non-winning mode." In this way, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, the stop display mode of the effect pattern 50 is a non-winning mode in either the case of a win or a loss for the time-saving award, so that the player can understand from the stop display mode of the effect pattern 50 that the result of the lottery is not a win or a loss for the time-saving award, but cannot understand whether the time-saving award is a win or a loss.
In addition, when a time-saving award is won, the display mode of the effect symbols 50 may be a special mode different from the winning mode and non-winning mode described above (for example, a mode in which all effect symbols 50 are displayed as a special pattern corresponding to the winning of the time-saving award (for example, the letter "J")). In this case, the display mode of the effect symbols 50 allows the player to understand that they have won the time-saving award.

In addition, the execution modes of the variable effects are roughly classified into normal non-winning variable patterns, reach variable patterns with development, reach variable patterns without development, special reach variable patterns, and special non-winning variable patterns.
The normal non-winning variation pattern is an execution mode in which the first and second stopping patterns are displayed as different number patterns, and then the third stopping pattern is displayed as is, and the display mode of the performance pattern 50 becomes a non-winning mode (see Figures 53 (c) to (e)).
The reach variation pattern with development is an execution mode in which a reach display is performed in which the first and second stop patterns are displayed stopped with the same numerical pattern, and then a reach development effect is executed in which a predetermined development effect image is displayed on the display unit 21a along with the display of the changing third stop pattern, and then the third stop pattern is displayed stopped, and the stop display mode of the effect pattern 50 becomes a non-winning mode or a winning mode (see Figures 54 (c) to (e)).
Although not specifically shown, the no-development reach variation pattern is an execution mode in which, after a reach display is made, the third stop pattern is stopped and displayed without the above-mentioned reach development effect being executed, and the stop display mode of the effect pattern 50 becomes a non-winning mode or a winning mode.
The special reach variation pattern is an execution mode in which, after the variation display of the performance pattern 50 begins, a special teasing effect is executed on the display unit 21a, in which a special development effect image is displayed along with the variation display of the first stop pattern, second stop pattern, and third stop pattern, to suggest whether or not a special reach variation effect will be executed, a reach display is executed after a suggestion that the special reach variation effect will be executed, the above-mentioned special reach variation effect is executed, and then the third stop pattern is displayed as stopped, and the display mode of the performance pattern 50 becomes a non-winning mode (see Figures 56 (c) to (f) and Figures 57 (c) to (f)).
The special non-winning variation pattern is an execution mode in which, after the display of the variation of the performance pattern 50 begins, the above-mentioned special teasing performance is executed on the display unit 21a along with the display of the variation of the first, second and third stopping patterns, but an indication is given that the special reach development performance will not be executed, the reach display is not executed, the first, second and third stopping patterns are displayed as stopped, and the stopped display mode of the performance pattern 50 becomes a non-winning mode (see Figures 55 (c) to (e)).

In this embodiment of the pachinko machine P, the reach variation pattern with development is set to be more likely to be executed when a jackpot is won than the reach variation pattern without development, thereby increasing the player's sense of anticipation.

In addition, for each execution mode, various settings are made, such as how the changing display of the performance pattern 50 is displayed, and various images to be displayed during the changing display (for example, a preview image that is a video or still image different from the performance pattern 50 and that increases the anticipation of winning the jackpot, or the above-mentioned development performance image).
For example, the development effect images displayed in the reach development effect of the development reach variation pattern include low expectation development effect images which can be displayed in any of the cases of a miss, a win with time reduction, and a win with a jackpot, but which are set to have a relatively low probability of being displayed if a jackpot is won; high expectation development effect images which can be displayed in any of the cases of a miss, a win with time reduction, and a win with a jackpot, but which are set to have a relatively high probability of being displayed if a jackpot is won; and jackpot confirmed development effect images which are not displayed in any of the cases of a miss or a win with time reduction, but which are displayed only if a jackpot is won.
As a result, when a high expectation development presentation image is displayed in the reach development presentation, the expectation of winning a jackpot increases compared to when a low expectation development presentation image is displayed, and when a jackpot confirmation development presentation image is displayed, the player can recognize that he or she has won a jackpot, thereby increasing the player's interest.

In addition, in each of the above-mentioned effects, in addition to displaying images, a specified sound may be output, and the effect lighting device 23 (lamp) may be made to emit light in a specified lighting pattern or color.

In the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, the execution mode of the variable performance that can be performed is determined for each performance state and the result of the win/lose lottery, and the variable performance is executed in one of the execution modes that can be performed depending on the currently set performance state and the result of the win/lose lottery.
The outline of the variable effects executed during each effect state will be described in detail later.

Furthermore, in this form of pachinko machine P, in addition to the above-mentioned display of the effect symbol 50, when the special symbol changes, a mini-symbol MD, which is much smaller than the effect symbol 50 and therefore harder for the player to see, is displayed in the lower right corner of the display unit 21a (see Figure 53(a) etc.). The result of the winning/losing lottery is also notified (indicated) to the player based on the combination of mini-symbol MDs (stop display mode) that are displayed as stopped symbols after the change display.

The mini pattern MDs are the same as the performance pattern 50, with the numbers "1" to "9," and the number "0" not used in the performance pattern 50. As shown in Figure 53, three mini pattern MDs are displayed side by side. When the variable display of the special pattern begins, all mini pattern MDs are displayed frozen, and then the variable display of all mini pattern MDs (scrolling display from top to bottom) begins. When the variable display of the special pattern ends (when the special pattern is displayed frozen), the mini pattern MD located on the left, the mini pattern MD located in the center, and the mini pattern MD located on the right are all displayed frozen at the same time.

At this time, regardless of the presentation state, if the result of the lottery is a miss or a jackpot, and if a time-saving bonus is awarded in low-probability time-saving presentation state A1, low-probability time-saving presentation state B, low-probability time-saving presentation state C, or high-probability time-saving presentation state, the mini-pattern MD located on the left side is displayed as a stopped symbol with the same number as the presentation pattern 50 located on the left side (first stop pattern), the mini-pattern MD located in the center is displayed as a stopped symbol with the same number as the presentation pattern 50 located in the center (third stop pattern), and the mini-pattern MD located on the right side is displayed as a stopped symbol with the same number as the presentation pattern 50 located on the right side (second stop pattern) (see Figures 53(e), 54(e), and 55(e)). In other words, the presentation patterns 50 and mini-pattern MD in corresponding positions are all displayed as stopped symbols with the same number.
On the other hand, if a time-saving bonus is awarded in the normal presentation state or the low-probability time-saving presentation state A2, the mini pattern MD located on the left side will be displayed stopped with the same number pattern as the presentation pattern 50 located on the left side, and the mini pattern MD located on the right side will be displayed stopped with the same number pattern as the presentation pattern 50 located on the right side, but the mini pattern MD located in the center will be displayed stopped with the number pattern "0" (i.e., a number pattern different from the presentation pattern 50 located in the center) (see Figures 56 (f) and 57 (f)).

(Overview of background image display)
In the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, the background images displayed on the display unit 21a of the effect display device 21 include a first background image corresponding to the normal game state and a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1 with 10,000 time-shortening operations (see Figures 53(a) to (e), 54(a) to (c), 55(a) to (b) and (e), 56(a) to (b), 57(a) to (b) and (g)), a second background image corresponding to the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2 with 100 time-shortening operations (see Figure 58(b)), and a third background image corresponding to the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2 with 10,000 time-shortening operations and a high-probability time-shortened game state (see Figure 56(g)), and the background images are displayed on the display unit 21a during each game state.

Specifically, the first background image is displayed during the normal game mode, which is set after RAM is cleared (abnormal initialization processing, normal initialization processing), or after the low-probability time-saving game mode LJT2 with 100 time-saving cycles ends due to 100 special symbol variable displays being executed without a jackpot win, and during the low-probability time-saving game mode LJT1 with 10,000 time-saving cycles being established based on the determination of the time-saving symbol J1 during the normal game mode. In other words, the same background image is displayed during both the normal game mode and the low-probability time-saving game mode LJT1. This prevents the player from knowing from the displayed background image whether the normal game mode or the low-probability time-saving game mode LJT1 is set.
A second background image is displayed during a low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with 100 time-saving times, which is set after the special game based on the determination of the jackpot pattern X1 or X4 has ended (when the predetermined number of game balls does not enter the specific area 57).
The third background image is displayed during both the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 (10,000 time-saving turns) set based on the determination of the time-saving symbol J2 during the normal game state, and the high-probability time-saving game state set after the special game based on the determination of the jackpot symbol X2, X3, X5, or X6 ends (when a predetermined number of game balls enter the specific area 57). That is, the same background image is displayed during both the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 (10,000 time-saving turns) and the high-probability time-saving game state. Although these are different game states with different jackpot probabilities, they continue until a jackpot is won and have the same normal game performance, so they are essentially game states with the same advantageous level. Therefore, displaying the same background image gives the player the impression that they are playing in the same game state without actively suggesting that they are different game states.
In addition, different background images may be displayed during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with 10,000 time-saving times and during the high-probability time-saving game state.

Furthermore, although not specifically shown, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, when the first special symbol random number or the second special symbol random number is acquired and stored as reserved, or when the first special symbol random number or the second special symbol random number stored as reserved is read out, during the normal game state, during the low probability time-saving game state LJT1, during the low probability time-saving game state LJT2, or during the high probability time-saving game state, a reserved display is performed to display a reserved image in a predetermined display mode. This reserved display indicates the number of reserved first special symbols or the number of reserved second special symbols.
In the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, although not specifically shown, game balls are shot (left-handed) toward the first game area 12a, and during the normal game state and the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 in which game balls mainly enter the first start winning hole 15, a hold display indicating the hold of the first special random number is displayed. On the other hand, game balls are shot (right-handed) toward the second game area 12b, and during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 and the high-probability time-saving game state in which game balls mainly enter the second start winning hole 16, a hold display indicating the hold of the second special random number is displayed. Also, although not specifically shown, during special games, neither the hold display indicating the hold of the first special random number nor the hold display indicating the hold of the second special random number is displayed.

(Summary of effects that can be performed during each effect state)
Below, we will explain in detail the various effects that can be executed during each effect state.
(1) During normal performance (normal gameplay)
As described above, after the RAM is cleared or after the low probability time-saving game state LJT2 in which the time saving is performed 100 times due to the execution of 100 times of variable display of special symbols without winning a jackpot has ended, the normal game state is set and the presentation state is set to the normal presentation state.
Then, with the setting of the normal presentation state (normal gaming state), the display unit 21a displays the first background image and a chance zone stay suggestion (for example, a chance zone stay suggestion image in which the words "Super time with a character appearing!?" scroll horizontally) that suggests that the player may be staying in the normal gaming state, which is a chance zone (see FIGS. 53(a)-(e), 54(a)-(c), 55(a)-(e), 56(a)-(f), and 57(a)-(f)). The display of the first background image and the suggestion of staying in the chance zone are continuously executed during the normal presentation state (normal gaming state), except for certain periods. Note that if a power interruption occurs during the normal presentation state (normal gaming state) and the normal power interruption is restored, the player remains in the normal presentation state (normal gaming state), and so the display of the first background image and the suggestion of staying in the chance zone are continued even after the power interruption is restored.
Furthermore, although not specifically shown, when the normal game state is set, a left-hit suggestion is made to suggest that the game ball be shot toward the first game area 12a (for example, a left-hit suggestion image such as "←←← left hit" is displayed, and a left-hit lamp is turned on to suggest the shot). This left-hit suggestion may be made to continue during the normal presentation state (normal game state), or may be made to continue from the time the normal presentation state (normal game state) is set until a predetermined end point (for example, the time when a predetermined time (for example, 5 seconds) has elapsed since the first variable presentation started).

Then, a change performance is executed in accordance with the change display of the special symbol.
(1-1) When the result of the lottery is a loss If the result of the lottery is a loss during the normal presentation state (normal game state), a variation presentation can be executed using any of the following patterns: a normal non-winning variation pattern, a reach variation pattern without development, a reach variation pattern with development, or a special non-winning variation pattern.

Specifically, in the case of a variation effect based on a normal non-winning variation pattern, when the variation display of the special pattern (losing pattern) starts while the indication of staying in the chance zone is still being made on the display unit 21a as described above, the variation display of all the performance patterns 50 starts in the center of the display unit 21a, and the variation display of all the mini patterns MD starts in the lower right corner of the display unit 21a (see Figures 53 (a) to (b)).
As described above, in the variation presentation based on this normal non-winning variation pattern, no reach display is performed (see Figures 53 (c) to (d)).
Then, when the special pattern variation time has elapsed and a losing pattern is stopped and displayed on the first special pattern display device 30 or the second special pattern display device 31, all of the effect patterns 50 are stopped and displayed due to the non-winning mode, and the mini pattern MD at the position corresponding to each effect pattern 50 is stopped and displayed with the same number pattern as the effect pattern 50 (see Figures 53(c) to (e)). After that, these effect patterns 50 and mini pattern MD are stopped and displayed until the stop display time (0.5 seconds) has elapsed.

In the variation effect by the no-development reach variation pattern, as in the variation effect by the normal non-winning variation pattern described above, when the variation display of the special symbol (missing symbol) starts while the suggestion of staying in the chance zone is being made, the variation display of the performance symbol 50 and the mini symbol MD starts (see Figures 54(a)-(b)). After that, a reach display is made in the center of the display unit 21a (see Figure 54(c)).
In the variation effect based on this no-development reach variation pattern, as described above, the reach development effect is not performed after the reach display.
Then, similar to the variation effect due to the normal non-winning variation pattern described above, when the variation time of the special pattern has elapsed and a losing pattern is stopped and displayed on the first special pattern display device 30 or the second special pattern display device 31, all of the performance patterns 50 are stopped and displayed due to the non-winning mode, and the mini pattern MD at the position corresponding to each performance pattern 50 is stopped and displayed with the same number pattern as the performance pattern 50. After that, these performance patterns 50 and mini pattern MD are stopped and displayed until the stop display time (0.5 seconds) has elapsed.

In the variation effect based on the reach variation pattern with development, similar to the variation effect based on the reach variation pattern without development described above, when the indication of staying in the chance zone is kept and the variation display of the special pattern (missing pattern) starts, the variation display of the performance pattern 50 and the mini pattern MD starts, and then the reach display is made in the center of the display section 21a (see Figures 54 (a) to (c)).
After the reach display is performed, a reach development effect is executed. In this reach development effect, various development effect images (such as the above-mentioned low expectation development effect image and high expectation development effect image) are displayed on a part or the entire surface of the display unit 21a (see FIG. 54(d)).
In addition, during the execution of the reach development effect, in order to prevent a decrease in visibility of the development effect image, the change display of the effect pattern 50 (reach display using the first and second stop patterns, and the change display of the third stop pattern) is performed in the upper right corner rather than in the center of the display unit 21a, and no suggestion of staying in the chance zone is made (see Figure 54 (d)).
In addition, while the reach development effect is being executed, the display of the change in the effect pattern 50 may not be performed at all, and even while the reach development effect is being executed, a suggestion of staying in the chance zone may be given.
Then, in this reach development effect, a loss indication is made to suggest that the result of the lottery is a loss (for example, a loss indication image is displayed to indicate that the result of a predetermined story shown in the development effect image has failed), and the reach development effect ends. Note that this reach development effect ends just before the special symbol variation time has elapsed (the special symbol is displayed stationary on the first special symbol display device 30 or the second special symbol display device 31).
After that, similar to the variation effect due to the above-mentioned no-development reach variation pattern, when the variation time of the special symbol has passed and a losing symbol is stopped and displayed on the first special symbol display device 30 or the second special symbol display device 31, all of the effect symbols 50 are stopped and displayed in a non-winning state in the center of the display unit 21a, and the mini symbol MD at the position corresponding to each effect symbol 50 is stopped and displayed with the same number symbol as the effect symbol 50. After that, these effect symbols 50 and mini symbol MD are stopped and displayed until the stop display time (0.5 seconds) has passed.

In the variation effect based on the special non-winning variation pattern, similar to the variation effect based on the no-development reach variation pattern described above, when the indication of staying in the chance zone is kept and the variation display of the special pattern (losing pattern) starts, the variation display of the performance pattern 50 and the mini pattern MD starts (see Figures 55 (a) to (b)).
After that, a special provocative effect is executed to indicate whether or not a special reach development effect will be executed, as will be described later. In this special provocative effect, a special provocative image (for example, an image indicating whether or not a character used in the special reach development effect will appear (an image that creates anticipation for the appearance of the character)) is displayed on the entire surface of the display unit 21a (see FIG. 55(c)).
Furthermore, during the execution of the special hype effect, in order to prevent a decrease in the visibility of the special hype image, the display of the variation of the effect symbols 50 (the variation of the first, second, and third stop symbols) is performed in the upper right corner rather than in the center of the display unit 21a (see FIG. 55(c)). On the other hand, the suggestion of staying in the chance zone continues even during the execution of the special hype effect (see FIGS. 55(c)-(d)).
In addition, while the special promotional effect is being executed, the display of the change in the effect pattern 50 may not be performed at all, and the indication of staying in the chance zone may not be given.
Then, in this special provocative performance, as described above, an indication is given that the special reach development performance will not be executed (for example, a non-execution suggestion image is displayed suggesting that a character used in the special reach development performance has not appeared) (see Figure 55 (d)), and the special provocative performance ends. Note that this special provocative performance ends just before the special pattern variation time has elapsed (a losing pattern is displayed stationary on the first special pattern display device 30 or the second special pattern display device 31).
After that, similar to the variation effects due to the reach variation pattern without development and the reach variation pattern with development described above, when the variation time of the special symbol has passed and a losing symbol is stopped and displayed on the first special symbol display device 30 or the second special symbol display device 31, all of the performance symbols 50 are stopped and displayed in a non-winning mode in the center of the display unit 21a, and the mini symbol MD at the position corresponding to each performance symbol 50 is stopped and displayed with the same number symbol as the performance symbol 50. After that, these performance symbols 50 and mini symbol MD are stopped and displayed until the stop display time (0.5 seconds) has passed.

(1-2) When the result of the lottery is a jackpot If the result of the lottery is a jackpot during the normal presentation state (normal game state), a variation presentation can be executed using either a reach variation pattern without development or a reach variation pattern with development.

When the result of the lottery is a jackpot, the variation effect based on the no-development reach variation pattern is executed in the same manner as the variation effect based on the no-development reach variation pattern in the case of a miss described above. When the special pattern variation time has elapsed and the jackpot pattern is displayed statically on the first special pattern display device 30 or the second special pattern display device 31, all of the variation effects 50 are displayed statically in the center of the display unit 21a in accordance with the winning mode, and the mini pattern MD in the position corresponding to each variation effect 50 is displayed statically with the same numerical pattern as the variation effect 50 (see Figure 54(e)). Furthermore, a winning notification image (for example, an image that reads "BONUS!") is displayed on the display unit 21a to notify the player that a jackpot has been won (see Figure 54(f)). The variation effects 50 and mini pattern MD are displayed statically until the static display time (0.5 seconds) has elapsed, and the special game begins once the static display time has elapsed.

When the result of the win/lose lottery is a jackpot, the change presentation using the development reach change pattern is executed in the same manner as the change presentation using the development reach change pattern in the case of a miss as described above, but in the reach development presentation, unlike in the case of a miss, a jackpot suggestion is made that suggests that the result of the win/lose lottery is a jackpot (for example, a jackpot suggestion image is displayed that indicates that the outcome of a specified story shown in the development presentation image has been successful).
Then, when the special pattern variation time has elapsed and the jackpot pattern is stopped and displayed on the first special pattern display device 30 or the second special pattern display device 31, all of the effect patterns 50 are stopped and displayed in the center of the display unit 21a according to the winning mode, and the mini pattern MD at the position corresponding to each effect pattern 50 is stopped and displayed with the same number pattern as the effect pattern 50 (see FIG. 54(e)). Also, the above-mentioned winning notification image is displayed on the display unit 21a (see FIG. 54(f)). Then, the effect patterns 50 and mini pattern MD are stopped and displayed until the stop display time (0.5 seconds) has elapsed, and the special game begins when the stop display time has elapsed.

(1-3) When the result of the lottery is a win for time-saving grant and the time-saving pattern J2 is determined During the normal presentation state (normal game state), when the result of the lottery is a win for time-saving grant and the time-saving pattern J2 is determined, a variation presentation based on a special reach variation pattern is executed.

In the variation effect by the special reach variation pattern executed when the time-saving symbol J2 is determined, similar to the variation effect by the special non-winning variation pattern when the result of the above-mentioned winning/losing lottery is a losing one, when the variation display of the special symbol (time-saving symbol J2) starts while the suggestion of staying in the chance zone is being made, the variation display of the performance symbol 50 and the mini symbol MD starts, and then the special stimulating effect is executed (see Figures 56(a) to (c)). Also, the variation display of the performance symbol 50 during the execution of the special stimulating effect and the aspect of the suggestion of staying in the chance zone are also similar to the variation effect by the special non-winning variation pattern when the result of the above-mentioned winning/losing lottery is a losing one (see Figure 56(c)).
Then, in this special provocative effect, as described above, a suggestion is made that a special reach development effect will be executed (for example, an execution suggestion image is displayed suggesting the appearance of a character used in the special reach development effect) (see Figure 56 (d)), and the special provocative effect ends. This special provocative effect ends just before the special pattern variation time has elapsed (the time-saving pattern J2 is displayed stopped on the first special pattern display device 30 or the second special pattern display device 31).
After that, when the special symbol variation time has elapsed and the time-saving symbol J2 is stopped and displayed on the first special symbol display device 30 or the second special symbol display device 31, a reach display is displayed in the upper right corner of the display unit 21a, and a special reach development effect (for example, an image of a showdown between an introduced character and an enemy character) begins on the entire surface of the display unit 21a (see FIG. 56(e)). At this time, the mini symbol MD in the position corresponding to the first stop symbol is stopped and displayed with the same number symbol as the effect symbol 50, the mini symbol MD in the position corresponding to the second stop symbol is stopped and displayed with the same number symbol as the effect symbol 50, and the mini symbol MD in the position corresponding to the third stop symbol is stopped and displayed with the number symbol "0" (see FIG. 56(e)). As a result, although it is difficult to see, the stop display mode of the mini symbol MD suggests that a time-saving award has been won.
In this special reach development effect, a highly advantageous result is indicated (for example, a "WIN!" image is displayed indicating that the character has won the battle), indicating that the result of the lottery is a win for the time-saving grant and that the time-saving symbol J2 has been determined (i.e., a transition to a low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with 10,000 time-saving cycles will occur). At the same time, in the upper right corner of the display unit 21a, a third stop symbol with a number symbol different from the first and second stop symbols (for example, a number symbol that is one number different from the first and second stop symbols) is displayed as a non-winning symbol, and all effect symbols 50 are displayed as a non-winning symbol, thereby ending the special reach development effect. This special reach development effect ends just before the stop display time (20 seconds) has elapsed. In other words, the special reach development effect is executed between the time-saving symbol J2 being displayed as a non-winning symbol and the time-saving symbol J2 being displayed as a non-winning symbol and the time-saving symbol J2 being displayed as a non-winning symbol.
Thereafter, the display symbols 50 and mini symbols MD are displayed as stopped until the stop display time (20 seconds) has elapsed, and when the stop display time has elapsed, a low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with 10,000 time-saving times is set, and the display state is set to low-probability time-saving effect state B. At this time, the chance zone stay suggestion being performed on the display unit 21a ends, and a third background image is displayed, a high-advantage state setting suggestion indicating that the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with 10,000 time-saving times has been set (for example, display of a high-advantage state setting suggestion image such as "Super time start!"), and a right-hit suggestion (for example, display of a right-hit suggestion image such as "→→→ right hit," lighting of the right-hit notification lamp RL, etc.) are also performed (see FIG. 46(g)).
In addition, this right-hit suggestion may be continuously executed during the above-mentioned low-probability time-shortening game state LJT2 (during low-probability time-shortening presentation state B), or may be continuously executed from the time the low-probability time-shortening game state LJT2 (low-probability time-shortening presentation state B) is set until a predetermined end point (for example, the time when a predetermined time (for example, 5 seconds) has elapsed since the first variable presentation started).

(1-4) When the result of the lottery is a win for time-saving grant and time-saving pattern J1 is determined: In the normal presentation state (normal game state), when the result of the lottery is a win for time-saving grant and time-saving pattern J1 is determined, a variation presentation based on the special reach variation pattern is executed, just as in the case where time-saving pattern J2 is determined.

In the variation effect by the special reach variation pattern executed when the time-saving symbol J1 is determined, the manner of suggesting staying in the chance zone, the manner of the variation display of the performance symbol 50 and the mini symbol MD that starts with the start of the variation display of the special symbol (time-saving symbol J1), and the manner of the special provocative effect are all the same as the variation effect by the special reach variation pattern executed when the above-mentioned time-saving symbol J2 is determined (see Figures 57(a) to (d)). Note that the special provocative effect ends just before the variation time of the special symbol has elapsed (the time-saving symbol J1 is displayed stopped on the first special symbol display device 30 or the second special symbol display device 31).
Then, similar to the special reach variation effect that occurs when the time-saving symbol J2 is determined, when the special symbol variation time elapses and the time-saving symbol J1 is displayed stopped on the first special symbol display device 30 or the second special symbol display device 31, a reach display is displayed in the upper right corner of the display unit 21a, and a special reach development effect begins on the entire surface of the display unit 21a (see FIG. 57(e)). Also, at this time, the mini symbol MD in the position corresponding to the first stop symbol is displayed stopped with the same number symbol as the effect symbol 50, the mini symbol MD in the position corresponding to the second stop symbol is displayed stopped with the same number symbol as the effect symbol 50, and the mini symbol MD in the position corresponding to the third stop symbol is displayed stopped with the number symbol "0" (see FIG. 57(e)). As a result, although it is difficult to see, the stopped display mode of the mini symbol MD suggests that a time-saving award has been won.
In this special reach development effect, a low-advantage result indication (for example, the display of an image saying "LOSE..." indicating that the character has lost the battle) is made, indicating that the result of the lottery is a win for the time-saving grant and that the time-saving symbol J1 has been determined (i.e., a transition to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1). At the same time, in the upper right corner of the display unit 21a, a third stop symbol is displayed as a number symbol different from the first and second stop symbols (for example, a number symbol that is one number different from the first and second stop symbols), causing all effect symbols 50 to be displayed as a non-winning state, and the special reach development effect ends. This special reach development effect ends just before the stop display time (20 seconds) has elapsed. In other words, the special reach development effect is executed between the time-saving symbol J1 being displayed as a number symbol and the time-saving symbol J1 having elapsed.
After that, the display symbols 50 and mini symbols MD are displayed in a stopped state until the stop display time (20 seconds) has elapsed, and when that stop display time has elapsed, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 is set, and the display state is set to the low-probability time-saving display state A1 (see FIG. 52). At this time, the suggestion of staying in the chance zone that was being performed on the display unit 21a ends, but the first background image that was displayed during the normal display state (normal game state) continues to be displayed (see FIG. 57(g)).

(2) During low probability time-saving performance state A1 (low probability time-saving game state LJT1)
As described above, if a time-saving award is won and the time-saving symbol J1 is determined during the normal gaming state, the game transitions to the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1, and the presentation state is set to the low-probability time-saving presentation state A1. Also, if a time-saving award is won and the time-saving symbol J1 or J2 is determined during the low-probability time-saving presentation state A2 (a presentation state that is set when power is restored from a power outage without RAM being cleared (initialization process in the event of an abnormality, normal initialization process) during the low-probability time-saving presentation state A1), the presentation state is set to the low-probability time-saving presentation state A1.
Then, when the normal gaming state transitions to the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1 and the presentation state is set to the low-probability time-saving presentation state A1, as described above, the suggestion of staying in the chance zone that was performed during the normal presentation state (normal gaming state) ends, while the display of the first background image continues (see FIG. 57(g)). Also, as will be described later, in the low-probability time-saving presentation state A2, the display of the first background image and the suggestion of staying in the chance zone are performed as in the normal presentation state, but when the presentation state is set to the low-probability time-saving presentation state A1, the suggestion of staying in the chance zone ends, while the display of the first background image continues.
That is, during the low probability time-saving presentation state A1, the same first background image as during the normal presentation state and the low probability time-saving presentation state A2 is displayed, but no suggestion of staying in the chance zone is made.
Furthermore, when the presentation state is set to the low probability time-saving presentation state A1, the above-mentioned left-hit suggestion is not made, unlike when the presentation state is set to the normal presentation state (normal game play state) (see Figure 57 (g)).

Then, a change performance is executed in accordance with the change display of the special symbol.
(2-1) If the result of the winning/losing lottery is a loss If the result of the winning/losing lottery is a loss during the low-probability time-saving presentation state A1, unlike when the result of the winning/losing lottery is a loss during the normal presentation state, a variation presentation based on the special non-winning variation pattern is not executed, and a variation presentation based on either the normal non-winning variation pattern, the no-development reach variation pattern, or the development reach variation pattern can be executed.
Except for the point that no indication of staying in the chance zone is given, the fluctuation presentation by the normal non-winning fluctuation pattern is executed in the same manner as the fluctuation presentation by the normal non-winning fluctuation pattern when the result of the win/loss lottery in the normal presentation state is a loss, the fluctuation presentation by the no-development fluctuation pattern is executed in the same manner as the fluctuation presentation by the no-development fluctuation pattern when the result of the win/loss lottery in the normal presentation state is a loss, and the fluctuation presentation by the development fluctuation pattern is executed in the same manner as the fluctuation presentation by the development fluctuation pattern when the result of the win/loss lottery in the normal presentation state is a loss.

(2-2) If the result of the win/loss lottery is a jackpot If the result of the win/loss lottery is a jackpot during the low-probability time-saving presentation state A1, a variation presentation can be executed using either a reach variation pattern without development or a reach variation pattern with development, just as when the result of the win/loss lottery is a jackpot during the normal presentation state.
Except for the point that no indication of staying in the chance zone is given, the variation presentation by the no-development variation pattern is executed in the same manner as the variation presentation by the no-development variation pattern when the result of the win/loss lottery in the normal presentation state is a jackpot win, and the variation presentation by the development variation pattern is executed in the same manner as the variation presentation by the development variation pattern when the result of the win/loss lottery in the normal presentation state is a jackpot win.

(2-3) When the result of the lottery is a win for time-saving grant and the time-saving pattern J1 or J2 is determined During the low-probability time-saving presentation state A1, when the result of the lottery is a win for time-saving grant and the time-saving pattern J1 or J2 is determined, unlike when the result of the lottery is a win for time-saving grant and the time-saving pattern J1 or J2 is determined during the normal presentation state, the variation presentation based on the special reach variation pattern is not executed, and the variation presentation based on the normal non-winning variation pattern is executed.
As mentioned above, during the low probability time-saving presentation state A1, unlike during the normal presentation state, no suggestion of staying in the chance zone is made, and the variation presentation using the normal non-winning variation pattern is executed while the chance zone stay suggestion image is not displayed on the display unit 21a.
In the variation performance by this normal non-winning variation pattern, as in the normal performance state, when the variation display of the special symbol (time-saving symbol J1 or J2) starts, the variation display of all the performance symbols 50 starts in the center of the display unit 21a, and the variation display of all the mini symbols MD starts in the lower right corner of the display unit 21a. In the variation performance by this normal non-winning variation pattern, the reach display is not performed.
Then, when the special pattern variation time has elapsed and the time-saving pattern J1 or J2 is stopped and displayed on the first special pattern display device 30 or the second special pattern display device 31, all of the effect patterns 50 are stopped and displayed due to the non-winning mode, and the mini pattern MD at the position corresponding to each effect pattern 50 is stopped and displayed with the same number pattern as the effect pattern 50. After that, these effect patterns 50 and mini pattern MD are stopped and displayed until the stop display time (0.5 seconds) has elapsed.
Since the currently set game state is the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, even if the time-saving symbol J1 or J2 is determined, the game state does not change even after the above-mentioned stop display time has elapsed, and the currently set low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 continues. Also, the presentation state continues as the low-probability time-saving presentation state A1 (see FIG. 52).

In the low-probability time-saving presentation state A1, even if the time-saving award is won, the set game state remains the low-probability time-saving presentation state LJT1. Therefore, if a variation presentation based on a special reach variation pattern is executed and the determination of the time-saving symbol J1 or J2 is suggested, as in the case of winning the time-saving award during the normal presentation state, the player may be given the impression that the game state is being changed.
Therefore, in the low probability time-saving effect state A1, if the result of the lottery is a win for time-saving granting, a variation effect is performed using a normal non-winning variation pattern that can be executed if the result of the lottery is a loss, and the display of the non-winning effect pattern 50 and the display of the mini pattern MD with the same number pattern as the effect pattern 50 are stopped.
As a result, in the low-probability time-saving presentation state A1, even if the player wins the time-saving award, the player cannot know whether the time-saving award has been awarded from the execution mode of the variable presentation, the stop display mode of the presentation pattern 50, and the stop display mode of the mini pattern MD, giving the player the impression that the result of the lottery was a loss, and ultimately making it possible to prevent the player from getting the impression that the game state has changed.

(3) During low probability time-saving performance state A2 (during low probability time-saving game state LJT1)
As described above, if a power outage occurs during the low-probability time-saving presentation state A1 and the power is restored without the RAM being cleared (normal power outage restoration occurs), the presentation state is set to the low-probability time-saving presentation state A2 while the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 remains unchanged.
When the presentation state is set to the low-probability time-shortening presentation state A2, the first background image is displayed on the display unit 21a, and a suggestion of staying in the chance zone is made, just as in the normal presentation state (see FIGS. 53(a)-(e), 54(a)-(c), 55(a)-(e), 56(a)-(f), and 57(a)-(f)). The display of the first background image and the suggestion of staying in the chance zone are continuously executed during the low-probability time-shortening presentation state A2, except for a certain period. Note that if a power interruption occurs during the low-probability time-shortening presentation state A2 (during the low-probability time-shortening game state LJT1) and normal power interruption is restored, the low-probability time-shortening presentation state A2 (low-probability time-shortening game state LJT1) remains, and therefore the display of the first background image and the suggestion of staying in the chance zone are made even after the power interruption is restored.
In addition, when the power is restored after a power outage and the game state is set to the low probability time-saving presentation state A2, the left-hit suggestion may or may not be executed.

Then, a change performance is executed in accordance with the change display of the special symbol.
(3-1) If the result of the winning/losing lottery is a loss If the result of the winning/losing lottery is a loss during the low-probability time-saving presentation state A2, a variation presentation can be executed using either a normal non-winning variation pattern, a no-development reach variation pattern, a development reach variation pattern, or a special non-winning variation pattern, just as when the result of the winning/losing lottery is a loss during the normal presentation state.
The fluctuation performances according to these execution modes are executed while the suggestion of staying in the chance zone is made, just like in the normal performance state.The fluctuation performance according to the normal non-winning fluctuation pattern is executed in the same manner as the fluctuation performance according to the normal non-winning fluctuation pattern when the result of the winning/losing lottery in the normal performance state is a loss, the fluctuation performance according to the no-development fluctuation pattern is executed in the same manner as the fluctuation performance according to the no-development fluctuation pattern when the result of the winning/losing lottery in the normal performance state is a loss, the fluctuation performance according to the development fluctuation pattern is executed in the same manner as the fluctuation performance according to the development fluctuation pattern when the result of the winning/losing lottery in the normal performance state is a loss, and the fluctuation performance according to the special non-winning fluctuation pattern is executed in the same manner as the fluctuation performance according to the special non-winning fluctuation pattern when the result of the winning/losing lottery in the normal performance state is a loss (see Figure 53, Figure 55, etc.).

(3-2) If the result of the win/loss lottery is a jackpot If the result of the win/loss lottery is a jackpot during the low-probability time-saving presentation state A2, a variation presentation can be executed using either a reach variation pattern without development or a reach variation pattern with development, just as when the result of the win/loss lottery is a jackpot during the normal presentation state.
The variation effects according to these execution modes are executed while the suggestion of staying in the chance zone is made, just like in the normal performance state. The variation effects according to the non-development variation pattern are executed in the same manner as the variation effects according to the non-development variation pattern when the result of the winning/losing lottery in the normal performance state is a winning jackpot, and the variation effects according to the development variation pattern are executed in the same manner as the variation effects according to the development variation pattern when the result of the winning/losing lottery in the normal performance state is a winning jackpot (see FIG. 54, etc.).

(3-3) When the result of the lottery is a win for time-saving grant and the time-saving pattern J1 or J2 is determined During the low-probability time-saving presentation state A2, in either case, when the result of the lottery is a win for time-saving grant and the time-saving pattern J1 or J2 is determined, the indication of staying in the chance zone remains and a variation presentation based on a special non-winning variation pattern is executed.
The variable presentation by the special non-winning variable pattern based on the determination of the time-saving pattern J1 or J2 is executed in a manner almost similar to the special non-winning variable pattern when a miss occurs in the normal presentation state.
Specifically, when the display of the special pattern (time-saving pattern J1 or J2) begins to change, the display of the effect pattern 50 and the mini pattern MD begins to change, and then the special promotional effect is executed (see Figures 55 (a) to (d)).
In this special provocation effect, a suggestion is made that the special reach development effect will not be executed (see Figure 55 (d)), and the special provocation effect ends. Note that this special provocation effect ends just before the special pattern variation time elapses (when a losing pattern is displayed stationary on the first special pattern display device 30 or the second special pattern display device 31).
After that, when the special pattern variation time has elapsed and the time-saving pattern J1 or J2 is displayed stopped on the first special pattern display device 30 or the second special pattern display device 31, all of the effect patterns 50 are displayed stopped in the center of the display unit 21a in a non-winning mode, and the mini pattern MD at the position corresponding to each effect pattern 50 is displayed stopped with the same number pattern as the effect pattern 50. After that, these effect patterns 50 and mini pattern MD are displayed stopped until the stop display time (0.5 seconds) has elapsed.
Here, since the currently set game state is the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, even though the time-saving symbol J1 or J2 has been determined, the game state does not change even after the above-mentioned stop display time has elapsed, and the currently set low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 continues. In contrast, the presentation state is set to the low-probability time-saving presentation state A1 (see FIG. 52). At this time, although the suggestion of staying in the chance zone that was being performed on the display unit 21a ends, the first background image that was displayed during the low-probability time-saving presentation state A2 (during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1) continues to be displayed (see FIG. 57(g)).

(4) During low probability time-saving performance state B (during low probability time-saving game state LJT2 with 10,000 time-saving times)
As described above, when a time-saving award is won during normal game mode and the time-saving symbol J2 is determined, the game state transitions to a low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with 10,000 time-saving times, and the presentation state is set to the low-probability time-saving presentation state B.
Then, when the game transitions from the normal game state to a low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with 10,000 time-saving cycles and the presentation state is set to the low-probability time-saving presentation state B, as described above, the suggestion of staying in the chance zone that was being carried out during the normal presentation state (normal game state) ends and the third background image is displayed (see Figure 56 (g)).

Then, a change performance is executed in accordance with the change display of the special symbol.
(4-1) If the result of the winning/losing lottery is a loss If the result of the winning/losing lottery is a loss during low-probability time-saving presentation state B (during low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with 10,000 time-saving times), although not specifically shown, it is possible to execute a variation presentation using either a normal non-winning variation pattern, a reach variation pattern without development, or a reach variation pattern with development, just as when the result of the winning/losing lottery is a loss during low-probability time-saving presentation state A1.
The fluctuation presentation based on the normal non-winning fluctuation pattern is executed in the same manner as the fluctuation presentation based on the normal non-winning fluctuation pattern when the result of the winning/losing lottery in the low-probability time-shortening presentation state A1 is a losing one, the fluctuation presentation based on the no-development fluctuation pattern is executed in the same manner as the fluctuation presentation based on the no-development fluctuation pattern when the result of the winning/losing lottery in the low-probability time-shortening presentation state A1 is a losing one, and the fluctuation presentation based on the development fluctuation pattern is executed in the same manner as the fluctuation presentation based on the development fluctuation pattern when the result of the winning/losing lottery in the low-probability time-shortening presentation state A1 is a losing one.

(4-2) If the result of the win/loss lottery is a jackpot If the result of the win/loss lottery is a jackpot during low-probability time-saving presentation state B (low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with 10,000 time-saving times), although not specifically shown, it is possible to execute a variation presentation using either a reach variation pattern without development or a reach variation pattern with development, just as in the case where the result of the win/loss lottery is a jackpot in low-probability time-saving presentation state A1.
The variation presentation based on the no-development variation pattern is executed in the same manner as the variation presentation based on the no-development variation pattern when the result of the win/loss lottery in the low-probability time-shortening presentation state A1 is a jackpot win, and the variation presentation based on the development variation pattern is executed in the same manner as the variation presentation based on the development variation pattern when the result of the win/loss lottery in the low-probability time-shortening presentation state A1 is a jackpot win.

(4-3) When the result of the lottery is a win for time-saving grant and time-saving pattern J1 or J2 is determined During the low-probability time-saving presentation state B (during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with 10,000 time-saving times), if the result of the lottery is a win for time-saving grant and time-saving pattern J1 or J2 is determined, although not specifically shown, it is possible to execute a variation presentation using either the normal non-winning variation pattern, the no-development reach variation pattern, or the development reach variation pattern, just as when the result of the lottery is a loss in this low-probability time-saving presentation state B.
The fluctuation presentation based on the normal non-winning fluctuation pattern is executed in the same manner as the fluctuation presentation based on the normal non-winning fluctuation pattern when the result of the winning/losing lottery in the low-probability time-shortening presentation state B is a losing one, the fluctuation presentation based on the no-development fluctuation pattern is executed in the same manner as the fluctuation presentation based on the no-development fluctuation pattern when the result of the winning/losing lottery in the low-probability time-shortening presentation state B is a losing one, and the fluctuation presentation based on the development fluctuation pattern is executed in the same manner as the fluctuation presentation based on the development fluctuation pattern when the result of the winning/losing lottery in the low-probability time-shortening presentation state B is a losing one.
Since the currently set game state is the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2, even if the time-saving pattern J1 or J2 is determined, the game state does not change, and the currently set low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 continues.

In this way, in the low probability time-saving effect state B, if the result of the lottery is a win for time-saving granting, a change effect is performed using either a normal non-winning change pattern, a no-development reach change pattern, or a development reach change pattern, which can be executed if the result of the lottery is a loss, and the display of the non-winning effect pattern 50 and the display of the mini pattern MD with the same number pattern as the effect pattern 50 are stopped.
As a result, in the low-probability time-saving presentation state B, even if the player wins the time-saving award, the player cannot know whether the time-saving award has been won from the execution mode of the variable presentation, the stop display mode of the presentation pattern 50, and the stop display mode of the mini pattern MD, giving the player the impression that the result of the lottery was a loss, and ultimately making it possible to prevent the player from getting the impression that the game state will be changed by winning the time-saving award.

(5) During low probability time-saving performance state C (during low probability time-saving game state LJT2 with 100 time-saving times)
As described above, if a jackpot is won and the jackpot pattern X1 or X4 is determined, and if the predetermined number of game balls do not enter the specific area 57 during the special game based on that determination, the game will transition to a low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with 100 time-saving cycles, and the presentation state will be set to the low-probability time-saving presentation state C.
Then, when the above-mentioned special game ends, the special game effects that were being performed during the special game (for example, the display of a special game image to liven up the special game (see FIG. 58(a))) end. Then, the game transitions to a low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with 100 time-saving times, and when the effect state is set to low-probability time-saving effect state C, the second background image is displayed, a low-advantage state setting suggestion indicating that the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with 100 time-saving times has been set (for example, the display of a low-advantage state setting suggestion image such as "Revenge time starts!") and a right-hit suggestion are made (see FIG. 48(b)). Furthermore, a number suggestion is made in the lower left corner of the display unit 21a indicating the number of times the special symbol will change display until the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with 100 time-saving times ends (see FIG. 58(b)).

Then, a change performance is executed in accordance with the change display of the special symbol.
(5-1) If the result of the winning/losing lottery is a loss If the result of the winning/losing lottery is a loss during low-probability time-saving presentation state C (during low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with 100 time-saving times), although not specifically shown, it is possible to execute a variation presentation using either a normal non-winning variation pattern, a reach variation pattern without development, or a reach variation pattern with development, just as in the case where the result of the winning/losing lottery is a loss during low-probability time-saving presentation state B (low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with 10,000 time-saving times).
The fluctuation presentation based on the normal non-winning fluctuation pattern is executed in the same manner as the fluctuation presentation based on the normal non-winning fluctuation pattern when the result of the winning/losing lottery in the low-probability time-shortening presentation state B is a losing one, the fluctuation presentation based on the no-development fluctuation pattern is executed in the same manner as the fluctuation presentation based on the no-development fluctuation pattern when the result of the winning/losing lottery in the low-probability time-shortening presentation state B is a losing one, and the fluctuation presentation based on the development fluctuation pattern is executed in the same manner as the fluctuation presentation based on the development fluctuation pattern when the result of the winning/losing lottery in the low-probability time-shortening presentation state B is a losing one.

(5-2) When the result of the lottery is a jackpot When the result of the lottery is a jackpot during low-probability time-saving presentation state C (low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with 100 time-saving times), although not specifically shown, it is possible to execute a variation presentation using either a reach variation pattern without development or a reach variation pattern with development, in the same way as when the result of the lottery is a jackpot during low-probability time-saving presentation state B (low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with 10,000 time-saving times).
The variation presentation based on the no-development variation pattern is executed in the same manner as the variation presentation based on the no-development variation pattern when the result of the win/loss lottery in the low-probability time-shortening presentation state B is a jackpot win, and the variation presentation based on the development variation pattern is executed in the same manner as the variation presentation based on the development variation pattern when the result of the win/loss lottery in the low-probability time-shortening presentation state B is a jackpot win.

(5-3) When the result of the lottery is a win for time-saving grant and time-saving pattern J1 or J2 is determined During the low-probability time-saving presentation state C (during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with 10,000 time-saving times), if the result of the lottery is a win for time-saving grant and time-saving pattern J1 or J2 is determined, although not specifically shown, it is possible to execute a variation presentation using either the normal non-winning variation pattern, the no-development reach variation pattern, or the development reach variation pattern, just as when the result of the lottery is a loss in this low-probability time-saving presentation state C.
The fluctuation presentation based on the normal non-winning fluctuation pattern is executed in the same manner as the fluctuation presentation based on the normal non-winning fluctuation pattern when the result of the winning/losing lottery in the low-probability time-shortening presentation state C is a losing one, the fluctuation presentation based on the no-development fluctuation pattern is executed in the same manner as the fluctuation presentation based on the no-development fluctuation pattern when the result of the winning/losing lottery in the low-probability time-shortening presentation state C is a losing one, and the fluctuation presentation based on the development fluctuation pattern is executed in the same manner as the fluctuation presentation based on the development fluctuation pattern when the result of the winning/losing lottery in the low-probability time-shortening presentation state C is a losing one.
Since the currently set game state is the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2, even if the time-saving pattern J1 or J2 is determined, the game state does not change, and the currently set low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 continues.

In this way, in the low probability time-saving effect state C, if the result of the lottery is a win for time-saving granting, a change effect is performed using either a normal non-winning change pattern, a no-development reach change pattern, or a development reach change pattern, which can be executed if the result of the lottery is a loss, and the display of the non-winning effect pattern 50 and the display of the mini pattern MD with the same number pattern as the effect pattern 50 are stopped.
As a result, in the low-probability time-saving presentation state C, just like in the low-probability time-saving presentation state B, etc., even if a player wins the time-saving award, it is not possible to know whether or not the time-saving award has been won from the execution mode of the variable presentation, the stop display mode of the presentation pattern 50, and the stop display mode of the mini pattern MD, giving the player the impression that the result of the lottery was a loss, and ultimately making it possible to prevent the player from getting the impression that the game state will change if the player wins the time-saving award.

(6) During high probability time-saving performance (during high probability time-saving game state)
As described above, when a jackpot is won and the jackpot pattern X2, X3, X5 or X6 is determined, and a predetermined number of game balls enter the specific area 57 during the special game based on that determination, the game state transitions to a high probability time-saving game state, and the presentation state is set to a high probability time-saving presentation state.
When the special game ends, the special game effect that was being performed during the special game ends. Then, the game transitions to a high-probability time-saving game state, and when the effect state is set to the high-probability time-saving effect state, the third background image is displayed, a high-advantage state setting suggestion is made, and a right-hand hit suggestion is made, just as when the low-probability time-saving effect state B (low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with 10,000 time-saving times) is set (see FIG. 56(g)).
That is, when the presentation state is set to the high-probability time-saving presentation state, the same high-advantageous state setting suggestion is made as when the presentation state is set to the low-probability time-saving presentation state B, and during the high-probability time-saving presentation state, the same background image is displayed as during the low-probability time-saving presentation state B. As a result, it is not possible to know from the background image or the suggestion that a transition to the above-mentioned game state has occurred (high-advantageous state setting suggestion) whether the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with 10,000 time-saving cycles or the high-probability time-saving game state has been set, and the player can be given the impression that they have transitioned to the same game state.
In addition, the background image displayed when the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with the number of time-saving times of 10,000 is set may be different from the background image displayed when the high-probability time-saving game state is set, and the indication of the transition to these game states may be different. In this way, it is possible to know whether the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with the number of time-saving times of 10,000 or the high-probability time-saving game state has been set.

Then, a change performance is executed in accordance with the change display of the special symbol.
(6-1) If the result of the winning/losing lottery is a loss If the result of the winning/losing lottery is a loss during the high-probability time-saving presentation state (high-probability time-saving game state), although not specifically shown, a variation presentation can be executed using either the normal non-winning variation pattern, the no-development reach variation pattern, or the development reach variation pattern, just as in the case where the result of the winning/losing lottery is a loss during the low-probability time-saving presentation state B (low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with 10,000 time-saving times).
The fluctuation presentation based on the normal non-winning fluctuation pattern is executed in the same manner as the fluctuation presentation based on the normal non-winning fluctuation pattern when the result of the winning/losing lottery in the low-probability time-shortening presentation state B is a losing one, the fluctuation presentation based on the no-development fluctuation pattern is executed in the same manner as the fluctuation presentation based on the no-development fluctuation pattern when the result of the winning/losing lottery in the low-probability time-shortening presentation state B is a losing one, and the fluctuation presentation based on the development fluctuation pattern is executed in the same manner as the fluctuation presentation based on the development fluctuation pattern when the result of the winning/losing lottery in the low-probability time-shortening presentation state B is a losing one.

(6-2) When the result of the win/loss lottery is a jackpot If the result of the win/loss lottery is a jackpot during the high-probability time-saving presentation state (high-probability time-saving game state), although not specifically shown, it is possible to execute a variation presentation using either a reach variation pattern without development or a reach variation pattern with development, in the same way as when the result of the win/loss lottery is a jackpot during the low-probability time-saving presentation state B (low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with 10,000 time-saving times).
The variation presentation based on the no-development variation pattern is executed in the same manner as the variation presentation based on the no-development variation pattern when the result of the win/loss lottery in the low-probability time-shortening presentation state B is a jackpot win, and the variation presentation based on the development variation pattern is executed in the same manner as the variation presentation based on the development variation pattern when the result of the win/loss lottery in the low-probability time-shortening presentation state B is a jackpot win.

(6-3) When the result of the lottery is a win for time-saving grant and the time-saving pattern J1 or J2 is determined During a high-probability time-saving presentation state (high-probability time-saving game state), if the result of the lottery is a win for time-saving grant and the time-saving pattern J1 or J2 is determined, although not specifically shown, a variation presentation can be executed using either a normal non-winning variation pattern, a reach variation pattern without development, or a reach variation pattern with development, just as when the result of the lottery is a loss during this high-probability time-saving presentation state.
The fluctuation presentation based on the normal non-winning fluctuation pattern is executed in the same manner as the fluctuation presentation based on the normal non-winning fluctuation pattern when the result of the winning/losing lottery in the high-probability time-shortening presentation state is a losing one, the fluctuation presentation based on the no-development fluctuation pattern is executed in the same manner as the fluctuation presentation based on the no-development fluctuation pattern when the result of the winning/losing lottery in the high-probability time-shortening presentation state is a losing one, and the fluctuation presentation based on the development fluctuation pattern is executed in the same manner as the fluctuation presentation based on the development fluctuation pattern when the result of the winning/losing lottery in the high-probability time-shortening presentation state is a losing one.
Since the currently set game state is a high probability time-saving game state, even if the time-saving symbol J1 or J2 is determined, the game state does not change, and the currently set high probability time-saving game state continues.

In this way, in the high probability time-saving effect state, if the result of the win/loss lottery is a win for time-saving granting, a variation effect is performed using either a normal non-winning variation pattern, a no-development reach variation pattern, or a development reach variation pattern, which can be executed if the result of the win/loss lottery is a loss, and the display of the non-winning mode performance pattern 50 and the display of the mini pattern MD with the same number pattern as the performance pattern 50 are stopped.
As a result, in the high probability time-saving presentation state, just like in the low probability time-saving presentation state B and the low probability time-saving presentation state C, even if a player wins the time-saving presentation, the player cannot know whether or not the time-saving presentation has been won from the execution mode of the variable presentation, the stop display mode of the presentation pattern 50, and the stop display mode of the mini pattern MD, giving the player the impression that the result of the lottery was a loss, and ultimately making it possible to prevent the player from getting the impression that the game state will change if the player wins the time-saving presentation.

(Determining the execution mode of variable performance)
Next, we will explain how to determine the execution mode of the above-mentioned variable effects.
The main ROM 302 of the sub-control board 300 stores a plurality of variable performance determination tables 119 for determining the execution mode of variable performance.
In the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, as shown in Figures 59 and 60, the variable presentation decision table 119 includes a first variable presentation decision table 119a that is referenced in the normal presentation state, a second variable presentation decision table 119b that is referenced in the low-probability time-saving presentation state A1, a third variable presentation decision table 119c that is referenced in the low-probability time-saving presentation state A2, a fourth variable presentation decision table 119d that is referenced in the low-probability time-saving presentation state B or the low-probability time-saving presentation state C, and a fifth variable presentation decision table 119e that is referenced in the high-probability time-saving presentation state.

In each variable effect determination table 119, the execution mode of the variable effect is determined in correspondence with each variable effect pattern command that can be determined by the main control board 100 and each variable effect random number obtained within a predetermined numerical range (0 to 249 in this embodiment). When the sub-CPU 301 of the sub-control board 300 receives a variable effect pattern command from the main control board 100, it obtains a variable effect random number of 1 from the predetermined numerical range (0 to 249). The sub-CPU 301 refers to the variable effect determination table 119 that corresponds to the currently set effect state, and determines the execution mode of the variable effect based on the received variable pattern command and the obtained variable effect random number.
In addition, a performance data table is provided in the sub-ROM 302 of the sub-control board 300, and this performance data table stores performance data that defines the specific execution content of various performances. Then, the sub-CPU 301 acquires performance data corresponding to the determined execution mode of the variable performance, and the variable performance is executed according to the determined execution mode based on the acquired performance data.

As shown in Figure 59 (a), according to the first variation effect determination table 119a, if the received variation pattern command is "00H" (if the result of the win/lose lottery is a lose), either a normal non-winning variation pattern or a special non-winning variation pattern is determined, if the received variation pattern command is "01H" (if the result of the win/lose lottery is a lose), a normal non-winning variation pattern is determined, if the received variation pattern command is "02H" (if the result of the win/lose lottery is a lose), a no-development reach variation pattern is determined, and if the received variation pattern command is "03H" (if the result of the win/lose lottery is a lose), a development reach variation pattern is determined.
In addition, if the received fluctuation pattern command is "0AH" (if the result of the lottery is a jackpot), a reach fluctuation pattern without development is determined, and if the received fluctuation pattern command is "0BH" (if the result of the lottery is a jackpot), a reach fluctuation pattern with development is determined.
In addition, if the received variation pattern command is "0EH" or "0FH" (if the result of the lottery is a win for the time-saving grant), a special non-winning variation pattern is determined.

As shown in Figure 59 (b), according to the second variation effect determination table 119b, if the received variation pattern command is "10H" (if the result of the win/lose lottery is a lose), a normal non-winning variation pattern is determined, if the received variation pattern command is "11H" (if the result of the win/lose lottery is a lose), a normal non-winning variation pattern is determined, if the received variation pattern command is "12H" (if the result of the win/lose lottery is a lose), a no-development reach variation pattern is determined, and if the received variation pattern command is "13H" (if the result of the win/lose lottery is a lose), a development reach variation pattern is determined.
In addition, if the received fluctuation pattern command is "1AH" (if the result of the lottery is a jackpot), a reach fluctuation pattern without development is determined, and if the received fluctuation pattern command is "1BH" (if the result of the lottery is a jackpot), a reach fluctuation pattern with development is determined.
In addition, if the received variation pattern command is "1CH" (if the result of the lottery is a win for time-saving grant), a normal non-winning variation pattern is determined.

As shown in Figure 59 (c), according to the third variation effect determination table 119c, if the received variation pattern command is "10H" (if the result of the win/lose lottery is a lose), a normal non-winning variation pattern is determined, if the received variation pattern command is "11H" (if the result of the win/lose lottery is a lose), a normal non-winning variation pattern is determined, if the received variation pattern command is "12H" (if the result of the win/lose lottery is a lose), a no-development reach variation pattern is determined, and if the received variation pattern command is "13H" (if the result of the win/lose lottery is a lose), a development reach variation pattern is determined.
In addition, if the received fluctuation pattern command is "1AH" (if the result of the lottery is a jackpot), a reach fluctuation pattern without development is determined, and if the received fluctuation pattern command is "1BH" (if the result of the lottery is a jackpot), a reach fluctuation pattern with development is determined.
In addition, if the received variation pattern command is "1CH" (if the result of the lottery is a win for time-saving grant), a special non-winning variation pattern is determined.

As shown in Figure 60 (a), according to the fourth variation effect determination table 119d, if the received variation pattern command is "20H" (if the result of the win/lose lottery is a lose), a normal non-winning variation pattern is determined, if the received variation pattern command is "21H" (if the result of the win/lose lottery is a lose), a normal non-winning variation pattern is determined, if the received variation pattern command is "22H" (if the result of the win/lose lottery is a lose), a no-development reach variation pattern is determined, and if the received variation pattern command is "23H" (if the result of the win/lose lottery is a lose), a development reach variation pattern is determined.
In addition, if the received fluctuation pattern command is "2AH" (if the result of the lottery is a jackpot), a reach fluctuation pattern without development is determined, and if the received fluctuation pattern command is "2BH" (if the result of the lottery is a jackpot), a reach fluctuation pattern with development is determined.
In addition, if the received fluctuation pattern command is "2CH" (if the result of the win/lose lottery is a win in the grant of time-saving), a normal non-winning fluctuation pattern is determined, if the received fluctuation pattern command is "2DH" (if the result of the win/lose lottery is a win in the grant of time-saving), a normal non-winning fluctuation pattern is determined, if the received fluctuation pattern command is "2EH" (if the result of the win/lose lottery is a win in the grant of time-saving), a no-development reach fluctuation pattern is determined, and if the received fluctuation pattern command is "2FH" (if the result of the win/lose lottery is a win in the grant of time-saving), a development reach fluctuation pattern is determined.

As shown in Figure 60 (b), according to the fifth variation effect determination table 119e, if the received variation pattern command is "30H" (if the result of the win/lose lottery is a lose), a normal non-winning variation pattern is determined, if the received variation pattern command is "31H" (if the result of the win/lose lottery is a lose), a normal non-winning variation pattern is determined, if the received variation pattern command is "32H" (if the result of the win/lose lottery is a lose), a no-development reach variation pattern is determined, and if the received variation pattern command is "33H" (if the result of the win/lose lottery is a lose), a development reach variation pattern is determined.
In addition, if the received fluctuation pattern command is "3AH" (if the result of the lottery is a jackpot), a reach fluctuation pattern without development is determined, and if the received fluctuation pattern command is "3BH" (if the result of the lottery is a jackpot), a reach fluctuation pattern with development is determined.
In addition, if the received fluctuation pattern command is "3CH" (if the result of the win/lose lottery is a win in the grant of time-saving), a normal non-winning fluctuation pattern is determined, if the received fluctuation pattern command is "3DH" (if the result of the win/lose lottery is a win in the grant of time-saving), a normal non-winning fluctuation pattern is determined, if the received fluctuation pattern command is "3EH" (if the result of the win/lose lottery is a win in the grant of time-saving), a no-development reach fluctuation pattern is determined, and if the received fluctuation pattern command is "3FH" (if the result of the win/lose lottery is a win in the grant of time-saving), a development reach fluctuation pattern is determined.

In Figures 59 and 60, the numbers shown in each area where a variation pattern command and a variation performance execution mode are associated indicate the range of variation performance random numbers allocated to that area, i.e., the selection rate (determination rate) of that area.
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, the selection ratios for the execution mode of the variable presentation are set separately for the cases where the result of the lottery is a miss, where a jackpot is won, and where a time-saving grant is won.

In addition, the effects that can be executed on the pachinko machine P of this embodiment are not limited to the above-mentioned variable effects, and for example, a pre-reading effect may be provided that gives suggestions regarding the hold stored in the hold memory area before the variable effect related to the hold is executed.
Specifically, the predictive effects may include a hold predictive effect in which, when a new hold is stored, the hold is displayed in one of a plurality of modes including a normal mode and a special mode which has a higher expectation of winning a jackpot than the normal mode; a hold change predictive effect in which, at any time from the time the hold is stored until the variable effect based on that hold ends, the hold display being displayed in a predetermined mode is changed to a mode which has a higher expectation of winning a jackpot or winning a time-saving grant; and a predictive zone effect in which, when a new hold is stored, a high expectation suggestive image (for example, a background image) is displayed which suggests a high expectation of winning a jackpot during the variable effect based on that hold, or across multiple variable effects from the variable effect based on a hold stored earlier than that hold to the variable effect based on that hold.

(Summary of special game effects)
During a special game, a special game effect is executed. In this special game effect, a special game image is displayed on the display unit 21a of the effect display device 21 to liven up the special game being played (see FIGS. 58(a), 61(a), and 61(c) to (f)). Also, during a special game, an image of the number of rounds that suggests the number of rounds being played is displayed on the display unit 21a of the effect display device 21 (see FIGS. 61(a), (c) to (f)). By displaying this image of the number of rounds, it is possible to suggest to the player which round of round play is being played.
Furthermore, during the special game performance, not only is the special game image displayed, but in conjunction with the display of the special game image, predetermined background music and sound are output from the audio output device 10 (speaker), and the performance lighting device 23 (lamp) emits light in a predetermined lighting pattern and color.

(Overview of display of number of winning balls)
When a jackpot is won in the normal game state, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 or the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with 10,000 time-saving times, and a special game based on the winning jackpot is started, a display of the number of prize balls won, indicating the cumulative number of prize balls since the start of the game (i.e., the cumulative number of prize balls paid out and won by the player based on the game balls entering each prize slot (general prize slot 14, first start prize slot 15, second start prize slot 16, large prize slot 18)) will begin (for example, if the cumulative number of prize balls reaches 700, a text image such as "700pt" will be displayed (see Figures 61(a) to (d))).
This display of the number of prize balls won is updated each time a game ball enters each winning slot. That is, it is updated to a value obtained by adding the number of prize balls scheduled to be paid out based on that ball entering. Note that instead of updating the value by adding the number of prize balls scheduled to be paid out each time a game ball enters each winning slot, it may also be updated to a value obtained by adding the number of prize balls actually paid out based on the game ball entering each winning slot.
The display of the number of winning balls continues during the high-probability time-shortening game state or the low-probability time-shortening game state LJT2 with 100 time-shortening cycles that is set after the special game ends, and also during the special game that is executed based on winning a jackpot in the high-probability time-shortening game state or the low-probability time-shortening game state LJT2 with 100 time-shortening cycles, and ends when the high-probability time-shortening game state or the low-probability time-shortening game state LJT2 with 100 time-shortening cycles ends without winning a jackpot.
In other words, when a special game based on winning a jackpot during the normal game state, during the low-probability time-shortening game state LJT1, or during the low-probability time-shortening game state LJT2 with 10,000 time-shortening times, the number of winning prize balls is continuously displayed while the setting of the high-probability time-shortening game state or the low-probability time-shortening game state LJT2 with 100 time-shortening times, and the execution of the special game based on winning a jackpot during the high-probability time-shortening game state or the low-probability time-shortening game state LJT2 with 100 time-shortening times are repeated.

Here, when the setting of the high probability time-saving game state or the low probability time-saving game state LJT2 with 100 time-saving times is repeated, and when the special game is repeatedly executed based on winning a jackpot during the high probability time-saving game state or the low probability time-saving game state LJT2 with 100 time-saving times, the number of prize balls displayed will gradually increase. However, in the pachinko machine P of this form, when the number of prize balls acquired reaches the number equivalent to the difference in the number of balls at which the game will stop (i.e., 95,000 balls, which is the number at which operation will stop), the number of prize balls acquired is not displayed, and instead of the number of prize balls acquired, a difference in the number of balls reached display (for example, a difference in the number of balls reached image saying "COMPLETE!") is displayed on the display unit 21a of the effect display device 21, indicating that the number equivalent to the difference in the number of balls has been reached (see Figures 61 (e) to (f)).
In other words, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, even if the number of winning balls reaches a number equivalent to the difference in the number of balls that would cause the game to stop, the number equivalent to that difference in the number of balls is not displayed as the number of winning balls.
During special play, high-probability time-saving play, and low-probability time-saving play LJT2 with 100 time-saving cycles, the number of prize balls displayed is the number of balls won. However, if players or hall staff who see this recognize it as the difference in balls, displaying the number of balls equivalent to the difference in balls that would cause gameplay to stop (95,000, the activation stop number) as the number of prize balls won could give the player the misunderstanding that the game's stop based on the activation state setting is not functioning properly. Therefore, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, even if the number of prize balls won reaches the number equivalent to the difference in balls that would cause gameplay to stop, the number equivalent to that difference in balls is not displayed as the number of prize balls won. This prevents the above-mentioned misunderstanding from occurring.

Even if the number of winning balls reaches a number equivalent to the difference in balls that would cause the game to stop, the control that prevents the number equivalent to that difference in balls from being displayed as the number of winning balls is not limited to the above-mentioned difference in balls display (display of the difference in balls image).
For example, the number of prize balls acquired may be displayed up to a number (94,999) that is one less than the number corresponding to the difference in the number of balls at which the game will stop, but once that number has been displayed, the update of the number of prize balls acquired may be stopped (i.e., the count may be stopped).Furthermore, the image of the difference in the number of balls reached may not be an image displaying text information as described above, but may be an image displaying a predetermined character, or the like.

The number of prize balls won may not be displayed during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with 100 time-saving cycles. In this case, the display of the number of prize balls won will continue during the normal game state, during special play based on a jackpot win during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 or the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with 10,000 time-saving cycles, during the high-probability time-saving game state set after the special play ends, and during special play executed based on a jackpot win in the high-probability time-saving game state, and will end if the high-probability time-saving game state ends without a jackpot win.

(Summary of suggestions regarding differential ball activation stop control)
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, as described above, when the differential ball count value reaches the first reference value and the activation warning state is set, an activation warning indication (display of an activation warning text image) and an indication that the activation warning state has been set by turning on or off various lamps are given until the termination condition, that is, a power outage occurs or the activation warning state ends, is met. Also, an activation warning sound is output from the time the activation warning state is set until the activation warning sound output time (5 seconds) has elapsed.
When an activation warning state is set during a special game, an activation warning text image is displayed together with the special game image and the right-hit suggestion image, and when an activation warning state is set other than during a special game, an activation warning text image is displayed together with the effect symbol 50, the reserved image (not specifically shown) displayed at the bottom of the display unit 21a, and the right-hit suggestion image. This activation warning text image is displayed in a small size in the upper center of the display unit 21a of the effect display device 21 so as not to interfere with the visibility of the special game image, effect symbol 50, the reserved image, and the right-hit suggestion image (see Figures 61(c) to (e)).

Furthermore, as described above, when the differential ball count value reaches the second reference value and the activation notice state is set because a special game was being executed at the time of the reaching of the second reference value, an activation notice indication (display of an activation notice text image) and indication that the activation notice state has been set by turning on or off various lamps are given until an end condition is met in which the power is cut off or the activation notice state ends. Furthermore, an activation notice sound is output from the time the activation notice state is set until the activation notice sound output time (7 seconds) has elapsed.
Since the activation notice state is set during a special game, an activation notice text image is displayed together with the special game image and the right-hit suggestion image. Also, like the activation warning text image, this activation notice text image is displayed in a small size at the top center of the display unit 21a of the effect display device 21 so as not to interfere with the visibility of the special game image and the right-hit suggestion image (see Figure 61 (f)).

Furthermore, as described above, when the activation state is set because the difference ball count value reaches the second reference value and a special game was not being executed when the value reached the second reference value, or because the special game that was being executed when the difference ball count value reached the second reference value has ended, an activation suggestion (display of an activation text image), an activation sound is output, and various lamps are turned on or off to indicate that the activation state has been set, until a power outage occurs.
After the special game ends, normally, the display of the changing performance pattern 50, the display of a reserved image (not specifically shown), the display of the number of winning balls, etc. are displayed (see Figure 61 (b)), but when the special game ends and the activation state is set, these displays are not made and an activation text image is displayed.
Furthermore, even in situations other than special games (high probability time-saving game state, low probability time-saving game state LJT1, low probability time-saving game state LJT2, normal game state), normally, the display of the change in the effect symbol 50, the display of the reserved image, the display of the number of winning prize balls, the display of the right-hit suggestion image, etc. are performed, but when the activation state is set in a situation other than special games, all of these displays are cleared and the activation character image is displayed. For example, even if the change in the effect symbol 50 is being displayed in conjunction with the change in the special symbol, the change in the effect symbol 50 display will be forcibly terminated and the change in the display will be cleared.
In this way, when the activation state is set, the performance pattern 50, reserved image, number of winning balls, right-hit suggestion image, etc. are cleared, so that there is no situation that interferes with the visibility of these, and therefore the activation text image is displayed on the entire surface of the display unit 21a of the performance display device 21 in a larger size than the activation warning text image and the activation notice text image (see Figure 61 (g)).

In addition, if the display unit 21a of the effect display device 21 is configured to display a predetermined demo image when a predetermined time (for example, 30 seconds) has passed without the start of the variable display of the special symbol, the display of the above-mentioned activation text image or activation notice text image may continue even while the demo image is being displayed. Also, if a logo indicating that the game is a controlled gaming machine (described below) or a warning image urging players not to become too absorbed in the game is displayed while the demo image is being displayed, these displays may not overlap with the above-mentioned activation text image or activation notice text image.

In addition, when a specified special symbol is selected, a pachinko machine is configured to allow consecutive special games to be played up to the maximum number of times (for example, two times), via a time-saving play state, and to recognize the period from the start of the first special game to the end of the maximum number of special games as a period for winning a series of prize balls (such as a pachinko machine equipped with a 3000-shot bonus with a maximum number of times of two or a 4500-shot bonus with a maximum number of times of three). In such a case, if a special effect is enabled when the specified special symbol is selected to recognize the execution of consecutive special games up to the maximum number of times (for example, an effect displaying a special suggestion image such as "3000 bonus" or "4500 bonus"), and if the specified special symbol is selected while an activation text image is being displayed (during the activation warning state), the special effect may not be executed, and instead another effect (for example, an effect displaying an image suggesting that one special game will be played, such as "1500 bonus") may be executed.

Next, the control processing in the sub-control board 300 for executing the various processes described above will be described.
First, the main processing of the sub-control board 300 will be described with reference to the flowchart shown in FIG.
In step 10000, in response to power-on, the main processing program is read from the sub-ROM 302, and initialization and setting processes are executed for flags and the like stored in the sub-RAM 303. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 10001.
In step 10001, the sub-CPU 301 performs a process of updating each effect random number (variable effect random number), and thereafter repeatedly executes the process of step 10001 until an interrupt process is performed. Here, each effect random number is updated asynchronously.

Next, the timer interrupt processing of the sub-control board 300 will be described with reference to the flowchart shown in FIG.
The sub-control board 300 is provided with a reset clock pulse generating circuit (not shown) that generates clock pulses at a predetermined cycle (4 milliseconds). When this reset clock pulse generating circuit generates a clock pulse, the sub-CPU 301 reads a timer interrupt processing program and starts the timer interrupt processing shown in Figure 63.

In step 10100, the sub-CPU 301 executes an update process for various timer counters used in the sub-control board 300. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 10101.
In addition, the pachinko machine P of this embodiment uses a countdown timer, and the timer counter is decremented by one each time the timer interrupt process of the sub-control board 300 is executed, and the countdown stops when it reaches 0.
In step 10101, the sub-CPU 301 analyzes the command stored in the receive buffer of the sub-RAM 303 and executes various processes according to the received command. Specifically, when a command is sent from the main control board 100, the sub-control board 300 performs command receive interrupt processing and stores the command sent from the main control board 100 in the receive buffer. The sub-CPU 301 then analyzes the command stored in the receive buffer by the command receive interrupt processing. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 10102.

In step 10102, the sub-CPU 301 determines whether or not the operation of the effect operation device 9 is acceptable, depending on the progress of the variable effect being executed, and also determines whether or not an operation signal has been input from the rotation operation detection sensor 9c and the press operation detection sensor 9d. If the effect operation device 9 is accepting an operation when an operation signal is input from the rotation operation detection sensor 9c or the press operation detection sensor 9d, a command is stored in the transmission buffer to transmit information that the effect operation device 9 has been operated to various control boards such as an image control board (not shown), an audio control board (not shown), and an illumination control board (not shown). Then, proceed to the next step 10103.
In step 10103, the sub-CPU 301 transmits the commands set in the transmission buffer of the sub-RAM 303 to the various control boards such as the image control board, the audio control board, the illumination control board, etc. Then, the timer interrupt process of the sub-control board 300 is completed.

Next, the game status setting related command reception process executed when various commands related to setting the game status are received from the command analysis process of step 10101 described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of Fig. 64. Specifically, the game status setting related command reception process is executed when the main control board 100 receives a RAM clear command or a game status designation command stored in step 144 of the power interruption evacuation process and transmitted to the sub-control board 300, a game status command stored in step 1115 of the post-stop process and transmitted to the sub-control board 300, or a game status designation command stored in step 1306 of the special game end process and transmitted to the sub-control board 300.
In step 10200, the sub-CPU 301 executes a game status storage process to store the game status indicated by the above-mentioned command received from the main control board 100 as the current game status in a specified memory area of the sub-RAM 303.
Specifically, when a RAM clear command is received, the normal game state is stored as the current game state. Also, when a game state command is received, if the current game state stored in a specified memory area differs from the game state indicated by the game state command, the game state indicated by the game state command is stored as the current game state. If the current game state stored in the specified memory area and the game state indicated by the game state command are the same, no processing is performed. Also, when a game state designation command is received, the game state indicated by the game state designation command is stored as the current game state.
Then, the process proceeds to the next step 10201.

In step 10201, when the game state is stored in the above-mentioned step 10200, the sub-CPU 301 executes a presentation state setting process to set the presentation state by storing the presentation state corresponding to the stored game state in a specified memory area of the sub-RAM 303 as the current presentation state.
Specifically, when a normal game state is stored as the current game state, a normal presentation state is stored as the current presentation state, thereby setting the presentation state to the normal presentation state. Also, when a low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 is stored as the current game state, a low-probability time-saving presentation state A1 is stored as the current presentation state, thereby setting the presentation state to the low-probability time-saving presentation state A1. Also, when a low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with 10,000 time-saving plays is stored as the current game state, a low-probability time-saving presentation state B is stored as the current presentation state, thereby setting the presentation state to the low-probability time-saving presentation state B. Also, when a low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with 100 time-saving plays is stored as the current game state, a low-probability time-saving presentation state C is stored as the current presentation state, thereby setting the presentation state to the low-probability time-saving presentation state C. Also, when a high probability time-shortening game state is stored as the current game state, a high probability time-shortening presentation state is stored as the current presentation state, and the presentation state is thereby set to the high probability time-shortening presentation state.
Furthermore, when the presentation state is set as described above, the sub-CPU 301 controls the execution of various presentations according to the presentation state setting. Specifically, when the presentation state is set to the normal game presentation state, the sub-CPU 301 controls the display of a first background image on the display unit 21a and the execution of a left-hit suggestion and a chance zone stay suggestion. When the presentation state is set to the low-probability time-saving presentation state A1, the sub-CPU 301 controls the termination of the chance zone stay suggestion. When the presentation state is set to the low-probability time-saving presentation state B, the sub-CPU 301 controls the display of a third background image on the display unit 21a and the execution of a high-advantageous state setting suggestion and a right-hit suggestion. When the presentation state is set to the low-probability time-saving presentation state C, the sub-CPU 301 controls the display of a second background image on the display unit 21a and the execution of a low-advantageous state setting suggestion and a right-hit suggestion. When the presentation state is set to the high-probability time-saving presentation state, the sub-CPU 301 controls the display of a third background image on the display unit 21a and the execution of a high-advantageous state setting suggestion and a right-hit suggestion.
Then, the game status setting related command reception process is terminated.

Next, the power interruption recovery command reception process executed when a power interruption recovery command is received, which is part of the command analysis process of step 10101 described above, will be described with reference to the flowchart of Figure 65. As described above, the power interruption recovery command is transmitted from the main control board 100 to the sub-control board 300 by step 144 of the power interruption recovery process.
In step 10300, the sub-CPU 301 determines whether the currently set effect state (the effect state stored in the predetermined memory area) is the low-probability time-saving effect state A1. If it is determined that the effect state is not the low-probability time-saving effect state A1, the sub-CPU 301 ends the power interruption recovery command reception process. On the other hand, if it is determined that the effect state is the low-probability time-saving effect state A1, the process proceeds to the next step 10301.
In step 10301, the sub-CPU 301 stores the low-probability time-saving presentation state A2 in a predetermined storage area as the current presentation state, thereby setting the presentation state to the low-probability time-saving presentation state A2, and controls the execution of various presentations according to this low-probability time-saving presentation state A2. Specifically, the display unit 21a displays the first background image, and if a left-hit suggestion is made, the display unit 21a controls the execution of the left-hit suggestion and the chance zone stay suggestion. Then, the power interruption recovery command reception process is terminated.

Next, the stop display end command reception process executed when a stop display end command is received, which is part of the command analysis process of step 10101 described above, will be described with reference to the flowchart of Fig. 66. As described above, the stop display end command is stored in the main control board 100 in step 1102 of the post-stop process, and then transmitted to the sub-control board 300 by the port output process of step 212.
In step 10400, the sub-CPU 301 determines whether the currently set effect state (the effect state stored in the predetermined storage area) is the low-probability time-saving effect state A2. If it is determined that the effect state is not the low-probability time-saving effect state A2, the sub-CPU 301 ends the stop display end command reception process. On the other hand, if it is determined that the effect state is the low-probability time-saving effect state A2, the process proceeds to the next step 10401.
In step 10401, the sub-CPU 301 determines whether the special symbol displayed before the stop display time has elapsed is the time-saving symbol J1 or J2. If it is determined that the special symbol is neither the time-saving symbol J1 nor the time-saving symbol J2, the sub-CPU 301 ends the stop display end command reception process. On the other hand, if it is determined that the special symbol is the time-saving symbol J1 or J2, the process proceeds to the next step 10402.
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, the symbol determination command stored in step 808 of the special symbol variation start process and transmitted to the sub-control board 300 includes information on the special symbol determined based on the result of the winning/losing lottery, and when the symbol determination command is received, the above-mentioned special symbol is stored in a predetermined storage area of the sub-RAM 303. This allows the sub-CPU 301 to determine the special symbol that has been stopped and displayed.

In step 10402, the sub-CPU 301 stores the low-probability time-saving presentation state A1 in a specified memory area as the current presentation state, thereby setting the presentation state to the low-probability time-saving presentation state A1, and performs control to execute various presentations according to this low-probability time-saving presentation state A1. Specifically, control is performed to end the suggestion to stay in the chance zone. Then, the stop display end command reception process is terminated.

Next, the variation pattern command reception process executed when a variation pattern command is received, which is part of the command analysis process of step 10101 described above, will be described with reference to the flowchart of Fig. 67. As described above, the variation pattern command is stored in the main control board 100 in step 903 of the variation pattern determination process, and then transmitted to the sub-control board 300 by the port output process of step 212.
In step 10500, the sub-CPU 301 acquires the variable effect random number updated in the above-mentioned step 10001. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 10501.
In step 10501, the sub-CPU 301 selects the variable effect determination table 119 corresponding to the set effect state. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 10502.

In step 10502, the sub-CPU 301 refers to the variable effect determination table 119 selected in the above-mentioned step 10501, and determines the execution mode of the variable effect based on the variable effect random number acquired in the above-mentioned step 10500 and the received variable pattern command. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 10503.
In step 10503, the sub-CPU 301 sets a variable performance execution command corresponding to the determined variable performance execution mode in the transmission buffer. The variable performance execution command set here is transmitted to various control boards in the above-mentioned step 10103, and these control boards control the execution of variable performance based on the received variable performance execution command. Then, the variable pattern command reception process ends.

Next, the difference ball related command reception process that is executed when the first difference ball operation stop control designation command, the second difference ball operation stop control designation command, or the third difference ball operation stop control designation command is received, out of the command analysis process of step 10101 described above, will be described with reference to the flowchart of Figure 68. The first difference ball operation stop control designation command, the second difference ball operation stop control designation command, and the third difference ball operation stop control designation command are stored in the main control board 100 in step 1872 of the difference ball related command set process, and then transmitted to the sub-control board 300 by the port output process of step 212.
In step 10700, the sub-CPU 301 determines whether or not the first difference ball operation stop control designation command has been received. If it is determined that the first difference ball operation stop control designation command has not been received, the process proceeds to step 10702. On the other hand, if it is determined that the first difference ball operation stop control designation command has been received, the process proceeds to the next step 10701.
In step 10701, the sub-CPU 301 sets an execution command to the transmission buffer to execute the indication that the activated warning state has been set. The execution command set here is transmitted to the various control boards in the above-mentioned step 10110, and these control boards perform control to execute the indication that the activated warning state has been set based on the received execution command. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 10702.

In step 10702, the sub-CPU 301 determines whether or not the second difference ball operation stop control designation command has been received. If it is determined that the second difference ball operation stop control designation command has not been received, the sub-CPU 301 proceeds to step 10704. On the other hand, if it is determined that the second difference ball operation stop control designation command has been received, the sub-CPU 301 proceeds to the next step 10703.
In step 10703, the sub-CPU 301 sets an execution command to the transmission buffer to execute the indication that the activation advance notice state has been set. The execution command set here is transmitted to the various control boards in step 10110 described above, and these control boards perform control to execute the indication that the activation advance notice state has been set based on the received execution command. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 10704.

In step 10704, the sub-CPU 301 determines whether or not the third difference ball operation stop control designation command has been received. If it is determined that the third difference ball operation stop control designation command has not been received, the difference ball-related command reception process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the third difference ball operation stop control designation command has been received, the process proceeds to the next step 10705.
In step 10705, the sub-CPU 301 sets an execution command in the transmission buffer to execute the indication that the activation state has been set. The execution command set here is sent to the various control boards in step 10110 described above, and these control boards control the execution of the indication that the activation state has been set based on the received execution command. Note that the activation sound is output from the audio output device 10 at maximum volume regardless of the currently set volume. The difference ball related command reception process then ends.

Next, the prize ball designation command reception process of the command analysis process of step 10101 described above will be explained with reference to the flowchart of Fig. 69. As described above, the prize ball designation command is stored in the main control board 100 in step 208 of the timer interrupt process of the main control board 100, and then transmitted to the sub-control board 300 by the port output process of step 212. Although not specifically shown, at the start of a special game based on a jackpot win during the normal game state or the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, the sub-CPU 301 executes an initial display (for example, display of a text image "0pt") for the display of the number of prize balls won in the lower right corner of the display unit 21a of the effect display device 21.
In step 10900, the sub-CPU 301 determines whether the game is currently playing a special game or in a predetermined game state (high-probability time-saving game state, low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with 100 time-saving times). If it determines that the game is not currently playing a special game or in a predetermined game state (i.e., normal game state, low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with 10,000 time-saving times, or low-probability time-saving game state LJT1), it terminates the prize ball designation command reception process. On the other hand, if it determines that the game is currently playing a special game or in a predetermined game state, it proceeds to the next step 10901.

In step 10901, the sub-CPU 301 increments the value of an acquired prize ball display counter, which is composed of a specified memory area of the sub-RAM 303 and accumulates the number of game balls acquired during special play and a specified game state, by the number of prize balls corresponding to the received prize ball designation command. In other words, when a prize ball designation command corresponding to the general prize entry port 14 is received, the value of the acquired prize ball display counter is incremented by the number of prize balls paid out based on a game ball entering the general prize entry port 14; when a prize ball designation command corresponding to the first start prize entry port 15 is received, the value of the acquired prize ball display counter is incremented by the number of prize balls paid out based on a game ball entering the first start prize entry port 15; when a prize ball designation command corresponding to the second start prize entry port 16 is received, the value of the acquired prize ball display counter is incremented by the number of prize balls paid out based on a game ball entering the second start prize entry port 16; and when a prize ball designation command corresponding to the large prize entry port 18 is received, the value of the acquired prize ball display counter is incremented by the number of prize balls paid out based on a game ball entering the large prize entry port 18.
The value of this winning ball display counter is reset when the high probability time-saving game state or the low probability time-saving game state LJT2 with 100 time-saving times ends, and is set to 0 at the start of special game based on winning a jackpot during the normal game state, the low probability time-saving game state LJT1, or the low probability time-saving game state LJT2 with 10,000 time-saving times.
Then, the process proceeds to the next step 10902.

In step 10902, the sub-CPU 301 determines whether the difference ball arrival display (display of the difference ball arrival image) is being executed. If it is determined that the difference ball arrival display is being executed, the sub-CPU 301 ends the prize ball designation command reception process. On the other hand, if it is determined that the difference ball arrival display is not being executed, the process proceeds to the next step 10903.
In step 10903, the sub-CPU 301 determines whether the value of the acquired prize ball display counter is equal to or greater than the number of balls that will cause the game to stop (i.e., 95,000, which is the number of balls that will cause the game to stop). If it is determined that the value is not equal to or greater than the number of balls that will cause the game to stop (i.e., less than the number of balls that will cause the game to stop), the process proceeds to step 10905. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value is equal to or greater than the number of balls that will cause the game to stop, the process proceeds to the next step 10904.

In step 10904, the sub-CPU 301 sets an execution command to display the difference ball in the transmission buffer. The execution command set here is sent to the various control boards in step 10110, and these control boards control the display of the difference ball based on the received execution command. Then, the prize ball designation command reception process ends.
In step 10905, which is reached when it is determined in step 10903 that the number of balls is not equal to or greater than the activation stop number, the sub-CPU 301 sets in the transmission buffer an execution command for updating the displayed number of acquired prize balls to the current value of the acquired prize ball display counter. The execution command set here is sent to the various control boards in step 10110, and these control boards control the execution of the above-mentioned update display based on the received execution command. The prize ball designation command reception process then ends.
Although not specifically shown, when the high probability time-saving game state or the low probability time-saving game state LJT2 with 100 time-saving times ends without winning a jackpot, the sub-CPU 301 clears the display of the number of winning prize balls.

As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, in the normal presentation state (normal game state), the first background image is displayed and a suggestion of staying in the chance zone is made, and when a time-saving award is won and the time-saving symbol J1 is determined during the normal presentation state (normal game state), the machine transitions to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, the presentation state is set to the low-probability time-saving presentation state A1, and the display of the first background image and the suggestion of staying in the chance zone end. Also, when a power interruption occurs during the low-probability time-saving presentation state A1 or the low-probability time-saving presentation state A2 (during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1) and the normal power interruption is restored, the presentation state remains in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, the presentation state is set to the low-probability time-saving presentation state A2, and the first background image is displayed and a suggestion of staying in the chance zone is made.
That is, in both cases where a RAM clear (abnormal initialization process, normal initialization process) is executed and the normal game state is set (the presentation state is set to the normal presentation state), and where a normal power interruption is restored during the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1 and the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1 continues (the presentation state is set to the low-probability time-shortened presentation state A2), the same background image is displayed and a suggestion of staying in the chance zone is made, so that it is impossible to know from these presentations whether the normal game state or the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1 is set. This makes it possible for the player to have the expectation that a RAM clear has been executed and a normal game state that is more advantageous than the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1 has been set, thereby improving the operation of the pachinko machine P.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, in the normal presentation state (normal game state), the stop display time when a miss occurs and a miss symbol is determined, and the stop display time when a jackpot is won and a jackpot symbol is determined are both 0.5 seconds, but the stop display time when a time-saving symbol J1 or J2 is determined and a time-saving symbol is awarded is 20 seconds, which is longer than the stop display time for a miss and a jackpot. During the stop display time for a miss, the display unit 21a displays the stop display of the performance symbol 50 in the non-winning mode, and during the stop display time for a jackpot win, the display unit 21a displays the stop display of the performance symbol 50 in the winning mode. In contrast, when the time-saving award is won and the stop display time is elapsed, the display unit 21a displays a special reach development effect that suggests the game state that will be set after the stop display time has elapsed (low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 or low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with 10,000 time-saving times).
This makes it possible to prevent a situation in which, when a time-saving symbol J1 or J2 is selected during a normal game state, the game state changes immediately after the variable display of the time-saving symbol J1 or J2 ends, causing a player to feel uncomfortable. Furthermore, since the stop display time is longer when a time-saving symbol J1 or J2 is selected than when a losing symbol is selected, it is easier to confirm the time-saving symbol J1 or J2 that is stopped and displayed, making it easier to grasp subsequent changes in the game state. Furthermore, since a special reach development effect that suggests the game state to be set is performed during the elapse of a stop display time that is longer than the stop display time when a losing symbol is selected, this special reach development effect also makes it easier to grasp subsequent changes in the game state.

(Modification of the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment)
In the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, although it is possible to transition from the normal game state to a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2 with 10,000 time-shortened counts, it is not possible to transition from the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1, which is more likely to be transitioned from the normal game state and which is more likely to remain in the state longer than the normal game state, to the above-mentioned low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2 with 10,000 time-shortened counts. This makes the normal game state more advantageous than the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1, but the setting to make the normal game state more advantageous than the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1 is not limited to this.

For example, in both cases where a jackpot is won during the normal game state and where a jackpot is won during the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1, it may be set so that a transition to the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2 is possible after the end of the special game based on the winning, and it may also be set so that the number of time-shortened times in the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2 to which the transition is made after the end of the special game based on the winning of a jackpot during the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1 is greater than the number of time-shortened times in the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2 to which the transition is made after the end of the special game based on the winning of a jackpot during the normal game state.
Even in this case, the normal gaming state is more advantageous than the low-probability time-shortening gaming state LJT1.

Also, for example, the average variable time that can be determined in a game state that is set after the end of a special game based on a jackpot win during the normal game state may be set to be shorter than the average variable time that can be determined in a game state that is set after the end of a special game based on a jackpot win during the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1. In other words, the game state that is set when a jackpot wins during the normal game state may be set so that a shorter variable time is selected more frequently than the game state that is set when a jackpot wins during the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1.
More specifically, for example, the system may be configured so that both a jackpot win during the normal game state and a jackpot win during the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1 allow a transition to the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2 or the high-probability time-shortened game state, and the average variable time (e.g., 3.5 seconds) that can be determined when a loss occurs in the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2 or the high-probability time-shortened game state, which are set based on a jackpot win during the normal game state, may be set to be shorter than the average variable time (e.g., 5.5 seconds) that can be determined when a loss occurs in the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2 or the high-probability time-shortened game state, which are set based on a jackpot win during the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1. The variable time that can be determined when a jackpot win occurs may also be set to be similar to that described above.
In this case, the game state set when a jackpot is won during the normal game state has more win/lose lotteries performed within the same time period than the game state set when a jackpot is won during the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1, so the chances of winning the jackpot are higher. Therefore, the normal game state is more advantageous than the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1.

Furthermore, for example, the opening time of a special game executed based on a jackpot win during a normal game state, or a special game executed based on a jackpot win during a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2 or a high-probability time-shortened game state transitioned from a normal game state, may be set to be shorter than the opening time of a special game executed based on a jackpot win during a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1, or a special game executed based on a jackpot win during a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2 or a high-probability time-shortened game state transitioned from the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1. In addition, the ending time of a special game executed based on a jackpot win during a normal game state, or a special game executed based on a jackpot win during a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2 or a high-probability time-shortened game state transitioned from a normal game state, may be set to be shorter than the ending time of a special game executed based on a jackpot win during a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1, or a special game executed based on a jackpot win during a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2 or a high-probability time-shortened game state transitioned from the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1.
In this case, when a jackpot is won during the normal game state, the time from the start to the end of the special game is shorter than when a jackpot is won during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, and the number of win/loss lotteries that can be executed is increased accordingly, increasing the possibility of winning the jackpot sooner. Therefore, the normal game state is more advantageous than the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1.

In this embodiment of the pachinko machine P, the same background image (first background image) is displayed during both the normal presentation state and the low-probability time-saving presentation state A1, but by suggesting that the player is in the chance zone only during the normal presentation state, it is possible to determine whether the normal game state or the low-probability time-saving presentation state LJT1 is set from the presentation pattern during both presentation states, but this is not limited to this.

For example, the same background image may be displayed during the normal presentation state and the low-probability time-saving presentation state A1, but the above-mentioned suggestion of staying in the chance zone may not be given during either presentation state, so that it is not possible to know from the presentation pattern during both presentation states whether the normal game state or the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 has been set.
Also, for example, the same background image may be displayed during the normal presentation state and the low-probability time-saving presentation state A1, but the above-mentioned suggestion of staying in the chance zone may not be performed during either presentation state, and a specific presentation (such as the display of an image of a shooting star) whose execution probability is set higher during the normal presentation state than during the low-probability time-saving presentation state A1 may be executed. In this way, whether the normal game state or the low-probability time-saving presentation state LJT1 is set cannot be determined from the display of the background image or the presence or absence of the suggestion of staying in the chance zone, but it can be inferred from the frequency of execution of the specific presentation.

Also, for example, the same background image may be displayed during both the normal presentation state and the low-probability time-saving presentation state A1, but the above-mentioned chance zone stay suggestion may not be performed during either presentation state, while a special presentation may be executed that is not executed during the normal game state and is executed with a predetermined execution probability only during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1. By doing this, it is not possible to determine whether the normal game state or the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 is set from the display of the background image or whether the chance zone stay suggestion is executed, but it is possible to determine that the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 is set by the execution of the special presentation.

In the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, when the machine transitions to the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1, the number of time-shortened times (10,000 times) is set so that the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1 will continue until a jackpot is won, but the number of time-shortened times when the game state is set is not limited to this.
For example, the number of time-saving times (for example, 200 or 500) may be set to a level that does not necessarily result in a jackpot during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1. In other words, the number of time-saving times may be set so that the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 may end and the normal game state may be set when the number of times the special symbol variable display reaches the number of time-saving times without a jackpot being won.
In this case, the low probability time-saving game state LJT1 ends when the number of times the special symbol changes display reaches the number of time-saving times without winning a jackpot, and then the game transitions again to a normal game state positioned like a chance zone, thereby increasing the player's interest.
In addition, in the case described above, a countdown display of the remaining number of time-saving times until the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 ends may be executed, and when the number of time-saving times is reached and the game state transitions to the normal game state, an effect may be executed to celebrate the return to the normal game state (for example, a congratulatory image saying "Congratulations!! Chance Zone is back!!" may be displayed).

In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, there is provided one type of time-saving symbol associated with a transition from the normal game state to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, and one type of time-saving symbol associated with a transition from the normal game state to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with 10,000 time-saving times, but the types of time-saving symbols are not limited to these.
For example, multiple types of time-saving symbols may be provided, each of which corresponds to a transition from the normal game state to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, and a multiple types of time-saving symbols may be provided, each of which corresponds to a transition from the normal game state to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with 10,000 time-saving times. Different stop display times may be determined according to each time-saving symbol.
In this case, the stop display time can be varied widely, and the special reach development effect that is executed during the passage of this stop display time can be performed in various ways.

In the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, the special reach development performance in the special reach variation pattern is set to start from the time when the special symbol is displayed in a stopped state (the time when the stopped display time begins to elapse), but this is not limited to this, and it may also be set to start from a predetermined time before the special symbol is displayed in a stopped state.
In this case, too, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment can be achieved, and the special reach development presentation can be made more varied.

In the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 to which transition is made from the normal game state based on the determination of the time-saving pattern J2, and the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 set after the end of special game based on the determination of the jackpot pattern X1 or X4, have different advantageous degrees due to the different number of time-saving times set (10,000 times for the former, 100 times for the latter), but the same number of time-saving times set in both game states (for example, 100 times) can be set to make them have the same advantageous degrees.
In addition, although the performance of the normal game is the same in both game states, the performance of the normal game in one of the game states may be set to be higher than the other.

In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, it is possible to win a time-saving award through a win/loss lottery, and if the time-saving award is won, a time-saving symbol is determined and the time-saving game state can be set, but it is also possible to prevent the lottery result of winning the time-saving award from being derived in the win/loss lottery, and to determine whether or not to set the time-saving game state depending on the type of the determined losing symbol. In other words, rather than setting a time-saving award winning and a time-saving symbol to set the time-saving game state, it is also possible to substitute a specific losing symbol that can be determined in the event of a loss as the time-saving symbol, and to set the time-saving game state when the specific losing symbol is determined.
Specifically, for example, loss symbols ZA1, ZA2, ZA3, etc. may be provided as loss symbols to be determined when the winning/losing lottery based on the first special symbol random number results in a loss, and when loss symbol ZA1 is determined, the time-shortened game state JT1 is set, when loss symbol ZA2 is determined, the time-shortened game state JT2 is set, and when loss symbol ZA3 is determined, none of the time-shortened game states is set.
The timing for setting the time-saving game state may be any time from the time a loss occurs (when the losing symbol is determined) to the time when the fluctuation based on the loss ends (for example, the time when the loss lottery result is derived, when the losing symbol starts to fluctuate, when the fluctuation of the losing symbol ends (when the next special symbol starts to fluctuate), etc.).
In this case, too, the same effect as that of the pachinko machine P of this embodiment can be achieved, and since data regarding time-saving symbols is not required, the load on hardware resources such as the main ROM 102 can be reduced.

In the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, if a jackpot is won by a win/lose lottery, a low probability time-shortened game state LJT2 or a high probability time-shortened game state can be set after the special game based on the winning has ended, but this is not limited to this, and after the special game based on the winning of the jackpot has ended, the high probability time-shortened game state may not be set, and a normal game state or a low probability time-shortened game state LJT2 may be set.
In addition, the machine may be set up so that a small prize can be won in addition to a big prize by lottery, and a special game may be executed not only when a big prize is won, but also when a game ball enters a special area provided in the big prize opening in a small prize game based on a small prize win (configured as a so-called one-type two-type mixed pachinko machine), and after the special game ends, the machine may be set to a normal game state or a low-probability time-saving game state LJT2.
Even in the above case, as with the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, it is possible to transition from the normal game state to a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1 based on winning a time-shortened game, and it is possible to transition from the normal game state to a relatively more advantageous low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2 (for example, 10,000 time-shortened games), but it is not possible to transition from the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1 to the relatively more advantageous low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2, thereby providing a gameplay in which the normal game state set after RAM is cleared, etc., is positioned as a chance zone.

In addition, in so-called type 1 and type 2 mixed pachinko machines, when a small prize is won by a win/lose lottery, the difference ball operation stop control may be executed in the same way as in the special game in this form for the small prize game based on the small prize win.
Specifically, when the difference ball count value reaches a first reference value, an activation warning state is set, and if a small win game is being played when the difference ball count value reaches a second reference value, an activation notice state is set, and when the small win game being played ends without the game ball entering the special area, an activation state is set when the small win game ends, and when a game ball enters the special area during a small win game and a special game is played after the small win game ends, an activation state is set when the special game ends.
In this case, even if the difference ball count value reaches the second reference value during a small win game or a special game executed through a small win game, the game continues until the small win game or the special game ends, so the player's interest can be maintained.
In addition, when the activation notice state is set, when the small win game currently being played ends, the activation state may always be set regardless of whether or not the game ball enters the special area during the small win game.

In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, the differential ball activation stop control is executed based on the number of differential balls, but this is not limited to this. For example, a control similar to the differential ball activation stop control of this embodiment may be executed based on the cumulative number of prize balls paid out (i.e., the number of acquired prize balls). For example, an activation warning state may be set when the number of acquired prize balls reaches a warning number (a number of acquired prize balls that is a predetermined number (e.g., 5,000) less than the activation stop number at which game play will be stopped). An activation notice state may be set when the number of acquired prize balls reaches the activation stop number (the number of acquired prize balls at which game play will be stopped) and a special game is being played when the number reaches the activation stop number. An activation state may be set when the special game ends or when the number of acquired prize balls reaches the activation stop number and the special game is not being played. Furthermore, the number of acquired prize balls displayed during special game play or high-probability time-saving game play may not display the activation stop number at which game play will be stopped.
In this case, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment can be achieved.

In this embodiment, four control states of the pachinko machine P are provided: a game stop state, a setting change state, a setting confirmation state, and a playable state, and the activation state, which is set based on the difference ball count value reaching the second reference value, performs various controls as one state in the playable state, but is not limited to this. For example, an activation state may be provided in addition to the above four control states of the pachinko machine P, and this activation state may be a control state that can be set separately from the playable state, and perform various controls similar to those in this embodiment.
In this case, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment can be achieved.

In the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, a winning signal and a jackpot signal are provided as external signals that can be output by the main control board 100 to the outside of the pachinko machine P (such as a hall computer or external display device), but this is not limited to this.
For example, a specific external signal may be provided that can be output continuously from the time a special game is started based on winning a jackpot during a normal game state, during a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2 with 10,000 time-shortened times, or during a low-probability time-shortened game state LTJ1, until the high-probability time-shortened game state or the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2 with 100 time-shortened times ends without winning a jackpot and the normal game state is set.
Specifically, when the main CPU 101 wins a jackpot during the normal game state, during the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2 with the time-shortened count of 10,000, or during the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1, and a special game based on the winning is started, the main CPU 101 starts outputting a specific external signal to the outside of the pachinko machine P. Thereafter, while the setting of the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2 with the time-shortened count of 100 or the high-probability time-shortened game state after the special game ends, and the execution of the special game based on the winning of a jackpot during the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2 with the time-shortened count of 100 or the high-probability time-shortened game state are repeatedly performed, the main CPU 101 continues to output a specific external signal to the outside of the pachinko machine P. Then, when the low probability time-saving game state LJT2 or the high probability time-saving game state in which the time-saving number of times is 100 ends without winning a jackpot (when the number of times the special pattern is displayed in a variable manner reaches the time-saving number (high probability number) without winning a jackpot), the main CPU 101 may end the output of a specific external signal to the outside of the pachinko machine P.
By doing this, it is possible to reliably make it clear to the hall computer, etc., that special games are being played consecutively through the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 or the high-probability time-saving game state, in which the game progresses while suppressing the consumption of game balls, and that the number of prize balls acquired by the player is likely to increase (hereinafter also referred to as the consecutive win state). Also, for example, an external display device can display that the consecutive win state is in effect, which can increase the interest of the player.

The timing for terminating the output of the specific external signal is not limited to the above. For example, the main CPU 101 may continue outputting the specific external signal during a normal game state that is established after the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 or the high-probability time-saving game state, which has had 100 time-saving cycles, has ended, and may terminate output of the specific external signal when the normal game state ends due to the time-saving symbol J1 being determined during the normal game state (when the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 is established). Furthermore, the output of the specific external signal may continue when a jackpot is won during the normal game state or when the normal game state ends due to the time-saving symbol J2 being determined (when the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 is established).
As described above, the normal game state is positioned like a chance zone that has the possibility of transitioning to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2, which is advantageous to the player, and by continuing to output a specific external signal even during the normal game state that is set after the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 or the high-probability time-saving game state, which has had 100 time-saving cycles without a jackpot win, can make the hall computer or the like recognize that a winning streak is continuing even during this normal game state.The external display device can then display that the winning streak is continuing even during the normal game state, further increasing the player's interest.

Furthermore, as described above, even if the output of the specific external signal is continued during the normal game state that is established after the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2 or the high-probability time-shortened game state in which the time is shortened 100 times has ended without a jackpot win, the specific external signal may not be output during the normal game state that is established after the RAM is cleared. In other words, the specific external signal may be output during the normal game state that is established after the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2 or the high-probability time-shortened game state in which the time is shortened 100 times has ended without a jackpot win, but the specific external signal may not be output during the normal game state that is established after the RAM is cleared.
By doing this, it is possible to prevent a situation in which the player is misled into thinking that the winning streak is continuing even after the RAM has been cleared.

Furthermore, as described above, during the normal game state where the game ball mainly enters the first starting winning port 15 and during the low probability time-saving game state LJT1, a hold display indicating the hold of the first special random number is displayed, and during the low probability time-saving game state LJT2 where the game ball mainly enters the second starting winning port 16 and during the high probability time-saving game state, a hold display indicating the hold of the second special random number is displayed, and during special game, neither the hold display indicating the hold of the first special random number nor the hold display indicating the hold of the second special random number is displayed.
Here, if the output of a specific external signal is continued even during the normal game state that is set after the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with 100 time-saving cycles or the high-probability time-saving game state has ended without winning a jackpot, a display suggesting that the first special chart random number is on hold may not be displayed during the normal game state.
In this case, it is possible to make it difficult for the player to recognize that he is in the normal game state, and it is possible to give the player a strong impression that he is in the state of a continuous winning streak.

In addition, the output of the specific external signal may be initiated not only by the start of a special game based on a jackpot win during the normal game state, during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with 10,000 time-saving times, or during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, but also by the determination of the time-saving pattern J2 during the normal game state and the setting of the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with 10,000 time-saving times based on that determination.
Specifically, the main CPU 101 begins outputting specific external information when a time-saving symbol J2 is determined during the normal game state and a low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with a time-saving count of 10,000 is established based on the determination. When this low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 ends without a jackpot being won (when the number of times the special symbol changes display reaches the time-saving count without a jackpot being won), the main CPU 101 terminates output of specific external signals. In contrast, if a jackpot is won during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 and a special game is executed based on the jackpot being won, the main CPU 101 continues outputting specific external signals while the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with a time-saving count of 100 or the high-probability time-saving game state is established after the special game ends, and a special game is repeatedly executed based on the jackpot being won during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with a time-saving count of 100 or the high-probability time-saving game state. Then, when the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 or the high-probability time-saving game state with 100 time-saving times ends without winning a jackpot, the main CPU 101 may end the output of the specific external signal.

In this embodiment of the pachinko machine P, the winning/losing result is either a jackpot, a time-saving award, or a loss in both the win/loss lottery based on the first or second special symbol random number during a low-probability game state (normal game state, low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, low-probability time-saving game state LJT2), and the win/losing lottery based on the first or second special symbol random number during a high-probability game state (high-probability time-saving game state), and the probability of winning a time-saving award is set to approximately 1/20, but is not limited to this and may be set as in the other example settings below.

(Other setting examples)
Other setting examples will be described in detail below.
In another setting example, as shown in Figure 70, the win/loss random number determination table 110 includes a first low probability determination table 110a1 that is referenced in the win/loss lottery based on the first special pattern random number (a random number obtained by the game ball entering the first start winning port 15) during a low probability game state, a second low probability determination table 110a2 that is referenced in the win/loss lottery based on the second special pattern random number (a random number obtained by the game ball entering the second start winning port 16) during a low probability game state, a first high probability determination table 110b1 that is referenced in the win/loss lottery based on the first special pattern random number during a high probability game state, and a second high probability determination table 110b2 that is referenced in the win/loss lottery based on the second special pattern random number during a high probability game state. In the first low probability judgment table 110a1, all numbers other than the random numbers that are judged to be a jackpot win are set to be judged as wins that will result in the time-saving bonus, and in the second low probability judgment table 110a2, the first high probability judgment table 110b1 and the second high probability judgment table 110b2, all numbers other than the random numbers that are judged to be a jackpot win are set to be judged as losses.
That is, in another setting example, in the win/loss lottery based on the first special random number during the low probability game state, only the lottery result of winning the jackpot or the time-saving award is derived. In other words, if you do not win the jackpot, you will always win the time-saving award, and it will not be considered a loss.
In addition, in both the win/loss lottery based on the second special random number during the low-probability time-saving game state and the win/loss lottery based on the first or second special random number during the high-probability game state, only the lottery result of winning or losing the jackpot is derived. In other words, if you do not win the jackpot, it will always be a loss, and you will not be awarded the time-saving bonus.

In another setting example, as shown in Figure 71, the special pattern random number determination table 111 includes a first start winning gate determination table 111a1 that is referenced when a win/loss lottery is held using a first special pattern random number, and a second start winning gate determination table 111b1 that is referenced when a win/loss lottery is held using a second special pattern random number.
As shown in Figure 71 (a), in the first start winning port determination table 111a1, similar to the pachinko machine P of the above-mentioned form, if a jackpot is won, one of the jackpot patterns X1, X2 or X3 is determined, and if a time-saving grant is won, one of the time-saving patterns J1 or J2 is determined.
Also, as shown in Figure 71 (b), the second start winning port determination table 111b1 is set up so that, in the same way as the pachinko machine P of the above-mentioned form, if a jackpot is won, one of the jackpot patterns X4, X5 or X6 will be determined, and if a loss occurs, the losing pattern Z2 will be determined.
In addition, the specifications of the special game that is executed when each of the above-mentioned jackpot patterns is determined, the type and specifications of the game state that is set after the special game ends, the type and specifications of the game state that is set based on the determination of the time-saving pattern, etc. are set in the same way as the pachinko machine P of the above-mentioned form.

By setting as described above, in other setting examples, the transition of the game state is carried out in the same manner as in the pachinko machine P according to the above-mentioned form, based on the determination of the jackpot symbol and the time-saving symbol.
As described above, the time-saving award is not awarded in the win/loss lottery based on the second special symbol random number during the low-probability game state. Therefore, when the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 or the high-probability time-saving game state ends without a jackpot win and the normal game state is set, even if the second special symbol random number acquired during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 or the high-probability time-saving game state is stored, the time-saving symbol is not determined based on this second special symbol random number, and the time-saving game state is not set based on the determination of the time-saving symbol.

As mentioned above, in the lottery based on the first special random number during the low-probability game state, the player will not lose, but will win either a jackpot or a time-saving bonus. Since the probability of winning a jackpot during the low-probability game state is approximately 1/300, the player will have an extremely high probability (approximately 299/300) of winning a time-saving bonus.
Therefore, when the normal game state is set after the RAM is cleared, the first lottery based on the first special chart random number after the normal game state is set will almost certainly result in the time-saving grant being awarded, and a low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 will be set based on the determination of the time-saving symbol J1, or a low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 will be set based on the determination of the time-saving symbol J2.
Furthermore, when the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 or the high-probability time-saving game state ends and the normal game state is set, if the second special symbol random number has not been stored, the first win/loss lottery based on the first special symbol random number after the normal game state is set will almost certainly result in a win for the time-saving award, and a low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 will be set based on the determination of the time-saving symbol J1, or a low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 will be set based on the determination of the time-saving symbol J2. On the other hand, if the second special symbol random number has been stored, the first win/loss lottery based on the first special symbol random number after the win/loss lottery based on the second special symbol random number has ended will almost certainly result in a win for the time-saving award, and a low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 will be set based on the determination of the time-saving symbol J1, or a low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 will be set based on the determination of the time-saving symbol J2.

In this way, in another setting example, in the first winning/losing lottery using the first special symbol random number after the normal game state is set, unless a jackpot is won, the time-saving award will be won, and the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 or the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 will be set. In other words, when the winning/losing lottery using the first special symbol random number is held after the normal game state is set, there is an extremely high probability that either the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 or the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 will be set.
Therefore, only in the first draw using the first special chart random number after the normal game state is set, there is a possibility that the draw result will be a win for the time-saving grant, which will make it possible to set the advantageous low-probability time-saving game state LJT2, which can increase the player's interest in the draw and improve the gameplay.

In other setting examples, a specific external signal may be output as an external signal, similar to the pachinko machine P according to the above-described embodiment.
For example, this specific external signal may be output continuously from the time when a special game is started based on winning a jackpot during a normal game state, during a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2 with 10,000 time-shortened times, or during a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1, until the high-probability time-shortened game state or the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2 with 100 time-shortened times ends without winning a jackpot, setting the normal game state, and the first winning/losing lottery using the first special chart random number after the setting of the normal game state is held, setting the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1.

Specifically, when a jackpot is won during a normal game state, during a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2 with 10,000 time-shortened repetitions, or during a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1, and a special game based on the winning is started, the main CPU 101 starts outputting a specific external signal. After that, while the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2 with 100 time-shortened repetitions or a high-probability time-shortened game state is set after the special game ends, and a special game based on the winning of a jackpot during the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2 with 100 time-shortened repetitions or the high-probability time-shortened game state is repeatedly executed, the main CPU 101 continues to output the specific external signal. Then, without winning a jackpot, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with 100 time-saving turns or the high-probability time-saving game state ends and the normal game state is set, and after the normal game state is set, the player wins the time-saving award in the first win/loss lottery using the first special pattern random number, and the time-saving pattern J1 is determined, thereby ending the normal game state and setting the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, and the main CPU 101 stops outputting the specific external signal.
In addition, when the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with 100 time-saving turns or the high-probability time-saving game state ends without winning a jackpot and the normal game state is set, and the second special symbol random number is stored, if a jackpot is won by the second special symbol random number, the main CPU 101 continues to output the specific external signal. Also, if a time-saving award is won in the first win/loss lottery using the first special symbol random number after the normal game state is set, and the normal game state ends and the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with 10,000 time-saving turns is set by determining the time-saving symbol J2, the main CPU 101 continues to output the specific external signal. Furthermore, even if a jackpot is won in the first win/loss lottery using the first special symbol random number after the normal game state is set, the main CPU 101 continues to output the specific external signal.

In this way, the hall computer or the like can be made to recognize that a winning streak is continuing even during the normal game state, which is set after the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2, in which the time saving count is 100 times, or the high-probability time-saving game state has ended without a jackpot being won. Furthermore, the external display device can display that a winning streak is continuing even during the normal game state, further increasing the player's interest.

Furthermore, as described above, even if the output of the specific external signal is continued during the normal game state that is established after the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2 or the high-probability time-shortened game state in which the time is shortened 100 times has ended without a jackpot win, the specific external signal may not be output during the normal game state that is established after the RAM is cleared. In other words, the specific external signal may be output during the normal game state that is established after the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2 or the high-probability time-shortened game state in which the time is shortened 100 times has ended without a jackpot win, but the specific external signal may not be output during the normal game state that is established after the RAM is cleared.
By doing this, it is possible to prevent a situation in which the player is misled into thinking that a winning streak is continuing even after the RAM has been cleared.

In other setting examples, as with the pachinko machine P of the above-mentioned form, a hold display indicating the hold of the first special random number is displayed mainly during the normal game state in which the game ball enters the first starting winning port 15 and during the low probability time-saving game state LJT1, a hold display indicating the hold of the second special random number is displayed mainly during the low probability time-saving game state LJT2 in which the game ball enters the second starting winning port 16 and during the high probability time-saving game state, and during special game, neither the hold display indicating the hold of the first special random number nor the hold display indicating the hold of the second special random number is displayed.
Here, if the output of a specific external signal is continued even during the normal game state which is set after the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with 100 time-saving turns or the high-probability time-saving game state has ended without winning a jackpot, a display suggesting that the first special pattern random number has been reserved may be made not to be displayed during the normal game state, and if the time-saving award is won in the first win/loss lottery using the first special pattern random number after the normal game state is set, and the time-saving pattern J1 is determined, thereby ending the normal game state and setting the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, a display suggesting that the first special pattern random number has been reserved may be made to be displayed.
In addition, during the normal game state that is set after the RAM is cleared, a display may be made suggesting that the first special chart random number is on hold.
In this case, it is difficult for the player to recognize that he is in the normal game state that is set after the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with 100 time-saving times or the high-probability time-saving game state has ended, and it is possible to impress upon the player that he is in a state of continuous winning streak.

In other setting examples, when the normal game state is set, a left-hit suggestion is made to encourage the player to shoot the game ball toward the first game area 12a (a left-hit suggestion image "←←← left hit" is displayed on the display unit 21a of the performance display device 21, and the right-hit notification lamp RL is turned off).
Here, if the output of a specific external signal is continued even during the normal game state which is set after the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with 100 time-saving turns or the high-probability time-saving game state has ended without winning a jackpot, the right-hit notification lamp RL will be turned off when the normal game state is set, whereas if the first special symbol random number has not been stored at the time the normal game state is set, a left-hit suggestion image will be displayed at this time, and if the first special symbol random number has been stored at the time the normal game state is set, a left-hit suggestion image will not be displayed at this time, but if the time-saving award is won in the win/loss lottery based on the first special symbol random number and the time-saving symbol J1 is determined, the normal game state ends and the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 is set, the left-hit suggestion image may be displayed.
Also, if the normal game state is set based on clearing the RAM, a left-hit suggestion image may be displayed at this point.
In this case, even if the low probability time-saving game state LJT2 or the high probability time-saving game state with 100 time-saving turns ends without winning a jackpot and the normal game state is set, if the first special chart random number has been stored, the left-hit suggestion image will not be displayed on the display unit 21a of the performance display device 21, which is the player's main focus, making it difficult for the player to recognize that he is in the normal game state and giving the player the impression that he is in a continuous winning streak.

Furthermore, if the output of a specific external signal is continued during the normal game state that is established after the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with 100 time-saving cycles or the high-probability time-saving game state has ended without a jackpot win, during the variable effect based on the second special symbol random number that was stored when the normal game state was established, and during the first variable effect based on the first special symbol random number after the normal game state is established, it is desirable to display a special background image that is different from the first background image and that makes it difficult for the player to recognize that the normal game state is established, rather than displaying the first background image corresponding to the normal game state. Furthermore, it is desirable to perform both variable effects using the same format (for example, special pattern A in which the button press operation effect described below is executed (see Figures 86(b) and (c)).
Even in this case, it is difficult for the player to recognize that he is in the normal game state that is set after the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with 100 time-saving times or the high-probability time-saving game state ends without winning the jackpot, and it is possible to impress upon the player that he is in a state of continuous winning streak.

The point in time at which the output of the specific external signal is to be terminated is not limited to the above. For example, the main CPU 101 may terminate the output of the specific external signal when the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with 100 time-saving cycles or the high-probability time-saving game state ends and the normal game state is set.

Furthermore, in other setting examples, as with the pachinko machine P according to the above-described configuration, the output of a specific external signal may not only be initiated when a special game is started based on a jackpot win during normal game mode, during low-probability time-saving game mode LJT2 with 10,000 time-saving turns, or during low-probability time-saving game mode LJT1, but also when a time-saving symbol J2 is determined during normal game mode and the low-probability time-saving game mode LJT2 with 10,000 time-saving turns is set based on that determination.

(Second form)
The second embodiment will be described below with reference to the drawings. In this description, the same components as those in the first embodiment will be denoted by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted or simplified.
The pachinko machine P of this embodiment is a so-called type 1/type 2 mixed pachinko machine, and is configured so that a special game is executed when a big win is won or when a game ball enters a special area described below during a small win game based on a small win.

The configuration of the game board 11 of the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, and the devices and components installed on the game board 11, are the same as those of the first embodiment, except for the attacker device 17.
The attacker device 17 of this form differs from the attacker device 17 of the first form in that, instead of the specific area 57 in the first form, it has a special area which has the same structure and installation location as the specific area 57 but a different function, but otherwise has the same structure as the attacker device 17 of the first form (including a diversion road 51, an upper passage 52, a lower passage 53, a general area 58, a distribution member 59, etc.).

During a special game based on winning a jackpot or during a small prize game based on winning a small prize, the large prize opening 18 opens, allowing game balls to enter the large prize opening 18. However, during a special game, the allocating member 59 remains in the first position, and game balls that enter the large prize opening 18 do not enter the special area, but all enter the general area 58. Similarly, during a small prize game based on the determination of a small prize pattern other than the predetermined small prize patterns (Y5, Y6, Y7, Y8, and Y9 described below), the allocating member 59 remains in the first position, and game balls that enter the large prize opening 18 do not enter the special area, but all enter the general area 58. On the other hand, during a small prize game based on the determination of a predetermined small prize pattern, the distribution member 59 stays at the second position, and the game ball that enters the large prize opening 18 does not enter the general area 58, but all enters the special area.
That is, game balls can enter the special area only during a small win game based on the determination of a predetermined small win symbol, and thus a predetermined number of game balls (one in this embodiment) enter the special area during the small win game. Then, a special game is executed based on the predetermined number of game balls entering the special area during the small win game.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, the game state after the end of the special game that is executed based on the determination of the jackpot pattern or the small jackpot pattern is set according to the jackpot pattern determined when the jackpot is won or the small jackpot pattern determined when the small jackpot is won.
In the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, the settable game states include a normal game state that combines a low-probability game state and a non-time-shortened game state, a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1 that combines a low-probability game state and a time-shortened game state JT1, and a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2 that combines a low-probability game state and a time-shortened game state JT2, and the game progresses by setting one of the game states.
In this way, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, the low probability game state is always set in any game state. Therefore, regardless of the game state, the probability of winning the jackpot in the win/lose lottery remains the same.
Furthermore, the frequency of game balls entering the second start winning slot 16 in the non-time-shortened game state, the time-shortened game state JT1, and the time-shortened game state JT2 is the same as in the first form. That is, the probability of winning in the lottery for the normal symbol, the fluctuation time of the normal symbol, and the operation time of the movable piece 16b in the non-time-shortened game state, the time-shortened game state JT1, and the time-shortened game state JT2 are all set the same as in the first form (see FIGS. 14 to 16).
In addition, the normal game state is set immediately after shipping from the factory, or in the initial state after executing the abnormality initialization process or normal initialization process.

During the normal game mode and the low-probability time-saving game mode LJT1, the player is required to shoot the game ball (shot left) toward the first game area 12a so that the game ball will enter the first start winning slot 15. During the low-probability time-saving game mode LJT2, the special game mode, and the small win game mode, the player is required to shoot the game ball (shot right) toward the second game area 12b so that the game ball will enter the large winning slot 18 or pass through the gate 20 and enter the second start winning slot 16. In other words, during the normal game mode and the low-probability time-saving game mode LJT1, the player is required to play primarily in the first game area 12a, and during the low-probability time-saving game mode LJT2, the player is required to play primarily in the second game area 12b.

Here, in this embodiment, the reserved memory area of the main RAM 103 is composed of a total of eight memory sections, from the first memory section to the eighth memory section, and is capable of storing a total of eight sets of first special chart random numbers and second special chart random numbers.
The first special symbol random number and the second special symbol random number are stored from the first memory unit in the order of ball entry into each start winning slot. For example, when no random numbers are stored in any of the memory units, if game balls enter the first start winning slot 15 → the first start winning slot 15 → the second start winning slot 16 in that order, the first special symbol random number associated with the first ball entering the first start winning slot 15 is stored in the first memory unit, the first special symbol random number associated with the second ball entering the second first start winning slot 15 is stored in the second memory unit, and the second special symbol random number associated with the third ball entering the second start winning slot 16 is stored in the third memory unit. If the above-mentioned random numbers have already been stored in several memory units, the above-mentioned random number is stored in the empty memory unit with the smallest number.
However, the number of sets of first special random numbers and the number of sets of second special random numbers that can be stored in the reserved memory area are each limited to four. Therefore, if four sets of first special random numbers are already stored in the reserved memory area, even if a gaming ball enters the first start winning slot 15, the first special random number associated with this ball entering will not be stored in the reserved memory area. Similarly, if four sets of second special random numbers are already stored in the reserved memory area, even if a gaming ball enters the second start winning slot 16, the second special random number associated with this ball entering will not be stored in the reserved memory area.

In contrast to the first form, in the pachinko machine P of this form, if both the first special symbol random number and the second special symbol random number are stored, they are processed in the order in which they were stored in the reserved memory area. For example, if both the first special symbol random number and the second special symbol random number are stored when the display of special symbol variations begins, and the first special symbol random number is stored in the reserved memory area before the second special symbol random number, a win/lose lottery based on the first special symbol random number and the display of special symbol variations will be performed first, and once the display of variations has ended, a win/lose lottery based on the second special symbol random number and the display of special symbol variations will be performed next.

As shown in Figure 72, the pachinko machine P of this embodiment is equipped with a win/loss random number determination table 110, which includes a first low probability determination table 110c that is referenced in the win/loss lottery based on the first special random number (a random number obtained when a gaming ball enters the first start winning slot 15), and a second low probability determination table 110d that is referenced in the win/loss lottery based on the second special random number (a random number obtained when a gaming ball enters the second start winning slot 16).

As shown in Figure 72(a), according to the first low probability determination table 110c, if the win/loss random number is between 1000 and 1328, it is determined to be a jackpot win, if the win/loss random number is between 2000 and 6368, it is determined to be a small win, if the win/loss random number is between 12000 and 14183, it is determined to be a win for the time-saving bonus, and if the win/loss random number is any other than these (0 to 999, 1329 to 1999, 6369 to 11999, 14184 to 65535), it is determined to be a loss. Therefore, in this first low probability determination table 110c, the probability of winning a jackpot win is approximately 1/199, the probability of winning a small win is approximately 1/15, and the probability of winning a time-saving bonus is approximately 1/30.

As shown in Figure 72 (b), according to the second low probability determination table 110d, if the win/loss random number is between 1000 and 1328, it is determined to be a jackpot win, if the win/loss random number is between 2000 and 11361, it is determined to be a small win, if the win/loss random number is between 12000 and 14183, it is determined to be a win for the time-saving bonus, and if the win/loss random number is any other than these (0 to 999, 1329 to 1999, 11362 to 11999, 14184 to 65535), it is determined to be a loss. Therefore, in this second low probability determination table 110d, the probability of winning a jackpot win is approximately 1/199, the probability of winning a small win is approximately 1/7, and the probability of winning a time-saving bonus is approximately 1/30.

In this type of lottery, first, a determination is made as to whether the jackpot has been won, and if the result is that the jackpot has not been won, then a determination is made as to whether the small prize has been won, and if the result is that the small prize has not been won (hereinafter also referred to as a small prize not being won), then a determination is made as to whether the time-saving bonus has been awarded, and if the result is that the time-saving bonus has not been awarded, then the prize has been lost.

In addition, as shown in Figure 73, the pachinko machine P of this embodiment is equipped with a special pattern random number determination table 111, which includes a first start winning port determination table 111c that is referenced when a win/loss lottery is held using a first special pattern random number, and a second start winning port determination table 111d that is referenced when a win/loss lottery is held using a second special pattern random number.
The pachinko machine P according to this embodiment is provided with 12 types of jackpot symbols (X1, X2, X3, X4, X5, X6, X7, X8, X9, X10, X11, X12), 9 types of small prize symbols (Y1, Y2, Y3, Y4, Y5, Y6, Y7, Y8, Y9) as special symbols determined when a small prize is won (hereinafter also referred to as small prize symbols), and 3 types of time-saving symbols (J1, J2, J3). In addition, as with the first embodiment, 2 types of losing symbols (Z1, Z2) are provided.

73(a), according to the first start winning port determination table 111c, in the case where a jackpot is won by the above-mentioned win/lose lottery, if the special pattern random number is 0 to 31, the jackpot symbol X1 is determined, if the special pattern random number is 32 to 63, the jackpot symbol X2 is determined, if the special pattern random number is 64 to 98, the jackpot symbol X3 is determined, if the special pattern random number is 99 to 130, the jackpot symbol X4 is determined, if the special pattern random number is 131 to 163, the jackpot symbol X5 is determined, and if the special pattern random number is 164 to 199, the jackpot symbol X6 is determined. In this first start winning port determination table 111c, in the case where a jackpot is won, the probability that the jackpot symbol X1, X2, or X3 will be determined is 49%, and the probability that the jackpot symbol X4, X5, or X6 will be determined is 51%.
Furthermore, in the case where a small prize is won by the above-mentioned win/lose lottery, the small prize symbol Y1 is determined when the special pattern random number is between 0 and 49, the small prize symbol Y2 is determined when the special pattern random number is between 50 and 99, the small prize symbol Y3 is determined when the special pattern random number is between 100 and 149, and the small prize symbol Y4 is determined when the special pattern random number is between 150 and 199. In this first start winning port determination table 111c, in the case where a small prize is won, the probability that the small prize symbol Y1 or Y2 will be determined is 50%, and the probability that the small prize symbol Y3 or Y4 will be determined is 50%.
Furthermore, in the case where the time-saving award is won by the above-mentioned winning/losing lottery, the time-saving pattern J1 is determined when the special pattern random number is between 0 and 179, and the time-saving pattern J2 is determined when the special pattern random number is between 180 and 199. In this first start winning slot determination table 111c, in the case where the time-saving award is won, the probability that the time-saving pattern J1 is determined is 90%, and the probability that the time-saving pattern J2 is determined is 10%.
Furthermore, if the result of the above-mentioned lottery is a loss, a loss symbol Z1 is determined.

73(b), according to the second start winning port determination table 111d, in the case where a jackpot is won by the above-mentioned win/lose lottery, if the special pattern random number is 0 to 31, the jackpot symbol X7 is determined, if the special pattern random number is 32 to 63, the jackpot symbol X8 is determined, if the special pattern random number is 64 to 98, the jackpot symbol X9 is determined, if the special pattern random number is 99 to 130, the jackpot symbol X10 is determined, if the special pattern random number is 131 to 163, the jackpot symbol X11 is determined, and if the special pattern random number is 164 to 199, the jackpot symbol X12 is determined. In this second start winning port determination table 111d, in the case where a jackpot is won, the probability that the jackpot symbol X7, X8, or X9 is determined is 49%, and the probability that the jackpot symbol X10, X11, or X12 is determined is 51%.
Furthermore, in the case where a small prize is won by the above-mentioned win/lose lottery, if the special pattern random number is between 0 and 49, the small prize pattern Y5 is determined, if the special pattern random number is between 50 and 99, the small prize pattern Y6 is determined, if the special pattern random number is between 100 and 149, the small prize pattern Y7 is determined, if the special pattern random number is between 150 and 179, the small prize pattern Y8 is determined, and if the special pattern random number is between 180 and 199, the small prize pattern Y9 is determined. In this second start winning port determination table 111d, if a small prize is won, the probability that the small prize pattern Y5 or Y6 will be determined is 50%, and the probability that the small prize pattern Y7, Y8, or Y9 will be determined is 50%.
Furthermore, in the case where the time-saving award is won by the above-mentioned winning/losing lottery, the time-saving award symbol J3 is determined when the special pattern random number is between 0 and 199. In this second start winning slot determination table 111d, in the case where the time-saving award is won, the probability that the time-saving award symbol J3 is determined is 100%.
Furthermore, if the result of the above-mentioned lottery is a loss, a loss symbol Z2 is determined.

Furthermore, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, as in the first embodiment, when a special symbol is determined, a change pattern command corresponding to a change pattern that defines the change time of the special symbol and the manner of change presentation is determined based on the result of that determination, and the stop display time (so-called symbol confirmation time), which is the time for which the special symbol is displayed stationary after the display of the special symbol change has finished, is also determined.

As shown in FIG. 74, the pachinko machine P of this embodiment is equipped with the following special electric device operation tables 112: a first operation table 112d referenced in a special game based on the determination of a jackpot symbol X1, X2, X3, X4, X5, or X6; a second operation table 112e referenced in a special game executed through a special game based on the determination of a jackpot symbol X7, X8, X9, X10, X11, or X12, or a small prize game based on the determination of a small prize symbol Y5, Y6, Y7, Y8, or Y9; a third operation table 112f referenced in a small prize game based on the determination of a small prize symbol Y1, Y2, Y3, or Y4; and a fourth operation table 112g referenced in a small prize game based on the determination of a small prize symbol Y5, Y6, Y7, Y8, or Y9.

As shown in Figure 74(a), according to the first operating table 112d, in the special game that is executed when a jackpot is won in the first special random number lottery and the jackpot pattern X1, X2, X3, X4, X5, or X6 is determined, a total of three round games are executed, which end when either the large prize opening 18 is open for 29.0 seconds or 10 game balls enter the large prize opening 18. Furthermore, in each round game, the large prize opening 18 is opened only once (one 29.0-second opening is executed), and the interval time between each round game is set to 2.0 seconds. Furthermore, the distribution member 59 remains in the first position during each round game.

As shown in Figure 74 (b), according to the second operation table 112e, in a special game that is executed when a jackpot is won in the lottery using the second special random number and the jackpot pattern X7, X8, X9, X10, X11, or X12 is determined, or in a special game that is executed when a small jackpot is won in the lottery using the second special random number and a predetermined number of game balls (one ball) enters the special area during a small jackpot game based on the determination of the small jackpot pattern Y5, Y6, Y7, Y8, or Y9, a total of 10 round games that end under the same conditions as the first operation table 112d described above are set to be executed. The opening and closing pattern of the opening and closing door 18b, the operation mode of the distribution member 59, and the interval time during the round game are also set to the same contents as the first operation table 112d.

74(c), according to the third operation table 112e, the small prize game that is executed when a small prize is won in the win/lose lottery based on the first special symbol random number and the small prize symbol Y1, Y2, Y3 or Y4 is determined is set to end when one of the following conditions is met: the large prize opening 18 opens once for 0.05 seconds, or 10 game balls enter the open large prize opening 18. Also, while the large prize opening 18 is open, the distribution member 59 stays at the first position.
In other words, if a small prize is won based on a gaming ball entering the first start winning slot 15, regardless of which small prize symbol is determined, the large prize slot 18 is only open for 0.05 seconds during the small prize game. Therefore, even if a so-called right hit is performed during this small prize game, it is extremely difficult to get the gaming ball to enter the large prize slot 18. Also, since the sorting member 59 remains in the first position during this small prize game, even if a gaming ball enters the large prize slot 18, this gaming ball will not enter the special area.

As shown in Figure 74 (d), according to the fourth operation table 112f, the small prize game, which is executed when a small prize is won in the win/lose lottery using the second special symbol random number and the small prize symbol Y5, Y6, Y7, Y8, or Y9 is determined, is set to end when either the large prize opening 18 opens for 0.9 seconds twice, or 10 game balls enter the open large prize opening 18. Furthermore, the closing time of the large prize opening 18 from the end of the first opening to the start of the second opening is set to 0.6 seconds. Furthermore, while the large prize opening 18 is open, the sorting member 59 remains in the second position.
In other words, if a small prize is won based on a gaming ball entering the second start winning slot 16, the large prize slot 18 will be open for a total of 1.8 seconds during the small prize game, regardless of which small prize symbol is determined. Therefore, if a so-called right hit is performed during this small prize game, the gaming ball can be made to enter the large prize slot 18. Also, since the distribution member 59 stays in the second position during this small prize game, a gaming ball that enters the large prize slot 18 will always enter the special area.
Therefore, if a small prize is won based on the game ball entering the second start winning port 16, and if a so-called right hit is performed, a predetermined number (1) of game balls will enter the special area during the small prize game based on that winning, and the above-mentioned special game (see Figure 74 (b)) will be executed based on that entry.

(Outline of game state to be set)
In the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, when a special game is executed based on the determination of a jackpot pattern (winning a jackpot), the game state after the end of the special game is set according to the type of jackpot pattern that has been determined.

Furthermore, if a small win game is executed based on the determination of a small win symbol (winning a small win), and a special game is executed based on a predetermined number of game balls (one ball) entering a special area during the small win game, the game state after the special game ends is set according to the type of small win symbol determined. In the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, game balls can enter the special area during a small win game based on the determination of small win symbol Y5, Y6, Y7, Y8, or Y9, so if a predetermined number of game balls enter the special area during such a small win game and a special game is executed, the game state after the special game ends is set according to the type of small win symbol determined.
Note that if a predetermined number of game balls do not enter the special area during a small win game and a special game is not executed, the above-mentioned processing is not performed. In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, game balls are not allowed to enter the special area during a small win game based on the determination of the small win symbol Y1, Y2, Y3, or Y4, and if a predetermined number of game balls do not enter the special area during these small win games, a special game is not executed. Also, if a game ball does not enter the large prize opening 18 during a small win game based on the determination of the small win symbol Y5, Y6, Y7, Y8, or Y9 because, for example, a right hit is not performed, the predetermined number of game balls do not enter the special area, and a special game is not executed. In these cases, the above-mentioned processing is not performed.

In addition, in a non-time-saving game state (normal game state), if a time-saving symbol is determined (a win for the time-saving bonus) and that symbol is displayed statically, the game state after the time-saving symbol is displayed statically (after the variable display of that time-saving symbol has finished) is set according to the type of time-saving symbol determined. In contrast, if a time-saving symbol is determined and displayed statically in a time-saving game state (low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 (time-saving game state JT1), low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 (time-saving game state JT2)), a new game state based on the determination of that time-saving symbol is not set after the time-saving symbol is displayed statically, and the game state that was set when the time-saving symbol was determined (when the win/lose lottery was held) is maintained. In other words, even if a time-saving award is won and the time-saving symbol is displayed statically during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 or low-probability time-saving game state LJT2, the time-saving game state based on that winning will not be reset, and the currently set low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 or low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 will continue.

As shown in FIG. 75, the pachinko machine P of this embodiment has, as the game state setting table 113, a first game state setting table 113e that defines the game state setting contents after the end of a special game based on winning a jackpot based on the first special random number and determining the jackpot pattern X1, X2 or X3, or after the end of a special game based on winning a jackpot based on the second special random number and determining the jackpot pattern X7, X8 or X9, and a second game state setting table 113f that defines the game state setting contents after the end of a special game based on winning a jackpot based on the first special random number and determining the jackpot pattern X4, X5 or X6, after the end of a special game based on winning a jackpot based on the first special random number and determining the jackpot pattern X10, X11 or X12, or after the end of a special game based on winning a small jackpot based on the second special random number and determining the small jackpot pattern Y5, Y6, Y7, The system is equipped with a second game state setting table 113f that defines the game state settings after the end of a special game executed through a small win game based on the determination of Y8 or Y9; a third game state setting table 113g that defines the game state settings that are set based on the fact that a time-saving award is won by the first special symbol random number in a non-time-saving game state, a time-saving symbol J1 is determined, and the time-saving symbol J1 is displayed in a stopped state; and a fourth game state setting table 113h that defines the game state settings that are set based on the fact that a time-saving award is won by the first special symbol random number in a non-time-saving game state, a time-saving symbol J2 is determined, and the time-saving symbol J2 is displayed in a stopped state, or a time-saving award is won by the second special symbol random number in a non-time-saving game state, a time-saving symbol J3 is determined, and the time-saving symbol J3 is displayed in a stopped state.

As shown in Figure 75 (a), regardless of the currently set game state, if a jackpot is won by a win/lose lottery based on the first special symbol random number and jackpot symbol X1, X2, or X3 is determined, or if a jackpot is won by a win/lose lottery based on the second special symbol random number and jackpot symbol X7, X8, or X9 is determined, the game state after the special game based on that determination ends will be set to a low-probability game state and a non-time-saving game state. In other words, the normal game state will be set after the special game ends.

75(b), regardless of the game state being set, if a jackpot is won by the lottery based on the first special random number and the jackpot symbol X4, X5, or X6 is determined, if a jackpot is won by the lottery based on the second special random number and the jackpot symbol X10, X11, or X12 is determined, or if a small jackpot is won by the lottery based on the second special random number and the small jackpot symbol Y5, Y6, Y7, Y8, or Y9 is determined and a predetermined number of game balls enter the special area during the small jackpot game, the game state after the end of the special game based on these factors is set to a low-probability game state and a time-saving game state JT2. In other words, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 is set after the end of the special game.
In addition, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, two types of time-saving numbers are set: a first time-saving number and a second time-saving number, and when the above-mentioned low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 is set, the first time-saving number is set to 6 times and the second time-saving number is set to 11 times.
In the following, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 (the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 in which the first time-saving number of times is set to 6 and the second time-saving number of times is set to 11) that is set after the end of the above-mentioned special game will also be referred to as the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A.

When the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A is set, after the game state is set, (1) without a special game being played, the number of times the special symbol (hereinafter also referred to as the second special symbol) based on the game ball entering the second start winning slot 16 has changed has reached the first time-saving number (6 times) (the result of the second special symbol random number lottery has been derived 6 times), or (2) without a special game being played, the number of times the special symbol (hereinafter also referred to as the first special symbol) based on the game ball entering the first start winning slot 15 has changed has reached the first time-saving number (6 times). The low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A continues until one of the following time-saving end conditions is met: (1) the total number of times the number of times the first special number and the second special number have changed reaches the second time-saving number (11 times) (a total of 11 results of the win/lose lottery using the first special number random number and the win/lose lottery using the second special number random number have been derived), or (3) the number of times the small win symbol Y1 or Y2, which can be determined based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning slot 15, has reached the end determination number without the special game being executed. Note that in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A, the above-mentioned end determination number is set to 5, which is more than the upper limit of the first reserved number (4).

Here, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, the main RAM 103 is provided with a first time-saving number storage area and a second time-saving number storage area, and the first time-saving number storage area stores the remaining number of times the special pattern will change until the above-mentioned first time-saving number becomes 0 (hereinafter also referred to as the first remaining number of times of change), and the second time-saving number storage area stores the remaining number of times the special pattern will change until the above-mentioned second time-saving number becomes 0 (hereinafter also referred to as the second remaining number of times of change).
In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, a termination determination count memory area is provided in the main RAM 103, and this termination determination count memory area stores the remaining number of determinations of small win symbols until the above-mentioned termination determination count becomes 0 (hereinafter also referred to as the remaining small win determination count).
Then, during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A, when a variable display of a special symbol is made based on a gaming ball entering the second start winning port 16, both the first remaining number of variables stored in the first time-saving number storage area and the first remaining number of variables stored in the second time-saving number storage area are updated when the variable display of the special symbol ends, and when a variable display of a special symbol is made based on a gaming ball entering the first start winning port 15, only the second remaining number of variables stored in the second time-saving number storage area is updated when the variable display of the special symbol ends. Also, when a small win symbol Y1 or Y2 is determined, the remaining small win determination number stored in the end determination number storage area is updated when the variable display of the special symbol ends.
Then, as a result of these processes, if any of the above-mentioned time-saving termination conditions is met, the time-saving game state JT2 is changed to a non-time-saving game state while the low-probability game state remains, thereby changing the game state to a normal game state.

75(c), in the non-time-saving game state (normal game state), if a player wins the time-saving award by a lottery based on the first special symbol random number, a time-saving symbol J1 is determined, and the time-saving symbol J1 is displayed in a stopped state, when the variable display of the time-saving symbol J1 as a special symbol ends (when the time-saving symbol J1 is displayed in a stopped state), the non-time-saving game state is changed to the time-saving game state JT1 while the low-probability game state remains. In other words, when the variable display of the time-saving symbol J1 ends, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 is set at this end (i.e., before the stopped display time has elapsed).
Furthermore, when the above-mentioned low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 is set, the first number of time-saving times is set to 300, and the second number of time-saving times is set to 305.

When the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 is set, after the setting of that game state, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 will continue until one of the following time-saving termination conditions is met: (1) the number of times the first special symbol changes reaches the first time-saving number (300 times) without a special game being played (the result of the win/lose lottery using the first special symbol random number has been derived 300 times), (2) the total number of times the first special symbol changes and the second special symbol changes reaches the second time-saving number (305 times) without a special game being played (the result of the win/lose lottery using the first special symbol random number and the result of the win/lose lottery using the second special symbol random number have been derived a total of 305 times), or (3) the number of times the small win symbol Y1 or Y2, which can be determined based on the game ball entering the first start winning slot 15, has been determined reaches the termination determination number without a special game being played. In addition, in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, the number of times the above-mentioned termination decision is made is set to 1, which is less than the upper limit of the first reserved number (4).

Furthermore, during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, when a special symbol is displayed in a variable manner based on a game ball entering the first start winning slot 15, both the first remaining number of variations stored in the first time-saving number storage area and the second remaining number of variations stored in the second time-saving number storage area are updated when the variable display of the special symbol ends, and when a special symbol is displayed in a variable manner based on a game ball entering the second start winning slot 16, only the second remaining number of variations stored in the second time-saving number storage area is updated when the variable display of the special symbol ends. Furthermore, when a small win symbol Y1 or Y2 is determined, the remaining small win determination number stored in the end determination number storage area is updated when the variable display of the special symbol ends.
Then, as a result of these processes, if any of the above-mentioned time-saving termination conditions is met, the time-saving game state JT1 is changed to a non-time-saving game state while the low-probability game state remains, thereby changing the game state to a normal game state.

75(d), in the non-time-saving game state (normal game state), if a player wins the time-saving award by the lottery based on the first special symbol random number and the time-saving symbol J2 is determined and the time-saving symbol J2 is displayed in a static state, or if a player wins the time-saving award by the lottery based on the second special symbol random number and the time-saving symbol J3 is determined and the time-saving symbol J3 is displayed in a static state, the non-time-saving game state is changed to the time-saving game state JT2 while the low-probability game state remains as it is when the variable display of the time-saving symbol J2 or J3 as the special symbol ends (when the time-saving symbol J2 or J3 is displayed in a static state). In other words, when the variable display of the time-saving symbol J2 or J3 ends, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 is established at the end of this period (before the static display time has elapsed).
Furthermore, when the above-mentioned low probability time-shortening game state LJT2 is set, the first time-shortening number of times is set to 1, and the second time-shortening number of times is set to 6.
In the following, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 (low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 in which the first time-saving number is set to 1 and the second time-saving number is set to 6) that is set after the above-mentioned time-saving pattern is stopped and displayed will also be referred to as the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B.

When the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B is set, after the game state is set, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B will continue until one of the following time-saving termination conditions is met: (1) the number of times the second special symbol changes reaches the first time-saving number (1 time) without a special game being played (the result of the win/lose lottery using the second special symbol random number has been derived once), (2) the total number of times the first special symbol changes and the second special symbol changes reaches the second time-saving number (6 times) without a special game being played (the result of the win/lose lottery using the first special symbol random number and the result of the win/lose lottery using the second special symbol random number have been derived a total of 6 times), or (3) the number of times the small win symbol Y1 or Y2, which can be determined based on the game ball entering the first start winning slot 15, has been determined reaches the end determination number without a special game being played. In addition, in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B, the number of times the above-mentioned termination decision is made is set to 5, which is more than the upper limit of the first reserved number (4).

Furthermore, during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B, when a special symbol is displayed in a variable manner based on a game ball entering the second start winning port 16, both the first remaining number of variations stored in the first time-saving number storage area and the second remaining number of variations stored in the second time-saving number storage area are updated when the variable display of the special symbol ends, and when a special symbol is displayed in a variable manner based on a game ball entering the first start winning port 15, only the second remaining number of variations stored in the second time-saving number storage area is updated when the variable display of the special symbol ends. Furthermore, when a small win symbol Y1 or Y2 is determined, the remaining small win determination number stored in the end determination number storage area is updated when the variable display of the special symbol ends.
Then, as a result of these processes, if any of the above-mentioned time-saving termination conditions is met, the time-saving game state JT2 is changed to a non-time-saving game state while the low-probability game state remains, thereby changing the game state to a normal game state.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P of this form, in the low probability time-saving game state LJT1 in which left-handed shots are performed, it is possible that a time-saving bonus will be awarded in a win/loss lottery based on the first special chart random number, and also, although this is less likely, it is possible that a time-saving bonus will be awarded in a win/loss lottery based on the second special chart random number.
In addition, in the low probability time-saving game state LJT2-A or low probability time-saving game state LJT2-B where right-hand play is performed, there are cases where the time-saving award is won by a lottery based on the second special chart random number, and there are also cases where the time-saving award is won by a lottery based on the first special chart random number.
In this way, even in game states other than the normal game state (low probability time-saving game state LJT1, low probability time-saving game state LJT2-A, low probability time-saving game state LJT2-B), a time-saving award may be won in a lottery based on the first special chart random number or the second special chart random number, and the time-saving pattern J1, J2 or J3 may be determined and displayed as stopped, but in this case the game state currently set will continue as is.

(Conditions for ending the time-saving game mode (time-saving end conditions))
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, the probability of winning a jackpot is the same during both the normal game state and the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, and even if a game ball is shot toward the second game state 12b, the game ball will not enter the second start winning hole 16. During these game states, the player is allowed to play in the first game area 12a, and there is a possibility that the game ball will enter the first start winning hole 15.
If a jackpot is won based on a lottery using the first special random number (a random number obtained by the entry of a game ball into the first starting winning slot 15) during the normal game state or the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, a special game in which three rounds of play are played is executed, and after the special game ends, a low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A can be set.
Furthermore, if during the normal game state, a player wins the time-saving award based on the winning/losing lottery using the first special random number and the time-saving symbol is stopped and displayed, the subsequent game state is set to either the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 or the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B. On the other hand, during the low-probability time-saving game state LTJ1, even if a player wins the time-saving award based on the winning/losing lottery using the first special random number and the time-saving symbol is stopped and displayed, the game state remains unchanged and the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 continues thereafter.

During the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A and the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B, the probability of winning a jackpot is the same as during the normal game state and the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, but when a game ball is shot toward the second game area 12b, the game ball has a high probability of entering the second start winning hole 16. During these game states, the player is allowed to play in the second game area 12b, and as long as a game ball is shot toward the second game area 12b, there is a possibility that the game ball will enter the second start winning hole 16.
If a jackpot is won based on a lottery using the second special random number (a random number obtained by the entry of a game ball into the second start winning slot 16), a special game in which 10 rounds of play are played is executed, and after the special game is completed, a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-A can be set. Also, if a small jackpot is won, a special game in which 10 rounds of play are played can be executed via the small jackpot game, and after the special game is completed, a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-A can be set.
In other words, during the low-probability time-shortening game state LJT2-A and the low-probability time-shortening game state LJT2-B, the prize balls based on the game balls entering the second start winning port 16 make it possible to reduce the decrease in game balls as the game progresses more than during the normal game state and the low-probability time-shortening game state LJT1, and it becomes possible to execute special games based on not only winning big prizes but also winning small prizes, and furthermore, in such special games, more rounds of play are played than during special games when a big prize is won during the normal game state or the low-probability time-shortening game state LJT1, making these game states more advantageous than the normal game state and the low-probability time-shortening game state LJT1.
As described above, if a time-saving award is won and a time-saving symbol is statically displayed during the normal game state, either the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 or the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B is established. However, after a transition from the normal game state to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 occurs, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B is not established even if a time-saving award is won and a time-saving symbol is statically displayed during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1. Therefore, the normal game state in which the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B can be established upon winning a time-saving award and the static display of a time-saving symbol is a more advantageous game state than the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1. As a result, as with the first embodiment, a novel game feature can be provided in which the normal game state prior to the transition to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 becomes a chance zone, thereby enhancing the player's interest.

Here, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1, the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-A, and the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-B are ended not only by the number of times the first special symbol changes or the number of times the second special symbol changes, but also by the number of times the small win symbol Y1 or Y2 is determined, which can be determined based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning slot 15. In other words, the number of times the small win symbol Y1 or Y2 is determined is set as the end condition of the time-shortened game state (time-shortened end condition).
This ends the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1, the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-A, and the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-B, and increases the opportunities for setting a normal game state positioned like a chance zone, thereby increasing the interest of the player.

Furthermore, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, the number of times that the small win symbol Y1 or Y2 is determined (number of times of determination for termination: 1) that will end the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1 is set to be different from the number of times that the small win symbol Y1 or Y2 is determined (number of times of determination for termination: 5) that will end the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-A and the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-B. Specifically, the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-A and the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-B are not terminated even if the time-shortened termination condition is met regarding the number of times that the small win symbol Y1 or Y2 is determined (number of times of determination for termination) that will end the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1.
This makes it possible to make different triggers for ending the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1, the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-A, and the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-B based on the determination of the small winning symbol Y1 or Y2, thereby improving the gameplay and increasing the interest of the player.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, the number of times that the small winning pattern Y1 or Y2 is determined (number of times of determination for termination: 5 times), which will end the low probability time-shortened game state LJT2-A and the low probability time-shortened game state LJT2-B, is set to be greater than the upper limit number (4) of the first reserved number.
As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, when both the first special symbol random number and the second special symbol random number are stored, they are processed in the order in which they were stored in the reserved memory area. Therefore, for example, when a jackpot is won during a normal game state in which left-hand hitting is performed or during a low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, and a low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A is set after the special game based on the winning is completed, or when a time-saving award is won during a normal game state, a time-saving symbol J2 is determined, and the time-saving symbol J2 is stopped and displayed, and a low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B is set, if the first special symbol random number acquired during the normal game state or the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 before the setting is stored when these game states are set, the stored first special symbol random number is processed before the second special symbol random number newly acquired during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A or the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B. Then, during the low probability time-shortened game state LJT2-A or the low probability time-shortened game state LJT2-B, a small win may be won by a lottery based on the first special chart random number, and the small win pattern Y1 or Y2 may be determined.

For example, if the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A or LJT2-B is set to end by determining the small winning symbol Y1 or Y2 a number of times equal to or less than the upper limit (four) of the first reserved number, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A or LJT2-B may end before the player starts shooting the game ball toward the second game area 12b. In this case, even though the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A or LJT2-B is set to be more advantageous than the normal game state or the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, the game ball may not be able to enter the second start winning slot 16 (the player may not be able to receive the winning/losing lottery based on the second special symbol random number), and this advantageous game state may end, which may reduce the player's interest.
Therefore, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, as described above, the number of times (number of times of ending determination) of the small win symbol Y1 or Y2 that will end the low probability time-saving game state LJT2-A and the low probability time-saving game state LJT2-B is set to be greater than the upper limit number (4) of the first reserved number. As a result, even if all of the first special symbol random numbers stored before the low probability time-saving game state LJT2-A or the low probability time-saving game state LJT2-B was set were those that led to the determination of the small win symbol Y1 or Y2, the low probability time-saving game state LJT2-A or the low probability time-saving game state LJT2-B would not end. Therefore, even after all the winning/losing lotteries based on the above-mentioned first special chart random number have been completed, the low probability time-shortened game state LJT2-A or the low probability time-shortened game state LJT2-B continues, so the player can enter the game ball into the second start winning port 16 and take part in the winning/losing lottery based on the second special chart random number, thereby preventing the player's interest from declining.

In the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, the time-shortened game state (low probability time-shortened game state LJT1, low probability time-shortened game state LJT2-A, low probability time-shortened game state LJT2-B) is ended based on the number of times a specific small win pattern (Y1 or Y2) is determined out of all the small win patterns that can be determined, but this is not limited to this, and the time-shortened game state may also be ended based on the number of times all the small win patterns are determined (i.e., the number of times a small win is won).
Various conditions for terminating the time-saving mode for a small win may be employed. For example, the time-saving mode may be terminated when the number of times each of a plurality of small win symbols has been determined reaches a predetermined number of times (for example, when the number of times the small win symbol Y1 has been determined reaches two (the number of times the small win symbol Y2 has been determined reaches three (the number of times the small win symbol Y1 has been determined reaches three ...
Furthermore, the time-saving termination condition for a small win may be set not in all time-saving game states but only in some of the time-saving game states. For example, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 may be set to terminate based on the condition for determining a small win, but the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A and the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B may be set not to terminate based on the condition for determining a small win.
In the above case, the triggers for ending the time-saving game state can be varied, improving the gameplay and increasing the interest of the player.

(Processing when you win the time-saving bonus when the time-saving game mode ends)
As described above, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 ends when the first remaining number of changes or the second remaining number of changes is updated at the time when the variable display of the special symbol ends, for example, when the number of changes of the first special symbol reaches the first time-saving number, and a normal game state is set. Also, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A and the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B end when the first remaining number of changes or the second remaining number of changes is updated at the time when the variable display of the special symbol ends, for example, when the number of changes of the second special symbol reaches the first time-saving number, and a normal game state is set. Hereinafter, the process of updating the first remaining number of changes or the second remaining number of changes will also be referred to as the "remaining number of changes update process."
On the other hand, in the normal game state, when a time-saving award is won and a time-saving pattern is determined and the time-saving pattern is displayed stationary, at the time when the time-saving pattern is displayed stationary (at the time when the variable display of the time-saving pattern has ended), a low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 or a low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B is set according to the type of the time-saving pattern determined.

Here, in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, there are cases where a player wins the time-saving award in a lottery when the number of times the first special chart changes reaches the first number of time-saving times, and there are cases where a player wins the time-saving award in a lottery when the number of times the second special chart changes reaches the first number of time-saving times in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A or the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B.
The processing for setting the low probability time-saving game state LJT1 or the low probability time-saving game state LJT2-B based on the stopped display of the time-saving pattern (processing for setting the time-saving game state based on the stopped display of the time-saving pattern), and the remaining variation count update processing are both performed at the time when the time-saving pattern variation display ends (at the time when the time-saving pattern is stopped), but it is assumed that the processing for setting the time-saving game state based on the stopped display of the time-saving pattern is performed after the remaining variation count update processing is performed.
Then, in the above-mentioned case, since the normal game state is set when the remaining variation count update process is performed, at the time when the process related to setting the time-shortened game state based on the stopped display of the time-shortened pattern is executed, the time-shortened pattern will be stopped and displayed in the normal game state, and the time-shortened game state (low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1 or low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-B) will be set again. In other words, if the process related to setting the time-shortened game state based on the stopped display of the time-shortened pattern is executed after the remaining variation count update process, in the above-mentioned case, a situation will occur in which multiple time-shortened game states are set consecutively, and the boundaries between the time-shortened game states and the trigger for setting them will become unclear, which may cause an uncomfortable feeling in the game.

Therefore, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, after performing processing related to setting the time-saving game state based on the stopped display of the time-saving symbol, the remaining number of variations is updated.
As a result, in the above-mentioned case, at the time of executing the process related to setting the time-shortened game state based on the stopped display of the time-shortened symbol, the remaining variation count update process has not been performed, and the time-shortened game state (low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1, low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-A, low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-B) remains set, and the time-shortened symbol is displayed stopped in the time-shortened game state. Therefore, a new time-shortened game state is not set based on the stopped display of the time-shortened symbol. Then, the remaining variation count update process is performed, and the normal game state is set. Therefore, it is possible to prevent a situation in which the boundaries of the time-shortened game state and the trigger for setting it become unclear, and it is possible to prevent the risk of an uncomfortable feeling occurring during gameplay.

As mentioned above, after the remaining number of variations update process is performed, processing related to setting the time-saving game state based on the stopped display of the time-saving symbol may be performed, and in the above case, multiple time-saving game states may be set consecutively.

(Overview of fluctuation pattern table 114)
As shown in FIG. 76, the pachinko machine P of this embodiment is provided with, as the fluctuation pattern table 114, a table MP11 that is referenced during the normal game state, a table MP21 that is referenced during the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1, and a table MP31 that is referenced during the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2 (during the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-A, during the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-B).
In these fluctuation pattern tables 114, as in the first form, fluctuation pattern commands corresponding to fluctuation patterns with a predetermined fluctuation time are defined according to the determined special symbols (losing symbols Z1, Z2, big winning symbols X1, X2, X3, X4, X5, X6, X7, X8, X9, X10, X11, X12, small winning symbols Y1, Y2, Y3, Y4, Y5, Y6, Y7, Y8, Y9, time-saving symbols J1, J2, J3), the current number of reserved symbols (first reserved symbol and second reserved symbol at the time of determining the fluctuation pattern command (time of executing the winning/losing lottery)), and the fluctuation pattern random number.

Specifically, as shown in Figure 76 (a), in table MP11 (variation pattern table 114 referenced during normal game mode), if the winning/losing lottery based on the first special pattern random number results in a loss and a losing pattern Z1 is determined, a variation pattern command (variation pattern) similar to that in the case where a losing pattern Z1 is determined during normal game mode in the first form is determined.
In addition, when a jackpot is won by the lottery based on the first special pattern random number and the jackpot pattern X1, X2, X3, X4, X5 or X6 is determined, the same variation pattern command as when the jackpot pattern X1, X2 or X3 is determined during the normal game state in the first form is determined.
In addition, if a small prize is won by the lottery based on the first special chart random number and the small prize pattern Y1, Y2, Y3 or Y4 is determined, the fluctuation pattern command "05H" associated with the fluctuation pattern of "13 seconds fluctuation" will be determined regardless of the current number of reserved tickets or the value of the fluctuation pattern random number.
Furthermore, if the time-saving symbol J1 is determined by the lottery based on the first special symbol random number and the time-saving symbol J1 is selected, the same variation pattern command as when the time-saving symbol J1 is selected during normal game play in the first form is determined, and if the time-saving symbol J2 is determined by the lottery based on the first special symbol random number and the time-saving symbol J2 is selected during normal game play in the first form is determined, the same variation pattern command as when the time-saving symbol J2 is selected during normal game play in the first form is determined.

Also, as shown in Figure 76 (a), in table MP11, if the winning/losing lottery based on the second special pattern random number results in a losing draw and the losing pattern Z2 is determined, regardless of the number of reserved balls at the current time and the value of the fluctuation pattern random number, the fluctuation pattern command "04H" is determined, which is associated with the fluctuation pattern "10 second fluctuation" (a fluctuation pattern in which the fluctuation time for the first half is set to 0 seconds and the fluctuation time for the second half is set to 10 seconds).
In addition, if a jackpot is won by a lottery based on the second special chart random number and the jackpot pattern X7, X8, X9, X10, X11 or X12 is determined, the fluctuation pattern command "09H" associated with the fluctuation pattern of "10-second fluctuation" will be determined regardless of the current number of reserved tickets or the value of the fluctuation pattern random number.
In addition, if a small prize is won by the lottery based on the second special chart random number and the small prize pattern Y5, Y6, Y7, Y8 or Y9 is determined, regardless of the number of reserved tickets at the moment or the value of the fluctuation pattern random number, the fluctuation pattern command "06H" associated with the fluctuation pattern of "10 seconds fluctuation" will be determined.
Furthermore, in the case where a time-saving grant is awarded by a lottery based on the second special chart random number, when the time-saving pattern J3 is determined, the fluctuation pattern command "0CH" associated with the fluctuation pattern of "10-second fluctuation" is determined regardless of the number of reserved balls at the present time and regardless of the value of the fluctuation pattern random number.

As shown in Figure 76 (b), in table MP21 (variation pattern table 114 referenced during low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1), if the lottery based on the first special pattern random number results in a loss and a losing symbol Z1 is determined, a variation pattern command similar to that determined when a losing symbol Z1 is determined during low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1 in the first form is determined.
In addition, when a jackpot is won by the lottery based on the first special chart random number and the jackpot pattern X1, X2, X3, X4, X5 or X6 is determined, the same variation pattern command as when the jackpot pattern X1, X2 or X3 is determined during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 in the first form is determined.
Also, in the case where a small prize is won by the lottery based on the first special pattern random number, when the small prize pattern Y1 or Y2 is determined, regardless of the number of reserved balls at the current time and whatever the value of the fluctuation pattern random number, the fluctuation pattern command "15H" associated with the fluctuation pattern of "15 seconds fluctuation" (a fluctuation pattern in which the fluctuation time of the first half is set to 0 seconds and the fluctuation time of the second half is set to 15 seconds) is determined, and when the small prize pattern Y3 or Y4 is determined, regardless of the number of reserved balls at the current time and whatever the value of the fluctuation pattern random number, the fluctuation pattern command "16H" associated with the fluctuation pattern of "15 seconds fluctuation" is determined.
Furthermore, if the time-saving award is won by the lottery based on the first special chart random number and the time-saving pattern J1 is determined, the same variation pattern command is determined as when the time-saving pattern J1 is determined during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 in the first form, and if the time-saving award is won by the lottery based on the first special chart random number and the time-saving pattern J2 is determined, the same variation pattern command is determined as when the time-saving pattern J2 is determined during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 in the first form.

Also, as shown in Figure 76 (b), in table MP21, if the winning/losing lottery based on the second special pattern random number results in a loss and the losing pattern Z2 is determined, the fluctuation pattern command "14H" associated with the fluctuation pattern of "10-second fluctuation" is determined regardless of the number of pending numbers at the current time and regardless of the value of the fluctuation pattern random number.
In addition, if a jackpot is won by the lottery based on the second special chart random number and the jackpot pattern X7, X8, X9, X10, X11 or X12 is determined, the fluctuation pattern command "19H" associated with the fluctuation pattern of "10 seconds fluctuation" will be determined regardless of the current number of reserved tickets or the value of the fluctuation pattern random number.
In addition, if a small prize is won by the lottery based on the second special chart random number and the small prize pattern Y5, Y6, Y7, Y8 or Y9 is determined, regardless of the number of pending tickets at the moment or the value of the fluctuation pattern random number, the fluctuation pattern command "17H" associated with the fluctuation pattern of "10 seconds fluctuation" will be determined.
In addition, in the case where a time-saving grant is awarded by a lottery based on the second special chart random number, when the time-saving chart pattern J3 is determined, the fluctuation pattern command "1DH" associated with the fluctuation pattern of "10-second fluctuation" is determined regardless of the number of reserved balls at the present time and regardless of the value of the fluctuation pattern random number.

As shown in Figure 76 (c), in table MP31 (the fluctuation pattern table 114 referenced during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2), if the lottery based on the first special pattern random number results in a loss and the losing pattern Z1 is determined, the fluctuation pattern command "50H" associated with the fluctuation pattern of "2-second fluctuation" is determined regardless of the number of reserved numbers at the current time or the value of the fluctuation pattern random number.
In addition, if a jackpot is won by the lottery based on the first special pattern random number and the jackpot pattern X1, X2, X3, X4, X5 or X6 is determined, regardless of the number of reserved balls at the current time or the value of the fluctuation pattern random number, the fluctuation pattern command "5AH" associated with the fluctuation pattern of "2-second fluctuation" will be determined.
In addition, if a small prize is won by the lottery based on the first special pattern random number and the small prize pattern Y1, Y2, Y3 or Y4 is determined, regardless of the number of pending tickets at the moment or the value of the fluctuation pattern random number, the fluctuation pattern command "55H" associated with the fluctuation pattern of "2-second fluctuation" will be determined.
In addition, if the winner is selected for the time-saving grant by the lottery based on the first special chart random number and the time-saving pattern J1 or J2 is determined, the fluctuation pattern command "5DH" associated with the fluctuation pattern of "2-second fluctuation" will be determined regardless of the number of reserved balls at the current time or the value of the fluctuation pattern random number.
Furthermore, if the lottery based on the second special pattern random number results in a loss and the losing pattern Z2 is determined, regardless of the number of reserved balls at the current time or the value of the fluctuation pattern random number, the fluctuation pattern command "51H" associated with the fluctuation pattern of "10-second fluctuation" will be determined.
In addition, if a jackpot is won by a lottery based on the second special chart random number and the jackpot pattern X7, X8, X9, X10, X11 or X12 is determined, regardless of the number of reserved balls at the moment or the value of the fluctuation pattern random number, the fluctuation pattern command "59H" associated with the fluctuation pattern of "10 seconds fluctuation" will be determined.
In addition, if a small prize is won by the lottery based on the second special chart random number and the small prize pattern Y5, Y6, Y7, Y8 or Y9 is determined, regardless of the number of pending tickets at the moment or the value of the fluctuation pattern random number, the fluctuation pattern command "56H" associated with the fluctuation pattern of "10 seconds fluctuation" will be determined.
Furthermore, if the winner is selected for the time-saving grant by the lottery based on the second special chart random number and the time-saving symbol J3 is determined, the fluctuation pattern command "5EH" associated with the fluctuation pattern of "10-second fluctuation" will be determined regardless of the number of reserved balls at the current time or the value of the fluctuation pattern random number.

(Outline of stop display time)
In the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, as in the first embodiment, the stop display time table 115 determines the stop display time according to the current game state (the game state at the time the win/lose lottery is executed) and the type of special pattern.
As shown in FIG. 77, according to the stop display time table 115, when the current gaming state is the normal gaming state, if a losing symbol Z1 or Z2 is determined, a stop display time of 0.5 seconds is determined, if a big win symbol X1, X2, X3, X4, X5, X6, X7, X8, X9, X10, X11 or X12 is determined, a stop display time of 0.5 seconds is determined, if a small win symbol Y1, Y2, Y3, Y4, Y5, Y6, Y7, Y8 or Y9 is determined, a stop display time of 0.5 seconds is determined, if a time-saving symbol J1 or J2 is determined, a stop display time of 20 seconds is determined, and if a time-saving symbol J3 is determined, a stop display time of 0.5 seconds is determined.
In addition, when the current game state is the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 or the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2, a stop display time of 0.5 seconds is determined in all cases when a losing symbol Z1 or Z2 is determined, when a big win symbol X1, X2, X3, X4, X5, X6, X7, X8, X9, X10, X11 or X12 is determined, when a small win symbol Y1, Y2, Y3, Y4, Y5, Y6, Y7, Y8 or Y9 is determined, or when a time-saving symbol J1, J2 or J3 is determined.

(Outline of special symbol stop display)
Although not specifically shown, both the first special pattern display device 30 and the second special pattern display device 31 are composed of multiple LEDs, and different lighting patterns are determined for each type of special pattern.
Then, when a special symbol (first special symbol) is determined based on the entry of a gaming ball into the first start winning slot 15, the LED of the first special symbol display device 30 starts flashing (i.e., the display of the special symbol changes starts), and after the change time has passed, the LED stops flashing (i.e., the display of the special symbol changes ends), and the LED lights up in a lighting pattern corresponding to the determined first special symbol. This causes the first special symbol to stop displaying.
Furthermore, when a special symbol (second special symbol) is determined based on the entry of a game ball into the second start winning slot 16, the LED of the second special symbol display device 31 starts flashing, and after the variable time has elapsed, the LED stops flashing and the LED lights up in a lighting pattern corresponding to the determined second special symbol. This causes the second special symbol to stop displaying.

As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, when a special game is executed based on a winning jackpot, after the special game ends, a game state is set according to the type of jackpot symbol determined based on the winning of the jackpot. Also, when a special game is executed via a small prize game based on a winning small prize, after the special game ends, a game state is set according to the type of small prize symbol determined based on the winning of the small prize. Also, when a time-saving bonus is won during the normal game state, after the variable display of the special symbol based on the winning has ended, a game state is set according to the type of time-saving symbol determined based on the winning of the time-saving bonus.
In this way, a new game state may be set depending on the type of special symbol determined based on the winning/losing lottery, and when a new game state is set, the type of this game state is determined, so players are very interested in the type of special symbol that is determined. For this reason, many players check the lighting patterns of the LEDs of the first special symbol display device 30 and the second special symbol display device 31 to determine the type of special symbol that has been stopped and displayed.

Incidentally, the big win pattern, small win pattern and time-saving pattern are all displayed in a stopped state on the first special pattern display device 30 or the second special pattern display device 31 until the above-mentioned stopped display time has elapsed and the variable display of the next special pattern begins.
When a jackpot symbol (any of X1 to X12) is determined, a special game based on that determination is executed after the above-mentioned stop display time has elapsed, and if the first special symbol random number or the second special symbol random number has been stored when the special game ends, the variable display of the next special symbol begins. Therefore, the jackpot symbol will remain stopped and displayed until the above-mentioned special game ends, even after the above-mentioned stop display time has elapsed.
Similarly, for example, when a small win symbol (any of Y5 to Y9) is determined, a small win game based on that determination is executed after the above-mentioned stop display time has elapsed, and further, when a special game is executed via that small win game, if the first special symbol random number or the second special symbol random number is stored when that special game ends, the variable display of the next special symbol will begin. Therefore, when a special game is executed via a small win game, the small win symbol will remain stopped and displayed even after the above-mentioned stop display time has elapsed until the special game executed via the small win game ends.
In contrast, if a time-saving symbol (any of J1 to J3) is determined during normal game play, and the first or second special symbol random number is stored when the above-mentioned stop display time has elapsed, the variable display of the next special symbol will begin. Here, since players often continue to shoot game balls unless the number of reserved balls (first reserved number, second reserved number) has reached the upper limit, it is highly likely that the first or second special symbol random number will be stored when the above-mentioned stop display time has elapsed. Therefore, when a time-saving symbol is determined during normal game play, it is highly likely that the time-saving symbol will be displayed in a stopped state only until the above-mentioned stop display time has elapsed.

Then, if a time-saving symbol is selected during normal gameplay and a time-saving symbol is awarded, the time-saving symbol will be displayed in a stopped state for 0.5 seconds or 20 seconds (see Figure 77), which is the stop display time.
On the other hand, when a jackpot is won and a jackpot symbol is determined, the jackpot symbol is displayed still for a predetermined stop display time of 0.5 seconds (see FIG. 77), as well as for the period from the start to the end of the special game (opening time (10 seconds in this embodiment), the execution time of all rounds of play (at least about 30 seconds in the case of 4 rounds, at least about 80 seconds in the case of 10 rounds), and the ending time (10 seconds in this embodiment)). Also, when a small jackpot is won and the above-mentioned small jackpot symbol (any of Y5 to Y9) is determined, the small jackpot symbol is displayed still for a predetermined stop display time of 0.5 seconds (see FIG. 77), as well as for the period from the start to the end of the small jackpot game (opening time (3 seconds in this embodiment), the execution time of the small jackpot game (about 2.5 seconds), and the ending time (0.5 seconds in this embodiment)).
In other words, when a time-saving symbol is determined during normal play, the period during which the time-saving symbol is displayed statically is shorter than the period during which the jackpot symbol or the above-mentioned small jackpot symbol is displayed statically when it is determined. Therefore, it is more difficult to determine the type of time-saving symbol determined during normal play by checking the lighting patterns of the LEDs on the first special symbol display device 30 and the second special symbol display device 31 than it is to determine the type of the jackpot symbol or the small jackpot symbol, which may reduce the player's interest.

Therefore, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, the number of types of time-saving symbols that can be determined when a time-saving award is won (three types of time-saving symbols J1 to J3) is set to be fewer than the number of types of jackpot symbols that can be determined when a jackpot is won (twelve types of jackpot symbols X1 to X12) and the number of types of small win symbols that can be determined when a small win is won (nine types of small win symbols Y1 to Y9).
As a result, the number of types of lighting patterns of the LEDs that are displayed on the first special pattern display device 30 and the second special pattern display device 31 when a time-saving award is won is fewer than the number of types of lighting patterns of the LEDs that are displayed on the first special pattern display device 30 and the second special pattern display device 31 when a big win or small win is won, so it is easier to determine the type of time-saving pattern from the lighting pattern of the LED than to determine the type of big win pattern or small win pattern, thereby preventing a decrease in the player's interest.

Furthermore, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, the types of special patterns that are stopped and displayed on each special pattern display device are set so that the number of types of time-saving patterns that can be determined when a time-saving award is won is fewer than the number of types of big win patterns that can be determined when a big win is won and the number of types of small win patterns that can be determined when a small win is won.
Specifically, in the first special symbol display device 30, six types of jackpot symbols (X1 to X6) can be displayed as a stop symbol when a jackpot is won, four types of small win symbols (Y1 to Y4) can be displayed as a stop symbol when a small win is won, and two types of time-saving symbols (J1, J2) can be displayed as a stop symbol when a time-saving award is won. Also, in the second special symbol display device 31, six types of jackpot symbols (X7 to X12) can be displayed as a stop symbol when a jackpot is won, five types of small win symbols (Y5 to Y9) can be displayed as a stop symbol when a small win is won, and one type of time-saving symbol (J3) can be displayed as a stop symbol when a time-saving award is won.
As a result, the number of types of LED lighting patterns that are displayed when a time-saving award is won is fewer than the number of types of LED lighting patterns that are displayed when a big win or small win is won, in both the first special symbol display device 30 and the second special symbol display device 31. Therefore, in both special symbol display devices, it is easier to determine the type of time-saving symbol from the LED lighting pattern than to determine the type of big win symbol or small win symbol, so it is possible to prevent a decrease in the player's interest.

Furthermore, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, the types of special symbols associated with each setting content (set game state) based on the determination of the special symbols are set so that the number of types of time-saving symbols that can be determined when a time-saving award is won is fewer than the number of types of big win symbols that can be determined when a big win is won and the number of types of small win symbols that can be determined when a small win is won.
Specifically, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, six types of jackpot symbols (X1 to X3, X7 to X9) are provided so that a normal game state is set after the special game ends, six types of jackpot symbols (X4 to X6, X10 to X12) are provided so that a low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A is set after the special game ends, and four types of small jackpot symbols (Y1 to Y4) are provided so that a special game is not executed via a small jackpot game. A special game is executed through the game, and five types of small winning symbols (Y5 to Y9) are provided which are determined so that a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-A is set after the special game ends, one type of time-shortened symbol (J1) is provided which is determined so that a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1 is set when the symbol is determined during a normal game state, and two types of time-shortened symbols (J2, J3) are provided which are determined so that a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-B is set when the symbol is determined during a normal game state.
As a result, it becomes easier to determine the type of time-saving pattern than to determine the type of big win pattern or small win pattern by the lighting pattern of the LED, and also it becomes easier to determine the setting contents based on the determination of the special pattern for the time-saving pattern than for the big win pattern or small win pattern, so that it is possible to prevent the player's interest from decreasing.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, multiple types of big win symbols are provided for each game state that is set after the special game ends, and multiple types of small win symbols are provided depending on whether or not the special game can be executed, but for example, multiple types of big win symbols and small win symbols may be provided for each number of round games executed during the special game.
Specifically, multiple types of jackpot symbols that are determined to result in three rounds of play during a special game may be provided, and multiple types of jackpot symbols that are determined to result in ten rounds of play during a special game may be provided. Also, multiple types of small win symbols that are determined to result in three rounds of play during a special game via a small win game may be provided, and multiple types of small win symbols that are determined to result in ten rounds of play during a special game via a small win game may be provided.
Even when set as described above, the number of types of time-saving symbols that can be determined when a time-saving award is won may be set to be fewer than the number of types of big win symbols that can be determined when a big win is won or the number of types of small win symbols that can be determined when a small win is won.

Furthermore, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, similarly to the first embodiment, specific external information may be output to an external device. For example, when a jackpot is won by a lottery based on the first special symbol random number during the normal game mode or the low-probability time-shortened game mode LJT1, the main CPU 101 may start outputting specific external information to the external device, and thereafter, when the normal game mode is set and the time-shortened symbol J1 is determined during the normal game mode and the low-probability time-shortened game mode LJT1 is set, the output of specific external information to the external device may be terminated.
Other controls relating to the output of specific external information may be set to the same content as in the first embodiment or the other setting examples described above.

(Outline of processing in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment)
Next, an overview of the processing executed on the main control board 100 as the special game, normal game, small win game, and special game progress will be explained using a flowchart, focusing on the differences from the first embodiment. Note that the same processing as the first embodiment or processing that is almost the same as the first embodiment and that those skilled in the art would understand how to implement in this embodiment (how to apply to this embodiment) will be assigned the same step numbers as the first embodiment, and explanations will be omitted as a general rule.

First, the special area detection process for performing a predetermined process based on the game ball entering a special area will be described with reference to the flowchart of Fig. 78. This special area detection process is executed in place of the specific area detection process of the first embodiment (see Fig. 32).
In step 670-1, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not a small win game is being played. If it is determined that a small win game is not being played, the special area detection process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that a small win game is being played, the process proceeds to the next step 671-1.
In step 671-1, the main CPU 101 determines whether a detection signal has been input a predetermined number of times (one time in this embodiment) from a special area detection sensor (not shown) connected to the main control board 100 and detecting the entry of a gaming ball into a special area. If it is determined that a detection signal has not been input from the special area detection sensor a predetermined number of times, the special area detection process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that a detection signal has been input from the special area detection sensor a predetermined number of times, the process proceeds to the next step 672-2.
In step 672-2, the main CPU 101 turns on an entry flag indicating that a predetermined number of gaming balls have entered the special area, and then ends the special area detection process.

Next, the special symbol variation start processing (step 701 of the special symbol related control processing (see Figure 33)) will be explained with reference to the flowchart of Figure 79.
In step 801-1, the main CPU 101 determines whether the first special symbol random number or the second special symbol random number is stored in the reserved memory area, that is, whether the first reserved number counter is equal to or greater than "1" or the second reserved number counter is equal to or greater than "1". If it is determined that either is stored, the process proceeds to step 803-1. On the other hand, if it is determined that neither is stored, the process proceeds to step 812, where a customer waiting determination process is performed.
In step 803-1, the main CPU 101 executes a shift process for the reserved memory area. Specifically, it stores each random number stored in the first memory unit in a predetermined processing area provided in the main RAM 103, and shifts each random number stored in the second to eighth memory units to a memory unit with a smaller number. As a result, each random number stored in the reserved memory area is used in the win/lose determination process on a first-in, first-out (FIFO) basis. Then, the process proceeds to step 805, where processing related to the fluctuation count counter is performed.

Next, the win/loss determination process (step 806 of the special pattern variation start process (see Figures 34 and 79)) will be explained with reference to the flowchart in Figure 80.
In the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, when it is determined that a jackpot has not been won, a small jackpot determination process is executed to determine whether or not a small jackpot has been won, before executing a time-saving grant determination process (step 853) to determine whether or not a time-saving grant has been won.

Specifically, if it is determined in step 851 that the jackpot has not been won, the process proceeds to step 852-1.
In step 852-1, the main CPU 101 executes a small win determination process to determine whether or not a small win will be won (i.e., to determine whether or not a small win will be won) based on the selected win/loss random number determination table 110 and the win/loss random number stored in the specified processing area in step 803-1 (the same win/loss random number as the win/loss random number that was the subject of determination in the big win win/loss determination process). Specifically, the main CPU 101 obtains information on the numerical range that will result in a small win from the table, and determines whether or not the win/loss random number falls within this obtained numerical range. Then, if the win/loss random number falls within the numerical range, it is determined that a small win has been won, and if the win/loss random number does not fall within the numerical range, it is determined that the small win has not been won. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 852-2.
In step 852-2, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the result of the small win win/loss determination process executed in the above-mentioned step 852-1 was a win of a small win (i.e., whether or not a small win was won). Then, if it is determined that a small win was not won (a small win was not won), the process proceeds to step 853, where a time-reduction grant win/loss determination process is performed. On the other hand, if it is determined that a small win was won, the process proceeds to the next step 852-3.
In step 852-3, the main 101 stores the fact that a small win has been won in a predetermined storage area of the main RAM 103. Then, the win/loss determination process ends.

Next, the special symbol variation stop processing (step 702 of the special symbol related control processing (see Figure 33)) will be explained with reference to the flowchart of Figure 81.
In step 1003-1, the main CPU 101 executes a game state setting process for setting the game state at the time of stop display, and then proceeds to the next step 1003-2.
In step 1003-2, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not a time-shortened gaming state (low-probability time-shortened gaming state LJT1, low-probability time-shortened gaming state LJT2-B) has been set in the above-mentioned step 1003-1. If it is determined that a time-shortened gaming state has been set, the process proceeds to step 1004. On the other hand, if it is determined that a time-shortened gaming state has not been set, the process proceeds to the next step 1003-3.

In step 1003-3, the main CPU 101 executes a remaining variation count update process to update the first remaining variation count and the second remaining variation count.
Specifically, the main CPU 101 determines whether a first time-shortening game flag indicating that the current game state is the time-shortening game state JT1 (low-probability time-shortening game state LJT1) or a second time-shortening game flag indicating that the current game state is the time-shortening game state JT2 (low-probability time-shortening game state LJT2-A, low-probability time-shortening game state LJT2-B) is on. If it is determined that the first time-shortening game flag is on, when the first special symbol is stopped and displayed, both the first remaining number of variations and the second remaining number of variations are decremented by 1, and when the second special symbol is stopped and displayed, only the second remaining number of variations is decremented by 1. In contrast, if it is determined that the second time-shortening game flag is on, when the second special symbol is stopped and displayed, both the first remaining number of variations and the second remaining number of variations are decremented by 1, and when the first special symbol is stopped and displayed, only the second remaining number of variations is decremented by 1. Furthermore, when either the first remaining number of variations or the second remaining number of variations becomes "0" as a result of updating (i.e., when the time-shortening end condition for the time-shortening game state to end is met), a process is executed to turn off the first time-shortening game flag or the second time-shortening game flag that was on. This ends the currently set time-shortening game state JT1 or time-shortening game state JT2, and a non-time-shortening game state (normal game state) is set. Note that if neither the first time-shortening game flag nor the second time-shortening game flag is on, the main CPU 101 does not perform any process here. Then, the process proceeds to step 1004, in which the stop display time is determined and set.

Next, the game state setting process at the time of stop display in step 1003-1 will be described with reference to the flowchart in FIG.
In step 1050, the main CPU 101 determines whether the stopped special symbol is a time-saving symbol. If it determines that the stopped special symbol is not a time-saving symbol (i.e., a big win symbol, a small win symbol, or a losing symbol), the process proceeds to step 1053. On the other hand, if it determines that the stopped special symbol is a time-saving symbol, the process proceeds to the next step 1051.
In step 1051, the main CPU 101 determines whether the current gaming state is the normal gaming state. If it is determined that the current gaming state is not the normal gaming state (i.e., the current gaming state is the low-probability time-shortened gaming state LJT1, the low-probability time-shortened gaming state LJT2-A, or the low-probability time-shortened gaming state LJT2-B), the main CPU 101 ends the gaming state setting process for stop display. On the other hand, if it is determined that the current gaming state is the normal gaming state, the process proceeds to the next step 1052.

In step 1052, the main CPU 101 executes a time-saving game state setting process to set the game state according to the time-saving symbol that has been stopped and displayed.
Specifically, when the time-saving symbol displayed in the stopped state is J1, the main CPU 101 turns on the first time-saving game flag, sets the first time-saving count "300" in the first time-saving count memory area, sets the second time-saving count "305" in the second time-saving count memory area, and sets the end determination count "1" in the end determination count memory area. This sets the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1.
Furthermore, if the time-saving symbol displayed in the stopped state is J2 or J3, the main CPU 101 turns on the second time-saving game flag, sets the first time-saving number of times "1" in the first time-saving number of times memory area, sets the second time-saving number of times "6" in the second time-saving number of times memory area, and sets the end determination number of times "5" in the end determination number of times memory area. This sets the low-probability game state LJT2-B.
Then, the game state setting process at the time of stop display is completed.

In addition, in step 1053, which is reached when it is determined in step 1050 that the special symbol displayed in a stopped state is not a time-saving symbol, the main CPU 101 determines whether the special symbol displayed in a stopped state is the small win symbol Y1 or Y2. If it is determined that the special symbol displayed in a stopped state is neither the small win symbol Y1 nor Y2, the main CPU 101 ends the game state setting process for the stopped display. On the other hand, if it is determined that the special symbol displayed in a stopped state is the small win symbol Y1 or Y2, the process proceeds to next step 1054.
In step 1054, the main CPU 101 executes a process for updating the number of times a small-remaining win has been determined. Specifically, if the number of times a small-remaining win has been determined is 1 or more, the main CPU 101 decrements the number of times a small-remaining win has been determined by 1. On the other hand, if the number of times a small-remaining win has been determined is 0, the main CPU 101 does not perform any processing here. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1055.

In step 1055, the main CPU 101 determines whether the current gaming state is a time-shortened gaming state (low-probability time-shortened gaming state LJT1, low-probability time-shortened gaming state LJT2-A, or low-probability time-shortened gaming state LJT2-B). If it is determined that the current gaming state is not a time-shortened gaming state (i.e., a normal gaming state), the main CPU 101 ends the gaming state setting process at the time of stop display. On the other hand, if it is determined that the current gaming state is a time-shortened gaming state, the process proceeds to the next step 1056.
In step 1056, the main CPU 101 determines whether the number of determined small wins has become 0 as a result of the number of determined small wins being decremented by 1 in the above-mentioned step 1054 (i.e., whether the number of determined small win symbols Y1 or Y2 has reached the end determination number). If it is determined that the number of determined small wins has not become 0, the game state setting process at the time of stop display is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the number of determined small wins has become 0, the process proceeds to the next step 1057.

In step 1057, the main CPU 101 executes a normal game state setting process to terminate the currently set time-shortened game state and set the normal game state. Specifically, it turns off both the first time-shortened game flag and the second time-shortened game flag, and clears the first time-shortened game count memory area, the second time-shortened game count memory area, and the end determination count memory area. This terminates the currently set low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1, low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-A, or low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-B, and sets the normal game state (non-time-shortened game state). Then, the game state setting process during stop display is terminated.

Next, the post-stop processing (step 703 of the special chart related control processing (see Figure 33)) will be explained with reference to the flowchart of Figure 83.
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, when it is determined that the special symbol displayed in a stopped state is not a big win symbol, it is determined whether or not the special symbol displayed in a stopped state is a small win symbol.

Specifically, if it is determined in step 1105 that the special symbol displayed in a stopped state is not a big win symbol, the process proceeds to step 1111-1.
In step 1111-1, the main CPU 101 determines whether the stopped special symbol is a small win symbol. If it determines that the stopped special symbol is not a small win symbol (i.e., a time-saving symbol or a losing symbol), the process proceeds to step 1115, where a game status command is stored in a transmission data storage area for presentation. On the other hand, if it determines that the stopped special symbol is a small win symbol, the process proceeds to the next step 1111-2.
In step 1111-2, the main CPU 101 sets the small win opening time, which is the waiting time set at the start of the small win game, in the small win opening time timer counter, and stores a small win opening command, which indicates that the opening process in the small win game will start, in the performance transmission data storage area. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1111-3.

In step 111-3, the main CPU 101 sets the execution phase data to "05" so that the small win game control process is executed in the special symbol-related control process. Although not specifically shown, the pachinko machine P of this embodiment has a small win game control process that controls small win games as a functional module that makes up the special symbol-related control process, and the execution phase data indicating the execution of this small win game control process is "05." By setting the execution phase data to "05" as described above, the small win game control process is executed. Then, the post-stop processing ends.

Next, the small win game control processing (functional modules (not specifically shown) that constitute the special chart related control processing) will be explained with reference to the flowchart of Figure 84.
In step 1250, the main CPU 101 determines whether the execution phase data is "05", which indicates the execution of the small win game control process. If it is determined that the execution phase data is not "05", the small win game control process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the execution phase data is "05", the process proceeds to the next step 1251.
In step 1251, the main CPU 101 determines whether the small win opening time set in the small win opening time timer counter in step 1111-2 has elapsed. If it is determined that the small win opening time has not elapsed, the small win game control process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the small win opening time has elapsed, the process proceeds to the next step 1252.

In step 1252, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the small win ending process, which is a standby process performed after the opening and closing of the large prize opening 18 in this small win game control process, is in progress. If it is determined that the small win ending process is in progress, the process proceeds to step 1256. On the other hand, if it is determined that the small win ending process is not in progress, the process proceeds to the next step 1253.
In step 1253, the main CPU 101 performs a large prize opening opening/closing control process for opening and closing the large prize opening 18 based on the special electric device operation table 112 (the third operation table 112f or the fourth operation table 112g) corresponding to the type of small prize symbol that has been stopped and displayed. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1254.

In step 1254, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the opening and closing of the large prize opening 18 has been completed. If it is determined that the opening and closing of the large prize opening 18 has not been completed, the small prize game control process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the opening and closing of the large prize opening 18 has been completed, the process proceeds to the next step 1255.
In step 1255, the main CPU 101 sets the small win ending time, which is the waiting time set at the end of the small win game, in the small win ending time timer counter, and stores a small win ending command indicating that the small win ending process will start in the performance transmission data storage area.Then, the small win game control process ends.

In addition, in step 1256, which is reached when it is determined in the above-mentioned step 1252 that the small win ending process is in progress, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the small win ending time set in the small win ending time timer counter in the above-mentioned step 1255 has elapsed. If it is determined that the small win ending time has not elapsed, the small win game control process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the small win ending time has elapsed, the process proceeds to the next step 1257.
In step 1257, the main CPU 101 determines whether the entry flag is on. If it is determined that the entry flag is not on (i.e., is off), the process proceeds to step 1264. On the other hand, if it is determined that the entry flag is on, the process proceeds to the next step 1259.

In step 1259, the main CPU 101 turns off the entry flag, and then proceeds to the next step 1260.
In step 1260, the main CPU 101 resets the current game state, and then proceeds to step 1261.

In step 1261, the main CPU 101 sets the opening time, which is the waiting time set at the start of the special game, in the opening time timer counter, and stores an opening command indicating that the opening process will start in the effect transmission data storage area. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1262.
In step 1262, the main CPU 101 sets the number of rounds in the main RAM 103 based on the type of small win symbol that is stopped and displayed. In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, if the stopped and displayed small win symbol is Y5, Y6, Y7, Y8, or Y9, a predetermined number of game balls can enter the special area during the small win game, and the entry flag can be turned on. In this case, the main CPU 101 sets "10" as the number of rounds. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1263.
In step 1263, the main CPU 101 sets the execution phase data to "03" so that the special game control process is executed in the special symbol-related control process. Then, the small win game control process is terminated.

Furthermore, in step 1264, which is reached if it is determined in the above-mentioned step 1258 that the entry flag is not on, the main CPU 101 checks the set game state and stores a game state command indicating that game state in the performance transmission data storage area. The main CPU 101 also sets the execution phase data to "00" so that special symbol variation processing is executed in the special symbol-related control processing. The small win game control processing is then terminated.

Next, the special game end processing (step 706 of the special chart related control processing (see Figure 33)) will be explained with reference to the flowchart of Figure 85.
In step 1301-1, which is reached when the execution phase data in step 1300 is data "04" indicating the execution of special game termination processing, the main CPU 101 determines whether the stopped special symbol is a predetermined jackpot symbol (jackpot symbol X4, X5, X6, X10, X11, X12) or a predetermined small jackpot symbol (small jackpot symbol Y5, Y6, Y7, Y9). If it is determined that the stopped special symbol is neither a predetermined jackpot symbol nor a predetermined small jackpot symbol, the process proceeds to step 1304-2. On the other hand, if it is determined that the stopped special symbol is a predetermined jackpot symbol or small jackpot symbol, the process proceeds to the next step 1304-1.
In step 1304-1, the main CPU 101 executes a time-shortened game state setting process to set a time-shortened game state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 turns on the second time-shortened game flag, sets the first time-shortened count to "6" in the first time-shortened count memory area, sets the second time-shortened count to "11" in the second time-shortened count memory area, and sets the end determination count to "5" in the end determination count memory area. This sets the low-probability game state LJT2-A. Then, the process proceeds to step 1306, in which a game state designation command is stored in the effect transmission data storage area.

Furthermore, in step 1304-2, which is reached if it is determined that the special symbol stopped and displayed in step 1301-1 above is neither the specified big win symbol nor the specified small win symbol, the main CPU 101 executes a normal game state setting process to set the normal game state. Specifically, it turns off both the first time-shortened game flag and the second time-shortened game flag, and clears the first time-shortened game count storage area, the second time-shortened game count storage area, and the end determination count storage area. This sets the normal game state (non-time-shortened game state). Then, it proceeds to step 1306, where it stores a game state designation command in the effect transmission data storage area.

(Outline of the variable effects in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment)
Next, the variable effects executed in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment will be explained, focusing on the differences from the first embodiment.

(1) During the normal game state In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, when the RAM is cleared, or when a jackpot is won and the jackpot pattern X1, X2, X3, X7, X8 or X9 is determined and the special game based on the determination is ended, or when the time-saving end condition for ending the time-saving game state is met during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A or the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B, the normal game state is set and the presentation state is set to the normal presentation state similar to that of the first embodiment.

When RAM is cleared and the normal game mode is set, or when a jackpot is won and the jackpot symbol X1, X2, X3, X7, X8 or X9 is determined and the special game based on that determination ends, the same presentation control (display of the first background image, execution of a suggestion to stay in the chance zone, execution of a suggestion to hit left, etc.) as when the normal game mode is set in the first mode will be performed.

If the time-saving end condition is met during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 ends, and the normal game state is set, the first background image is displayed during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, as in the first mode, as described below, and this first background image continues to be displayed. Also, during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, as in the normal game state, the game ball is shot toward the first game area 12a, so no left-hit suggestion is made. Also, as in the first mode, during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, there are times when the chance zone stay suggestion is made and times when it is not made, but when the normal game state is set as described above, the chance zone stay suggestion is executed.

Incidentally, during the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-A or the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-B, the game ball is shot toward the second game area 12b and enters the second start winning port 16 with a high frequency, so when the time-shortened ending condition is met, the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-A or the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-B ends and the normal game state is set, there is a high possibility that the second special chart random number will be reserved and stored.
Therefore, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, when the time-saving end condition is met during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A or the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B, and the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A or the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B ends and the normal game state is set, until the display of the special symbol variations based on the second special symbol random number (hereinafter also referred to as the second special symbol remaining reservation) reserved and stored at the time of this setting ends, the same presentation control (display of the third background image, etc.) as during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A or the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B before the normal game state was set is performed. Then, when the display of the special symbol variations based on the second special symbol remaining reservation ends, the same presentation control (display of the first background image, execution of a chance zone stay suggestion, execution of a left hit suggestion, etc.) as when the normal game state is set in the first embodiment is performed.

In addition, if a losing symbol Z1 is determined during normal play mode (if the win/loss lottery based on the first special symbol random number results in a loss), the variable presentation is executed using the same control and manner as when the win/loss lottery results in a loss during normal play mode in the first form. If a jackpot symbol X1, X2, X3, X4, X5, or X6 is determined during normal play mode (if the win/loss lottery based on the first special symbol random number results in a jackpot), the variable presentation is executed using the same control and manner as when the win/loss lottery results in a jackpot during normal play mode in the first form. If a time-saving symbol J1 or J2 is determined during normal play mode (if the win/loss lottery based on the first special symbol random number results in a time-saving grant), the variable presentation is executed using the same control and manner as when the win/loss lottery results in a time-saving grant and the time-saving symbol J1 or J2 is determined during normal play mode in the first form.

Also, although not specifically shown, if the small win pattern Y1, Y2, Y3 or Y4 is determined during normal game mode (if the small win is won by the win/lose lottery based on the first special pattern random number), a variation effect is executed using the normal non-winning variation pattern that is executed when the result of the win/lose lottery during normal game mode in the first form is a loss.
In addition, when a small winning pattern is determined in the pachinko machine P of this form, the stopping display mode of the performance pattern 50 is set to be the non-winning mode of the first form, but it is not limited to this, and the stopping display mode may be different from the non-winning mode and the winning mode.

In addition, if a win/loss lottery is held based on the second special symbol random number (second special symbol remaining reserve) during normal play mode (i.e., if a win/loss lottery based on the second special symbol random number during normal play mode results in a loss and loss symbol Z2 is determined, if a win/loss lottery based on the second special symbol random number during normal play mode results in a win/loss and jackpot symbol X7, X8, X9, X10, X11 or X12 is determined, if a win/loss lottery based on the second special symbol random number during normal play mode results in a small win and small win symbol Y5, Y6, Y8 or Y9 is determined, or if a win/loss lottery based on the second special symbol random number during normal play mode results in a time-saving grant and time-saving symbol J3 is determined), a variable presentation using special pattern A will be performed in all of these cases.

This special pattern A is a mode in which the display of all effect symbols 50 begins to change as the display of the special symbol begins to change, and when the change time has elapsed, the display of all effect symbols 50 ends simultaneously (all effect symbols 50 are displayed as still symbols simultaneously). In the change display using this special pattern A, as the display of the effect symbols 50 changes, a button press operation display is executed across the entire display unit 21a, suggesting the result of the lottery based on the player pressing the operation button 9b.

Specifically, in the button press operation effect, when the display of the effect pattern 50 starts to change, a press operation effect execution image (for example, a text image saying "One-hit chance") indicating that the button press operation effect will be executed, and a press operation effect explanation image (for example, a text image saying "Press the button and decide it with one hit!!") explaining the content of the button press operation effect are displayed (see FIG. 86(b)). After that, a press operation suggestion image encouraging the user to press the operation button 9b is displayed (see FIG. 86(c)). Then, if the operation button 9b is pressed before the valid press operation time (for example, 3 seconds) during which the operation of pressing the operation button 9b becomes valid has elapsed, or if the valid press operation time has elapsed without the operation button 9b being pressed, then if the result of the win/loss lottery is a big win or a small win, a special medium win suggestion to that effect (for example, displaying a special medium win suggestion image such as ``BONUS!!'') will be made, if the result of the win/loss lottery is a win for a time-saving grant, a special medium time-saving grant suggestion to that effect (for example, displaying a special medium time-saving grant suggestion image such as ``SUPER TIME!!'') will be made, and if the result of the win/loss lottery is a loss, a special loss suggestion to that effect (for example, displaying a special loss suggestion image such as ``LOSE...'') will be made (see Figures 86 (d) to (f)).
In addition, in the button press operation presentation, the same type of special medium win suggestion is made regardless of whether the result of the win/lose lottery is a big win or a small win, but this is not limited to this, and different types of special medium win suggestions may be made depending on whether a small win is won or a big win.

(2) During the Low-Probability Time-Shortening Game State LJT1 In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, if a time-shortening award is won by a win/lose lottery based on the first special symbol random number during the normal game state and the time-shortening symbol J1 is determined, the low-probability time-shortening game state LJT1 is established, and the presentation state is set to the low-probability time-shortening presentation state A1 similar to the first embodiment. Also, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, if power is restored from a power outage without RAM clearing during the low-probability time-shortening presentation state A1, the presentation state is set to the low-probability time-shortening presentation state A2 similar to the first embodiment. Then, during the low-probability time-shortening presentation state A2, if a time-shortening award is won by a win/lose lottery based on the first special symbol random number and the time-shortening symbol J1 or J2 is determined, or if a time-shortening award is won by a win/lose lottery based on the second special symbol random number and the time-shortening symbol J3 is determined, the presentation state is set to the low-probability time-shortening presentation state A1.
In addition, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, even if a game ball is shot toward the second game area 12b, the game ball will not enter the second start winning port 16, so basically, a winning/losing lottery based on the second special chart random number is not held during this low-probability time-saving game state LJT1. However, for example, in a case where, during a low-probability time-shortening game state LJT2-A or a low-probability time-shortening game state LJT2-B, a game ball enters the first start winning port 15 and the first special symbol random number is reserved and stored, and then a game ball enters the second start winning port 16 and the second special symbol random number is reserved and stored, after the low-probability time-shortening game state LJT2-A or the low-probability time-shortening game state LJT2-B ends and the normal game state is set, a win/loss lottery is held based on the above-mentioned reserved and stored first special symbol random number, and if the time-shortening award is won and the time-shortening symbol J1 is determined, then a low-probability time-shortening game state LJT1 is set, and therefore, during the set low-probability time-shortening game state LJT1, a win/loss lottery may be held based on the second special symbol random number reserved and stored during the low-probability time-shortening game state LJT2-A or the low-probability time-shortening game state LJT2-B.

(2-1) During the low-probability time-saving presentation state A1 As described above, by determining the time-saving pattern J1 during the normal game state, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 is set, and when the presentation state is set to the low-probability time-saving presentation state A1 similar to the first form, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 is set in the first form, and the same presentation control as when the presentation state is set to the low-probability time-saving presentation state A1 (end of the suggestion to stay in the chance zone, continuation of the display of the first background image, non-execution of the suggestion to hit left, etc.) is performed.

In addition, if a losing symbol Z1 is determined during low-probability time-saving presentation state A1 (if the winning/losing lottery based on the first special symbol random number results in a losing result), the variable presentation is executed using the same control and manner as when the winning/losing lottery results in a losing result during low-probability time-saving presentation state A1 in the first form.If a winning symbol X1, X2, X3, X4, X5, or X6 is determined during low-probability time-saving presentation state A1 (if the winning/losing lottery based on the first special symbol random number results in a winning jackpot), the variable presentation is executed using the same control and manner as when the winning/losing lottery results in a winning jackpot during low-probability time-saving presentation state A1 in the first form. If the time-saving symbol J1 or J2 is determined during the low-probability time-saving effect state A1 (if the time-saving effect is awarded as a result of the win/loss lottery based on the first special symbol random number), the variable effect will be executed in the same manner and controlled as when the result of the win/loss lottery during the low-probability time-saving effect state A1 in the first form is a win for the time-saving effect and the time-saving symbol J1 or J2 is determined.

In addition, although not specifically shown, if the small win symbol Y1, Y2, Y3 or Y4 is determined during the low-probability time-saving effect state A1 (if the small win is determined by the win/loss lottery based on the first special symbol random number), a variation effect will be executed using the normal non-winning variation pattern that is executed during the low-probability time-saving effect state A1 in the first form.

In addition, in all cases where a win/loss lottery is conducted based on the second special symbol random number (second special symbol remaining reserve) during the low-probability time-saving presentation state A1 (i.e., when a win/loss lottery based on the second special symbol random number during the low-probability time-saving presentation state A1 results in a loss and a loss symbol Z2 is determined, when a win/loss lottery based on the second special symbol random number during the low-probability time-saving presentation state A1 results in a loss and a loss symbol X7, X8, X9, X10, X11 or X12 is determined, when a win/loss lottery based on the second special symbol random number during the low-probability time-saving presentation state A1 results in a small win and a small win symbol Y5, Y6, Y8 or Y9 is determined, and when a win/loss lottery based on the second special symbol random number during the low-probability time-saving presentation state A1 results in a time-saving grant and a time-saving symbol J3 is determined), a variable presentation using the special pattern A is conducted, just like during the normal game state.
Also, as in the normal game state, in the button press operation presentation, if there is a miss, a suggestion of a special miss is made, and if there is a big win or a small win, a suggestion of a special win is made. In contrast, even if a time-saving award is won during the low-probability time-saving presentation state A1 (low-probability time-saving game state LJT1), a new time-saving game state is not set, so if a time-saving award is won, a suggestion of a special miss is not made, and instead a suggestion of a special miss is made.

(2-2) During low-probability time-saving presentation state A2 If a power outage occurs during low-probability time-saving presentation state A1, and the power is restored without RAM clear processing (normal power outage restoration is performed), and the presentation state is set to low-probability time-saving presentation state A2 while leaving the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 as it is, the same presentation control (execution of a suggestion to stay in the chance zone, display of the first background image, etc.) as when the presentation state is set to low-probability time-saving presentation state A2 in the first form is performed.

In addition, if a losing symbol Z1 is determined during low-probability time-saving presentation state A2 (if the winning/losing lottery based on the first special symbol random number results in a losing result), the variable presentation is executed using the same control and manner as when the winning/losing lottery results in a losing result during low-probability time-saving presentation state A2 in the first form.If a winning symbol X1, X2, X3, X4, X5, or X6 is determined during low-probability time-saving presentation state A2 (if the winning/losing lottery based on the first special symbol random number results in a winning jackpot), the variable presentation is executed using the same control and manner as when the winning/losing lottery results in a winning jackpot during low-probability time-saving presentation state A2 in the first form. If the time-saving symbol J1 or J2 is determined during the low-probability time-saving effect state A2 (if the time-saving effect is awarded as a result of the win/loss lottery based on the first special symbol random number), the variable effect will be executed in the same manner and controlled as when the result of the win/loss lottery during the low-probability time-saving effect state A2 in the first form is a win for the time-saving effect and the time-saving symbol J1 or J2 is determined.

In addition, although not specifically shown, if the small win symbol Y1, Y2, Y3 or Y4 is determined during the low-probability time-saving effect state A2 (if a small win is won by lottery based on the first special symbol random number), a variation effect will be executed using the normal non-winning variation pattern that is executed during the low-probability time-saving effect state A2 in the first form.

In addition, in all cases where a win/loss lottery based on the second special symbol random number (second special symbol remaining reserve) is conducted during the low-probability time-saving presentation state A2 (i.e., when a win/loss lottery based on the second special symbol random number during the low-probability time-saving presentation state A2 results in a loss and a loss symbol Z2 is determined, when a win/loss lottery based on the second special symbol random number during the low-probability time-saving presentation state A2 results in a loss and a loss symbol X7, X8, X9, X10, X11 or X12 is determined, when a win/loss lottery based on the second special symbol random number during the low-probability time-saving presentation state A2 results in a small win and a small win symbol Y5, Y6, Y8 or Y9 is determined, and when a win/loss lottery based on the second special symbol random number during the low-probability time-saving presentation state A2 results in a time-saving grant and a time-saving symbol J3 is determined), a variable presentation using the special pattern A is conducted, just like in the normal game state and the low-probability time-saving presentation state A1.
Also, just as in the normal game state and the low-probability time-saving presentation state A1, in the button press operation presentation, if there is a miss, a suggestion of a special miss is made, and if there is a big win or a small win, a suggestion of a special win is made. In contrast, even if a time-saving award is won during the low-probability time-saving presentation state A2 (low-probability time-saving game state LJT1), a new time-saving game state is not set, so if a time-saving award is won, just like in the low-probability time-saving presentation state A1, a suggestion of a special miss is made.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, although not specifically shown, when the variable effect executed at the time when the time-saving end condition is met during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 ends, a normal game state setting suggestion effect (for example, displaying a specific character image) is executed to suggest that the normal game state will be set.
This allows the player to understand that the low-probability time-shortening game state LJT1 has ended and the normal game state has been set, even in cases where, for example, it is not possible to know whether the game is in the normal game state or the low-probability time-shortening game state LJT1 because the game is in the low-probability time-shortening presentation state A2.

(3) During the low probability time-saving game state LJT2 (during the low probability time-saving game state LJT2-A, during the low probability time-saving game state LJT2-B)
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, when a time-saving symbol J2 is selected by a win/loss lottery based on the first special symbol random number during the normal game mode, or when a time-saving symbol J3 is selected by a win/loss lottery based on the second special symbol random number during the normal game mode, a low-probability time-saving game mode LJT2-B is set, and the presentation state is set to a low-probability time-saving presentation state B-1. Also, when a jackpot is won and a jackpot symbol X4, X5, X6, X10, X11, or X12 is selected and the special game based on that selection ends, or when a small jackpot is won and a small jackpot symbol Y5, Y6, Y7, or Y8 is selected and the special game executed via the small jackpot game based on that selection ends, a low-probability time-saving game mode LJT2-A is set, and the presentation state is set to the low-probability time-saving presentation state B-1, which is the same as when the low-probability time-saving game mode LJT2-B is set.

As described above, when the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A or low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B is set and the presentation state is set to low-probability time-saving presentation state B-1, the same presentation control as when the low-probability time-saving presentation state B is set in the first form is performed (if a suggestion to stay in the chance zone has been made, the suggestion to stay in the chance zone is ended, the third background image is displayed, a suggestion to set a high-advantage state is made, a suggestion to hit to the right is made, etc.) is performed (see Figure 86 (a)).

Here, as described above, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, the first special chart random number that is reserved and stored before the low probability time-shortened game state LJT2-A or the low probability time-shortened game state LJT2-B is set may be processed after the low probability time-shortened game state LJT2-A or the low probability time-shortened game state LJT2-B is set (a winning/losing lottery and a variable display of the first special chart are executed).
And, when the losing symbol Z1 is determined during the low probability time-saving game state LJT2-A or the low probability time-saving game state LJT2-B (when the winning symbol is determined by lottery based on the first special symbol random number), when the winning symbol X1, X2, X3, X4, X5 or X6 is determined during the low probability time-saving game state LJT2-A or the low probability time-saving game state LJT2-B (when the winning symbol is determined by lottery based on the first special symbol random number), the low probability time-saving game state LJT2 When the small win pattern Y1, Y2, Y3 or Y4 is determined during -A or the low probability time-saving game state LJT2-B (when a small win is won by lottery based on the first special pattern random number), and when the time-saving pattern J1 or J2 is determined during the low probability time-saving game state LJT2-A or the low probability time-saving game state LJT2-B (when a time-saving grant is won by lottery based on the first special pattern random number), a variable performance using special pattern B is performed.

This special pattern B, like special pattern A, begins the display of the special symbol's change and the display of all effect symbols 50 begins, and after the change time has elapsed, the display of all effect symbols 50 changes simultaneously (all effect symbols 50 are displayed as stopped at the same time). However, in the change display using special pattern B, no button press operation effect is executed. If the result of the win/loss lottery is a loss without the button press operation effect being executed, the above-mentioned special mid-time loss indication is executed, and if a jackpot is won, a special mid-time win indication is executed. In contrast, even if a time-saving grant is won during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A or low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B, a new time-saving game state is not set. Therefore, if the result of the win/loss lottery is a win for the time-saving grant, no special mid-time time-saving grant indication is executed, and a special mid-time loss indication is executed. Furthermore, if the result of the win/loss lottery is a small win, no special mid-time win indication is executed, and a special mid-time loss indication is executed.

In addition, when a lottery based on the second special random number is conducted during the low probability time-saving game state LJT2-A or the low probability time-saving game state LJT2-B (i.e., when a lottery based on the second special random number is conducted during the low probability time-saving game state LJT2-A or the low probability time-saving game state LJT2-B and the winning lottery results in a loss and the losing symbol Z2 is determined, when a lottery based on the second special random number is conducted during the low probability time-saving game state LJT2-A or the low probability time-saving game state LJT2-B and the winning lottery results in a jackpot and the winning symbol X7, X8, X9, X10, X11 or X12 is determined) In all of the cases where a small jackpot is won by a lottery based on the second special chart random number during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A or the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B and the small jackpot pattern Y5, Y6, Y8 or Y9 is determined, and in all of the cases where a time-saving award is won by a lottery based on the second special chart random number during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A or the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B and the time-saving pattern J3 is determined, a variable presentation using special pattern A is performed, just like in the normal game state, the low-probability time-saving presentation state A1 or the low-probability time-saving presentation state A2.
Also, in the normal game state, as in the low-probability time-saving presentation state A1 and the low-probability time-saving presentation state A2, in the button press operation presentation, if there is a miss, a suggestion of a special miss is made, and if there is a win of a big win or a small win, a suggestion of a special win is made. On the other hand, if there is a win of a time-saving award, as in the low-probability time-saving presentation state A1 and the low-probability time-saving presentation state A2, no suggestion of a special time-saving award is made, and a suggestion of a special miss is made.

(Modification of the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment)
In the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, the time-saving end conditions for ending the time-saving game state are set as the number of times the special pattern changes (number of times the special pattern changes), the number of times the small win pattern is determined, etc. for the special pattern, but this is not limited to this, and it is also possible to set the time-saving end conditions for the normal pattern, such as the number of times the normal pattern changes (number of times the normal pattern changes).

Specifically, for example, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B, and the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B may be set to end when the time-saving end condition of the number of times the first special symbol or the second special symbol changes is met, as well as when the time-saving end condition of the number of times the normal symbol changes reaches a predetermined normal symbol time-saving number (e.g., five times) is met. In this case, not only the second game area 12b but also the first game area 12a may be provided with a gate through which the game ball can pass and which, when the game ball passes through, executes a lottery for the normal symbol and displays the normal symbol changes. Instead of the gate, the first game area 12a may be provided with a normal symbol start winning hole through which the game ball can enter and which, when the game ball enters, executes a lottery for the normal symbol and displays the normal symbol changes.
By doing this, in the low-probability time-shortening game state LJT2-A and the low-probability time-shortening game state LJT2-B in which the player mainly plays in the second game area 12b, not only is the time-shortening end condition related to the number of times the special pattern (second special pattern) is displayed in a variable manner, which is mainly caused by the game ball entering the second start winning port 16, met, but also the time-shortening end condition related to the number of times the normal pattern is displayed in a variable manner, which is mainly caused by the game ball passing through the gate 20 provided in the second game area 12b, met, the low-probability time-shortening game state LJT2-A and the low-probability time-shortening game state LJT2-B that are currently set will end and the normal game state will be set.
In addition, in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 in which the player mainly plays in the first game area 12a, the currently set low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 ends and the normal game state is set not only when the time-saving termination condition is met regarding the number of times the special pattern (first special pattern) changes, which is mainly caused by the game ball entering the first start winning port 15, but also when the time-saving termination condition is met regarding the number of times the normal pattern changes, which is mainly caused by the game ball passing through the gate provided in the first game area 12a (or by the game ball entering the normal pattern start winning port).
By doing as described above, there are more variations in the timing at which the time-saving game state ends, which improves the gameplay and increases the player's interest.

Furthermore, when a time-saving termination condition is set not only regarding the number of times that special symbols change, as described above, but also regarding the number of times that normal symbols change, it is possible to suggest the number of times that special symbols will change (first remaining number of times, second remaining number of times, etc.) that will remain until the set time-saving game state ends, and to suggest that the set time-saving game state will end and the normal game state will be set when the number of remaining special symbol change displays reaches 0, but not to suggest the number of times that normal symbols will change until the set time-saving game state ends, or to suggest that the set time-saving game state will end and the normal game state will be set when the number of remaining normal symbol change displays reaches 0.
In other words, while the success or failure of the time-saving termination condition for the special pattern and the termination of the time-saving game state based on the time-saving termination condition are not kept secret, the success or failure of the time-saving termination condition for the normal pattern and the termination of the time-saving game state based on the time-saving termination condition may be kept secret.
In this case, it is possible to make it difficult for the player to know when the time-saving game state being set will end and when it has ended, thereby improving the gameplay and increasing the player's interest.

In addition, in the above-mentioned cases, it is also possible not to suggest the number of remaining special symbol variable displays until the set time-shortened game state ends, and not to suggest that the set time-shortened game state has ended and the normal game state has been set because the number of remaining special symbol variable displays has reached 0, and further not to suggest the number of remaining normal symbol variable displays until the set time-shortened game state ends, and not to suggest that the set time-shortened game state has ended and the normal game state has been set because the number of remaining normal symbol variable displays has reached 0.
In other words, it is possible to keep secret all of the following: whether the time-saving termination condition for the special pattern is met and the termination of the time-saving game state based on that time-saving termination condition; and whether the time-saving termination condition for the normal pattern is met and the termination of the time-saving game state based on that time-saving termination condition.

Furthermore, rather than defining both a time-saving end condition for special symbols and a time-saving end condition for normal symbols in all time-saving game states that can be set, it is also possible to define both a time-saving end condition for special symbols and a time-saving end condition for normal symbols only in some time-saving game states, and to define only a time-saving end condition for special symbols in other time-saving game states.
For example, in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, both the time-saving end condition relating to the number of times the special pattern changes and the time-saving end condition relating to the number of times the normal pattern changes may be set, and in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A and the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B, only the time-saving end condition relating to the number of times the special pattern changes may be set.
Also, for example, in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A and the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B, both the time-saving end condition relating to the number of times the special pattern changes and the time-saving end condition relating to the number of times the normal pattern changes may be set, and in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, only the time-saving end condition relating to the number of times the special pattern changes may be set.
In this case, the trigger for ending the time-shortened game state differs depending on the type of the time-shortened game state, improving the gameplay and increasing the interest of the player.

In addition, in the same time-saving game state, multiple time-saving end conditions for normal symbols may be set.
For example, time-saving symbols J1-1 and J1-2 are provided as time-saving symbols for setting the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, and the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, which is set based on the determination of the time-saving symbol J1-1 in the normal game state, may be set to end when the number of times the normal symbol changes reaches a first normal time-saving number (for example, 5 times), and the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, which is set based on the determination of the time-saving symbol J1-2 in the normal game state, may be set to end when the number of times the normal symbol changes reaches a second normal time-saving number (for example, 10 times).
In this case, the same time-saving game state will end depending on the time-saving ending conditions for different normal symbols, improving the gameplay and increasing the player's interest.

Furthermore, even when both the time-saving termination condition for the special pattern and the time-saving termination condition for the normal pattern are set, the time-saving termination condition for the special pattern may be set not only by the number of times the special pattern is displayed in a variable manner, but also by the number of times the small winning pattern is determined, as in the second form.
In addition, the conditions for ending the time-saving mode for normal symbols may be not only the number of times the normal symbol is displayed in a variable manner, but also the number of times that a winning normal symbol has been drawn by lottery has reached a predetermined number, the number of times that a losing normal symbol has been drawn by lottery has reached a predetermined number, or the number of times that a predetermined normal symbol has been drawn has reached a predetermined number, after setting the game so that one normal symbol is selected from a plurality of normal symbols when a losing normal symbol has been drawn by lottery.

In the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, the winning/losing lottery based on the first special chart random number results in either a big win, a small win, a win for the time-saving award, or a loss, and the probability of winning the time-saving award is set to approximately 1/30, but is not limited to this.
For example, it may be set so that the lottery result of either a big win, a small win, or a time-saving award is derived without deriving a losing lottery result, and all other random numbers other than those determined to be a big win or a small win are determined to be a time-saving award. In other words, it may be set so that if a big win or a small win is not won, the time-saving award is always won.
In this case, since there is an extremely high probability of winning the time-saving award, when the normal game mode is set, the first draw using the first special symbol random number after the normal game mode is set almost always results in winning the time-saving award, and the low-probability time-saving game mode LJT1 is set based on the determination of the time-saving symbol J1, or the low-probability time-saving game mode LJT2-B is set based on the determination of the time-saving symbol J2. In other words, only in the first draw after the normal game mode is set, there is a high probability of deriving a lottery result of winning the time-saving award, which makes it possible to set the advantageous low-probability time-saving game mode LJT2-B, and therefore gameplay can be improved.

In addition, the same settings as described above may also be used for the winning/losing lottery based on the second special chart random number.
Also, in the case of a pachinko machine where the lottery result of the small prize is not derived, and only the lottery result of the jackpot and the time-saving grant is derived, the same setting as above may be made. Specifically, in the win/loss lottery, the lottery result of the loss is not derived, and the lottery result of either the jackpot or the time-saving grant is derived, and all other win/loss random numbers other than those determined to be the jackpot are determined to be the time-saving grant. In other words, if the jackpot is not won, it may be set so that the time-saving grant is always won.
Even when set as described above, a specific external signal may be output, as in the pachinko machine P according to the first and other embodiments. For example, when a jackpot is won by a lottery based on the first special symbol random number during the normal game mode or the low-probability time-saving game mode LJT1, the main CPU 101 may start outputting a specific external signal, and then when the normal game mode is set and the time-saving symbol J1 is determined during the normal game mode and the low-probability time-saving game mode LJT1 is set, the output of the specific external signal may be terminated. Furthermore, other controls related to the output of the specific external signal may be set to the same content as in the first and other setting examples described above.

In the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, when the variable display of the special pattern has finished, processing is performed to set the time-saving game state based on the stopped display of the time-saving pattern, and then a remaining number of variations update process is executed so that the time-saving pattern is displayed stopped in the time-saving game state, but this is not limited to this.
For example, when the display of special symbols begins, information such as the game state set at the start, the first remaining number of variations, the second remaining number of variations, etc. is stored in a predetermined spare area of the main RAM 103, and when the display of special symbols ends, the information stored in this spare area is stored in a predetermined memory area. If the special symbol displayed in a stopped state is a time-saving symbol, the information stored in this predetermined memory area regarding the game state set at the start of the display of special symbols in a time-saving game state may be referenced, and if the game state is a time-saving game state, processing may be performed so that the time-saving symbol is displayed in a stopped state in the time-saving game state.
In this case, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment can be achieved.

In the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, when the display of the special pattern has finished changing (when the special pattern has stopped displaying), processing is performed to set the time-saving game state based on the stopped display of the time-saving pattern, and processing is performed to update the remaining number of changes, but this is not limited to this.
For example, when the variable display of the special symbol has finished and the stop display time has elapsed, processing related to setting the time-saving game state based on the stop display of the time-saving symbol and processing to update the remaining number of variations may be executed. Even in this case, when the above-mentioned stop display time has elapsed, processing related to setting the time-saving game state based on the stop display of the time-saving symbol is executed, and then processing to update the remaining number of variations may be executed, so that the time-saving symbol is displayed stopped in the time-saving game state.
In this case, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment can be achieved.

(Third form)
The third embodiment will be described below with reference to the drawings. In this description, the same components as those in the first and second embodiments will be denoted by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted or simplified.
The pachinko machine P of this embodiment, like the second embodiment, is a so-called type 1/type 2 mixed pachinko machine, and is configured so that a special game is executed when a big win is won or when the game ball enters a special area during a small win game based on a small win.

The configuration of the game board 11 of the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, and the devices and components installed on the game board 11 are the same as those of the second embodiment.
Also, similar to the second form, during a special game based on winning a big prize, or during a small prize game based on winning a small prize, the large prize opening 18 opens, allowing game balls to enter the large prize opening 18. During a special game, the allocating member 59 stays in the first position, and game balls that enter the large prize opening 18 do not enter the special area, but all enter the general area 58. In contrast, during a small prize game based on the determination of a small prize symbol, the allocating member 59 stays in the second position, and game balls that enter the large prize opening 18 do not enter the general area 58, but all enter the special area.
That is, game balls can enter the special area only during a small win game based on the determination of the small win symbol, and thus a predetermined number of game balls (one in this embodiment) enter the special area during the small win game. Then, a special game is executed based on the predetermined number of game balls entering the special area during the small win game.

Furthermore, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, as in the second embodiment, the game state after the end of the special game that is executed based on the determination of the jackpot pattern or the small jackpot pattern is set according to the jackpot pattern determined when the jackpot is won or the small jackpot pattern determined when the small jackpot is won.
Also, as in the second form, the settable game states include a normal game state that combines a low-probability game state and a non-time-shortened game state, a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1 that combines a low-probability game state and a time-shortened game state JT1, and a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2 that combines a low-probability game state and a time-shortened game state JT2, and the game progresses by setting one of the game states.
In this way, as in the second mode, the low probability game state is always set in any game state. Therefore, regardless of the game state, the probability of winning the jackpot in the win/lose lottery remains the same (1/300) (see Figure 87).

In addition, the frequency with which game balls enter the second start winning slot 16 in the non-time-saving game state, time-saving game state JT1, and time-saving game state JT2 is the same as in the second form. That is, the probability of winning in the normal symbol lottery, the normal symbol fluctuation time, and the operating time of the movable piece 16b in the non-time-saving game state, time-saving game state JT1, and time-saving game state JT2 are all set the same as in the second form (first form) (see Figures 14 to 16 and Figure 87(c)).

In the initial state, such as immediately after shipping from the factory or after clearing the RAM (initialization process in case of an abnormality or normal operation), the normal game mode is set.

During the normal game state and the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, the player is instructed to shoot (hit left) the game ball toward the first game area 12a so that the game ball will enter the first start winning port 15 (the player is instructed to hit left), and during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2, special game, and small win game, the player is instructed to shoot (hit right) the game ball toward the second game area 12b so that the game ball will enter the large winning port 18, or pass through the gate 20 and enter the second start winning port 16 (the player is instructed to hit right).
That is, during the normal game state and the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, the player is mainly allowed to play in the first game area 12a, and as long as play is being performed in the first game area 12a, game balls can enter the first start winning hole 15. Also, during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2, the player is mainly allowed to play in the second game area 12b, and as long as play is being performed in the second game area 12b, game balls can pass through the gate 20 and enter the second start winning hole 16.
Then, a lottery for winning or losing is executed based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning hole 15 and the entry of the game ball into the second start winning hole 16.

Here, the reserved memory area of the main RAM 103 in this embodiment is composed of a first reserved memory area for storing the first special symbol random number and a second reserved memory area for storing the second special symbol random number, similar to the first embodiment (unlike the second embodiment), and each of these reserved memory areas is composed of a total of four memory areas, from the first memory area to the fourth memory area, and can store a total of four sets of the first special symbol random number and a total of four sets of the second special symbol random number. When a gaming ball enters the first start winning port 15, the first special symbol random number is stored in order from the first memory area of the first reserved memory area, and when a gaming ball enters the second start winning port 16, the second special symbol random number is stored in order from the first memory area of the second reserved memory area.
Furthermore, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, similarly to the first embodiment (unlike the second embodiment), when both the first special symbol random number and the second special symbol random number are stored, the second special symbol random number is processed in priority to the first special symbol random number. For example, when both the first special symbol random number and the second special symbol random number are stored when the variable display of the special symbol starts, first, a winning/losing lottery based on the second special symbol random number and the variable display of the special symbol are performed, and when the variable display ends, next, a winning/losing lottery based on the first special symbol random number and the variable display of the special symbol are performed.
In this embodiment, the pending memory area may also be configured in the same manner as in the second embodiment, and when both the first special pattern random number and the second special pattern random number are stored, they may be processed in the order in which they are stored in the pending memory area.

As shown in Figure 87 (a), when a game ball enters the first start winning slot 15, a lottery is held to determine whether the player can win a big win, a small win, or a time-saving bonus. If the player wins a big win, a big win pattern X1 is determined, if the player wins a small win, a small win pattern Y1 or Y2 is determined, and if the player wins a time-saving bonus, a time-saving pattern J1 or J2 is determined.
In addition, the probability of winning a jackpot is set to approximately 1/300, and the probability of the jackpot symbol X1 being determined when a jackpot is won is set to 100/100 (100%). The probability of winning a small jackpot is set to approximately 1/300, and the probability of the small jackpot symbols Y1 and Y2 being determined when a small jackpot is won is set to 50/100 (50%). The probability of winning a time-saving bonus is set to approximately 298/300, and the probability of the time-saving bonus symbol J1 being determined when a time-saving bonus is won is set to 90/100 (90%), and the probability of the time-saving bonus symbol J2 being determined is set to 10/100 (10%).
In this way, the lottery based on the first special random number will result in either a big win, a small win, or a time-saving award. In other words, if you do not win a big win or a small win, you will always win a time-saving award, and will not lose.

On the other hand, as shown in Figure 87 (a), in the lottery for determining whether a game ball enters the second start winning slot 16, it is possible to win a big win or a small win, and if a big win is won, a big win pattern X2 is determined, and if a small win is won, a small win pattern Y3 or Y4 is determined.
The probability of winning a jackpot is set to approximately 1/300, and the probability of the jackpot symbol X2 being determined when a jackpot is won is set to 100/100 (100%). The probability of winning a small jackpot is set to approximately 50/300 (approximately 1/6), and the probability of the small jackpot symbol Y3 being determined when a small jackpot is won is set to 30/100 (30%), and the probability of the small jackpot symbol Y4 being determined is set to 70/100 (70%). Furthermore, if the above-mentioned lottery results in a loss, the loss symbol Z2 is determined.
In this way, the lottery based on the second special random number will result in either a big win, a small win, or a loss. In other words, if you do not win a big win or a small win, you will always lose, and you will not be awarded the time-saving bonus.

Furthermore, in the lottery for this form, as in the second form, first a determination is made as to whether or not a jackpot has been won, and if the determination result is that the jackpot has not been won, then a determination is made as to whether or not a small jackpot has been won, and if the determination result is that the small jackpot has not been won, then a determination is made as to whether or not a time-saving bonus has been awarded, and if it is determined that the time-saving bonus has not been awarded, then the prize is lost.
Furthermore, as in the second form, when a special symbol is determined, a variation pattern command corresponding to a variation pattern in which the variation time of the special symbol, the manner of variation presentation, etc. are determined based on the result of the determination.
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, unlike the first and second embodiments, the stop display time (so-called pattern determination time), which is the time during which the special symbol is stopped and displayed after the variable display of the special symbol has finished, is the same (0.5 seconds in this embodiment) regardless of the game state at the time of the winning/losing lottery or the type of special symbol determined. As with the first and second embodiments, the stop display time may be determined based on the game state at the time of the winning/losing lottery or the type of special symbol determined.

87(b), the small prize game that is executed when a small prize is won and the small prize symbol Y1, Y2, Y3, or Y4 is determined is set to end when one of the following conditions is met: the large prize opening 18 opens for 0.45 seconds four times, or 10 game balls enter the open large prize opening 18. The closing time (interval time) of the large prize opening 18 from the end of an opening to the start of the next opening is set to 0.6 seconds. Furthermore, while the large prize opening 18 is open, the sorting member 59 remains in the second position.
In other words, when a small prize is won, regardless of which small prize symbol is determined, the large prize opening 18 is opened for a total of 1.8 seconds during the small prize game. Therefore, if a right-handed shot is made during this small prize game, the game ball can be made to enter the large prize opening 18. Also, since the distribution member 59 stays in the second position during this small prize game, the game ball that enters the large prize opening 18 will always enter the special area.
Therefore, if a small win is won and the player hits the ball to the right, a predetermined number (one ball) of game balls will enter the special area during the small win game based on that win, and a special game will be executed based on that entry.

Furthermore, although not specifically shown, when the jackpot symbol X1 is determined, or when the small jackpot symbol Y1, Y2, or Y3 is determined and a predetermined number of game balls (in this example, one) enter the special area during the small jackpot game based on that determination, a total of three rounds of play are executed, each ending when either the large prize opening 18 opens for 29.0 seconds or ten game balls enter the large prize opening 18. Furthermore, in each round of play, the large prize opening 18 is opened only once (one 29.0-second opening), and the interval time between each round of play is set to 2.0 seconds. Furthermore, during each round of play, the allocating member 59 remains in the first position.
Furthermore, when the big win symbol X2 is determined, or when the small win symbol Y4 is determined and a predetermined number of game balls enter the special area during the small win game based on that determination, a special game is executed in which 10 rounds of play are played. The opening and closing pattern of the opening and closing door 18b, the operating mode of the sorting member 59, and the interval time during the round game are set to the same content as the special game based on the determination of the big win symbol X1 and the determination of the small win symbol Y1, Y2, or Y3 described above.

(Outline of game state to be set)
In the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, when a special game is executed based on the determination of a jackpot pattern (winning a jackpot), the game state after the end of the special game is set according to the type of jackpot pattern determined and the game state at a predetermined reference time (hereinafter also referred to as the reference time game state).
Furthermore, when a small win game is executed based on the determination of a small win pattern (winning a small win), and a special game is executed based on a predetermined number (one) of game balls entering a special area during the small win game, the game state after the special game ends is set according to the type of determined small win pattern and the game state at the time of reference.
Note that if a predetermined number of game balls do not enter the special area during a small win game (for example, if a game ball does not enter the large prize opening 18 because a right hit was not performed during a small win game), the special game is not executed, and the above-mentioned game state is not set. Specifically, when a small win is won during a non-time-shortened game state and a small win game is executed, the non-time-shortened game state before the small win game is executed after the small win game ends. Also, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, as will be described later, if a small win is won during a time-shortened game state, the time-shortened game state ends, and the non-time-shortened game state is established after the small win game ends.

Here, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, as will be described later, when the number of small wins during the time-shortened game state (during the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1 or LJT2) reaches a predetermined number of times to determine the end of the game, or when the number of times the special pattern changes reaches the number of times the time is shortened, the currently set time-shortened game state ends and a non-time-shortened game state is set.
In addition, during the time-saving game state, the remaining number of times the special pattern will change until the time-saving number of times is reached is updated in the special pattern change stop process that is executed when the display of the special pattern change ends, and when a small win is won, the remaining number of times the small win will be won until the end determination number is reached is updated in the special pattern change stop process described above.
Then, when the main CPU 101 determines that the number of times the special patterns change has reached the time-shortening number of times based on the update of the number of times the remaining special patterns change, or when it determines that the number of times the small prizes have been won has reached the end determination number based on the update of the number of times the remaining small prizes have been won, it ends the time-shortening game state that is currently set and sets a non-time-shortening game state, and when it determines that neither of these has been reached, it maintains the time-shortening game state that is currently set (i.e., does nothing with respect to the time-shortening game state that is currently set).
In the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, the time when the processing is completed is set as the reference time mentioned above, and when a big win or small win is won, the game state after the special game ends is set by referring to the game state at that time (game state at reference time).

Furthermore, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, if the game state at the time of the lottery is executed is a non-time-saving game state (normal game state), and if the time-saving grant is won and a time-saving symbol is determined, the game state after the stopped display of the time-saving symbol (after the variable display of the time-saving symbol has ended) is set according to the type of the time-saving symbol.
On the other hand, if the game state at the time of the winning/losing lottery is a time-shortened game state (low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1 or LJT2), when the time-shortened grant is won and a time-shortened symbol is determined, after the time-shortened symbol is stopped and displayed, a new game state based on the determination of the time-shortened symbol is not set, and the time-shortened game state that has been set continues.
In addition, whether or not to set the time-saving game state may be determined not according to the game state at the time of execution of the winning/losing lottery, but according to the game state at the time when the time-saving symbol is stopped and displayed or the game state at the above-mentioned reference time. For example, if a time-saving award is won and a time-saving symbol is determined, and the game state at the time when the time-saving symbol is stopped and displayed is a non-time-saving game state, a game state according to the type of time-saving symbol may be set, and if the game state at the time when the time-saving symbol is stopped and displayed is a time-saving game state, the set time-saving game state may be continued.

The setting of the game state will be explained in more detail below.
(When the big win symbol X1 or X2, or the small win symbol Y1, Y3 or Y4 is determined)
As shown in FIG. 88(a), whether the reference time game state is a normal game state (non-time-saving game state) or a low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 or LJT2 (time-saving game state), if a big win is won and a big win symbol X1 is determined by a win/loss lottery based on the first special random number, a small win is won and a small win symbol Y1 is determined by a win/loss lottery based on the first special random number, and a predetermined number of game balls enter the special area during the small win game based on the determination. When the ball enters the special area, if a big win is won by a win/lose lottery based on the second special random number and the big win pattern X2 is determined, or if a small win is won by a win/lose lottery based on the second special random number and the small win pattern Y3 or Y4 is determined, and during the small win game based on that determination, a predetermined number of game balls enter the special area, the game state after the end of the special game based on these is set to a low probability time-saving game state LJT2 (time-saving game state JT2).

In addition, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, two types of time-saving numbers, a first time-saving number and a second time-saving number, are defined, and an end determination number, which is the number of times a small prize will be won and which will end the currently set time-saving game state, is also defined.
In the low-probability time-shortened gaming state LJT2 that is set when the reference-time gaming state is a non-time-shortened gaming state, the first time-shortened number of times is set to 1, the second time-shortened number of times is set to 6, and the end-decision number of times is set to 100. In contrast to this, in the low-probability time-shortened gaming state LJT2 that is set when the reference-time gaming state is a time-shortened gaming state, the first time-shortened number of times is set to 6, the second time-shortened number of times is set to 11, and the end-decision number of times is set to 100.
In the following, the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2 in which the first time-shortened number of times is set to 1, the second time-shortened number of times is set to 6, and the end determination number is set to 100 will also be referred to as the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-C, and the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2 in which the first time-shortened number of times is set to 6, the second time-shortened number of times is set to 11, and the end determination number is set to 100 will also be referred to as the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-D.

The low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-C or LJT2-D ends when one of the following time-saving ending conditions is met: (1) the number of times the second special symbol (the special symbol that changes based on the game ball entering the second start winning slot 16) changes reaches the first time-saving number without a special game being played (one win/loss lottery based on the second special symbol random number is played), (2) the total number of times the first special symbol (the special symbol that changes based on the game ball entering the first start winning slot 15) and the second special symbol change reaches the second time-saving number without a special game being played (a total of six win/loss lotteries based on the first special symbol random number and the second special symbol random number are played), (3) the number of small wins reaches the end determination number, (4) a small win is won, or (5) a big win is won.

Here, in the pachinko machine P of this form, as in the second form, the main RAM 103 is provided with a first time-shortening number memory area and a second time-shortening number memory area, and the first time-shortening number memory area stores the first remaining number of changes (the remaining number of times the special pattern will change until the first time-shortening number is reached), and the second time-shortening number memory area stores the second remaining number of changes (the remaining number of times the special pattern will change until the second time-shortening number is reached).
Also, similar to the second form, the main RAM 103 is provided with an end determination count storage area, and this end determination count storage area stores the remaining number of small wins (hereinafter also referred to as the remaining number of small wins) until the end determination count becomes 0.

Furthermore, during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-C or LJT2-D, when a special symbol variation display is performed based on a gaming ball entering the second start winning port 16, both the first remaining variation number stored in the first time-saving number storage area and the second remaining variation number stored in the second time-saving number storage area are decremented by 1 in the special symbol variation stop process executed when the special symbol variation display ends, and when a special symbol variation display is performed based on a gaming ball entering the first start winning port 15, only the second remaining variation number stored in the second time-saving number storage area is decremented by 1 in the special symbol variation stop process. Furthermore, when a small win is won, the remaining small win number stored in the end determination number storage area is decremented by 1 in the special symbol variation stop process.
Then, as a result of updating the first remaining number of variations, the second remaining number of variations, and the remaining number of small wins executed in the special symbol variation stop process, if any of the time-saving termination conditions (1) to (3) above is met, the time-saving game state JT2 ends and a non-time-saving game state is set, thereby changing the game state to a normal game state. On the other hand, if none of the time-saving termination conditions (1) to (3) is met, the game state remains in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-C or LJT2-D.

Also, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, in the special pattern variation stop process described above, after the various number of updates described above have been made, a determination is made as to whether or not the time-saving termination condition (4) has been met (i.e., whether or not a small win has been won).
When a small win is won in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-C or LJT2-D, the number of times to determine the end is set to 100. Therefore, depending on the result of updating the number of remaining small wins executed in the special pattern variation stop processing, the time-saving end condition (3) is not met, but after the above-mentioned update is performed in the special pattern variation stop processing, it is determined that the time-saving end condition (4) is met.
Therefore, when a small jackpot is won in the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-C or LJT2-D, the game state remains in the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-C or LJT2-D at the time the remaining number of small jackpots is updated, but thereafter, if it is determined that a small jackpot has been won, at the time that this determination is made, the time-shortened game state JT2 ends and a non-time-shortened game state is set, thereby changing the game state to the normal game state.

(When small winning symbol Y2 is determined)
As shown in Figure 88 (a), the game state at the time of reference is the normal game state (non-time-saving game state), and a small win is won by a win/lose lottery based on the first special chart random number, and the small win pattern Y2 is determined, and if a predetermined number of game balls enter the special area during the small win game based on that determination, the game state after the end of the special game based on this is set to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 (time-saving game state JT1).
In addition, in this low-probability time-shortening game state LJT1, the first time-shortening number of times is set to 10,000, the second time-shortening number of times is set to 10,000, and the end determination number is set to 1.

This low-probability time-shortening game state LJT1 ends when any of the time-shortening ending conditions (1) to (5) is met, similar to the low-probability time-shortening game states LJT2-C and LJT2-D described above.
Also, during this low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, the first remaining number of changes, the second remaining number of changes, and the remaining number of small wins are updated in the special pattern change stop processing, just like in the above-mentioned low-probability time-saving game states LJT2-C and LJT2-D.
Then, as a result of updating the first remaining number of variations, the second remaining number of variations, and the remaining number of small wins executed in the special symbol variation stop process, if any of the time-saving termination conditions (1) to (3) above is met, the time-saving game state JT1 ends and a non-time-saving game state is set, thereby changing the game state to a normal game state. On the other hand, if none of the time-saving termination conditions (1) to (3) is met, the game state remains in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1.

During this low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, a lottery is generally conducted based on the first special chart random number. However, since the first and second time-saving counts are both 10,000, and the probability of winning a big prize and the probability of winning a small prize are both 1/300 (see Figure 87(a)), the time-saving termination conditions (1) and (2) are not actually met, and the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 continues until a big prize or a small prize is won.
Also, as mentioned above, in this low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1, the number of times the game is determined to end is set to one. If a small jackpot is won in this low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1, when the number of remaining small jackpots is updated in the special symbol variation stop processing, the result of this update will establish the time-shortened end condition (3) (i.e., the time-shortened end condition that the number of small jackpot wins reaches the end-determined number of times). Therefore, if a small jackpot is won in this low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1, the number of remaining small jackpot wins will reach the end-determined number at the time the number of remaining small jackpot wins is updated, and the time-shortened game state JT1 will end, a non-time-shortened game state will be established, and the game state will change to the normal game state.

Also, as shown in Figure 88 (a), if the game state at the time of reference is the time-saving game state, and a small win is won by a win/lose lottery based on the first special symbol random number, and the small win symbol Y2 is determined, and a predetermined number of game balls enter the special area during the small win game based on that determination, the game state after the special game based on this ends will be set to the normal game state (non-time-saving game state).

(When time-saving pattern J1 is determined)
As shown in Figure 88 (b), when the game state at the time of the execution of the win/loss lottery is the normal game state, and the time-saving grant is won by the win/loss lottery based on the first special chart random number, and the time-saving pattern J1 is determined and the time-saving pattern J1 is displayed in a stopped state, at the time of the stopped display, the non-time-saving game state is changed to the time-saving game state JT1, and a low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 is set.
Also, in this low-probability time-shortening game state LJT1, the first time-shortening number of times is set to 10,000, the second time-shortening number of times is set to 10,000, and the end determination number is set to 1.

This low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 also ends based on the fulfillment of any of the time-saving termination conditions (1) to (5) similar to those of the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 set based on the winning of a big win or a small win described above, and the first remaining number of changes, the second remaining number of changes, and the remaining number of small wins are updated in the special pattern change stop processing.
Then, as a result of updating the first remaining number of variations, the second remaining number of variations, and the remaining number of small wins executed in the special symbol variation stop process, if any of the time-saving termination conditions (1) to (3) above is met, the time-saving game state JT1 ends and a non-time-saving game state is set, thereby changing the game state to a normal game state. On the other hand, if none of the time-saving termination conditions (1) to (3) is met, the game state remains in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1.
Furthermore, in this low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1, the time-shortened ending conditions (1) and (2) are not actually met, and the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1 continues until a big win or a small win is won.
Even if a small jackpot is won in this low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1, the number of small jackpot wins will reach the end determination number when the remaining number of small jackpot wins is updated (the time-shortened end condition (3) is met), and the time-shortened game state JT1 will end, a non-time-shortened game state will be set, and the game state will be changed to the normal game state.

Also, as shown in Figure 88 (b), if the game state at the time the win/loss lottery is executed is the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 or LJT2 (time-saving game state JT1 or JT2), and the win/loss lottery based on the first special chart random number results in the time-saving grant being awarded, the time-saving symbol J1 is determined, and the time-saving symbol J1 is displayed in a stopped state, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 or LJT2 that is currently set will continue.

(When time-saving pattern J2 is determined)
As shown in Figure 88 (b), when the game state at the time of the execution of the win/loss lottery is a normal game state (non-time-saving game state), and the time-saving grant is won by the win/loss lottery based on the first special chart random number, and the time-saving pattern J2 is determined and the time-saving pattern J2 is displayed in a stopped state, at the time of the stopped display, the non-time-saving game state is changed to the time-saving game state JT2, and a low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 (low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-C) is set.
In this low-probability time-shortening game state LJT2-C, the first time-shortening number of times is set to 1, the second time-shortening number of times is set to 6, and the end determination number is set to 100.

This low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-C also ends based on the fulfillment of any of the time-saving termination conditions (1) to (5) similar to those of the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-C, which are set based on winning a big or small jackpot as described above, and the first remaining number of fluctuations, the second remaining number of fluctuations, and the remaining number of small jackpots are updated in the special pattern fluctuation stop processing.
Then, as a result of updating the first remaining number of variations, the second remaining number of variations, and the remaining number of small wins executed in the special symbol variation stop process, if any of the time-saving termination conditions (1) to (3) above is met, the time-saving game state JT2 ends and a non-time-saving game state is set, thereby changing the game state to a normal game state. On the other hand, if none of the time-saving termination conditions (1) to (3) is met, the game state remains in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-C.
Furthermore, even if a small jackpot is won in this low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-C, the time-shortened ending condition (3) is not met at the time the remaining number of small jackpots is updated, and the game state remains in the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-C, but it is then determined that a small jackpot has been won (the time-shortened ending condition (4) is met), and at the time this determination is made, the time-shortened game state JT2 ends and a non-time-shortened game state is set, thereby changing the game state to the normal game state.

Also, as shown in Figure 88 (b), if the game state at the time the win/loss lottery is executed is the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 or LJT2 (time-saving game state JT1 or JT2), and the win/loss lottery based on the first special chart random number results in the time-saving grant being awarded, the time-saving symbol J2 is determined, and the time-saving symbol J2 is displayed in a stopped state, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 or LJT2 that is currently set will continue.

(Processing when small winning symbol Y2 is determined during low probability time-saving game state LJT1 or low probability time-saving game state LJT2)
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, the probability of winning a jackpot is the same during both the normal game state and the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, and even if a game ball is shot toward the second game state 12b, the game ball will not enter the second start winning hole 16. During these game states, the player is allowed to play in the first game area 12a, and there is a possibility that the game ball will enter the first start winning hole 15.
During the normal game state or the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, if a jackpot is won based on a win/loss lottery using the first special symbol random number, a special game in which three rounds of play are played is executed, and after the special game is completed, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 (LJT2-C) is set (see Figures 87(a) and 88(a)). Also, if a small jackpot is won based on a win/loss lottery using the first special symbol random number, a special game in which three rounds of play are played via a small jackpot game can be executed, and after the special game is completed, either the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 (LJT2-C) or the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 is set (see Figures 87(a) and 88(a)).
Furthermore, if during the normal game state, a time-saving award is won based on a win/loss lottery using the first special random number and the time-saving symbol is stopped and displayed, the game state thereafter is set to either the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 (LJT2-C) or the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 (see FIG. 88(b)). On the other hand, even if during the low-probability time-saving game state LTJ1, a time-saving award is won based on a win/loss lottery using the first special random number and the time-saving symbol is stopped and displayed, the game state remains unchanged and the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 continues thereafter.

During the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2, the probability of winning a jackpot is the same as during the normal game state and during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, but when a game ball is shot toward the second game area 12b, the game ball has a high probability of entering the second start winning hole 16. During this game state, the player is allowed to play in the second game area 12b, and as long as a game ball is shot toward the second game area 12b, there is a possibility that the game ball will enter the second start winning hole 16.
If a jackpot is won based on the winning/losing lottery using the second special random number, a special game in which 10 rounds of play are played is executed, and after the special game is completed, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 (LJT2-D) is set again (see Figures 87(a) and 88(a)). Also, if a small jackpot is won based on the winning/losing lottery using the second special random number, a special game in which 3 or 10 rounds of play are played via the small jackpot game can be executed, and after the special game is completed, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 (LJT2-D) is set again (see Figures 87(a) and 88(a)).
In other words, during the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2, the prize balls based on the game ball entering the second start winning port 16 make it possible to reduce the decrease in game balls as the game progresses more than during the normal game state and the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1, and in special games that are executed through winning a big jackpot or a small jackpot, there is a possibility that more rounds of play will be played than in special games that are executed through winning a big jackpot or a small jackpot during the normal game state or the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1, and furthermore, after the special game ends, the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2 (LJT2-D) is always set again, making it a more advantageous game state than the normal game state and the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1.
Furthermore, as described above, if during the normal game state, a time-saving award is won based on a win/loss lottery using the first special symbol random number and a time-saving symbol is stopped and displayed, either the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 or the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 (LJT2-C) is set, but after transitioning from the normal game state to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, even if a time-saving award is won based on a win/loss lottery using the first special symbol random number and a time-saving symbol is stopped and displayed during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 is not set. Therefore, the normal game state in which the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 (LJT2-C) can be set by winning the time-saving award and the time-saving symbol being stopped and displayed is a more advantageous game state than the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1. This allows for a novel gameplay in which the normal game state before transitioning to the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1 becomes a chance zone, just like the second form, thereby increasing the player's interest.

In this embodiment of the pachinko machine P, a win/loss lottery using the first special symbol random number is executed during the normal game mode, primarily after RAM is cleared (initialization processing in the event of an abnormality, normal initialization processing), or after the low-probability time-saving game mode LJT2 ends without winning a jackpot or small prize and a win/loss lottery and special symbol variable display are executed for all second special symbol random numbers (reserved second special symbols) stored at the time of the end of the game. This win/loss lottery almost always results in a win for the time-saving award, and the time-saving symbol J1 is determined with an extremely high probability (see Figure 87(a)). Therefore, once the win/loss lottery is executed and the variable display of the special symbol ends, the low-probability time-saving game mode LJT1 is likely to be established. Furthermore, as described above, the low-probability time-saving game mode LJT1 essentially continues until a jackpot or small prize is won.
Therefore, during play in this mode, the player will generally remain in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1.

Here, as described above, in the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1 (time-shortened game state JT1), the number of times to determine whether to end is set to 1, and in the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2 (time-shortened game state JT2), the number of times to determine whether to end is set to 100. If a small win is won during these game states, the number of remaining small wins is updated (incremented by 1) in the special symbol variation stop processing, and then the game state is processed based on the result of this update, and the game state after the end of the special game executed via the winning of the small win is set by referring to the game state at the time the processing is completed.
Then, if a small win is won and the small win symbol Y2 is determined by a win/lose lottery based on the first special symbol random number during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, the remaining number of small wins is updated to 0, and the number of small wins reaches the end determination number. This sets a non-time-saving game state. In other words, since the reference game state becomes a non-time-saving game state, the game state after the special game based on the determination of the small win symbol Y2 ends becomes a low-probability time-saving game state JT1 (time-saving game state JT1) (see FIG. 88(a)).
In contrast, if a small jackpot is won and the small jackpot symbol Y2 is determined by a win/lose lottery based on the first special symbol random number during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2, the remaining number of small jackpots is updated to 99, and the number of small jackpot wins does not reach the number of times the game has been decided to end. Therefore, the game state remains unchanged in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2. In other words, since the reference game state is the time-saving game state, the game state after the special game based on the determination of the small jackpot symbol Y2 ends becomes the normal game state (non-time-saving game state) (see FIG. 88(a)).

In this way, in this pachinko machine P, the time-shortened game state can be terminated depending on the number of small jackpot wins, and by varying the number of small jackpot wins that can terminate the time-shortened game state in each of the multiple types of time-shortened game states, the game state at the above-mentioned reference point is controlled to be either a non-time-shortened game state or a time-shortened game state. This makes it possible to make the game state after the end of the special game based on the determination different between when the small jackpot symbol Y2 is determined during the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2 and when the small jackpot symbol Y2 is determined during the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1.

For example, when the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 is set, before the game ball enters the second start winning slot 16 and the winning/losing lottery based on the second special pattern random number is started, a winning/losing lottery based on the first special pattern random number that was acquired and stored before the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 was set is executed, and although the probability is low, there are cases in which a small jackpot is won by this winning/losing lottery and the small jackpot pattern Y2 is determined.
As a general rule, when a time-saving game state is set after the end of a special game based on the determination of a special symbol, the content must correspond to the type of special symbol determined, and the same time-saving game state must be set when the same special symbol is determined. However, if the game state at the reference time is different (either a time-saving game state or a non-time-saving game state), it is possible to set the time-saving game state to be set or not depending on the game state at the reference time, even when the same special symbol is determined.
For example, suppose that when a small win symbol Y2 is determined, a time-shortened gaming state JT1 is set after the special game based on that determination ends. In this case, if the small win symbol Y2 is determined during the low-probability time-shortened gaming state LJT1, or if the small win symbol Y2 is determined during the low-probability time-shortened gaming state LJT2, the low-probability time-shortened gaming state LJT1 (time-shortened gaming state JT1) is set after the special game based on that determination ends. In this case, even though the highly advantageous low-probability time-shortened gaming state LJT2 is set, the less advantageous low-probability time-shortened gaming state LJT1 is set after the special game ends, which could cause the player to feel a great sense of loss.
Therefore, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, if a small winning symbol Y2 is determined during the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1, the reference game state becomes a non-time-shortened game state, and after the special game based on that determination ends, the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1 is set again, but if a small winning symbol Y2 is determined during the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2 as in the case described above, the reference game state becomes a time-shortened game state, and after the special game based on that determination ends, the non-time-shortened game state is set. As described above, the non-time-shortened game state is positioned as a chance zone in which the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2 can be set, so that even if the unfortunate case described above occurs, the sense of loss felt by the player can be reduced.

Also, although not specifically shown, the pachinko machine P of this form, like the second form, is provided with a fluctuation pattern table 114 for determining a fluctuation pattern, which includes a table to be referenced during the normal game state, a table to be referenced during the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1, and a table to be referenced during the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2.
In these fluctuation pattern tables 114, as in the second form, fluctuation pattern commands corresponding to fluctuation patterns with a predetermined fluctuation time are defined according to the determined special symbols (losing symbol Z2, big win symbols X1, X2, small win symbols Y1, Y2, Y3, Y4, time-saving symbols J1, J2), the current number of reserved symbols (first reserved number, second reserved number at the time of determining the fluctuation pattern command (time of executing the winning/losing lottery)), and the fluctuation pattern random number.
Then, when the winning/losing lottery is performed and the special symbol is determined, the main CPU 101 determines a variation pattern command according to the determined special symbol, the current number of reserved symbols, and the variation pattern random number, based on the variation pattern table 114 corresponding to the game state at the time the winning/losing lottery was performed. The determined variation pattern command is sent to the sub-control board 300, and the sub-CPU 301 determines the execution mode of the variation presentation based on the received variation pattern command.

(Outline of processing in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment)
Next, an overview of the processing executed on the main control board 100 as the special game, normal game, small win game, and special game progress will be explained using a flowchart, focusing on the differences from the first and second forms. Note that the same processing as the first and second forms, or processing that is almost the same as the first and second forms and that a person skilled in the art would understand how to implement in this form (how to apply to this form), will be assigned the same step numbers as the first and second forms, and explanations will be omitted as a general rule.

The special symbol variation start processing (step 701 of the special symbol-related control processing (see Figure 27)) in the pachinko machine P in this embodiment differs from that in the second embodiment, but is the same processing as in the first embodiment (see Figure 28), so a description thereof will be omitted.

Next, the special symbol variation stop processing (step 702 of the special symbol related control processing (see Figure 27)) will be explained with reference to the flowchart of Figure 89.
In step 1003-11, the main CPU 101 executes a remaining variation count update process for updating the first remaining variation count and the second remaining variation count, and then proceeds to the next step 1003-12.
In step 1003-12, the main CPU 101 executes a remaining small win count update process for updating the remaining small win count, and then proceeds to the next step 1003-13.

In step 1003-13, the main CPU 101 executes game state control processing related to setting the game state, etc. Then, it proceeds to step 1004, where it executes processing to set the stop display time.

Next, the remaining change count update process in step 1003-11 will be described with reference to the flowchart in FIG.
In step 1010, the main CPU 101 determines whether the current game state (at the time of execution of the winning/losing lottery) is a time-shortened game state (low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1, low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2), that is, whether the time-shortened game state is being set. If it is determined that the game is not in a time-shortened game state (i.e., it is in a non-time-shortened game state (normal game state)), it ends the remaining variation count update process. On the other hand, if it is determined that the game is in a time-shortened game state, it proceeds to the next step 1011.
In step 1011, the main CPU 101 updates the first remaining variation count and the second remaining variation count. Specifically, when the second special symbol is stopped and displayed, the main CPU 101 decrements both the first remaining variation count and the second remaining variation count by 1, and when the first special symbol is stopped and displayed, the main CPU 101 decrements only the second remaining variation count by 1. Then, the remaining variation count update process ends.

Next, the remaining win count update process in step 1003-12 will be described with reference to the flowchart in FIG.
In step 1020, the main CPU 101 determines whether the stopped special symbol is a small win symbol. If it determines that the stopped special symbol is not a small win symbol (i.e., a big win symbol, a time-saving symbol, or a losing symbol), it ends the remaining small win count update process. On the other hand, if it determines that the stopped special symbol is a small win symbol, it proceeds to the next step 1021.
In step 1021, the main CPU 101 determines whether the current gaming state is in the time-shortened gaming state. If it is determined that the current gaming state is not in the time-shortened gaming state, the remaining win count update process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the current gaming state is in the time-shortened gaming state, the process proceeds to the next step 1022.

In step 1022, the main CPU 101 updates the number of remaining wins. Specifically, if the number of remaining wins is 1 or greater, the main CPU 101 decrements the number of remaining wins by 1. On the other hand, if the number of remaining wins is 0, no processing is performed. The remaining win count update processing then ends.

Next, the game state control process of step 1003-13 described above will be explained with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
In step 1030, the main CPU 101 determines whether the current gaming state is a time-shortened gaming state. If it is determined that the current gaming state is not a time-shortened gaming state, the process proceeds to step 1036. On the other hand, if it is determined that the current gaming state is a time-shortened gaming state, the process proceeds to the next step 1031.
In step 1031, the main CPU 101 determines whether any of the time-saving termination conditions (1) to (3) above (i.e., the time-saving termination conditions related to the number of times the time-saving has been performed or the number of times a small prize has been won) has been met. If it is determined that none of these conditions have been met, the process proceeds to step 1033. On the other hand, if it is determined that each of these conditions has been met, the process proceeds to the next step 1032.

In step 1032, the main CPU 101 executes a normal gaming state setting process to terminate the currently set time-shortened gaming state and set the normal gaming state. Specifically, it turns off both the first time-shortened gaming flag and the second time-shortened gaming flag, and clears the first time-shortened count storage area, the second time-shortened count storage area, and the end determination count storage area. This terminates the currently set low-probability time-shortened gaming state LJT1 or LJT2, and sets the normal gaming state (non-time-shortened gaming state). Then, it proceeds to the next step 1033.
In step 1033, the main CPU 101 stores the game state at that time as a reference game state in a predetermined storage area of the main RAM 103. Specifically, when the normal game state is set in step 1032, which is reached when it is determined in step 1031 that any of the time-saving termination conditions (1) to (3) has been met, a non-time-saving game state is stored as the reference game state. Also, when it is determined in step 1031 that none of the time-saving termination conditions (1) to (3) has been met, a time-saving game state is stored as the reference game state. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1034.

In step 1034, the main CPU 101 determines whether the time-saving termination condition (4) (i.e., winning a small win) is met. If it is determined that the condition is not met, the game state control process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the condition is met, the process proceeds to the next step 1035.
In step 1035, the main CPU 101 executes a normal game state setting process. This process is similar to step 1032 described above, and therefore will not be described further. In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, if a small jackpot is won while the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 is set, depending on the results of the remaining small jackpot count update process, the time-saving termination condition (3), that is, the number of small jackpot wins has reached the termination determination count, is not met. Therefore, although the process of step 1032 described above is not executed, the time-saving termination condition (4) is determined to be met in step 1034, and the normal game state is set. In other words, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, if a small jackpot is won in either the time-saving game state JT1 or JT2 (low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 or LJT2), the currently set time-saving game state is terminated and the normal game state is set. The game state control process is then terminated.

In step 1036, which is reached if it is determined in step 1030 that the game is not in a time-saving game state, the main CPU 101 determines whether the special symbol displayed in a stopped state is a time-saving symbol. If it is determined that the special symbol displayed in a stopped state is not a time-saving symbol (i.e., a big win symbol, a small win symbol, or a losing symbol), the game state control process ends. On the other hand, if it is determined that the special symbol displayed in a stopped state is a time-saving symbol, the process proceeds to step 1037.
In step 1037, the main CPU 101 executes a time-saving game state setting process to set the game state according to the time-saving symbol that has been stopped and displayed.
Specifically, when the time-saving symbol displayed in a stopped state is J1, the main CPU 101 turns on the first time-saving game flag, sets "10000" corresponding to the first time-saving number of times as the first remaining number of times of fluctuation in the first time-saving number storage area, sets "10000" corresponding to the second time-saving number of times as the second remaining number of times of fluctuation in the second time-saving number storage area, and sets "1" corresponding to the end determination number of times as the remaining number of small wins in the end determination number storage area. This sets the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1.
Furthermore, if the time-saving symbol displayed in a stopped state is J2, the main CPU 101 turns on the second time-saving game flag, sets "1" corresponding to the first time-saving number of times as the first remaining number of times of fluctuation in the first time-saving number memory area, sets "6" corresponding to the second time-saving number of times as the second remaining number of times of fluctuation in the second time-saving number memory area, and sets "100" corresponding to the end determination number of times as the remaining number of small wins in the end determination number memory area. This sets the low-probability game state LJT2 (LJT2-C).
Then, the game state control process is terminated.

Next, the special game end processing (step 706 of the special chart related control processing (see Figure 27)) will be explained with reference to the flowchart of Figure 93.
In step 1304-11, which is reached when the execution phase data in step 1300 is data "04" indicating the execution of special game end processing, the main CPU 101 executes a game state setting process to set the game state based on the game state at the time of reference stored in the main RAM 103 and the type of special pattern displayed in a stopped state.
Specifically, when the reference gaming state is a non-time-shortened gaming state and the stopped special symbols are the big win symbol X1 or X2, or the small win symbol Y1, Y3, or Y4, the main CPU 101 turns on the second time-shortened gaming flag, sets "1" corresponding to the first time-shortened number of times in the first time-shortened number storage area as the first remaining number of times of fluctuation, sets "6" corresponding to the second time-shortened number of times in the second time-shortened number storage area as the second remaining number of times of fluctuation, and sets "100" corresponding to the end determination number of times in the end determination number storage area as the remaining number of small wins. This sets the low-probability gaming state LJT2 (LJT2-C).
Furthermore, if the reference gaming state is a time-shortened gaming state and the stopped special symbols are the big win symbol X1 or X2, or the small win symbol Y1, Y3, or Y4, the main CPU 101 turns on the second time-shortened gaming flag, sets "6" corresponding to the first time-shortened number of times in the first time-shortened number storage area as the first remaining number of times of fluctuation, sets "11" corresponding to the second time-shortened number of times in the second time-shortened number storage area as the second remaining number of times of fluctuation, and sets "100" corresponding to the end determination number of times in the end determination number storage area as the remaining number of small wins. This sets the low-probability gaming state LJT2 (LJT2-D).
Furthermore, if the reference gaming state is a non-time-saving gaming state and the stopped special symbol is the small win symbol Y2, the main CPU 101 turns on the first time-saving gaming flag, sets "10000" corresponding to the first time-saving number of times in the first time-saving number storage area as the first remaining number of times of fluctuation, sets "10000" corresponding to the second time-saving number of times in the second time-saving number storage area as the second remaining number of times of fluctuation, and sets "1" corresponding to the end determination number of times in the end determination number storage area as the remaining number of small wins. This sets the low-probability gaming state LJT1.
Furthermore, if the reference game state is the time-shortened game state and the stopped special symbol is the small winning symbol Y2, the main CPU 101 turns off both the first time-shortened game flag and the second time-shortened game flag, and clears the first time-shortened number storage area, the second time-shortened number storage area, and the end determination number storage area, thereby setting the normal game state (non-time-shortened game state).
Then, the process proceeds to step 1306, in which the game state designation command is stored in the transmission data storage area for presentation.

As described above, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, the reference time game state is different when the small win pattern Y2 is determined during the low probability time-shortened game state LJT1 and when the small win pattern Y2 is determined during the low probability time-shortened game state LJT2. As a result, after the special game executed via the small win pattern Y2 ends, a different game state (low probability time-shortened game state LJT1 or normal game state) is set according to the reference time game state.
According to the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, there is a wide variety of game state settings, which can increase the interest of players.

Furthermore, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, if a small jackpot is won in either the time-saving game state JT1 or JT2 (low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 or LJT2), the time-saving end condition (4) described above is met, and the currently set time-saving game state ends and the normal game state is set.
If the time-saving game mode were set not to end when a small prize was won, the time-saving game mode would be activated during the small prize game based on the winning of the small prize. In this case, the payout rate during the time-saving game mode would increase due to the payout of prize balls based on the entry of game balls into the large prize slot 18 during the small prize game, which could lead to a situation where the tendency to play the game in the time-saving game mode becomes too great.
In the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, by being configured as described above, the game is in normal play mode (non-time-saving play mode) during small win play, which makes it possible to effectively prevent situations where the tendency to gamble becomes too high during the time-saving play mode.

(Outline of various effects in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment)
Next, an overview of the various effects executed in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment will be explained for each game state.
(1) Low probability time-saving game state LJT1
As described above, during play in this mode, the player mainly stays in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1. When the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 is set, a left-handed hit suggestion is made in the first or second mode, and during this low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, a background image corresponding to that game state is displayed. This background image makes it possible to know that the player is in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1.
Furthermore, in the low probability time-saving game state LJT1, a win/loss lottery is generally carried out based on the first special chart random number, and if the result of this win/loss lottery results in a big win or small win, the variable presentation will display the performance pattern 50 stopped in the winning mode of the first or second form (see Figure 54(e) etc.), and if the result of this win/loss lottery results in a time-saving bonus being awarded, the variable presentation will display the performance pattern 50 stopped in the non-winning mode of the first or second form (see Figure 54(a) etc.), and if the result of this win/loss lottery results in a loss, the variable presentation will display the performance pattern 50 stopped in the non-winning mode described above.
During a small win game based on a small win, or during a special game that is executed through a small win or a big win, a right-hit suggestion of the first or second form (see FIG. 56, etc.) is performed. Also, during a small win game, a small win game effect corresponding to that game is executed, and during a special game, a special game effect (see FIG. 58(a), etc.) is executed.

(2) Low probability time-saving game state LJT2
When the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 is set, the right-hand hit suggestion is made, and during this low-probability time-saving game state LJT2, a background image corresponding to that game state is displayed. This background image makes it possible to know that the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 is in effect.
In addition, in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2, a winning/losing lottery based on the second special random number is executed as a general rule, and if the winning/losing lottery results in a big win or small win, the variable effect will display the stopped effect symbol 50 in the winning mode described above, and if the winning/losing lottery results in a loss, the variable effect will display the stopped effect symbol 50 in the non-winning mode. Note that during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2, a variable effect will be performed using special pattern A (see FIG. 86, etc.).

(3) Normal Game State When the normal game state is set by the end of the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 without winning a big win or a small win, the background image corresponding to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 continues to be displayed until the variable display of the second special symbol based on the remaining reserved second special symbol ends. Then, when the variable display of this second special symbol ends, the above-mentioned left-hand hit suggestion is made, and the background image corresponding to the normal game state is displayed. This background image makes it possible to understand that the normal game state is in progress.
In addition, during normal game mode, a lottery is held to determine whether the player will win or lose based on the remaining reserves of the second special symbol, and if the lottery results in a big win or a small win, the display will change to show the stop of the performance symbol 50 in the winning mode described above, and if the lottery results in a loss, the display will change to show the stop of the performance symbol 50 in the non-winning mode.
Furthermore, during the normal game state, a winning/losing lottery is conducted based on the first special symbol random number, and in the variable presentation when a big win or small win is won by this winning/losing lottery, the display of the effect symbol 50 is stopped in the winning mode described above, and in the variable presentation when a time-saving award is won by this winning/losing lottery, the display of the effect symbol 50 is stopped in the non-winning mode. Furthermore, in the case where a time-saving award is won, when the time-saving symbol J1 is determined, a suggestion is made that a low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 will be set thereafter (see FIG. 86(f) etc.), and when the time-saving symbol J2 is determined, a suggestion is made that a low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 will be set thereafter (see FIG. 86(e) etc.).
In addition, even during normal gameplay, a special pattern A variation effect is performed.

Note that the effects that can be executed in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment are not limited to those described above, and effects from the first and second embodiments may also be applied as long as no contradictions arise.

(Modification of the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment)
In the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, the lottery result for winning the jackpot is derived in either the win/lose lottery based on the first special chart random number or the win/lose lottery based on the second special chart random number, but this is not limited to this, and the lottery result for winning the jackpot may not be derived.
Specifically, for example, the lottery based on the first special random number may derive a result of either winning a small prize or winning a time-saving bonus, and the lottery based on the second special random number may derive a result of either winning a small prize or losing a small prize. Then, when a predetermined number of game balls enter the special area during a small prize game based on a small prize win, a special game may be executed.
In the above case, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment can be achieved.

In the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, when a small jackpot is won during the time-saving game mode, even if the time-saving termination condition (3) described above is not met due to the update of the remaining number of small jackpots, the time-saving game mode that has been set is terminated based on the small jackpot (i.e., winning a small jackpot is set as the time-saving termination condition), but this is not limited to this.
For example, by not setting a small win as a condition for ending the time-saving mode, if a small win is won during the time-saving mode, and the time-saving mode ending condition (3) above is not met due to an update of the remaining number of small wins, the time-saving mode that has been set may not end.

In the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, after the variable display of the special pattern has finished and before the period for stopping the special pattern begins, the number of remaining wins is updated and the game status is processed based on the update, and the time when the processing is executed is set as the reference time, but this is not limited to this.
For example, during the variable display of special symbols, the number of remaining wins may be updated and the game status may be processed based on the update, and the time when the processing is executed may be used as the reference time. Also, during the period when special symbols are stopped and displayed, the number of remaining wins may be updated and the game status may be processed based on the update, and the time when the processing is executed may be used as the reference time.
In the above case, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment can be achieved.

In the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, the time-shortened game state can be terminated depending on the number of small jackpots won, and by varying the number of small jackpots won that can terminate the time-shortened game state in each of the multiple types of time-shortened game states, the game state at the reference time is controlled to be different (either a non-time-shortened game state or a time-shortened game state), but this is not limited to this, and similar control may also be performed depending on the number of jackpots won.
For example, the time-shortened game state JT1 is set to end when the number of jackpot wins reaches one, and the time-shortened game state JT2 is set to end when the number of jackpot wins reaches 100. Furthermore, in the special symbol variation end processing, the number of jackpot wins is updated, and the time when the game state processing based on the update is executed is set as the reference time. When the jackpot symbol X1 is determined, if the game state at the reference time was a non-time-shortened game state, the time-shortened game state JT1 may be set after the special game based on that determination ends, and if the game state at the reference time was a time-shortened game state, the non-time-shortened game state may be set after the special game based on that determination ends.
In the above case, it becomes possible to execute the same control as that of the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment based on the winning of the jackpot.

(Fourth form)
The fourth embodiment will be described below with reference to the drawings. In this description, the same components as those in the first, second, and third embodiments will be denoted by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted or simplified.
The pachinko machine P of this embodiment is a so-called type 1/type 2 mixed pachinko machine, similar to the second and third embodiments, and is configured so that a special game is executed when a big win is won or when the game ball enters a special area during a small win game based on a small win.

The configuration of the game board 11 of the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, and the devices and components installed on the game board 11 are the same as those of the second and third embodiments.
Also, as in the second and third forms, during a special game based on winning a big prize, or during a small prize game based on winning a small prize, the large prize opening 18 opens, allowing game balls to enter the large prize opening 18. During a special game, the allocating member 59 stays in the first position, and game balls that enter the large prize opening 18 do not enter the special area, but all enter the general area 58. In contrast, during a small prize game based on the determination of a small prize symbol, the allocating member 59 stays in the second position, and game balls that enter the large prize opening 18 do not enter the general area 58, but all enter the special area.
That is, game balls can enter the special area only during a small win game based on the determination of the small win symbol, and thus a predetermined number of game balls (one in this embodiment) enter the special area during the small win game. Then, a special game is executed based on the predetermined number of game balls entering the special area during the small win game.

Furthermore, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, as in the second embodiment, the game state after the end of the special game that is executed based on the determination of the jackpot pattern or the small jackpot pattern is set according to the jackpot pattern determined when the jackpot is won or the small jackpot pattern determined when the small jackpot is won.
As with the second and third forms, the settable game states include a normal game state that combines a low-probability game state and a non-time-shortened game state, a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1 that combines a low-probability game state and a time-shortened game state JT1, and a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2 that combines a low-probability game state and a time-shortened game state JT2, and the game progresses by setting one of the game states.
As in the second and third modes, the low probability game state is always set in any game state. Therefore, regardless of the game state, the probability of winning the jackpot in the win/lose lottery remains the same (approximately 1/200) (see Figure 94(a)).

In addition, the frequency with which game balls enter the second start winning slot 16 in the non-time-saving game state, time-saving game state JT1, and time-saving game state JT2 is the same as in the second and third forms. That is, the probability of winning in the normal symbol lottery, the normal symbol fluctuation time, and the operating time of the movable piece 16b in the non-time-saving game state, time-saving game state JT1, and time-saving game state JT2 are all set the same as in the second and third forms (see Figures 14 to 16, 87(c), and 94(c)).

In the initial state, such as immediately after shipping from the factory or after clearing the RAM (initialization process in case of an abnormality or normal operation), the normal game mode is set.

During the normal game state and the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, the player is instructed to shoot (hit left) the game ball toward the first game area 12a so that the game ball will enter the first start winning port 15 (the player is instructed to hit left), and during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2, special game, and small win game, the player is instructed to shoot (hit right) the game ball toward the second game area 12b so that the game ball will enter the large winning port 18, or pass through the gate 20 and enter the second start winning port 16 (the player is instructed to hit right).
That is, during the normal game state and the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, the player is mainly allowed to play in the first game area 12a, and as long as play is being performed in the first game area 12a, game balls can enter the first start winning hole 15. Also, during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2, the player is mainly allowed to play in the second game area 12b, and as long as play is being performed in the second game area 12b, game balls can pass through the gate 20 and enter the second start winning hole 16.
Then, a lottery for winning or losing is executed based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning hole 15 and the entry of the game ball into the second start winning hole 16.

Here, the reserved memory area of the main RAM 103 in this embodiment is composed of a first reserved memory area for storing the first special symbol random number and a second reserved memory area for storing the second special symbol random number, and each of these reserved memory areas is composed of only one memory unit (first memory unit) and can store one set of the first special symbol random number and one set of the second special symbol random number. When a gaming ball enters the first start winning port 15, the first special symbol random number is stored in the first memory unit of the first reserved memory area, and when a gaming ball enters the second start winning port 16, the second special symbol random number is stored in the first memory unit of the second reserved memory area. Furthermore, even if a game ball enters the first start winning port 15 when the first special chart random number is stored in the first memory section of the first reserved memory area, the first special chart random number obtained based on the ball entering will not be stored, and even if a game ball enters the second start winning port 16 when the second special chart random number is stored in the first memory section of the second reserved memory area, the second special chart random number obtained based on the ball entering will not be stored.
In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, as in the first and third embodiments, when both the first special symbol random number and the second special symbol random number are stored, the second special symbol random number is processed in priority to the first special symbol random number. For example, when both the first special symbol random number and the second special symbol random number are stored when the variable display of the special symbol starts, a winning/losing lottery based on the second special symbol random number and the variable display of the special symbol are first performed, and when the variable display ends, a winning/losing lottery based on the first special symbol random number and the variable display of the special symbol are then performed.
In this embodiment, as in the second embodiment, when both the first special random number and the second special random number are stored, they may be processed in the order in which they were stored in the reserved memory area. Also, each reserved memory area may be provided with multiple storage units so that multiple first special random numbers and multiple second special random numbers can be stored.

As shown in Figure 94 (a), when a game ball enters the first start winning slot 15, a lottery is held to determine whether the player can win a jackpot or a time-saving bonus. If the player wins a jackpot, the jackpot pattern X1 or X2 is determined, and if the player wins a time-saving bonus, the time-saving bonus pattern J1 is determined.
The probability of winning the jackpot is set to approximately 1/200, and the probability of the jackpot symbols X1 and X2 being determined when the jackpot is won is set to 50/100 (50%). The probability of winning the time-saving bonus is set to approximately 1/200, and the probability of the time-saving bonus symbol J1 being determined when the time-saving bonus is won is set to 100/100 (100%). Furthermore, if the winning/losing lottery results in a loss, the losing symbol Z1 is determined.
In this way, the lottery based on the first special random number derives the result of either winning the jackpot, winning the time-saving grant, or losing. In other words, the lottery based on the first special random number is set so that the small prize cannot be won, and if the jackpot or the time-saving grant is not won, the result is losing.

In contrast to this, as shown in Figure 94 (a), in the lottery when a game ball enters the second start winning port 16, it is possible to win a big win or a small win, and if a big win is won, a big win pattern X3 or X4 is determined, and if a small win is won, a small win pattern Y1 or Y2 is determined.
The probability of winning a jackpot is set to approximately 1/200, and the probability of the jackpot symbols X3 and X4 being determined when a jackpot is won is set to 50/100 (50%). The probability of the small jackpot is set to approximately 20/200 (approximately 1/10), and the probability of the small jackpot symbols Y1 and Y2 being determined when a small jackpot is won is set to 50/100 (50%). Furthermore, if the winning/losing lottery results in a loss, the losing symbol Z2 is determined.
In this way, the lottery based on the second special random number will result in either a big win, a small win, or a loss. In other words, the lottery based on the second special random number will not result in a win for the time-saving bonus, and will be set up so that if you do not win a big win or a small win, you will lose.

Furthermore, in the lottery for this form, as in the second and third forms, first a determination is made as to whether or not a jackpot has been won, and if the result of the determination is that the jackpot has not been won, then a determination is made as to whether or not a small jackpot has been won, and if the result of the determination is that the small jackpot has not been won, then a determination is made as to whether or not a time-saving bonus has been awarded, and if it is determined that the time-saving bonus has not been awarded, then the prize is lost.
Furthermore, when the special symbol is determined, a variation pattern command corresponding to a variation pattern in which the variation time of the special symbol, the mode of variation presentation, etc. are determined based on the result of the determination.
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, as in the third embodiment, the stop display time (pattern determination time), which is the time during which the special symbol is displayed stationary after the variable display of the special symbol has finished, is the same (0.5 seconds) regardless of the game state at the time of the winning/losing lottery or the type of special symbol determined. As in the first and second embodiments, the stop display time may be determined based on the game state at the time of the winning/losing lottery or the type of special symbol determined.

As in the third embodiment, the small prize game, which is executed when a small prize is won and the small prize symbol Y1 or Y2 is determined, is set to end when one of the following conditions is met: the large prize opening 18 opens for 0.45 seconds four times, or 10 game balls enter the open large prize opening 18 (see FIG. 94(b)). The closing time (interval time) of the large prize opening 18 from the end of an opening to the start of the next opening is set to 0.6 seconds (see FIG. 94(b)). Furthermore, while the large prize opening 18 is open, the sorting member 59 remains in the second position (see FIG. 94(b)).
In other words, when a small prize is won, regardless of which small prize symbol is determined, the large prize opening 18 is opened for a total of 1.8 seconds during the small prize game. Therefore, if a right-handed shot is made during this small prize game, the game ball can be made to enter the large prize opening 18. Also, since the distribution member 59 stays in the second position during this small prize game, the game ball that enters the large prize opening 18 will always enter the special area.
Therefore, if a small win is won and the player hits the ball to the right, a predetermined number (one ball) of game balls will enter the special area during the small win game based on that win, and a special game will be executed based on that entry.

Furthermore, although not specifically shown, when the jackpot symbol X1, X2, or X4 is determined, or when the small jackpot symbol Y2 is determined and a predetermined number of game balls (one in this embodiment) enter the special area during the small jackpot game based on that determination, a total of three rounds of play are executed, each ending when either the large prize opening 18 opens for 29.0 seconds or 10 game balls enter the large prize opening 18. Furthermore, in each round of play, the large prize opening 18 opens only once (one 29.0-second opening), and the interval time between each round of play is set to 2.0 seconds. Furthermore, during each round of play, the allocating member 59 remains in the first position.
Furthermore, when the big win symbol X3 is determined, or when the small win symbol Y1 is determined and a predetermined number of game balls enter the special area during the small win game based on that determination, a special game is executed in which a total of 10 round games are played in the same manner as described above. The opening and closing pattern of the opening and closing door 18b, the operating mode of the distribution member 59, and the interval time during the round game are also set to the same content as the special game described above.

(Outline of game state to be set)
In the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, when a special game is executed based on a jackpot win, the game state after the end of the special game is set according to the type of jackpot pattern that has been determined and the game state at the time of the jackpot win (the game state when the win/loss lottery is executed).

Furthermore, when a small win game is executed based on the winning of a small win, and a special game is executed as a result of a predetermined number (one) of game balls entering a special area during the small win game, the game status after the end of the special game is set according to the type of small win symbol that has been determined and the game status at the time of the small win (game status at the time of the winning/losing lottery).
On the other hand, if the predetermined number of game balls does not enter the special area during the small win game, for example, because the right hit was not performed, the special game is not executed and the above-mentioned game state is not set. Therefore, even after the small win game ends, the game state before the start of the small win game continues.

Furthermore, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, if a time-saving bonus is awarded in a non-time-saving game state (normal game state), the time-saving game state is not set according to the determined time-saving symbol, and the non-time-saving game state continues even after the time-saving symbol is stopped and displayed.
On the other hand, if a time-saving award is won in a time-saving game state (low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 (time-saving game state JT1), low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 (time-saving game state JT2)), the currently set time-saving game state ends after the determined time-saving symbol is stopped and displayed, and a new time-saving game state corresponding to the determined time-saving symbol is set.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, as in the first embodiment, the main RAM 103 is provided with a time-saving count storage area, and this time-saving count storage area stores the remaining number of fluctuations until the currently set time-saving game state ends.
Specifically, when a time-saving game state is set, a predetermined number of time-saving times is set (stored) in a time-saving number storage area as an initial value indicating the number of times of fluctuation remaining until the time-saving game state ends. Then, each time a special symbol is displayed, the value stored in the time-saving number storage area is updated. As a result, the value stored in the time-saving number storage area becomes the number of times of fluctuation remaining until the currently set time-saving game state ends.

Specifically, as shown in FIG. 95(a), if a jackpot is won and jackpot symbol X1 is determined by a win/loss lottery based on the first special symbol random number, if a jackpot is won and jackpot symbol X3 is determined by a win/loss lottery based on the second special symbol random number, or if a small jackpot is won and small jackpot symbol Y1 is determined by a win/loss lottery based on the second special symbol random number, and a predetermined number of game balls enter the special area during the small jackpot game based on that determination, then regardless of whether the game state at the time of the jackpot or small jackpot was a non-time-saving game state or a time-saving game state, the game state after the special game ends will be set to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 (time-saving game state JT2), and the number of time-saving play times will be set to 200.

In addition, if a jackpot is won by a win/lose lottery based on the second special chart random number and the jackpot pattern X4 is determined, or if a small jackpot is won by a win/lose lottery based on the second special chart random number and the small jackpot pattern Y2 is determined, and a predetermined number of game balls enter the special area during the small jackpot game based on that determination, if the game state at the time of winning the jackpot or the small jackpot is a non-time-saving game state, the game state after the special game ends is set to a low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 (time-saving game state JT2), and the number of time-saving times is set to 200.
As will be described later, if the jackpot symbol X4 or the small jackpot symbol Y2 is determined during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 (time-saving game state JT2) and a special game is executed through this determination, a normal game state (non-time-saving game state) is established after the special game ends. When this normal game state is established, there may be a second special symbol random number (second remaining reserve) that was acquired and reserved during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 before the special game began. Although the winning/losing lottery based on the second special symbol random number is mainly conducted during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2, in this case, the winning/losing lottery based on the second special symbol random number is conducted in the normal game state. Then, when the big win pattern X4 or the small win pattern Y2 is determined by this lottery, the game state at the time of winning the big win or small win is a non-time-saving game state, so as described above, a low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 is set after the special game executed through the determination ends.

The above-mentioned low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 continues until the result of the win/loss lottery is derived 200 times without the special game being executed (until the number of times the special symbol changes reaches 200). Then, when the result of the win/loss lottery is derived 200 times without the special game being executed during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2, the time-saving game state JT2 is changed to a non-time-saving game state, and the game state is changed to a normal game state.
Also, during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2, as long as you hit the right button as instructed, a lottery based on the second special random number is held to determine whether you will win or lose, and in the lottery based on the second special random number, you can win a big win or a small win, with the probability of winning a big win being approximately 1/200 and the probability of winning a small win being approximately 20/200 (see Figure 94 (a)). Therefore, in effect, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 will continue until you win a big win or a small win and a special game is executed through that win.

As shown in Figure 95 (a), if a jackpot is won and jackpot pattern X4 is determined by a win/lose lottery based on the second special random number, or if a small jackpot is won and small jackpot pattern Y2 is determined by a win/lose lottery based on the second special random number, and a predetermined number of game balls enter the special area during the small jackpot game based on that determination, if the game state at the time of the jackpot or small jackpot is the time-saving game state, the game state after the special game ends will be set to the normal game state (non-time-saving game state).

As shown in Figure 95(a), if a jackpot is won and jackpot pattern X2 is determined by a win/lose lottery based on the first special chart random number, regardless of whether the game state at the time of the jackpot win was a non-time-saving game state or a time-saving game state, the game state after the special game ends will be set to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 (time-saving game state JT1), and the number of time-saving times will be set to 20.

This low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1 continues until the result of the win/loss lottery is derived 20 times without the special game being executed (until the number of times the special symbol changes reaches 20). Then, when the result of the win/loss lottery is derived 20 times without the special game being executed during the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1, the time-shortened game state JT1 is changed to a non-time-shortened game state, and the game state is changed to a normal game state.
Also, during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, as long as you hit the left side as instructed, a lottery based on the first special random number is held, and it is possible to win a jackpot in the lottery based on the first special random number, with a probability of winning a jackpot of approximately 1/200 (see Figure 94(a)). Therefore, during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, it is not necessarily the case that you will win a jackpot.

As shown in Figure 95 (a), in a time-shortened game state (low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1 (time-shortened game state JT1), low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2 (time-shortened game state JT2)), if a time-shortened game is awarded by a lottery based on the first special pattern random number and the time-shortened game pattern J1 is determined (i.e., if a time-shortened game is awarded and the game state at the time of winning the time-shortened game is the time-shortened game state), the time-shortened game state that was set when the time-shortened game pattern J1 was displayed stopped will end, and a new low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2 (time-shortened game state JT2) will be set, and the number of time-shortened games will be set to 200.
In contrast, when a player is selected for the time-saving award by a lottery based on the first special chart random number in a non-time-saving game state (normal game state) and the time-saving symbol J1 is determined (i.e., when the player is selected for the time-saving award and the game state at the time of the time-saving award winning is a non-time-saving game state), the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 (time-saving game state JT2) based on the determination of the time-saving symbol J1 is not set, and the normal game state (non-time-saving game state) continues even after the time-saving symbol J1 is stopped and displayed.

The winning/losing lottery based on the first special random number during the time-saving game state is mainly conducted during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 (time-saving game state JT1) in which a left-handed hit is instructed, so the game state when the time-saving grant is won is generally the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1. However, even during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2, if a player hits left instead of following the right-handed hit instruction and the game ball enters the first start winning slot 15, the winning/losing lottery based on the first special random number is conducted, so the game state when the time-saving grant is won may become the low-probability time-saving game state JT2.
Then, if a time-saving award is won in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 ends, a low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 is set, and the number of time-saving times is set to 200. On the other hand, if a time-saving award is won in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 ends, a new low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 is set, and the number of time-saving times is reset to 200.

The timing for setting the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 when a time-saving bonus is awarded is not limited to the time when the time-saving symbol J1 is displayed in a stopped state, but may be, for example, when the stopped display time (symbol determination time) for the time-saving symbol J1 has elapsed, or at any point between the start and end of the variable display of the time-saving symbol J1 (for example, at the start, or at any point during the variable display, etc.).

(Overview of fluctuation pattern table 114)
The pachinko machine P according to this embodiment also has a plurality of types of variation pattern tables 114 . Here, as shown in Figures 96(a) to (d), the following will be explained: table MP51 which is referenced when a win/loss lottery based on the first special symbol random number is executed during the normal game state (excluding the period until the variable display of the special symbol based on the second remaining reserve is completed in the normal game state established after the end of the special game via winning a jackpot or small jackpot in the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2); table MP52 which is referenced when a win/loss lottery based on the first special symbol random number is executed during the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1; table MP53 which is referenced when a win/loss lottery based on the second special symbol random number is executed during the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2; and table MP54 which is referenced when a win/loss lottery based on the second special symbol random number (second remaining reserve) is executed during the normal game state established after the end of the special game via winning a jackpot or small jackpot in the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2; and explanations of the other variation pattern tables 114 will be omitted.

As shown in Figure 96 (a), according to table MP51, when a losing symbol Z1 is determined, regardless of the value of the current number of reserved symbols, either the fluctuation pattern command "00H" associated with the fluctuation pattern of "13-second fluctuation" (selection rate 85%), the fluctuation pattern command "03H" associated with the fluctuation pattern of "20-second fluctuation" (selection rate 10%), or the fluctuation pattern command "04H" associated with the fluctuation pattern of "60-second fluctuation" (selection rate 5%) will be determined.
When the time-saving symbol J1 is determined, regardless of the value of the current reserved number, the fluctuation pattern command "05H" (selection rate is 100%) associated with the fluctuation pattern of "13-second fluctuation" is determined.
When the jackpot symbol X1 is determined, regardless of the value of the current reserved number, either the fluctuation pattern command "0AH" (selection rate 5%) associated with the fluctuation pattern of "20-second fluctuation" or the fluctuation pattern command "0BH" (selection rate 95%) associated with the fluctuation pattern of "60-second fluctuation" is determined.
When the jackpot symbol X2 is determined, regardless of the value of the current reserved number, either the fluctuation pattern command "0CH" (selection rate is 5%) associated with the fluctuation pattern of "20-second fluctuation" or the fluctuation pattern command "0DH" (selection rate is 95%) associated with the fluctuation pattern of "60-second fluctuation" is determined.

As shown in Figure 96 (b), according to table MP52, when a losing symbol Z1 is determined, regardless of the value of the current number of reserved symbols, either the fluctuation pattern command "10H" (selection rate is 70%) associated with the fluctuation pattern of "10-second fluctuation" or the fluctuation pattern command "14H" (selection rate is 30%) associated with the fluctuation pattern of "45-second fluctuation" is determined.
When the time-saving symbol J1 is determined, regardless of the value of the current reserved number, the fluctuation pattern command "15H" (selection rate is 100%) associated with the fluctuation pattern of "45-second fluctuation" is determined.
When the big winning symbol X1 is determined, regardless of the value of the number of reserved symbols at the present time, the fluctuation pattern command "1AH" (selection rate is 100%) associated with the fluctuation pattern of "45 seconds fluctuation" is determined.
When the jackpot symbol X2 is determined, regardless of the value of the number of reserved symbols at the present time, the fluctuation pattern command "1CH" (selection rate is 100%) associated with the fluctuation pattern of "45 seconds fluctuation" is determined.

As shown in Figure 96 (c), according to table MP53, when a losing symbol Z2 is determined, regardless of the value of the current number of reserved symbols, either the fluctuation pattern command "20H" (selection rate 85%) associated with the fluctuation pattern of "3-second fluctuation" or the fluctuation pattern command "24H" (selection rate 15%) associated with the fluctuation pattern of "8-second fluctuation" is determined.
When the jackpot symbol X3 is determined, regardless of the value of the number of reserved symbols at the present time, the fluctuation pattern command "2AH" (selection rate is 100%) associated with the fluctuation pattern of "8 seconds fluctuation" is determined.
When the jackpot symbol X4 is determined, the fluctuation pattern command "2CH" (selection rate is 100%) associated with the fluctuation pattern of "8 seconds fluctuation" is determined regardless of the value of the current reserved number.
When the small winning symbol Y1 is determined, regardless of the value of the current reserved number, the fluctuation pattern command "2EH" (selection rate is 100%) associated with the fluctuation pattern of "8 seconds fluctuation" is determined.
When the small winning symbol Y2 is determined, regardless of the value of the current reserved number, the fluctuation pattern command "2FH" (selection rate is 100%) associated with the fluctuation pattern of "8 seconds fluctuation" is determined.

As shown in Figure 96 (d), according to table MP54, when a losing symbol Z2 is determined, regardless of the value of the current number of reserved symbols, the fluctuation pattern command "34H" (selection rate is 100%) associated with the fluctuation pattern of "15-second fluctuation" is determined.
When the jackpot symbol X3 is determined, regardless of the value of the number of reserved symbols at the present time, the fluctuation pattern command "3AH" (selection rate is 100%) associated with the fluctuation pattern of "15 seconds fluctuation" is determined.
When the jackpot symbol X4 is determined, regardless of the value of the current reserved number, the fluctuation pattern command "3CH" (selection rate is 100%) associated with the fluctuation pattern of "15 seconds fluctuation" is determined.
When the small winning symbol Y1 is determined, the fluctuation pattern command "3EH" (selection rate is 100%) associated with the fluctuation pattern of "15 seconds fluctuation" is determined regardless of the value of the current reserved number.
When the small winning symbol Y2 is determined, regardless of the value of the current reserved number, the fluctuation pattern command "3FH" (selection rate is 100%) associated with the fluctuation pattern of "15 seconds fluctuation" is determined.

(Gameplay of the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment)
As described above, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, one of the following game states is set, and the game progresses: normal game state (a game state that combines a low-probability game state and a non-time-shortened game state), low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1 (a game state that combines a low-probability game state and a time-shortened game state JT1), or low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2 (a game state that combines a low-probability game state and a time-shortened game state JT2).

When a player starts playing, the normal game state is generally set.
In the normal game state, the player is made to shoot a game ball toward the first game area 12a, and even if a game ball is shot toward the second game area 12b, the game ball will not enter the second start winning hole 16. Therefore, during the normal game state, if a game ball is shot toward the first game area 12a, the game ball will enter the first start winning hole 15, and a winning/losing lottery based on the first special chart random number will be executed.
In the normal game state, if a jackpot is won by a lottery based on the first special symbol random number, the jackpot symbol X1 or X2 is determined (see FIG. 94(a)). Then, when the jackpot symbol X1 is determined, a special game in which three rounds of play are played is executed, and the game state after the end of this special game is set to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 (see FIG. 95(a)). Also, when the jackpot symbol X2 is determined, a special game in which three rounds of play are played is executed, and the game state after the end of this special game is set to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 (see FIG. 95(a)).
Also, in the normal game mode, if the player wins the time-saving grant by lottery based on the first special pattern random number (the time-saving pattern J1 is determined), the normal game mode will continue even after the special pattern is displayed (see Figure 95 (b)).
In other words, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, if you hit the left side in accordance with the instructions during the normal game state, you will win a jackpot, and after playing a special game in which three rounds of play are played, you will transition to either the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 or LJT2 (see Figure 97).

During the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, the probability of winning a jackpot is the same as during the normal game state. Also, in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, as in the normal game state, the player is prompted to shoot a game ball toward the first game area 12a, and even if a game ball is shot toward the second game area 12b, the game ball will not enter the second start winning hole 16. Therefore, even during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, if a game ball is shot toward the first game area 12a, the game ball will enter the first start winning hole 15, and a winning/losing lottery based on the first special symbol random number will be executed.
Even in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, if a jackpot is won by a lottery based on the first special symbol random number, the jackpot symbol X1 or X2 is determined (see FIG. 94(a)). Then, when the jackpot symbol X1 is determined, a special game in which three rounds of play are played is executed, and the game state after the end of this special game is set to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 (see FIG. 95(a)). Also, when the jackpot symbol X2 is determined, a special game in which three rounds of play are played is executed, and the game state after the end of this special game is set to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 (see FIG. 95(a)).
In addition, in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, if a player wins the time-saving award by a lottery based on the first special pattern random number, the game state after the special pattern stops and is displayed is set to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 (see Figure 95 (b)).
In other words, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, if a left-handed hit is made in accordance with instructions during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, a jackpot will be won, and a special game in which three rounds of play will be played will be executed, and the machine will transition to either the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 or LJT2. If a time-saving award is won, the machine will transition to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 without executing the special game (see FIG. 97). Note that if the special symbol variable display is executed 20 times without executing the special game, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 will end and the machine will transition to the normal game state (see FIG. 97).

During the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2, the probability of winning a jackpot is the same as during the normal game state and during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, but when a game ball is shot toward the second game area 12b, the game ball can frequently enter the second start winning hole 16. Furthermore, during this low-probability time-saving game state LJT2, the player is made to shoot a game ball toward the second game area 12b, and if the game ball is shot toward the second game area 12b, the game ball will enter the second start winning hole 16, and a win/loss lottery based on the second special chart random number will be executed.
In the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2, if a jackpot is won by a lottery based on the second special symbol random number, the jackpot symbol X3 or X4 is determined (see FIG. 94(a)). Then, when the jackpot symbol X3 is determined, a special game in which 10 rounds of play are played is executed, and the game state after the special game is completed is set to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 (see FIG. 95(a)). Also, when the jackpot symbol X4 is determined, a special game in which 3 rounds of play are played is executed, and the game state after the special game is completed is set to the normal game state (see FIG. 95(a)).
In addition, in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2, if a small jackpot is won by a lottery based on the second special symbol random number, a small jackpot symbol Y1 or Y2 is determined (see FIG. 94(a)). Then, when the small jackpot symbol Y1 is determined, a special game in which a predetermined number of game balls enter the special area during the small jackpot game based on that determination is executed, and a special game in which 10 rounds of game play are performed is executed, and the game state after the end of this special game is set to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 (see FIG. 95(a)). In addition, when the small jackpot symbol Y2 is determined, a special game in which a predetermined number of game balls enter the special area during the small jackpot game based on that determination is executed, and a special game in which 3 rounds of game play are performed is executed, and the game state after the end of this special game is set to the normal game state (see FIG. 95(a)).
In other words, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, if you hit the right side in accordance with the instructions during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2, you will win a big or small prize, and after playing a special game in which three or ten rounds of play are played, the machine will transition to either the normal game state or the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 (see Figure 97).

Furthermore, when a transition is made to a normal game state after a special game based on the determination of a big win symbol X4 or a small win symbol Y2 during the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2, if there is a second special symbol random number (second remaining reserve) that was acquired and stored during the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2, a win/loss lottery based on this second special symbol random number is executed in the normal game state before a win/loss lottery based on the first special symbol random number is executed.
In the normal game state, if a jackpot is won by a lottery based on the second special random number, the jackpot pattern X3 or X4 is determined (see FIG. 94(a)). Then, when the jackpot pattern X3 is determined, a special game in which 10 rounds of play are played is executed, and the game state after the end of this special game is set to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 (see FIG. 95(a)). Also, when the jackpot pattern X4 is determined, a special game in which 3 rounds of play are played is executed, and the game state after the end of this special game is set to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 (see FIG. 95(a)).
Also, in the normal game state, if a small win is won by a lottery based on the second special symbol random number, a small win symbol Y1 or Y2 is determined (see FIG. 94(a)). Then, when the small win symbol Y1 is determined, a special game in which 10 rounds of play are played is executed by a predetermined number of game balls entering the special area during the small win game based on that determination, and the game state after the end of this special game is set to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 (see FIG. 95(a)). Also, when the small win symbol Y2 is determined, a special game in which 3 rounds of play are played is executed by a predetermined number of game balls entering the special area during the small win game based on that determination, and the game state after the end of this special game is set to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 (see FIG. 95(a)).
That is, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, when the normal game state is set after a special game based on the determination of the big win pattern X4 or the small win pattern Y2 in the low probability time-shortened game state LJT2, if the second special pattern random number is stored, by winning a big win or a small win, the machine will always transition to the low probability time-shortened game state LJT2 after the execution of a special game in which three or ten rounds of play are played (see Figure 97).

As described above, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2, the prize balls generated by game balls entering the second start winning slot 16 reduce the loss of game balls as game play progresses compared to the normal game state and the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1. Furthermore, in special games that are executed through winning a jackpot or small jackpot, more rounds of play can be played than during special games when a jackpot is won during the normal game state or the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1. Furthermore, as described above, since the number of time-saving rounds is set to 200, the probability of winning a jackpot is approximately 1/200, and the probability of winning a small jackpot is approximately 20/200, winning a jackpot or small jackpot is almost certain in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2. In other words, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 is a more advantageous game state than the normal game state and the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1.

Here, transition to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 is possible from both the normal game state and the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1. While transition from the normal game state is possible via winning a jackpot (determining the jackpot symbol X1), transition from the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 is possible via winning a jackpot (determining the jackpot symbol X1) or winning a time-saving grant (determining the time-saving symbol J1). In other words, during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, the probability of transitioning to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 is higher than during the normal game state. This provides a novel gameplay element in which the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 becomes a chance zone with a high probability of transitioning to the advantageous low-probability time-saving game state LJT2, making it possible to heighten the player's interest.

In addition, even if the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 ends and the normal game state is set based on the determination of the jackpot symbol X4 or the small jackpot symbol Y2, the second remaining reserve is stored, and if a jackpot or small jackpot is won by a lottery based on this second remaining reserve (second special symbol random number), the game will transition back to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2. This makes it possible to create a sense of anticipation in the player about re-entering the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2, even when the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 has ended.

(Outline of processing in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment)
Next, an overview of the processing executed on the main control board 100 as the special game, normal game, small win game, and special game progress will be explained using a flowchart, focusing on the differences from the first to third forms. Note that the same processing as the first to third forms, or processing that is almost the same as the first to third forms and that a person skilled in the art would understand how to implement in this form (how to apply to this form), will be assigned the same step numbers as the first to third forms, and explanations will be omitted as a general rule.

The special symbol variation start processing (step 701 of the special symbol-related control processing (see Figure 33)) in the pachinko machine P in this form differs from that in the second form, but is the same processing as in the first and third forms (see Figure 34), so a description thereof will be omitted.

Next, the special symbol variation stop processing (step 702 of the special symbol related control processing (see Figure 33)) will be explained with reference to the flowchart of Figure 98.
In step 1003-21, the main CPU 101 executes a remaining number of fluctuations update process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 determines whether the current gaming state is a time-shortened gaming state, i.e., whether either the first time-shortened gaming flag indicating that the current gaming state is a time-shortened gaming state JT1 or the second time-shortened gaming flag indicating that the current gaming state is a time-shortened gaming state JT2 is on. If the main CPU 101 determines that the current gaming state is a time-shortened gaming state (either the first time-shortened gaming flag or the second time-shortened gaming flag is on), it decrements by 1 the value stored in the time-shortened gaming state memory area (the remaining number of fluctuations until the currently set time-shortened gaming state ends). In contrast, if the main CPU 101 determines that the current gaming state is not a time-shortened gaming state (neither the first time-shortened gaming flag nor the second time-shortened gaming flag is on), it does not perform any processing. Then, it proceeds to the next step 1003-22.
In step 1003-22, the main CPU 101 executes a game state control process related to setting of the game state, and then proceeds to step 1004 where a process for setting the stop display time is executed.

Next, the game state control process of step 1003-22 described above will be explained with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
In step 1030-1, the main CPU 101 determines whether the current gaming state is in a time-shortened gaming state. If it is determined that the current gaming state is not in a time-shortened gaming state, the main CPU 101 ends the gaming state control process. On the other hand, if it is determined that the current gaming state is in a time-shortened gaming state, the main CPU 101 proceeds to the next step 1031-1.
In step 1031-1, the main CPU 101 determines whether the stopped special symbol is a time-saving symbol. If it determines that the stopped special symbol is not a time-saving symbol (i.e., a big win symbol, a small win symbol, or a losing symbol), the process proceeds to step 1033-1. On the other hand, if it determines that the stopped special symbol is a time-saving symbol, the process proceeds to the next step 1032-1.

In step 1032-1, the main CPU 101 ends the time-shortened game state that is currently set, and executes a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2 setting process to set a new low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2 (time-shortened game state JT2).
Specifically, when the gaming state is the low-probability time-shortened gaming state LJT1 (time-shortened gaming state JT1), the first time-shortened gaming flag is turned off, the second time-shortened gaming flag is turned on, and the time-shortened count memory area is set to 200. This ends the low-probability time-shortened gaming state LJT1 that is currently set, and a new low-probability time-shortened gaming state LJT2 is set.
On the other hand, when the gaming state is the low-probability time-shortening gaming state LJT2 (time-shortening gaming state JT2), the first time-shortening gaming flag is turned off, and the second time-shortening gaming flag is turned off and then turned on again, and the time-shortening count memory area is reset to "200." This ends the low-probability time-shortening gaming state LJT2 currently set, and a new low-probability time-shortening gaming state LJT2 is set. Note that the second time-shortening gaming flag may remain on, and only the time-shortening count may be reset.
Then, the game state control process is terminated.

In step 1033-1, which is reached when it is determined in step 1031-1 that the special symbol stopped and displayed is not a time-saving symbol, the main CPU 101 determines whether the value stored in the time-saving number storage area has reached 0, that is, whether the number of remaining fluctuations until the currently set time-saving game state ends has reached 0. If it is determined that the number has not reached 0, the game state control process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the number has reached 0, the process proceeds to the next step 1034-1.
In step 1034-1, the main CPU 101 executes a normal gaming state setting process to terminate the currently set time-shortened gaming state and set the normal gaming state. Specifically, the first time-shortened gaming flag and the second time-shortened gaming flag are both turned off, and the time-shortened count storage area is cleared. This terminates the currently set low-probability time-shortened gaming state LJT1 or LJT2, and sets the normal gaming state (non-time-shortened gaming state). Note that if the special symbol displayed in a stopped state is a jackpot symbol, the currently set gaming state is reset in step 1107 of the post-stop processing (see FIG. 83) that is executed subsequently, so the normal gaming state setting process may not be executed here. Then, the gaming state control process is terminated.

Next, the special game end processing (step 705 of the special chart related control processing (see Figure 33)) will be explained with reference to the flowchart of Figure 100.
In step 1304-21, which is reached when the execution phase data in step 1300 is data "04" indicating the execution of special game ending processing, the main CPU 101 executes a game state setting process to set the game state based on the game state at the time of the win/loss lottery and the type of special pattern that is stopped and displayed.
Specifically, if the special symbols that are stopped and displayed are the big win symbol X1 or X3, or the small win symbol Y1, regardless of whether the game state at the time of the winning/losing lottery is the non-time-shortened game state or the time-shortened game state, the main CPU 101 turns off the first time-shortened game flag and turns on the second time-shortened game flag, and sets the time-shortened number of times "200" in the time-shortened number memory area. This sets the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2.
Furthermore, if the special symbol displayed as a jackpot symbol X2 is the jackpot symbol X2, regardless of whether the game state at the time of the winning/losing lottery is the non-time-shortened game state or the time-shortened game state, the main CPU 101 turns on the first time-shortened game flag and turns off the second time-shortened game flag, and sets the time-shortened number of times "20" in the time-shortened number memory area. This sets the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1.
Furthermore, if the special symbols displayed as stopped are the jackpot symbol X4 and the small win symbol Y2, and the game state at the time of the win/loss lottery was the non-time-saving game state, the main CPU 101 turns off the first time-saving game flag and turns on the second time-saving game flag, and sets the time-saving game count "200" in the time-saving game count memory area. Furthermore, if the game state at the time of the win/loss lottery was the time-saving game state, the main CPU 101 turns off both the first time-saving game flag and the second time-saving game flag and clears the time-saving game count memory area. Thus, if the special symbols displayed as stopped are the jackpot symbol X4 and the small win symbol Y2, and the game state at the time of the win/loss lottery was the non-time-saving game state, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 is set, and if the game state at the time of the win/loss lottery was the time-saving game state, the normal game state is set.
Then, the process proceeds to step 1306, in which the game state designation command is stored in the transmission data storage area for presentation.

In addition, the pachinko machine P of this embodiment also executes the special area detection process (see Figure 78), win/lose determination process (see Figure 80), post-stop process (see Figure 83), and small win game control process (see Figure 84) of the second embodiment, but as these are the same as those of the second embodiment, their explanations will be omitted here.

(Outline of various effects in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment)
Next, an overview of various effects executed in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment will be explained with reference to the drawings in Figures 101 to 105. Note that these drawings only show the components necessary for explaining the effects in this embodiment, and other components (reserved images, mini-patterns, etc.) are omitted.

(1) Normal game state (excluding the variable display of the second special chart related to the second remaining reservation)
During the normal game state, except when the second special chart relating to the second remaining reservation is being displayed in a variable manner, the display unit 21a displays a first background image corresponding to the game state (see Figures 101(a) to (e), 102(a) to (c), etc.).

Then, as the special symbol changes and is displayed, a change effect is executed on the display unit 21a.
In normal game mode except when the second special chart related to the second remaining reserve is being displayed, if the result of the lottery based on the first special chart random number is a loss, a variation effect is executed using either a normal non-winning variation pattern (corresponding to a variation pattern command of "00H" (13-second variation)) similar to the first and second forms, a no-development reach variation pattern (corresponding to a variation pattern command of "03H" (20-second variation)), or a development reach variation pattern (corresponding to a variation pattern command of "04H" (60-second variation)), and the display of the performance pattern 50 stops depending on the non-winning mode (see Figures 101 (a) to (e), etc.).

In addition, if the result of the lottery based on the first special chart random number is a jackpot and the jackpot pattern X1 is determined, a variation effect is executed using either a no-development reach variation pattern (corresponding to a variation pattern command of "0AH" (20-second variation)) or a development reach variation pattern (corresponding to a variation pattern command of "0BH" (60-second variation)), and the final result of the variation effect is an LJT2 decision suggestion (for example, display of an LJT2 decision suggestion image saying "RUSH confirmed!!") indicating that the setting of the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 has been determined, a stop display of the performance pattern 50 according to the winning mode, or a special game execution suggestion (for example, display of a special game execution suggestion image saying "BONUS!") indicating that a special game will be executed (see Figures 102 (e) to (g), etc.).
Furthermore, if the result of the lottery based on the first special chart random number is a jackpot and the jackpot symbol X2 is determined, a variation effect is executed using either a no-development reach variation pattern (corresponding to the variation pattern command "0CH" (20-second variation)) or a development reach variation pattern (corresponding to the variation pattern command "0DH" (60-second variation)), and the final result of the variation effect is a stop display of the performance symbol 50 according to the winning mode and a suggestion to execute a special game (see Figures 102 (f) to (g), etc.). In this case, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 is not set, so the LJT2 determination suggestion is not executed.

During the special game that is played based on the winning of the jackpot, special game effects are executed, such as suggesting a right hit and displaying special game images to liven up the special game being played (see Figures 103(a), 103(i), etc.).

In addition, if the result of the lottery based on the first special symbol random number is a win for the time-saving grant, a variation effect will be executed using the normal non-winning variation pattern (corresponding to the variation pattern command "05H" (13-second variation)), and the display of the effect symbol 50 will stop due to the non-winning mode.

In this way, in normal game mode, excluding when the second special symbol related to the second remaining reserve is being displayed, if the player wins the time-saving award through the win/lose lottery based on the first special symbol random number, a variation effect is executed using the normal non-win variation pattern that can be executed in the event of a loss, and the stopped display mode of the effect symbol 50 will be a non-win mode in either the case of a win or loss of the time-saving award. Therefore, in this normal game mode, the player can tell from the variation effect mode and the stopped display mode of the effect symbol 50 that the result of the win/lose lottery based on the first special symbol random number is not a jackpot, but cannot tell whether the time-saving award is a win or a loss.

In addition, in (1), the effect pattern 50 that is stopped and displayed when a jackpot is won may be set to be different depending on the type of jackpot pattern that is determined.
Specifically, when the jackpot pattern X1 that triggers the setting of the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 is determined, all of the effect patterns 50 (for example, all of the number patterns from "1" to "9") may be stopped and displayed, but when the jackpot pattern X2 that triggers the setting of the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 is determined, an effect pattern 50 other than a specific effect pattern 50 (for example, the number pattern "7") may be stopped and displayed. In other words, when the jackpot pattern X1 is determined, a specific effect pattern 50 that is not stopped and displayed when the jackpot pattern X2 is determined may be stopped and displayed.
In this case, when a specific performance pattern 50 is stopped and displayed, the player can understand that the jackpot pattern X1, which triggers the setting of the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2, has been determined, thereby increasing the player's interest.

In addition, the selection ratio of the effect symbols 50 that are stopped and displayed when a jackpot is won may be set to differ depending on the type of jackpot symbol that has been determined.
Specifically, when the jackpot pattern X1 that triggers the setting of the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 is determined, the second effect pattern 50 (for example, an odd number pattern) is more likely to be selected than the first effect pattern 50 (for example, an even number pattern), but when the jackpot pattern X2 that triggers the setting of the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 is determined, the first effect pattern 50 may be more likely to be selected than the second effect pattern 50.
In this case, for example, when a reach display is made using the first performance pattern 50, the expectation for the determination of the jackpot pattern X1, which will trigger the setting of the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2, increases, thereby increasing the player's interest.

Furthermore, in (1), if a time-saving bonus is awarded, the display mode of the effect symbol 50 may be a special mode different from the winning mode and non-winning mode (for example, a mode in which only the third stopping symbol is displayed as a special symbol other than "1" to "9" (for example, the number symbol "0")).

In addition, in (1), the order of execution of the LJT2 determination suggestion, the stopped display of the effect pattern 50 according to the winning mode, and the special game execution suggestion, which are executed as the final result of the variable effect when the jackpot pattern X1 is determined, is not particularly limited. For example, they may be executed in the order of LJT2 determination suggestion → stopped display of the effect pattern 50 according to the winning mode → special game execution suggestion, or in the order of stopped display of the effect pattern 50 according to the winning mode → special game execution suggestion → LJT2 determination suggestion, or in the order of stopped display of the effect pattern 50 according to the winning mode → special game execution suggestion → LJT2 determination suggestion, etc.
In addition, the above-mentioned LJT2 determination suggestion may be executed at any timing between the start and end of the special game, rather than being executed as the final result of the variable presentation.

(2) Low-probability time-saving game state LJT1
For example, when a jackpot symbol X2 is determined during a normal game state, and a low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 is set after the special game based on that determination is completed, the display unit 21a displays a second background image corresponding to that game state (see Figures 103(b) to (d), 104(a) to (c), etc.), and also displays a left-hit suggestion, an LJT1 setting suggestion indicating that the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 has been set (for example, displaying an LJT1 setting suggestion image saying "High probability zone start!"), and a chance zone stay suggestion indicating that the player is in a chance zone where the probability of transitioning to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 is high (for example, displaying a chance zone stay suggestion image in which the words "Probability of entering RUSH increasing!!" scroll horizontally) (see Figures 103(b), 104(a), etc.). Furthermore, a number indication is also provided to indicate the number of remaining fluctuations until the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 ends (see Figures 103(b) to (d), Figures 104(a) to (c), etc.).

Then, as the special symbol changes and is displayed, a change effect is executed on the display unit 21a.
In the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, if the result of the lottery based on the first special chart random number is a loss, a variation effect is executed using either a normal non-winning variation pattern (corresponding to a variation pattern command of "10H" (10-second variation)) or a developmental reach variation pattern (corresponding to a variation pattern command of "14H" (45-second variation)), and the display of the variation pattern 50 stops depending on the non-winning mode.

Furthermore, if the result of the lottery based on the first special chart random number is a jackpot and the jackpot pattern X1 is determined, a variation effect is executed by a development reach variation pattern (corresponding to the variation pattern command of "1AH" (45-second variation)) (see Figures 103(c) to (e) etc.), and as the final result of the variation effect, a suggestion of LJT2 determination, a stop display of the performance pattern 50 depending on the winning mode, and a suggestion of special game execution are executed (see Figures 103(f) to (h) etc.).
In addition, if the result of the lottery based on the first special chart random number is a jackpot and the jackpot symbol X2 is determined, a variation effect is executed by the development reach variation pattern (corresponding to the variation pattern command of "1CH" (45-second variation)), and as a final result of the variation effect, the display of the variation symbol 50 according to the winning mode is stopped, and a suggestion to execute a special game is executed (see Figures 103 (g) to (h), etc.). In this case, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 is not set, so the LJT2 determination suggestion is not executed.

Furthermore, if the result of the lottery based on the first special symbol random number is a win for the time-saving grant, a variation effect is executed using a reach variation pattern with development (corresponding to the variation pattern command of "15H" (45-second variation)) (see Figures 104 (b) to (d), etc.), and the final result of the variation effect is an LJT2 determination suggestion and the display of the stopped effect symbol 50 in the special mode described above (see Figures 104 (e) to (f)). In this case, a special game is not played, so the special game execution suggestion is not executed.

In this way, in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, if a jackpot is won and the jackpot pattern X1 is determined by a lottery based on the first special chart random number, and if a time-saving bonus is awarded (if the time-saving pattern J1 is determined), the LJT2 determination suggestion is executed in common. This allows the player to reliably understand that the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 has been set in either case.

In (2), as in (1) above, the effect symbols 50 that are stopped and displayed when a jackpot is won may be set to differ depending on the type of jackpot symbol that has been determined. Also, the selection ratio of the effect symbols 50 that are stopped and displayed when a jackpot is won may be set to differ depending on the type of jackpot symbol that has been determined.
In addition, in (2), if a time-saving bonus is awarded, the stop display mode of the performance pattern 50 may be a non-winning mode or a winning mode.
Also, in (2), similar to (1) above, if a jackpot or time-saving bonus is won, it may be possible to execute a variable effect based on a no-development reach variable pattern.

Also in (2), when the jackpot pattern X1 is determined, the order of the LJT2 determination suggestion, the stop display of the presentation pattern 50 according to the winning mode, and the special game execution suggestion, which are executed as the final result of the variable presentation, is not particularly limited, and may be executed in the order listed in (1) above, for example.
In addition, in (2), the order of the LJT2 decision suggestion and the stop display of the performance pattern 50 due to the special mode, which are executed as the final result of the variable performance when the time-saving grant is won, is not particularly limited, and may be executed in the order of, for example, LJT2 decision suggestion → stop display of the performance pattern 50 due to the special mode, or stop display of the performance pattern 50 due to the special mode → LJ2 decision suggestion.
In addition, the LJT2 determination suggestion when the jackpot pattern X1 is determined may be executed at any time between the start and end of the special game, rather than as the final result of the variable presentation, as in (1).

Also, in (2), if a time-saving award is won, only the LJT2 determination suggestion may be executed, and the display of the stop of the performance pattern 50 may not be explicitly shown, and various performances that are performed in conjunction with the setting of the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 described below may be executed.
In addition, from the end of the previous variable performance until the start of the next variable performance, the display of the display pattern 50 continues to be stopped in the stop display mode of the previous variable performance. However, when the display of the display pattern 50 is not explicitly indicated as described above, after the various performances performed in conjunction with the setting of the low probability time-saving game state LJT2 have been executed, the display of the display pattern 50 may continue to be stopped in the stop display mode that would have been displayed in the previous variable performance until the start of the next variable performance.

The left-hit suggestion may be always executed during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, or may end when a predetermined time (for example, 10 seconds) has elapsed since the start. The chance zone stay suggestion may be always executed during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, or may not be executed while a predetermined effect (for example, a reach development effect with a high expectation of winning a jackpot or time-saving award) is being executed. The number of times suggestion may not be given during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1.

(3) Low probability time-saving game state LJT2
For example, if a jackpot symbol X1 is determined during the normal game mode or the low-probability time-saving game mode LJT1, or if a time-saving award is won during the low-probability time-saving game mode LJT1, and the low-probability time-saving game mode LJT2 is set after the end of a special game based on these factors, the display unit 21a displays a third background image corresponding to the game mode (see, for example, FIGS. 103(j), 104(g)-(h)), and also displays a right-hit suggestion and an LJT2 setting suggestion indicating that the low-probability time-saving game mode LJT2 has been set (for example, displaying an LJT2 setting suggestion image such as "RUSH START!") (see, for example, FIGS. 103(j), 104(g)). Furthermore, a number suggestion is also displayed indicating the number of remaining fluctuations until the low-probability time-saving game mode LJT2 ends (see, for example, FIGS. 103(j), 104(g)-(h)).

Then, as the special symbol changes and is displayed, a change effect is executed on the display unit 21a.
In the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2, if the result of the lottery based on the second special chart random number is a loss, a change effect is executed using either a normal non-winning change pattern (corresponding to a change pattern command of "20H" (3-second change)) or a special change pattern (change pattern of "24H" (8-second change)), and the display of the stop symbol 50 is performed in accordance with the non-winning mode.
Here, the special variation pattern, although not specifically shown, is a pattern in which the variation display of all performance patterns 50 begins, and when the variation time has elapsed, the variation display of all performance patterns 50 ends simultaneously (all performance patterns 50 are displayed stopped at the same time).

Furthermore, if the result of the lottery based on the second special chart random number is a jackpot and the jackpot pattern X3 is determined, then, although not shown in the figure, a special variation pattern (corresponding to the variation pattern command of "2AH" (8-second variation)) is used to execute a variation effect, and as the final result of the variation effect, a suggestion of LJT2 determination, a stop display of the performance pattern 50 depending on the winning mode (see Figure 105 (a)), and a suggestion of special game execution are executed.
Furthermore, if the result of the lottery based on the second special random number is a jackpot and the jackpot symbol X4 is determined, then, although not shown, a special variation pattern (corresponding to the variation pattern command of "2CH" (8-second variation)) is used to execute a variation effect, and as a final result of the variation effect, the display of the effect symbol 50 according to the winning mode is stopped, and a suggestion to execute a special game is executed. In this case, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 is not set, so the suggestion to determine LJT2 is not executed.

Furthermore, if the result of the lottery based on the second special chart random number is a small win and the small win pattern Y1 is determined, then, although not shown in the figure, a special variation pattern (corresponding to the variation pattern command of "2EH" (8-second variation)) is used to execute a variation effect, and as the final result of the variation effect, a suggestion of LJT2 determination, a stop display of the performance pattern 50 depending on the winning mode, and a suggestion of special game execution are executed.
Also, if the result of the lottery based on the second special chart random number is a small win and the small win symbol Y4 is determined, then, although not shown, a special variation pattern (corresponding to the variation pattern command of "2FH" (8-second variation)) is used to execute a variation effect, and as a final result of the variation effect, the display of the effect symbol 50 according to the winning mode is stopped, and a suggestion to execute a special game is executed. In this case, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 is not set, so the LJT2 determination suggestion is not executed.

During a small win game, which is executed based on a small win, a small win game effect is executed, suggesting a right hit or encouraging the game ball to enter the special area (for example, displaying an image during a small win game that says "Aim for the V!"), and if a predetermined number of game balls enter the special area during the small win game, a special game effect is executed during the special game based on that entry (see Figures 105 (b)-(c), etc.).

In (3), similarly to the above-mentioned (1) and (2), the effect symbols 50 that are stopped and displayed when a big win or small win is won may be set to be different depending on the type of the determined big win symbol or small win symbol. Also, the selection ratio of the effect symbols 50 that are stopped and displayed when a big win or small win is won may be set to be different depending on the type of the determined big win symbol or small win symbol.
Also, in (3), similar to the above-mentioned (1) and (2), when a big win or a small win is won, it may be possible to execute a change effect based on a reach change pattern without development, a change effect based on a reach change pattern with development, etc.

Also, in (3), when the big win pattern X3 or the small win pattern Y1 is determined, the order of the LJT2 determination suggestion, the stop display of the performance pattern 50 depending on the winning mode, and the special game execution suggestion, which are executed as the final result of the variable performance, is not particularly limited, and may be executed in the order listed in (1) above, for example.
In addition, the LJT2 determination suggestion when the big win symbol X3 or the small win symbol Y1 is determined may be executed at any timing between the start and end of the special game, rather than being executed as the final result of the variable presentation, as in (1) and (2).
In addition, the suggestion to execute a special game when the small win pattern Y1 or Y2 is determined may not be executed as the final result of the variable presentation, but may be executed when a predetermined number of game balls enter the special area during the small win game.

The right-hit suggestion may be always executed during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2, or may end after a predetermined time (for example, 5 seconds) has elapsed since its start. Also, the number of times suggestion may not be performed during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2.

(4) Normal game state (during the display of the second special chart related to the second remaining reservation)
After the special game based on the determination of the big win pattern X4 or the small win pattern Y2 in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 ends, the normal game state is set, and if there is a second remaining reserve at this time, a special background image (see Figure 105 (d)) different from the first background image, the second background image, and the third background image is displayed on the display unit 21a.

Then, in conjunction with the changing display of the special pattern based on the second remaining reserve, a changing performance is executed on the display unit 21a.
If the result of the lottery based on the second remaining reserve (second special chart random number) is a miss, a big win or a small win, a special variation pattern (corresponding to the variation pattern command "34H", "3AH", "3CH", "3EH" or "3FH" (15-second variation)) will be used to perform a variation effect, and a button press operation effect will be executed during this variation effect.
Specifically, in this button press operation effect, a button press operation effect execution image (for example, a text image saying "☆☆Revival Chance☆☆") indicating that the button press operation effect will be executed, and a button press operation effect explanation image (for example, a text image saying "Press the button!!") explaining the content of the button press operation effect are displayed (see Fig. 105(d)). After that, a button press operation suggestion image (not shown) encouraging the user to press the operation button 9b is displayed. Then, if the operation button 9b is pressed before the valid press operation time (for example, 5 seconds) during which the operation of pressing the operation button 9b becomes valid has elapsed, or if the valid press operation time has elapsed without the operation button 9b being pressed, then if the result of the win/lose lottery based on the second remaining reserve is a big win or a small win, then the display of the performance pattern 50 according to the winning mode and a second remaining reserve winning suggestion suggesting a big win or a small win (for example, displaying a second remaining reserve winning suggestion image saying "Revival!!") will be made, and if the result is a loss, then the display of the performance pattern 50 according to the non-winning mode and a second remaining reserve losing suggestion suggesting a loss (for example, displaying a second remaining reserve winning suggestion image saying "Not a resurrection...") will be made (see Figures 105 (e) to (f)).
This allows the player to understand the result of the lottery based on the second remaining reserve (i.e., whether or not the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 will be set).

As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, when a jackpot is won and the jackpot symbol X1 is determined by a win/loss lottery based on the first special symbol random number, and when a time-saving bonus is awarded (when the time-saving symbol J1 is determined), the LJT2 determination suggestion is executed in common. In contrast, in the normal game state, when a jackpot is won and the jackpot symbol X1 is determined by a win/loss lottery based on the first special symbol random number, the LJT2 determination suggestion is executed, but when a time-saving bonus is awarded (when the time-saving symbol J1 is determined), the LJT2 determination suggestion is not executed. In other words, when a jackpot symbol X1 is determined, and when a time-saving bonus is awarded (when the time-saving symbol J1 is determined), the LJT2 determination suggestion is not executed in common.
This makes it possible to appropriately indicate whether the processing executed based on the determination result is the same or different, depending on the game state being set, when a different determination result (determination of the jackpot pattern X1, winning the time-saving grant (determination of the time-saving pattern J1)) is derived.

(Modification of the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment)
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, the jackpot symbol that triggers the setting of the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 (time-saving game state JT1) is only the jackpot symbol X2 that can be determined based on the first special symbol random number, but it is not limited to this, and multiple types of jackpot symbols may be provided. Also, the number of time-saving times in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 that is set may differ depending on the type of jackpot symbol.
For example, jackpot pattern X2A and jackpot pattern X2B may be provided as jackpot patterns that can be determined based on the first special pattern random number and that trigger the setting of the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1, and in the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1 based on the determination of jackpot pattern X2A, the number of time-shortened times may be set to 20, and in the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1 based on the determination of jackpot pattern X2B, the number of time-shortened times may be set to 35.
In this case, too, the same effect as that of the pachinko machine P of this embodiment can be achieved, and the number of time-saving times that can be set in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 can be varied more widely, further increasing the interest of the player.

In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, when the jackpot pattern X2 is determined during the normal game state and when the jackpot pattern X2 is determined during the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1, the number of time-shortened times set in the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1 based on the determination is the same, but this is not limited to this and different numbers of time-shortened times may be set.
For example, when the jackpot pattern X2 is determined during the normal game state, the number of time-saving times set in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 based on the determination may be greater or less than when the jackpot pattern X2 is determined during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1.
In this case, too, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment can be achieved, and the interest of the player can be further enhanced.

In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, only the time-saving symbol J1 that triggers the setting of the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 (time-saving game state JT2) is provided as the time-saving symbol determined based on the first special symbol random number, but this is not limited to this, and multiple types of time-saving symbols may be provided. Furthermore, the type of time-saving game state and the number of time-saving times that are set may differ depending on the type of time-saving symbol.
For example, time-saving patterns J1A, J1B, and J1C may be provided as time-saving patterns that can be determined based on the first special pattern random number, and in the low-probability time-saving game state LJ1, if the time-saving pattern J1A is determined, a low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 (time-saving game state JT2) with 200 time-saving times is set, if the time-saving pattern J1B is determined, a low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with 50 time-saving times is set, and if the time-saving pattern J1C is determined, a low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 (time-saving game state JT1) with 30 time-saving times is set.
In this case, too, the same effect as that of the pachinko machine P of this embodiment can be achieved, and there is a wide variety of types of time-saving game states and number of time-saving times that can be set when a time-saving pattern is determined, which can further increase the interest of the player.

In the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, if a jackpot is won by a lottery based on the first special symbol random number during the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1, the game state set after the special game ends differs depending on the type of jackpot symbol determined (if jackpot symbol X1 is determined, the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2 is set, and if jackpot symbol X2 is determined, the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1 is set), but this is not limited to this, and regardless of which jackpot symbol is determined, the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2 may be set after the special game ends based on that determination.
In addition, in this case, the LJT2 determination suggestion may be executed when a jackpot is won and either the jackpot pattern X1 or X2 is determined, so that the LJT2 determination suggestion is executed in common when a jackpot is won and when a time-saving award is won.
In this case, too, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment can be achieved, and the interest of the player can be further enhanced.

In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, the small prize can be won only in the lottery based on the second special random number, but it is not limited to this, and the small prize can also be won in the lottery based on the first special random number. Furthermore, after the special game executed through the winning of the small prize is over, the game state may be set according to the type of small prize symbol determined based on the winning of the small prize.
In this case, too, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment can be achieved, and the interest of the player can be further enhanced.

In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, when the jackpot pattern X1 is determined in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 and when the time-saving grant is won (when the time-saving pattern J1 is determined), the LJT2 determination suggestion is commonly executed as the final result of the variable effect, but the commonly executed effect is not limited to this.
For example, in a pre-reading performance that is executed for the first special chart random number from which the above-mentioned determination result is derived and can start before the variable performance based on the first special chart random number starts, a performance in a predetermined manner may be executed in common.
Specifically, in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, when the jackpot symbol X1 is determined by the acquired first special symbol random number, a reserve read-ahead effect can be executed in which the reserved image corresponding to the first special symbol random number is displayed in a specific manner that suggests the setting of the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2, and the reserve read-ahead effect described above can also be executed when the acquired first special symbol random number determines that the time-saving award has been won. As a result, in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, the reserve read-ahead effect described above is executed in common when the jackpot symbol X1 is determined and when the time-saving award has been won.
In this case, too, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment can be achieved, and the interest of the player can be further enhanced.
Also, for example, in a normal game state, if the same time-shortened game state is set when a predetermined jackpot pattern is determined and when a predetermined time-shortened pattern is determined, a predetermined effect indicating that the same time-shortened game state will be set may be commonly executed in both cases.

(Fifth form)
The fifth embodiment will be described below with reference to the drawings. In this description, the same components as those in the first, second, third, and fourth embodiments will be denoted by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted or simplified.
The pachinko machine P of this embodiment is a pachinko machine in which the only trigger for the execution of a special game is the winning of a small prize (a so-called type 2 pachinko machine), and specifically, in the win/loss lottery, it is possible to win a small prize but not a big prize, and the special game is executed when the game ball enters the special area during a small prize game based on the winning of a small prize.

The configuration of the game board 11 of the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, and the devices and components installed on the game board 11 are the same as those of the second, third and fourth embodiments.
Also, as in the second, third, and fourth forms, during a special game or during a small prize game based on winning a small prize, the large prize opening 18 is opened, allowing game balls to enter the large prize opening 18. During a special game, the allocating member 59 stays in the first position, and game balls that enter the large prize opening 18 do not enter the special area, but all enter the general area 58. In contrast, during a small prize game based on the determination of a small prize symbol, the allocating member 59 stays in the second position, and game balls that enter the large prize opening 18 do not enter the general area 58, but all enter the special area.
That is, game balls can enter the special area only during a small win game based on the determination of the small win symbol, and thus a predetermined number of game balls (one in this embodiment) enter the special area during the small win game. Then, a special game is executed based on the predetermined number of game balls entering the special area during the small win game.

Furthermore, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, as in the second, third and fourth embodiments, the game state after the end of the special game that is executed based on the determination of the small prize pattern is set according to the small prize pattern determined when the small prize is won.
Furthermore, as with the second, third and fourth forms, the settable game states include a normal game state that combines a low-probability game state and a non-time-shortened game state, a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1 that combines a low-probability game state and a time-shortened game state JT1, and a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2 that combines a low-probability game state and a time-shortened game state JT2, and the game progresses by setting one of the game states.
As in the second, third, and fourth modes, the low probability game state is always set in any game state. Therefore, regardless of the game state, the probability of winning the jackpot in the win/lose lottery remains the same (1/300) (see Figure 106(a)).

In addition, the frequency with which game balls enter the second start winning slot 16 in the non-time-saving game state, time-saving game state JT1, and time-saving game state JT2 is the same as in the second, third, and fourth forms. That is, the probability of winning in the normal symbol lottery, the normal symbol fluctuation time, and the operating time of the movable piece 16b in the non-time-saving game state, time-saving game state JT1, and time-saving game state JT2 are all set the same as in the second, third, and fourth forms (see Figures 14 to 16, 87(c), 94(c), and 106(c)).

In the initial state, such as immediately after shipping from the factory or after clearing the RAM (initialization process in case of an abnormality or normal operation), the normal game mode is set.

During the normal game state and the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, the player is instructed to shoot (hit left) the game ball toward the first game area 12a so that the game ball will enter the first start winning port 15 (the player is instructed to hit left), and during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2, special game, and small win game, the player is instructed to shoot (hit right) the game ball toward the second game area 12b so that the game ball will enter the large winning port 18, or pass through the gate 20 and enter the second start winning port 16 (the player is instructed to hit right).
That is, during the normal game state and the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, the player is mainly allowed to play in the first game area 12a, and as long as play is being performed in the first game area 12a, game balls can enter the first start winning hole 15. Also, during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2, the player is mainly allowed to play in the second game area 12b, and as long as play is being performed in the second game area 12b, game balls can pass through the gate 20 and enter the second start winning hole 16.
Then, a lottery for winning or losing is executed based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning hole 15 and the entry of the game ball into the second start winning hole 16.

Here, the reserved memory area of the main RAM 103 in this embodiment is composed of a first reserved memory area for storing the first special symbol random number and a second reserved memory area for storing the second special symbol random number, as in the first and third embodiments, and each of these reserved memory areas is composed of a total of four memory areas, from the first memory area to the fourth memory area, and can store a total of four sets of the first special symbol random number and a total of four sets of the second special symbol random number. When a gaming ball enters the first start winning port 15, the first special symbol random number is stored in order from the first memory area of the first reserved memory area, and when a gaming ball enters the second start winning port 16, the second special symbol random number is stored in order from the first memory area of the second reserved memory area.
Furthermore, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, as in the first, second, and third embodiments, when both the first special symbol random number and the second special symbol random number are stored, the second special symbol random number is processed in priority to the first special symbol random number. For example, when both the first special symbol random number and the second special symbol random number are stored when the variable display of the special symbol starts, a winning/losing lottery based on the second special symbol random number and the variable display of the special symbol are first performed, and when the variable display ends, a winning/losing lottery based on the first special symbol random number and the variable display of the special symbol are then performed.
In this embodiment, the pending memory area may also be configured in the same manner as in the second embodiment, and when both the first special pattern random number and the second special pattern random number are stored, they may be processed in the order in which they are stored in the pending memory area.

As shown in Figure 106 (a), in the win/loss lottery when a game ball enters the first start winning slot 15 during the non-time-saving game state, the lottery result is either a win for a small prize or a win for a time-saving bonus. In other words, in the win/loss lottery based on the first special symbol random number during the non-time-saving game state, if the small prize is not won, the time-saving bonus will always be won, and it will not be a loss. If the small prize is won, the small prize symbol Y1, Y2, or Y3 is determined, and if the time-saving bonus is won, the time-saving bonus symbol J1 or J2 is determined.
The probability of winning a small prize is set to 1/300, and when a small prize is won, the probability of the small prize symbol Y1 being determined is 40/100 (40%), the probability of the small prize symbol Y2 being determined is 40/100 (40%), and the probability of the small prize symbol Y3 being determined is 20/100 (20%). The probability of winning a time-saving bonus is set to 299/300, and when a time-saving bonus is won, the probability of the time-saving bonus symbol J1 being determined is 15/100 (15%), and the probability of the time-saving bonus symbol J2 being determined is 85/100 (85%).

As shown in Figure 106 (a), in the win/loss lottery when a game ball enters the first start winning slot 15 during the time-saving game state, the lottery result is either a win or a loss for the small prize. In other words, in the win/loss lottery based on the first special symbol random number during the time-saving game state, if the small prize is not won, it will always be a loss and the time-saving award will not be awarded. If the small prize is won, the small prize symbol Y1, Y2, or Y3 is determined, and if it is a loss, the loss symbol Z1 is determined.
In addition, the probability of winning a small prize is set to 1/300, and when a small prize is won, the probability of determining the small prize pattern Y1 is set to 40/100 (40%), the probability of determining the small prize pattern Y2 is set to 40/100 (40%), and the probability of determining the small prize pattern Y3 is set to 20/100 (20%).

As shown in Figure 106 (a), in both the win/lose lottery when a gaming ball enters the second start winning slot 16 during a non-time-saving game state and the win/lose lottery when a gaming ball enters the second start winning slot 16 during a time-saving game state, the lottery result is either a win or a loss for the small prize. In other words, in the win/lose lottery based on the second special symbol random number, regardless of the set game state, if the small prize is not won, it will always be a loss and the time-saving award will not be awarded. If a small prize is won, the small prize symbol Y4 or Y5 is determined, and if it is a loss, the loss symbol Z2 is determined.
In addition, the probability of winning a small prize is set to 7/300, and the probability of the small prize symbols Y4 and Y5 being determined when a small prize is won is set to 50/100 (50%).

In addition, in the winning/losing lottery in this form, first, a determination is made as to whether or not the small win has been won, and if the result of the determination is that the small win has not been won, then a determination is made as to whether or not the time-saving grant has been won, and if the result is that the time-saving grant has not been won, the lottery results in a loss.
Furthermore, when the special symbol is determined, a variation pattern command corresponding to a variation pattern in which the variation time of the special symbol, the mode of variation presentation, etc. are determined based on the result of the determination.
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, as in the third and fourth embodiments, the stop display time (pattern determination time), which is the time during which the special symbol is stopped and displayed after the variable display of the special symbol has finished, is the same (0.5 seconds) regardless of the game state at the time of the winning/losing lottery or the type of special symbol determined. As in the first and second embodiments, the stop display time may be determined based on the game state at the time of the winning/losing lottery or the type of special symbol determined.

As in the third and fourth forms, the small prize game, which is executed when a small prize is won and the small prize symbol Y1, Y2, Y3, Y4, or Y5 is determined, is set to end when one of the following conditions is met: the large prize opening 18 opens for 0.45 seconds four times, or 10 game balls enter the open large prize opening 18 (see FIG. 106(b)). The closing time (interval time) of the large prize opening 18 from the end of an opening to the start of the next opening is set to 0.6 seconds (see FIG. 106(b)). Furthermore, while the large prize opening 18 is open, the sorting member 59 remains in the second position (see FIG. 106(b)).
In other words, when a small prize is won, regardless of which small prize symbol is determined, the large prize opening 18 is opened for a total of 1.8 seconds during the small prize game. Therefore, if a right-handed shot is made during this small prize game, the game ball can be made to enter the large prize opening 18. Also, since the distribution member 59 stays in the second position during this small prize game, the game ball that enters the large prize opening 18 will always enter the special area.
Therefore, if a small win is won and the player hits the ball to the right, a predetermined number (one ball) of game balls will enter the special area during the small win game based on that win, and a special game will be executed based on that entry.

Furthermore, although not specifically shown, if a small prize symbol Y1, Y2, or Y3 is determined and a predetermined number of game balls (one in this embodiment) enter the special area during a small prize game based on that determination, a total of three round games are executed, each of which ends when either the large prize opening 18 opens for 29.0 seconds or 10 game balls enter the large prize opening 18. Furthermore, in each round game, the large prize opening 18 opens only once (one 29.0-second opening), and the interval time between each round game is set to 2.0 seconds. Furthermore, during each round game, the allocating member 59 remains at the first position.
Furthermore, if the small win symbol Y4 or Y5 is determined and a predetermined number of game balls enter the special area during the small win game based on that determination, a special game is executed in which a total of 10 round games are played in the same manner as described above. The opening and closing pattern of the opening and closing door 18b, the operating mode of the distribution member 59, and the interval time during the round game are also set to the same content as the special game described above.

(Outline of game state to be set)
In the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, a small win game is executed based on the determination of a small win pattern (winning a small win), and if a special game is executed as a result of a predetermined number (one) of game balls entering a special area during the small win game, the game state after the end of the special game is set according to the type of determined small win pattern and the game state at a predetermined reference time (hereinafter also referred to as the game state at the reference time).
If the predetermined number of game balls do not enter the special area during the small win game due to reasons such as not hitting to the right, the special game will not be executed and the above-mentioned game state will not be set. For example, if a small win is won during a non-time-saving game state and the small win game is executed, the non-time-saving game state before the small win game will be set after the small win game ends.

Here, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, the time-saving game state (low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 or LJT2) ends when one of the time-saving end conditions is met: (1) the number of times the special pattern changes (the number of times the lottery is held) reaches a predetermined number of time-saving times, or (2) the number of times the small jackpot is won reaches a predetermined number of times to determine the end, and a non-time-saving game state is set.
In addition, during the time-saving game state, the remaining number of times the special pattern will change until the time-saving number of times is reached is updated in the special pattern change stop process that is executed when the display of the special pattern change ends, and when a small win is won, the remaining number of times the small win will be won until the end determination number is reached is updated in the special pattern change stop process described above.
Then, when the main CPU 101 determines that the number of times the special symbols change has reached the time-shortening number of times as a result of updating the number of times the remaining special symbols have changed, or when it determines that the number of times the small jackpot has been won has reached the number of times to determine whether or not the game has ended, it ends the time-shortening game state that is currently set and sets a non-time-shortening game state, and when it determines that neither of these has been reached, it maintains the time-shortening game state that is currently set (i.e., does nothing regarding the time-shortening game state that is currently set).
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, the time when the process is completed is set as the reference time. When a small win is won, the game state after the special game is completed is set by referring to the game state at that time (reference game state).

In addition, in this form of pachinko machine P, if the game state at the time the win/loss lottery is executed is a non-time-saving game state (normal game state), and a time-saving symbol is selected and a time-saving symbol is awarded, the game state after the time-saving symbol is displayed stationary (after the variable display of the time-saving symbol has ended) will be set according to the type of time-saving symbol.

The setting of the game state will be explained in more detail below.
(A) When the small win pattern Y1 is determined As shown in Figure 107 (a), whether the game state at the time of reference is the normal game state (non-time-saving game state) or the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 or LJT2 (time-saving game state), a small win is won by a win/lose lottery based on the first special pattern random number and the small win pattern Y1 is determined, and if a predetermined number of game balls enter the special area during the small win game based on that determination, the game state after the special game based on that entry ends is set to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 (time-saving game state JT2).

In addition, in the low probability time-saving game state LJT2 that is set in the above cases, the number of time-saving times (the number of times the special pattern changes, which will end the currently set time-saving game state) is set to 10,000, and the number of times that termination is determined (the number of times a small jackpot is won, which will end the currently set time-saving game state) is set to 2.
In the following, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 in which the number of time-saving times is set to 10,000 and the number of termination decisions is set to 2 will also be referred to as the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A.

The low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A ends when one of the following time-saving end conditions is met: (1) the number of times the special symbol changes reaches 10,000 time-saving times without a special game being played (i.e., a total of 10,000 win/loss lotteries using the first special symbol random number and the second special symbol random number are played), or (2) the number of small wins reaches the end-decision number of 2.

Here, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, the main RAM 103 is provided with a time-saving count storage area, and the time-saving count storage area stores the remaining number of variations (the remaining number of times the special symbol will vary until the time-saving count is reached). The main RAM 103 is also provided with an end-decision count storage area, and the end-decision count storage area stores the remaining number of small wins (hereinafter also referred to as the remaining number of small wins) until the end-decision count reaches 0.

Furthermore, during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A, when a special symbol variation display is performed based on a game ball entering the first start winning slot 15 or the second start winning slot 16, the remaining variation count stored in the time-saving count storage area is decremented by 1 in the special symbol variation stop processing executed when the special symbol variation display ends. Also, when a small win is won, the remaining small win count stored in the end determination count storage area is decremented by 1 in the special symbol variation stop processing.
Then, as a result of updating the remaining number of variations and the remaining number of small wins executed in the special symbol variation stop process, if any of the time-saving termination conditions (1) to (2) above is met, the time-saving game state JT2 ends and a non-time-saving game state is set, thereby changing the game state to the normal game state. On the other hand, if none of the time-saving termination conditions (1) to (2) is met, the game state remains in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A.

Also, during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A, a game ball is shot toward the second game area 12b, and in principle, a lottery is carried out to determine whether the game will win or lose based on the second special chart random number.However, since the number of time-saving times is 10,000 and the probability of winning a small jackpot is 7/300 (see Figure 106 (a)), the time-saving termination condition (1) is never actually met, and the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A continues until a small jackpot is won.
In addition, in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A, the number of times to determine whether to end the game is set to two, so if a small win is won in this low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A, the time-saving end condition (2) will not be met depending on the result of updating the number of remaining small wins executed in the special symbol variation stop processing, and the game state will remain in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A at the time the number of remaining small wins is updated. In other words, the reference game state (the game state at the time the special symbol variation stop processing is completed) will be the time-saving game state.
Therefore, when a small win is won in the low-probability time-shortening game state LJT2-A, the game state at the reference time is set as the time-shortening game state, and the game state after the end of the special game based on the winning of the small win is set.

(B) When the small win pattern Y2 is determined As shown in Figure 107 (a), whether the game state at the time of reference is the normal game state (non-time-saving game state) or the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 or LJT2 (time-saving game state), a small win is won by a win/lose lottery based on the first special pattern random number and the small win pattern Y2 is determined, and if a predetermined number of game balls enter the special area during the small win game based on that determination, the game state after the special game based on that entry ends is set to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 (time-saving game state JT2).

In addition, in the low probability time-shortened game state LJT2, which is set when the reference game state is the low probability time-shortened game state LJT1 or LJT2 (time-shortened game state) and the small winning symbol Y2 is determined, the number of time-shortened games is set to 30 and the number of times the game is terminated is set to 1.
In the following, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 in which the number of time-saving times is set to 30 and the number of termination decisions is set to 1 will also be referred to as the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-C.
In contrast, in the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2, which is set when the reference game state is the normal game state (non-time-shortened game state) and the small winning symbol Y2 is determined, the number of time-shortened games is set to 10,000 and the number of termination determinations is set to 2. In other words, this low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2 becomes the above-mentioned low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-A.

The details regarding the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A are the same as (A) above, so explanation will be omitted.
The low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-C ends when one of the following time-saving end conditions is met: (1) the number of times the special pattern changes reaches 30 time-saving times without a special game being played (a total of 30 win/loss lotteries based on the first special pattern random number and the second special pattern random number are played), or (2) the number of small wins reaches the end-decision number of 1.

Also, during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-C, similarly to during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A, when a special symbol variation display is performed based on a game ball entering the first start winning slot 15 or the second start winning slot 16, the remaining variation count stored in the time-saving count storage area is decremented by 1 in the special symbol variation stop processing executed at the end of the special symbol variation display. Also, when a small win is won, the remaining small win count stored in the end determination count storage area is decremented by 1 in the special symbol variation stop processing described above.
Then, as a result of updating the remaining number of variations and the remaining number of small wins executed in the special symbol variation stop process, if any of the time-saving termination conditions (1) to (2) above is met, the time-saving game state JT2 ends and a non-time-saving game state is set, thereby changing the game state to the normal game state. On the other hand, if none of the time-saving termination conditions (1) to (2) is met, the game state remains in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-C.

Also, here, even during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-C, a lottery based on the second special symbol random number is executed as a rule, but since the number of time-saving times is 30 and the probability of winning a small prize is 7/300 (see Figure 106 (a)), it is not necessarily the case that a small prize will be won before the number of times the special symbol changes reaches 30. Therefore, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-C continues until the time-saving end condition (1) or (2) is met.
In addition, in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-C, the number of times to determine whether to end the game is set to one, so if a small win is won in this low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-C, the time-saving end condition (2) is met as a result of updating the number of remaining small wins executed in the special symbol variation stop processing, and the game state becomes the normal game state at the time when this number of remaining small wins is updated. In other words, the reference game state (the game state at the time when the special symbol variation stop processing is completed) becomes the non-time-saving game state.
Therefore, when a small win is won in the low-probability time-shortening game state LJT2-C, the game state at the reference time is set as a non-time-shortening game state, and the game state after the end of the special game based on the winning of the small win is set.

(C) When the small win pattern Y3 is determined As shown in Figure 107 (a), whether the game state at the time of reference is the normal game state (non-time-saving game state) or the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 or LJT2 (time-saving game state), a small win is won by a win/lose lottery based on the first special pattern random number and the small win pattern Y3 is determined, and if a predetermined number of game balls enter the special area during the small win game based on that determination, the game state after the special game based on that entry ends is set to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 (time-saving game state JT1).

In addition, in the low probability time-saving game state LJT1 which is set when the reference game state is the normal game state (non-time-saving game state) and the small winning symbol Y3 is determined, the number of time-saving times is set to 10,000 and the number of times the game is determined to end is set to 1.
In contrast, in the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1, which is set when the reference game state is the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1 or LJT2 (time-shortened game state) and the small winning symbol Y3 is determined, the number of time-shortened times is set to 10,000, and the number of times the game is determined to end is set to 2.
In the following, the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1 in which the number of time-shortened times is set to 10,000 and the number of termination decisions is set to 2 will also be referred to as the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1-A, and the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1 in which the number of time-shortened times is set to 10,000 and the number of termination decisions is set to 1 will also be referred to as the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1-B.

The low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-A ends when one of the following time-saving end conditions is met: (1) the number of times the special pattern changes reaches 10,000 time-saving times without the special game being executed (i.e., the winning/losing lottery based on the first special pattern random number and the winning/losing lottery based on the second special pattern random number are executed a total of 10,000 times), or (2) the number of times the small jackpot is won reaches the end determination number of 2.
On the other hand, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-B ends when one of the following time-saving end conditions is met: (1) the number of times the special pattern changes reaches 10,000 time-saving times without special games being played (i.e., the winning/losing lottery based on the first special pattern random number and the winning/losing lottery based on the second special pattern random number are played a total of 10,000 times), or (2) the number of small wins reaches the end-determining number of times (1).

In addition, during both the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-A and the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-B, when a special symbol variation display is performed based on a game ball entering the first start winning slot 15 or the second start winning slot 16, the remaining variation count stored in the time-saving count storage area is decremented by 1 in the special symbol variation stop processing executed when the special symbol variation display ends. Also, when a small win is won, the remaining small win count stored in the end determination count storage area is decremented by 1 in the special symbol variation stop processing.
Then, as a result of updating the remaining number of variations and the remaining number of small wins executed in the above-mentioned special symbol variation stop processing, if any of the time-saving termination conditions (1) to (2) above is met, the time-saving game state JT1 ends and a non-time-saving game state is set, thereby changing the game state to a normal game state. On the other hand, if none of the time-saving termination conditions (1) to (2) is met, the game state remains in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-A or the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-B.

Furthermore, during both the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-A and the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-B, the game ball is shot toward the first game area 12a, and in principle, a win/loss lottery is conducted based on the first special chart random number. However, since the number of time-saving times is 10,000 and the probability of winning a small jackpot is 1/300 (see Figure 106 (a)), the time-saving termination condition (1) is never actually met, and the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-A or low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-B continues until a small jackpot is won.

In the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-A, the number of times to determine whether to end the game is set to two, so if a small win is won in this low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-A, the time-saving end condition (2) will not be met depending on the result of updating the number of remaining small wins executed in the special symbol variation stop processing, and the game state will remain in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-A at the time the number of remaining small wins is updated. In other words, the reference game state (the game state at the time the special symbol variation stop processing is completed) will be the time-saving game state.
Therefore, when a small win is won in the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1-A, the game state at the reference time is set as the time-shortened game state, and the game state after the end of the special game based on the winning of the small win is set.

In contrast, in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-B, the number of times to determine whether to end the game is set to one, so if a small win is won in this low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-B, the time-saving end condition (2) is met as a result of updating the number of remaining small wins executed in the special symbol variation stop processing, and the game state becomes the normal game state at the time when this number of remaining small wins is updated. In other words, the reference game state (the game state at the time when the special symbol variation stop processing is completed) becomes the non-time-saving game state.
Therefore, when a small win is won in the low-probability time-shortening game state LJT1-B, the game state at the reference time is set as a non-time-shortening game state, and the game state after the end of the special game based on the winning of the small win is set.

(D) When the small win pattern Y4 is determined As shown in Figure 107 (a), whether the game state at the time of reference is the normal game state (non-time-saving game state) or the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 or LJT2 (time-saving game state), a small win is won by a win/lose lottery based on the second special pattern random number and the small win pattern Y4 is determined, and if a predetermined number of game balls enter the special area during the small win game based on that determination, the game state after the special game based on that entry ends is set to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 (time-saving game state JT2).

Furthermore, in the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2, which is set when the reference game state is the normal game state (non-time-shortened game state) and the small winning symbol Y4 is determined, the number of time-shortened games is set to 30, and the number of termination determinations is set to 1. In other words, this low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2 becomes the above-mentioned low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-C.
In contrast, in the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2, which is set when the reference game state is the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1 or LJT2 (time-shortened game state) and the small winning symbol Y4 is determined, the number of time-shortened times is set to 70 and the number of times the game is determined to end is set to 2.
In the following, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 in which the number of time-saving times is set to 70 and the number of times the game is determined to end is set to 2 will also be referred to as the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B.

The details regarding the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-C are the same as those in (2) above, so explanations will be omitted.
The low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B ends when one of the following time-saving end conditions is met: (1) the number of times the special pattern changes reaches 70 time-saving times without the special game being played (i.e., the winning/losing lottery based on the first special pattern random number and the winning/losing lottery based on the second special pattern random number are played a total of 70 times), or (2) the number of small wins reaches the end-decision number of 2.

Furthermore, during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B, when a special symbol variation display is performed based on a game ball entering the first start winning slot 15 or the second start winning slot 16, the remaining variation count stored in the time-saving count storage area is decremented by 1 in the special symbol variation stop process executed when the special symbol variation display ends. Also, when a small win is won, the remaining small win count stored in the end determination count storage area is decremented by 1 in the special symbol variation stop process described above.
Then, as a result of updating the remaining number of variations and the remaining number of small wins executed in the special symbol variation stop process, if any of the time-saving termination conditions (1) to (2) above is met, the time-saving game state JT2 ends and a non-time-saving game state is set, thereby changing the game state to the normal game state. On the other hand, if none of the time-saving termination conditions (1) to (2) is met, the game state remains in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B.

Also, here, during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B, the game ball is shot toward the second game area 12b, and in principle, a lottery is executed based on the second special symbol random number, but since the probability of winning a small jackpot is 7/300 (see Figure 106 (a)), it is not necessarily the case that a small jackpot will be won before the number of times the special symbol changes reaches 70. Therefore, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B continues until the time-saving termination condition (1) or (2) is met.
Furthermore, if a small win occurs in this low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B, the time-saving termination condition (2) will not be met depending on the result of updating the number of remaining small wins executed in the special symbol variation stop processing, and the game state will remain in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B at the time the number of remaining small wins is updated. In other words, the reference game state (the game state at the time the special symbol variation stop processing is completed) will be the time-saving game state.
Therefore, when a small win is won in the low-probability time-shortening game state LJT2-B, the game state at the reference time is set as the time-shortening game state, and the game state after the end of the special game based on the winning of the small win is set.

(E) When the small win pattern Y5 is determined As shown in Figure 107 (a), whether the game state at the time of reference is the normal game state (non-time-saving game state) or the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 or LJT2 (time-saving game state), a small win is won by a win/lose lottery based on the second special pattern random number and the small win pattern Y5 is determined, and if a predetermined number of game balls enter the special area during the small win game based on that determination, the game state after the special game based on that entry ends is set to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 (time-saving game state JT2).

In addition, in the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2 set in the above cases, the number of time-saving times is set to 30, and the number of termination determination times is set to 1. In other words, this low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2 becomes the above-mentioned low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-C.
The details regarding the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-C are the same as those in (2) above, so explanations will be omitted.

(F) When the time-saving pattern J1 is determined As shown in Figure 107 (b), if the game state at the time the win/loss lottery is executed is a normal game state (non-time-saving game state), and the time-saving grant is won by the win/loss lottery based on the first special pattern random number, and the time-saving pattern J1 is determined and the time-saving pattern J1 is displayed in a stopped state, at the time of the stopped state display, the non-time-saving game state is changed to the time-saving game state JT2, and a low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 is set.
In this low-probability time-shortened gaming state LJT2, the number of time-shortened times is set to 10,000, and the number of times of termination determination is set to 2. In other words, this low-probability time-shortened gaming state LJT2 becomes the above-mentioned low-probability time-shortened gaming state LJT2-A.
The details regarding the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A are the same as (A) above, so explanation will be omitted.

(G) When the time-saving pattern J2 is determined As shown in Figure 107 (b), if the game state at the time the win/loss lottery is executed is a normal game state (non-time-saving game state), and the time-saving grant is won by the win/loss lottery based on the first special pattern random number, and the time-saving pattern J2 is determined and the time-saving pattern J2 is displayed in a stopped state, at the time of the stopped state display, the non-time-saving game state is changed to the time-saving game state JT1, and a low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 is set.
In this low-probability time-shortened gaming state LJT1, the number of time-shortened games is set to 10,000, and the number of times the game is terminated is set to 1. That is, this low-probability time-shortened gaming state LJT1 becomes the above-mentioned low-probability time-shortened gaming state LJT1-B.
The details regarding the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-B are the same as (C) above, so explanation will be omitted.

(Overview of fluctuation pattern table 114)
The pachinko machine P according to this embodiment also has a plurality of types of fluctuation pattern tables 114. Here, as shown in Figures 108(a) to 108(c), a table MP61 that is referenced when a win/loss lottery based on the first special symbol random number is executed during the normal game state, a table MP62 that is referenced when a win/loss lottery based on the first special symbol random number is executed during the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1, and a table MP63 that is referenced when a win/loss lottery based on the second special symbol random number is executed during the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2 will be described, and a description of the other fluctuation pattern tables 114 will be omitted.

As shown in FIG. 108(a), according to table MP61, when the small win symbol Y1 is determined, the fluctuation pattern command "04H" (selection rate is 100%) associated with the fluctuation pattern of "45-second fluctuation" is determined regardless of the value of the current number of reserved symbols, when the small win symbol Y2 is determined, the fluctuation pattern command "05H" (selection rate is 100%) associated with the fluctuation pattern of "45-second fluctuation" is determined regardless of the value of the current number of reserved symbols, and when the small win symbol Y3 is determined, the fluctuation pattern command "06H" (selection rate is 100%) associated with the fluctuation pattern of "45-second fluctuation" is determined regardless of the value of the current number of reserved symbols.
When the time-saving symbol J1 is determined, regardless of the value of the current number of reserved balls, the fluctuation pattern command "07H" (selection rate is 100%) associated with the fluctuation pattern of "45-second fluctuation" (fluctuation time is 45 seconds) is determined, and when the time-saving symbol J2 is determined, regardless of the value of the current number of reserved balls, the fluctuation pattern command "08H" (selection rate is 100%) associated with the fluctuation pattern of "45-second fluctuation" is determined.

As shown in Figure 108 (b), according to table MP62, when a losing symbol Z1 is determined, if the current number of reserved symbols (first reserved number) is less than 2, either the fluctuation pattern command "10H" (selection rate 85%) associated with the fluctuation pattern of "13 second fluctuation" (fluctuation time 13 seconds), the fluctuation pattern command "12H" (selection rate 10%) associated with the fluctuation pattern of "20 second fluctuation" (fluctuation time 20 seconds), or the fluctuation pattern command "13H" (selection rate 5%) associated with the fluctuation pattern of "60 second fluctuation" (fluctuation time 60 seconds) is determined. Furthermore, when the current number of reserved items (first reserved item) is two or more, either the fluctuation pattern command "11H" (selection rate 85%) associated with the fluctuation pattern of "5-second fluctuation" (fluctuation time 5 seconds), the fluctuation pattern command "12H" (selection rate 10%) associated with the fluctuation pattern of "20-second fluctuation", or the fluctuation pattern command "13H" (selection rate 5%) associated with the fluctuation pattern of "60-second fluctuation" is determined.
When the small win symbol Y1 is determined, the fluctuation pattern command "14H" (selection rate is 100%) associated with the fluctuation pattern of "60 seconds fluctuation" is determined regardless of the value of the current number of reserved symbols, when the small win symbol Y2 is determined, the fluctuation pattern command "15H" (selection rate is 100%) associated with the fluctuation pattern of "60 seconds fluctuation" is determined regardless of the value of the current number of reserved symbols, and when the small win symbol Y3 is determined, the fluctuation pattern command "16H" (selection rate is 100%) associated with the fluctuation pattern of "60 seconds fluctuation" is determined regardless of the value of the current number of reserved symbols.

108(c), according to table MP63, when a losing symbol Z2 is determined, if the current reserved number (second reserved number) is less than 2, either the variation pattern command "20H" (selection rate 85%) associated with the variation pattern of "10-second variation" (variation time 10 seconds) or the variation pattern command "23H" (selection rate 15%) associated with the variation pattern of "30-second variation" (variation time 30 seconds) is determined. Also, if the current reserved number (second reserved number) is 2 or more, either the variation pattern command "21H" (selection rate 85%) associated with the variation pattern of "3-second variation" (variation time 3 seconds) or the variation pattern command "23H" (selection rate 15%) associated with the variation pattern of "30-second variation" is determined.
When the small win symbol Y1 is determined, the fluctuation pattern command "24H" (selection rate 100%) associated with the fluctuation pattern of "30 seconds fluctuation" is determined regardless of the value of the current number of reserved symbols, when the small win symbol Y2 is determined, the fluctuation pattern command "25H" (selection rate 100%) associated with the fluctuation pattern of "30 seconds fluctuation" is determined regardless of the value of the current number of reserved symbols, and when the small win symbol Y3 is determined, the fluctuation pattern command "26H" (selection rate 100%) associated with the fluctuation pattern of "30 seconds fluctuation" is determined regardless of the value of the current number of reserved symbols.

(Gameplay of the Pachinko Machine P According to the Present Embodiment)
As described above, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, one of the following game states is set, and the game progresses: normal game state (a game state that combines a low-probability game state and a non-time-shortened game state), low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1 (a game state that combines a low-probability game state and a time-shortened game state JT1), or low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2 (a game state that combines a low-probability game state and a time-shortened game state JT2).
As described above, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 is set to either a low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-A in which the number of time-saving times is set to 10,000 and the number of termination decisions is set to 2, or a low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-B in which the number of time-saving times is set to 10,000 and the number of termination decisions is set to 1.
The low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2 is set to one of the following: a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-A in which the number of time-shortened times is set to 10,000 and the number of termination decisions is set to 2; a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-B in which the number of time-shortened times is set to 70 and the number of termination decisions is set to 2; and a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-C in which the number of time-shortened times is set to 30 and the number of termination decisions is set to 1.

After the RAM is cleared (initialization process in case of abnormality, initialization process in normal mode), or after the number of times the special symbol changes during the low probability time-saving game mode LJT2-B or LJT2-C reaches the time-saving number, the normal game mode is set.
In this normal game state, the player is made to shoot a game ball toward the first game area 12a, and even if a game ball is shot toward the second game area 12b, the game ball will not enter the second start winning hole 16. Therefore, during the normal game state, by shooting a game ball toward the first game area 12a, the game ball will enter the first start winning hole 15, and a winning/losing lottery based on the first special chart random number will be executed.
As described above, in the normal game state, in the lottery based on the first special symbol random number, either a small win or a time-saving bonus is always won, and there is no loss (see FIG. 106(a)). If a small win is won, a small win symbol Y1, Y2, or Y3 is determined, and if a time-saving bonus is won, a time-saving symbol J1 or J2 is determined (see FIG. 106(a)).
When the small win symbol Y1, Y2, or Y3 is determined, if a predetermined number of game balls enter the special area during the small win game based on that determination, a special game is executed in which three rounds of play are played. Then, since the win/loss lottery was executed during the non-time-shortened game state, the reference game state becomes the non-time-shortened game state. Therefore, when the small win symbol Y1 is determined, a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-A is set after the special game ends, when the small win symbol Y2 is determined, a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-C is set after the special game ends, and when the small win symbol Y3 is determined, a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1-B is set after the special game ends (see Figures 107(a) and 109).
In addition, when the time-saving pattern J1 is determined, a low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A is set after the special pattern stops and is displayed, and when the time-saving pattern J2 is determined, a low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-B is set after the special pattern stops and is displayed (see Figure 107 (b) and Figure 109).
In other words, in the pachinko machine P of this form, when a lottery is held based on the first special chart random number during normal game mode, if a small jackpot is won, a special game is played via that winning, and then the machine transitions to either a low probability time-shortened game state LJT2-A, a low probability time-shortened game state LJT2-C, or a low probability time-shortened game state LJT1-B, and if a time-shortened award is won, the machine transitions via that winning to a low probability time-shortened game state LJT2-A or a low probability time-shortened game state LJT1-B (see Figure 109).
Here, in the win/loss lottery based on the first special symbol random number during the normal game state, the probability of winning the time-saving award is set to be extremely high compared to the small win, and the probability of determining the time-saving symbol J2 is set to be extremely high compared to the time-saving symbol J1 (see Figure 106 (a)). Therefore, when the win/loss lottery is executed, there is an extremely high possibility that the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-B will be set. Also, as mentioned above, this low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-B will essentially continue until a small win is won. Therefore, during play of the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, the player will generally stay in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-B.

In the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-B (low-probability time-saving game state LJT1), as in the normal game state, the player is made to shoot a game ball toward the first game area 12a, and even if a game ball is shot toward the second game area 12b, the game ball will not enter the second start winning hole 16. Therefore, even during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-B, by shooting a game ball toward the first game area 12a, the game ball will enter the first start winning hole 15, and a win/loss lottery based on the first special chart random number will be executed.
As mentioned above, in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-B, in the lottery based on the first special symbol random number, there is a possibility of winning a small prize without winning the time-saving award, and the probability of winning the small prize is the same as in the normal game state (non-time-saving game state) (see FIG. 106(a)). And, if a small prize is won, the small prize symbol Y1, Y2, or Y3 is determined (see FIG. 106(a)).
As in the normal game state, when the small win symbol Y1, Y2 or Y3 is determined, if a predetermined number of game balls enter the special area during the small win game based on the determination, a special game is executed in which three rounds of play are played.
Here, in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-B, the number of times to determine the end is set to 1. Then, when the small win is won (when the small win symbol Y1, Y2, or Y3 is determined), the number of remaining small wins is updated in the special symbol variation stop processing, and the number of remaining small wins becomes 0 (reaching the number of times to determine the end), so the time-saving end condition (2) above is met, and the game state becomes the normal game state (non-time-saving game state) at the point when the number of remaining small wins is updated. Therefore, since the game state at the time of reference is a non-time-shortened game state, similarly to the normal game state, if the small win pattern Y1 is determined, a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-A is set after the special game ends, if the small win pattern Y2 is determined, a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-C is set after the special game ends, and if the small win pattern Y3 is determined, a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1-B is set after the special game ends (see Figures 107(a) and 109).
In other words, in the pachinko machine P of this form, if you hit the left button as instructed during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-B, you will win a small jackpot in the win/lose lottery based on the first special chart random number, and after the special game is played through that win, you will transition to either the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-C, or the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-B (see Figure 109).

In the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A (low-probability time-saving game state LJT2), the player is made to shoot a game ball toward the second game area 12b, and when a game ball is shot toward the second game area 12b, the game ball can enter the second start winning hole 16 with a high frequency. During the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A, when a game ball is shot toward the second game area 12b, the game ball enters the second start winning hole 16, and a winning/losing lottery based on the second special chart random number is executed.
As mentioned above, in the lottery based on the second special random number, there is a possibility of winning a small prize without winning the time-saving grant, and the probability of winning a small prize in the lottery based on the second special random number is set higher than the probability of winning a small prize in the lottery based on the first special random number (see Figure 106(a)). Then, if a small prize is won, the small prize symbol Y4 or Y5 is determined (see Figure 106(a)).
In either case where the small win symbol Y4 or Y5 is determined, if a predetermined number of game balls enter a special area during the small win game based on the determination, a special game is executed in which 10 rounds of play are played.
Here, in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A, the termination determination count is set to two. Therefore, when the small win is won (when the small win symbol Y4 or Y5 is determined), the number of remaining small wins is updated in the special symbol variation stop processing, but since the number of remaining small wins is one (does not reach the termination determination count), the time-saving termination condition (2) above is not met, and the game state remains in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A (time-saving game state) at the time the number of remaining small wins is updated. Therefore, since the reference game state is the time-saving game state, if the small win symbol Y4 is determined, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B is established after the special game ends, and if the small win symbol Y5 is determined, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-C is established after the special game ends (see Figures 107(a) and 109).
In other words, in the pachinko machine P of this form, if you hit the right side as instructed during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A, you will win a small jackpot in the win/lose lottery based on the second special chart random number, and after the special game is played through that win, you will transition to either the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B or the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-C (see Figure 109).
As described above, in the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-A, the number of time-shortened times is set to 10,000, so that the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-A essentially continues until a small jackpot is won, and after that small jackpot is won, the game transitions to the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-B or LJT2-C. In other words, when the game transitions to the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-A, after a small jackpot is won, the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2 is set again.

In the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B (low-probability time-saving game state LJT2), similar to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A, a game ball is shot toward the second game area 12b, and the game ball enters the second start winning hole 16, which executes a win/lose lottery based on the second special symbol random number, making it possible to win a small prize. If a small prize is won, the small prize symbol Y4 or Y5 is determined, and if a predetermined number of game balls enter the special area during the small prize game based on that determination, a special game is executed in which 10 rounds of play are played.
Here, in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B, as in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A, the number of times to determine whether to end is set to 2. In this case, when the small win is won (when the small win pattern Y4 or Y5 is determined), the number of remaining small wins is updated in the special pattern variation stop processing, but since the number of remaining small wins becomes 1 (does not reach the number of times to determine whether to end), the time-saving end condition of (2) above is not established, and the game state remains in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B (time-saving game state) at the time when the number of remaining small wins is updated. Therefore, the game state at the time of reference is a time-shortened game state, so that if the small win pattern Y4 is determined, a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-B is set after the special game ends, and if the small win pattern Y2 is determined, a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-B is set after the special game ends, and if the small win pattern Y5 is determined, a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-C is set after the special game ends (see Figures 107(a) and 109).
In other words, in the pachinko machine P of this form, if you hit the right side as instructed during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B, you will win a small jackpot in the win/lose lottery based on the second special chart random number, and after the special game is played through that win, you will transition to either the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B or the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-C (see Figure 109).
As mentioned above, in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B, the number of time-saving times is set to 70, so it is not guaranteed that a small win will be won during this low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B. In other words, when the game transitions to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B, only if a small win is won before the number of times the special symbol changes reaches 70, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 will be set again after the small win.

In the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-C (low-probability time-saving game state LJT2), similar to the low-probability time-saving game states LJT2-A and LJT2-B, a game ball is shot toward the second game area 12b, and when the game ball enters the second start winning hole 16, a win/loss lottery based on the second special symbol random number is executed, and it becomes possible to win a small prize. If a small prize is won, the small prize symbol Y4 or Y5 is determined, and if a predetermined number of game balls enter the special area during the small prize game based on that determination, a special game in which 10 rounds of play are played is executed.
Here, in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-C, the termination determination count is set to 1. Then, when the small win is won (when the small win symbol Y4 or Y5 is determined), the number of remaining small wins is updated in the special symbol variation stop processing, and the number of remaining small wins becomes 0 (reaching the termination determination count), so the time-saving termination condition (2) above is met, and the game state becomes the normal game state (non-time-saving game state) at the time the number of remaining small wins is updated. Therefore, since the reference game state is the non-time-saving game state, when the small win symbol Y4 or Y5 is determined, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-C is set after the special game ends (see Figures 107(a) and 109).
In other words, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, if you hit the right side in accordance with the instructions during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-C, you will win a small jackpot in the win/lose lottery based on the second special chart random number, and after the special game is played through that win, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-C will be set again (see Figure 109).
As mentioned above, in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-C, the number of time-saving times is set to 30, so it is not guaranteed that a small win will be won during this low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-C. In other words, when the game transitions to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-C, only if a small win is won before the number of times the special symbol changes reaches 30, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 will be set again after the small win.

As described above, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 (LJT2-A, LJT2-B, LJT2-C), the prize balls based on the game balls entering the second start winning slot 16 can reduce the decrease in game balls as game play progresses compared to the normal game state and the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, and in the special game that can be executed when a small jackpot is won in the win/loss lottery based on the second special random number, it is possible to execute more rounds of game than in the special game that can be executed when a small jackpot is won in the win/loss lottery based on the first special random number. In other words, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 is a more advantageous game state than the normal game state and the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1.

Furthermore, the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2 can transition to any of the low-probability time-shortened game states LJT2-A, LJT2-B, or LJT2-C, and in the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-A, the number of time-shortened times is set to 10,000, so a small prize is almost guaranteed to be won. In contrast, in the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-B, the number of time-shortened times is set to 70, and in the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-C, the number of time-shortened times is set to 30, so a small prize is not necessarily won, but since the number of time-shortened times set is greater in the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-B than in the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-C, there is a higher possibility of winning a small prize in the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-B than in the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-C before the number of times the special symbol fluctuates reaches the number of time-shortened times.
Furthermore, if the small win symbol Y4 is determined in the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-A or LJT2-B, the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-B is set after the special game based on that determination has ended, but if the small win symbol Y4 is determined in the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-C, the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-C is set after the special game based on that determination has ended. In other words, in the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-A or LJ2-B, if a small win is won, the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-B, in which there is a higher possibility of winning a small win before the number of times the special symbol changes reaches the number of time-shortened times, is more likely to be set than in the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-C.
From the above, in the low-probability time-shortening game state LJT2, the low-probability time-shortening game state LJT2-A is the most advantageous game state, followed by the low-probability time-shortening game state LJT2-B and the low-probability time-shortening game state LJT2-C in order of decreasing advantageousness.

In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, in the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1-B, which is generally maintained during play, if a small jackpot is won by a win/lose lottery based on the first special random number, it is possible to transition to the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-A, the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-C, or the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1-B. If the game transitions to the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-A, it is almost certain that a small jackpot will be won based on the second special random number, and it is possible to expect a transition to the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-B, which is more advantageous than the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-C. On the other hand, when the game state shifts to the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-C, it is not necessarily possible to win a small jackpot based on the second special chart random number, and even if a small jackpot is won, the game state will be set again to the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-C, which is less advantageous than the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-B.
In this way, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, the low-probability time-shortening game state LJT2-A, which can be transitioned from the low-probability time-shortening game state LJT1-B in which the player generally remains during play, and the low-probability time-shortening game state LJT2-C have significantly different degrees of advantage, so in the low-probability time-shortening game state LJT1-B, the player is given the gameplay of progressing through the game while hoping to transition to the low-probability time-shortening game state LJT2-A.

In addition, in the normal game state, which is set after the RAM is cleared or after the number of times the special symbol changes reaches the number of time-saving times during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B or LJT2-C, similar to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-B, it is possible to transition to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-C, or the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-B based on winning a small jackpot. In addition, it is possible to transition to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A or the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-B based on winning a time-saving bonus. In other words, during the normal game state, the probability of transitioning to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A is higher than that of the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-B. This provides a novel gaming experience in which the normal game state becomes a chance zone with a high probability of transitioning to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A, which is advantageous for the player, and can increase the player's interest.

(Regarding the processing when the small winning symbol Y3 is determined during the low probability time-saving game state LJT1-B, or during the low probability time-saving game state LJT2-A or LJT2-B)
As described above, in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-B, the number of times to determine whether to end is set to 1, and in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A or LJT2-B, the number of times to determine whether to end is set to 2. If a small win is won during these game states, the number of remaining small wins is updated in the special symbol variation stop processing, and then the game state is processed based on the result of this update, and the game state after the end of the special game executed through the winning of the small win is set by referring to the game state at the time when this processing is completed.
Then, if a small win is won by a lottery based on the first special random number during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-B and the small win symbol Y3 is determined, the remaining number of small wins is updated to 0, so the time-saving end condition (2) is met, and the game state becomes the normal game state at the time the remaining number of small wins is updated. In other words, since the reference game state becomes a non-time-saving game state, the game state after the special game based on the determination of the small win symbol Y3 ends becomes the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-B (see FIG. 107(a)).
In contrast, if a small win is won by a lottery based on the first special random number during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A or LJT2-B and the small win symbol Y3 is determined, the remaining number of small wins is updated to 1, so the time-saving termination condition (2) is not met, and the game state remains unchanged in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A or LJ2-B. In other words, since the reference game state is a time-saving game state, the game state after the end of the special game based on the determination of the small win symbol Y3 becomes the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-A (time-saving number of times 10,000, termination determination number of times 2) (see FIG. 107(a)).

In this way, the pachinko machine P of this embodiment makes it possible to end the time-saving game state depending on the number of small jackpot wins, and by varying the number of small jackpot wins that can end the time-saving game state in each of the multiple types of time-saving game states, the game state at the above-mentioned reference point is controlled to be either a non-time-saving game state or a time-saving game state. This makes it possible to make the game state after the end of the special game based on the determination different between when the small jackpot symbol Y3 is determined during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A or LJT2-B and when the small jackpot symbol Y3 is determined during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-B.

For example, when the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A or LJT2-B is set, before the game ball enters the second start entry port 16 and the win/loss lottery based on the second special pattern random number is started, a win/loss lottery based on the first special pattern random number that was obtained and stored before the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A or LJ2-B was set is executed, and although the probability is low, there are cases in which a small win is won by this win/loss lottery and the small win pattern Y3 is determined.
In pachinko machines, when a time-saving game state is set after the end of a special game based on the determination of a special symbol, the content must be in accordance with the type of special symbol determined, and the same time-saving game state must be set when the same special symbol is determined. Note that if the game state at the reference time is different (either a time-saving game state or a non-time-saving game state), it is possible to set the number of time-saving times and the number of times the game is ended to differ depending on the game state at the reference time, even when the same special symbol is determined.
For example, suppose that when a small win symbol Y3 is determined, a time-shortened gaming state JT1 is set after the special game based on that determination ends. In this case, if the small win symbol Y3 is determined during the low-probability time-shortened gaming state LJT1-B, or if the small win symbol Y3 is determined during the low-probability time-shortened gaming state LJT2-A or LJT2-B, the low-probability time-shortened gaming state LJT1 (time-shortened gaming state JT1) is set after the special game based on that determination ends. In this case, even though the highly advantageous low-probability time-shortened gaming state LJT2-A or LJT2-B is set, the less advantageous low-probability time-shortened gaming state LJT1 is set after the special game ends, which could cause the player to feel a significant loss.

In this embodiment of the pachinko machine P, if a small win symbol Y3 is determined during the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1-B, the reference game state becomes a non-time-shortened game state, and after the special game based on that determination ends, the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1-B is set again. However, if a small win symbol Y3 is determined during the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-A or LJT2-B, as in the case described above, the reference game state becomes a time-shortened game state, and after the special game based on that determination ends, the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1-A is set.

In this low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-A, the number of time-saving times is set to 10,000, so the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-A will continue until a small jackpot is won. Also, since the number of times to determine the end is set to 2, if a small jackpot is won by the win/loss lottery based on the first special chart random number, the remaining number of small jackpots will be updated to 1, so the time-saving end condition (2) will not be met, and the game state will remain unchanged in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-A. In other words, since the game state at the time of reference is a time-shortened game state, if a small win pattern Y1 is determined, a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-A is set after the special game based on that determination ends, and also if a small win pattern Y2 is determined, a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-A is set after the special game based on that determination ends, and if a small win pattern Y3 is determined, a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1-A is set again after the special game based on that determination ends (see Figure 107 (a)).
That is, in the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1-A, if a small jackpot is won by a win/lose lottery based on the first special symbol random number, and the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2 is set after the special game based on that winning has ended (that is, if the small jackpot symbol Y1 or Y2 is determined), the most advantageous low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-A is always set. On the other hand, in the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1-B, if a small jackpot is won by a win/lose lottery based on the first special symbol random number, and the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2 is set after the special game based on that winning has ended, the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-A or LJ2-B is set.
In this way, the low-probability time-shortening game state LJT1-A has a higher probability of transitioning to the low-probability time-shortening game state LJT2-A than the low-probability time-shortening game state LJT1-B, making it a more advantageous game state than the low-probability time-shortening game state LJT1-B.

Therefore, even if the unfortunate case described above occurs, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-A, which is more advantageous than the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-B, will be set, thereby reducing the player's sense of loss.

(Regarding the processing in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment)
In the pachinko machine P of this form, the processing executed on the main control board 100 as the above-mentioned special game, normal game, small win game and special game progress is almost the same as that of the third form, except for the processing related to winning the jackpot, and since a person skilled in the art would be able to understand how to implement this form (how to apply it to this form) based on the processing in the third form, explanation will be omitted.

As described above, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, in which so-called left-hand hits are performed, is set to either the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-A or LJT1-B, which have different game states (reference game states) that are referenced when a small win is won. When the small win symbol Y3 is determined during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-A, the game state that is set based on this determination is different from when the small win symbol Y3 is determined during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-B. This allows for a wide variety of game state settings, which can increase the player's interest.

(Modification of the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment)
Next, a modified example of the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment (fifth embodiment) will be described.
(Variation 1)
In the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, in a predetermined game state where so-called right-hand hitting is performed (low probability time-saving game state LJT2-B or LJT2-C), a small win is not necessarily won before the number of times the special pattern changes reaches the number of time-saving times, and if the number of times the special pattern changes reaches the number of time-saving times without winning a small win, a normal game state (non-time-saving game state) is set, but it is not limited to this, and the above game state may be set to continue substantially until a small win is won, and when a predetermined small win pattern is determined, the above game state may be set to end.
A specific example of Modification 1 will be described below. Note that, in the following, description of the same content as in the fifth embodiment will be omitted, and only the differences will be described in detail.

(Specific example of Modification 1)
(a) Overview of the Win/Loss Lottery As shown in Figure 110, in variant example 1, in the win/loss lottery when a game ball enters the first start winning slot 15 during a non-time-saving game state, the lottery result is derived as either a small win or a time-saving award win, and if a small win is won, small win pattern Y1 (probability of winning is 25/100), small win pattern Y2 (probability of winning is 50/100) or small win pattern Y3 (probability of winning is 25/100) is determined, and if a time-saving award win is won, time-saving pattern J1 (probability of winning is 20/100) or time-saving pattern J2 (probability of winning is 80/100) is determined.
In the lottery for winning or losing when a game ball enters the first start winning slot 15 during the time-saving game state, the lottery result of either winning or losing the small prize is derived, and if the small prize is won, the small prize pattern Y1 (decision probability is 25/100), the small prize pattern Y2 (decision probability is 50/100) or the small prize pattern Y3 (decision probability is 25/100) is determined, and if the prize is lost, the losing pattern Z1 is determined.
In both the winning/losing lottery when a game ball enters the second start winning port 16 during a non-time-shortened game state and the winning/losing lottery when a game ball enters the second start winning port 16 during a time-shortened game state, the lottery result is either a win or a loss for the small win, and if a small win is won, the small win symbol Y4 (probability of winning is 10/100), the small win symbol Y5 (probability of winning is 71/100), the small win symbol Y6 (probability of winning is 9/100) or the small win symbol Y7 (probability of winning is 10/100) is determined, and if a loss occurs, the loss symbol Z2 is determined.

(A) Overview of the Game State to be Set In Modification 1, as in the fifth embodiment, one of a normal game state (low-probability non-time-shortened game state), a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1, or a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2 is set. Furthermore, as the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1, either a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1-X (the number of time-shortened games is set to 30, and the number of termination decisions is set to 2) or a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1-Y (the number of time-shortened games is set to 10,000, and the number of termination decisions is set to 1) is set. Furthermore, as the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2, either a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-X (the number of time-shortened games is set to 10,000, and the number of termination decisions is set to 2) or a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-Y (the number of time-shortened games is set to 10,000, and the number of termination decisions is set to 1) is set.

The low-probability time-saving game states LJT1-X, LJT1-Y, LJT2-X, and LJT2-Y all end when one of the following time-saving end conditions is met: (1) the number of times the special symbol changes reaches the time-saving count without a special game being executed, or (2) the number of times the small jackpot is won reaches the end-determining count.

Here, during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-X, a game ball is shot toward the first game area 12a, and a win/lose lottery is generally conducted based on the first special symbol random number. However, since the time-saving count is 30 times and the probability of winning a small jackpot is 1/300 (see Figure 110), a small jackpot will not necessarily be won before the number of times the special symbol changes reaches the time-saving count. If the number of times the special symbol changes reaches the time-saving count (30 times) without a special game being played, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-X ends and the game transitions to the normal game state. Additionally, because the end determination count is two, if a small win is won before the number of special symbol fluctuations reaches the time-saving count, when the number of remaining small wins is updated in the special symbol fluctuation stop process, the number of remaining small wins will be one (the end determination count will not be reached), so the time-saving end condition (2) above will not be met, and the game state will remain in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-X (time-saving game state) at the point when the number of remaining small wins is updated. Therefore, the reference game state will be the time-saving game state.

Furthermore, during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-Y, game balls are shot toward the first game area 12a, and in principle, a lottery is conducted based on the first special symbol random number. However, since the number of time-saving times is 10,000 and the probability of winning a small jackpot is 1/300 (see Figure 110), the time-saving termination condition (1) above is never met, and the game state continues until a small jackpot is won. Furthermore, since the termination determination count is 1, if a small jackpot is won, when the number of remaining small jackpots is updated in the special symbol variation stop processing, the number of remaining small jackpots becomes 0 (reaching the termination determination count), and the time-saving termination condition (2) above is met. Once the number of remaining small jackpots is updated, the game state becomes the normal game state (non-time-saving game state). Therefore, the reference game state becomes a non-time-saving game state.

Furthermore, during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-X, game balls are shot toward the second game area 12b, and in principle, a lottery is conducted based on the second special symbol random number. However, since the number of time-saving times is 10,000 and the probability of winning a small jackpot is 7/300 (see Figure 110), the time-saving termination condition (1) above is never met, and the game state continues until a small jackpot is won. Furthermore, since the termination determination count is two, if a small jackpot is won, when the number of remaining small jackpots is updated in the special symbol variation stop processing, the number of remaining small jackpots becomes one (does not reach the termination determination count), so the time-saving termination condition (2) above is not met, and the game state remains in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-X (time-saving game state) once the number of remaining small jackpots is updated. Therefore, the reference game state becomes a time-saving game state.

Furthermore, during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-Y, game balls are shot toward the second game area 12b, and in principle, a lottery is conducted based on the second special symbol random number. However, since the number of time-saving times is 10,000 and the probability of winning a small jackpot is 7/300 (see Figure 110), the time-saving termination condition (1) above is never met, and the game state continues until a small jackpot is won. Furthermore, since the termination determination count is 1, if a small jackpot is won, when the number of remaining small jackpots is updated in the special symbol variation stop processing, the number of remaining small jackpots becomes 0 (reaching the termination determination count), and the time-saving termination condition (2) above is met. Once the number of remaining small jackpots is updated, the game state becomes the normal game state (non-time-saving game state). Therefore, the reference game state becomes a non-time-saving game state.

(C) Overview of the game state set according to the type of small win symbol or time-saving symbol As shown in Figure 111 (a), in Modification 1, if the game state at the time of reference is a non-time-saving game state, a small win is won by a win/lose lottery based on the first special symbol random number and a small win symbol Y1 is determined, and a predetermined number of game balls enter the special area during the small win game based on that determination, the game state after the special game based on that entry is set to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-X. Also, if the game state at the time of reference is a time-saving game state, a small win is won by a win/lose lottery based on the first special symbol random number and a small win symbol Y1 is determined, and a predetermined number of game balls enter the special area during the small win game based on that determination, the game state after the special game based on that entry is set to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-X.

If the game state at the time of reference is a non-time-saving game state, a small jackpot is won by a win/lose lottery based on the first special symbol random number, and small jackpot symbol Y2 is determined, and a predetermined number of game balls enter the special area during the small jackpot game based on that determination, the game state after the special game based on that entry ends will be set to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-Y. Also, if the game state at the time of reference is a time-saving game state, a small jackpot is won by a win/lose lottery based on the first special symbol random number, and small jackpot symbol Y2 is determined, and a predetermined number of game balls enter the special area during the small jackpot game based on that determination, the game state after the special game based on that entry ends will be set to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-X.

If the game state at the time of reference is a non-time-saving game state, a small jackpot is won by a win/lose lottery based on the first special symbol random number, and small jackpot symbol Y3 is determined, and a predetermined number of game balls enter the special area during the small jackpot game based on that determination, the game state after the special game based on that entry ends will be set to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-Y. Also, if the game state at the time of reference is a time-saving game state, a small jackpot is won by a win/lose lottery based on the first special symbol random number, and small jackpot symbol Y3 is determined, and a predetermined number of game balls enter the special area during the small jackpot game based on that determination, the game state after the special game based on that entry ends will be set to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-X.

If the game state at the time of reference is a non-time-saving game state, a small jackpot is won by a win/lose lottery based on the second special symbol random number, and small jackpot symbol Y4 is determined, and a predetermined number of game balls enter the special area during the small jackpot game based on that determination, the game state after the special game based on that entry ends will be set to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-X. Also, if the game state at the time of reference is a time-saving game state, a small jackpot is won by a win/lose lottery based on the second special symbol random number, and small jackpot symbol Y4 is determined, and a predetermined number of game balls enter the special area during the small jackpot game based on that determination, the game state after the special game based on that entry ends will be set to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-X.

If the game state at the time of reference is a non-time-saving game state, a small jackpot is won by a win/lose lottery based on the second special symbol random number, and small jackpot symbol Y5 is determined, and a predetermined number of game balls enter the special area during the small jackpot game based on that determination, the game state after the special game based on that entry ends will be set to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-Y. Also, if the game state at the time of reference is a time-saving game state, a small jackpot is won by a win/lose lottery based on the second special symbol random number, and small jackpot symbol Y5 is determined, and a predetermined number of game balls enter the special area during the small jackpot game based on that determination, the game state after the special game based on that entry ends will be set to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-X.

If the game state at the time of reference is a non-time-saving game state, a small jackpot is won by a win/lose lottery based on the second special symbol random number, and the small jackpot symbol Y6 is determined, and a predetermined number of game balls enter the special area during the small jackpot game based on that determination, the game state after the special game based on that entry will be set to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-Y. Also, if the game state at the time of reference is a time-saving game state, a small jackpot is won by a win/lose lottery based on the second special symbol random number, and the small jackpot symbol Y6 is determined, and a predetermined number of game balls enter the special area during the small jackpot game based on that determination, the game state after the special game based on that entry will be set to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-Y.

If the game state at the time of reference is a non-time-saving game state, a small jackpot is won by a win/lose lottery based on the second special symbol random number, and small jackpot symbol Y7 is determined, and a predetermined number of game balls enter the special area during the small jackpot game based on that determination, the game state after the special game based on that entry will be set to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-X. Also, if the game state at the time of reference is a time-saving game state, a small jackpot is won by a win/lose lottery based on the second special symbol random number, and small jackpot symbol Y7 is determined, and a predetermined number of game balls enter the special area during the small jackpot game based on that determination, the game state after the special game based on that entry will be set to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-Y.

As shown in Figure 111 (b), if the game state at the time the win/loss lottery is executed is the normal game state (non-time-saving game state), and if the time-saving symbol J1 is selected through the win/loss lottery based on the first special symbol random number and the time-saving symbol J1 is determined and displayed in a stopped state, the game state after the stopped state is set to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-X; and if the time-saving symbol J2 is selected through the win/loss lottery based on the first special symbol random number and the time-saving symbol J2 is determined and displayed in a stopped state, the game state after the stopped state is set to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-X.

(D) Gameplay of Variation 1 After the RAM is cleared (initialization process in abnormal situations, initialization process in normal situations), or after the number of times the special symbols change reaches the number of times the time is reduced during the low-probability time-reduction game state LJT1-X, the normal game state is set. During the normal game state, a game ball is shot toward the first game area 12a, causing the game ball to enter the first start winning slot 15, and a winning/losing lottery is executed based on the first special symbol random number.
Then, when a lottery based on the first special symbol random number is held during the normal game state, if a small prize is won, a special game is played via the winning, and the game transitions to either a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-X (when a small prize symbol Y1 is determined (the game state at the time of reference is a non-time-shortened game state)), a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-Y (when a small prize symbol Y2 is determined (the game state at the time of reference is a non-time-shortened game state)), or a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1-Y (when a small prize symbol Y3 is determined (the game state at the time of reference is a non-time-shortened game state)). If a time-shortened bonus is awarded, the game transitions via the winning to either a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-X (when a time-shortened symbol J1 is determined) or a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1-Y (see Figures 111(a)-(b) and 112).
Here, as in the fifth form, in the win/loss lottery based on the first special symbol random number during the normal game state, the probability of winning the time-saving award is set to be extremely high compared to the small win, and the probability of determining the time-saving symbol J2 is set to be extremely high compared to the time-saving symbol J1 (see Figure 110 (a)), so when the win/loss lottery is executed, there is an extremely high possibility that the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-Y will be set. Furthermore, this low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-Y will essentially continue until a small win is won. Therefore, during play in variant 1, the player will generally remain in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-Y.

During the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-Y, as in the normal game state, a game ball is shot toward the first game area 12a, causing the game ball to enter the first start winning hole 15, and a winning/losing lottery based on the first special chart random number is executed.
Then, when a lottery based on the first special symbol random number is held during the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1-Y, if a small jackpot is won, a special game is played via the winning jackpot, and the game will transition to either a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-X (when a small jackpot symbol Y1 is determined (the game state at the time of reference is a non-time-shortened game state)), a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-Y (when a small jackpot symbol Y2 is determined (the game state at the time of reference is a non-time-shortened game state)), or a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1-Y (when a small jackpot symbol Y3 is determined (the game state at the time of reference is a non-time-shortened game state)) (see Figures 111(a) and 112).

During the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-X, a game ball is shot toward the second game area 12b, causing the game ball to enter the second start winning hole 16, and a winning/losing lottery based on the second special chart random number is executed.
Then, when a lottery based on the second special symbol random number is held during the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-X, if a small jackpot is won, a special game is played via the winning jackpot, and the game state transitions to either the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-X (when the small jackpot symbol Y4 or Y5 is determined (the game state at the time of reference is the time-shortened game state)), or the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-Y (when the small jackpot symbol Y6 or Y7 is determined (the game state at the time of reference is the time-shortened game state)) (see Figures 111(a) and 112).

During the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-Y, a game ball is shot toward the second game area 12b, causing the game ball to enter the second start winning hole 16, and a winning/losing lottery based on the second special chart random number is executed.
Then, when a lottery based on the second special symbol random number is held during the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-Y, if a small jackpot is won, a special game is played via the winning jackpot, and the game will transition to either a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-X (when a small jackpot symbol Y4 is determined (the game state at the time of reference is a non-time-shortened game state)), a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-Y (when a small jackpot symbol Y5 or Y6 is determined (the game state at the time of reference is a non-time-shortened game state)), or a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1-X (when a small jackpot symbol Y7 is determined (the game state at the time of reference is a non-time-shortened game state)) (see Figures 111(a) and 112).

During the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-X, a game ball is shot toward the first game area 12b, causing the game ball to enter the first start winning hole 15, and a winning/losing lottery based on the first special chart random number is executed.
Then, when a lottery based on the first special symbol random number is held during the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1-X, if a small jackpot is won, a special game is played via the winning jackpot, and the game transitions to either a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-X (when a small jackpot symbol Y1 or Y2 is determined (the game state at the time of reference is the time-shortened game state)), or a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1-X (when a small jackpot symbol Y3 is determined (the game state at the time of reference is the time-shortened game state)) (see Figures 111(a) and 112).
As mentioned above, in the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1-X, the number of time-shortened times is set to 30, so it is not necessarily the case that a small jackpot will be won during this low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1-X. In other words, when the game transitions to the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1-X, only if a small jackpot is won before the number of times the special symbol changes reaches 30, will the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-X or the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1-X be set after the small jackpot has been won. If a small jackpot is not won before the number of times the special symbol changes reaches 30, the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1-X ends and the normal game state is set (see FIG. 112).

As described above, in the first modified example, similarly to the fifth embodiment, the low-probability time-shortened gaming state LJT2 is a gaming state that is more advantageous than the normal gaming state and the low-probability time-shortened gaming state LJT1.
Furthermore, the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2 can transition to either the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-X or LJT2-Y, but from the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-X, it does not transition to the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1-X in which so-called left-hand hits are made (a win/loss lottery is made based on the first special chart random number), but transitions to the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-X or LJ2-Y in which so-called right-hand hits are made (a win/loss lottery is made based on the second special chart random number), but there is a possibility of transitioning from the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-Y to the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1-X. As described above, the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-X or LJT2-Y (low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2) is a more advantageous game state than the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1-X (low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1), and therefore the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-X, which does not transition to the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1-X, is a more advantageous game state than the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-Y, which may transition to the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1-X.

In the first modified example, in the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1-Y in which the player generally stays during play, if a small jackpot is won by a win/lose lottery based on the first special random number, the player can transition to the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-X, the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-Y, or the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1-Y. If the player transitions to the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-X, the player can almost certainly win a small jackpot based on the second special random number, and the player will be confirmed to remain in the highly advantageous low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2 (LJT2-X, LJT2-Y) even after the special game played via the winning of the small jackpot has ended. In contrast, if the game transitions to the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-Y, it is almost certain that a small jackpot will be won based on the second special chart random number, but after the special game executed through the winning of the small jackpot ends, there is a possibility of remaining in the highly advantageous low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2 (LJT2-X, LJT2-Y), while there is also a possibility of transitioning to the less advantageous low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1 (LJT1-X).
Therefore, in the low-probability time-shortening game state LJT1-Y, the player is given a gameplay that allows him or her to progress through the game while hoping for a transition to a lower-probability time-shortening game state LJT2-X than the low-probability time-shortening game state LJT2-Y.

Furthermore, as described above, in the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-X, even after the end of the special game executed through the winning of a small jackpot, it is confirmed that the player will continue to stay in the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2, but if the player transitions to the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-Y, there is a possibility that the player will then transition to the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1-X, which is relatively less advantageous.
Therefore, in the low-probability time-shortening game state LJT2-X, the player is given a gameplay that allows him or her to progress through the game while expecting to stay in the low-probability time-shortening game state LJT2-X rather than transition to the low-probability time-shortening game state LJT2-Y.

Furthermore, in the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-Y, after the special game executed through winning a small jackpot has ended, there is a possibility of transitioning to a highly advantageous low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-X, a possibility of remaining in the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-Y, or a possibility of transitioning to a less advantageous low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1-X.
Therefore, in the low-probability time-shortening game state LJT2-Y, the player is given a gameplay that allows him or her to progress through the game while hoping to transition to the low-probability time-shortening game state LJT2-X or to stay in the low-probability time-shortening game state LJT2-Y, rather than transitioning to the low-probability time-shortening game state LJT1-X.

Furthermore, although the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1-X, which may be transitioned to from the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-Y, is less advantageous than the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2 (LJT2-X, LJT2-Y), if a small jackpot is won during this game state, the game will transition to the most advantageous low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-X, or will remain in this low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1-X again. Also, the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1-X has a higher probability of transitioning to the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-X than the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1-Y.
This provides a novel game feature in which the low-probability time-shortening game state LJT1-X transitioned from the low-probability time-shortening game state LJT2-Y becomes a chance zone with a high probability of transitioning to the low-probability time-shortening game state LJT2-X advantageous to the player.

Furthermore, in the normal game state, which is set after the RAM is cleared or after the number of times the special symbol changes during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-Y reaches the time-saving count, similar to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-Y, it is possible to transition to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-X, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-Y, or the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-Y based on a small win. In addition, it is possible to transition to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-X or the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-Y based on a time-saving award win. In other words, during the normal game state, the probability of transitioning to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-X is higher than that of the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-Y. This provides a novel gameplay element in which the normal game state becomes a chance zone with a high probability of transitioning to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-X, which is advantageous to the player.

As described above, in the first modified example, similar to the fifth embodiment, the game state settings can be varied in a wide variety, which can increase the interest of the player.
In addition, in variant example 1, the game state at the time of reference is a time-saving game state, and a small win is won by a win/lose lottery based on the second special chart random number, and the small win pattern Y7 is determined, and if a predetermined number of game balls enter the special area during the small win game based on that determination, the game state after the end of the special game based on that entry is set to a low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-Y, but this is not limited to this, and the game state after the end of the special game based on that entry may also be set to a low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-X.
In this case, there is a possibility that the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-X may transition to the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1-X, so that the player can have a thrilling impression during the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-X.

(Variation 2)
In the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, the low-probability time-shortening game states LJT1-A and LJT1-B, which can be set as the low-probability time-shortening game state LJT1, are set so that the game state referenced when a small win is won (reference game state) is different by varying the number of times that a small win is won (ending number of times) that will end the time-shortening game state JT1, but the method for varying the reference game state is not limited to this, and it is also possible to set the time-shortening game state JT1 to end when the number of times a predetermined small win pattern is determined to reach a predetermined number, and then vary the number of times that a small win pattern is determined that will end the time-shortening game state JT1, so that the game state referenced when a small win is won is different.
A specific example of Modification 2 will be described below. Note that, in the following, a description of the same content as in the fifth embodiment will be omitted, and only the differences will be described in detail.

(Specific example of Modification 2)
(a) Overview of the win/loss lottery and small prize game As shown in FIG. 113, in variant example 2, in the win/loss lottery when a game ball enters the first start winning slot 15 during a non-time-saving game state, the lottery result is derived as to whether a small prize is won or whether a time-saving award is won, and if a small prize is won, a small prize pattern Y1 (decision probability 70/100), a small prize pattern Y2 (decision probability 10/100), a small prize pattern Y3 (decision probability 10/100) or a small prize pattern Y4 (decision probability 10/100) is determined, and if a time-saving award is won, a time-saving pattern J1 (decision probability 20/100), a time-saving pattern J2 (decision probability 40/100) or a time-saving pattern J3 (decision probability 40/100) is determined.
In the lottery for determining whether a game ball enters the first start winning slot 15 during the time-saving game state, the lottery result is either a win or a loss for the small win, and if the small win is won, the small win symbol Y1 (probability of determination is 70/100), the small win symbol Y2 (probability of determination is 10/100), the small win symbol Y3 (probability of determination is 10/100) or the small win symbol Y4 (probability of determination is 10/100) is determined, and if the small win is lost, the loss symbol Z1 is determined.
In both the winning/losing lottery when a game ball enters the second start winning port 16 during a non-time-shortened game state and the winning/losing lottery when a game ball enters the second start winning port 16 during a time-shortened game state, the lottery result is either a win or a loss for the small win, and if a small win is won, the small win symbol Y5 (probability of winning is 75/100), the small win symbol Y6 (probability of winning is 15/100), the small win symbol Y7 (probability of winning is 5/100) or the small win symbol Y8 (probability of winning is 5/100) is determined, and if a loss occurs, the loss symbol Z2 is determined.

Furthermore, in variant 2, when the small win pattern Y1, Y2, Y3, Y5, Y6, Y7 or Y8 is determined, similarly to the fifth form described above, during the small win game based on the determination of the small win pattern, the distribution member 59 stops at the second position, and all game balls that enter the large prize opening 18 enter the special area, and a special game is executed based on a predetermined number (one) of game balls entering the special area during the small win game.
On the other hand, when the small win symbol Y4 is determined, the distribution member 59 stays at the first position during the small win game based on the determination of the small win symbol, and all game balls that enter the large prize opening 18 enter the general area. Therefore, the predetermined number of game balls do not enter the special area during the small win game, and the special game is not executed.
That is, in the second modification, the determination of the small win symbol Y1, Y2, Y3, Y5, Y6, Y7 or Y8 triggers the execution of a special game, but the determination of the small win symbol Y4 does not trigger the execution of a special game.

(i) Overview of the game state to be set In variant 2, as in the fifth form, either the normal game state (non-time-shortened game state), the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1 (time-shortened game state JT1), or the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2 (time-shortened game state JT2) is set.
As the low-probability time-shortening game state LJT1, any one of the low-probability time-shortening game state LJT1-P1, the low-probability time-shortening game state LJT1-P2, the low-probability time-shortening game state LJT1-Q1, and the low-probability time-shortening game state LJT1-Q2 is set.
As the low-probability time-shortening gaming state LJT2, either the low-probability time-shortening gaming state LJT2-P or the low-probability time-shortening gaming state LJT2-Q is set.
Also, as in the fifth form, in the normal game state and the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 (LJT1-P1, LJT1-P2, LJT1-Q1, LJT1-Q2), the game ball is launched toward the first game area 12a, and in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 (LJT2-P, LJT2-Q), the game ball is launched toward the second game area 12b.

In addition, in variant example 2, the low-probability time-saving game states LJT2-P and LJT2-Q end when one of the following time-saving end conditions is met: (1) the number of times the special pattern changes reaches the time-saving number of times without a special game being executed, or (2) the number of times a pattern other than small win pattern Y4 (i.e., small win patterns Y1, Y2, Y3, Y5, Y6, Y7, Y8, in other words, small win patterns that trigger the execution of a special game) is determined reaches a predetermined first end determination number.
114, in the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-P, the number of time-saving times is set to 10,000, and the first end determination number is set to 1. Also, in the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-Q, the number of time-saving times is set to 10,000, and the first end determination number is set to 2.

In addition, the low-probability time-saving game states LJT1-P1, LJT1-P2, LJT1-Q1, and LJT1-Q2 are set to end when any of the following time-saving ending conditions is met: (1) the number of times the special pattern changes reaches the time-saving number without a special game being executed, (2) the number of times a pattern other than the small win pattern Y4 is determined reaches a predetermined first number of times to determine whether it is a special game, or (3) the number of times a small win pattern Y4 (i.e., a small win pattern that does not trigger the execution of a special game) is determined reaches a predetermined second number of times to determine whether it is a special game.
As shown in FIG. 114, in the low-probability time-shortened gaming state LJT1-P1, the number of time-shortened times is set to 10,000, the first termination determination number is set to 1, and the second termination determination number is set to 1,000. Also, in the low-probability time-shortened gaming state LJT1-P2, the number of time-shortened times is set to 10,000, the first termination determination number is set to 1, and the second termination determination number is set to 1. Also, in the low-probability time-shortened gaming state LJT1-Q1, the number of time-shortened times is set to 10,000, the first termination determination number is set to 2, and the second termination determination number is set to 1,000. Also, in the low-probability time-shortened gaming state LJT1-Q2, the number of time-shortened times is set to 10,000, the first termination determination number is set to 2, and the second termination determination number is set to 1.

In addition, in variant example 2, the main RAM 103 is provided with a first end determination count memory area and a second end determination count memory area, and the first end determination count memory area stores the remaining number of determinations of patterns other than the small win pattern Y4 until the above-mentioned first end determination count is reached (hereinafter also referred to as the first remaining small win count), and the second end determination count memory area stores the remaining number of determinations of the small win pattern Y4 until the above-mentioned second end determination count is reached (hereinafter also referred to as the second remaining small win count).
As in the fifth embodiment, during the time-saving game state, the remaining number of variations is updated in the special symbol variation stop process described above. Furthermore, in the second modification, when a symbol other than the small win symbol Y4 is determined in the special symbol variation stop process described above, the first remaining number of variations stored in the first end determination number storage area is updated (decremented by 1), and when the small win symbol Y4 is determined, the second remaining number of variations stored in the second end determination number storage area is updated (decremented by 1).
In the low-probability time-shortened gaming states LJT1-P1, LJT1-P2, LJT1-Q1, and LJT1-Q2, if any of the time-shortened ending conditions (1) to (3) above is satisfied as a result of the update, the time-shortened gaming state JT1 ends, a non-time-shortened gaming state is set, and the gaming state is changed to the normal gaming state. Also, in the low-probability time-shortened gaming states LJT2-P and LJT2-Q, if any of the time-shortened ending conditions (1) to (2) above is satisfied as a result of the update, the time-shortened gaming state JT2 ends, a non-time-shortened gaming state is set, and the gaming state is changed to the normal gaming state.

Here, during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-P1, a game ball is shot toward the first game area 12a, and in principle, a winning/losing lottery is carried out based on the first special chart random number. However, since the number of time-saving times is 10,000 and the probability of winning a small prize is 1/300 (see Figure 113), the time-saving end condition (1) is never actually met.
Furthermore, the number of times the second end determination is made is 1000, and the probability that the small win pattern Y4 will be determined when a small win is won is 10/100 (see Figure 113), so in reality, the time-saving end condition (3) will never be met.
On the other hand, since the first end determination count is 1, if a small win is won and the small win symbol Y1, Y2, or Y3 is determined, when the first remaining small win count is updated in the special symbol variation stop processing, the first remaining small win count becomes 0 (reaching the first end determination count), and the time-saving end condition (2) is met. Then, at the time when this first remaining small win count is updated, the game state becomes the normal game state (non-time-saving game state), and the reference game state becomes the non-time-saving game state. Then, after the special game, which is executed via the determination of the small win symbol Y1, Y2, or Y3, ends, the reference game state becomes the non-time-saving game state, and the game state is set according to the type of small win symbol determined (see FIG. 114(a)).

Furthermore, during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-P2, as during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-P1, the game ball is shot toward the first game area 12a, and in principle, a winning/losing lottery is carried out based on the first special chart random number. However, since the number of time-saving times is 10,000 and the probability of winning a small jackpot is 1/300 (see Figure 113), the time-saving end condition (1) is not actually met.
On the other hand, since the first end determination count is 1, if a small win is won and the small win symbol Y1, Y2, or Y3 is determined, when the first remaining small win count is updated in the special symbol variation stop processing, the first remaining small win count becomes 0 (reaching the first end determination count), and the time-saving end condition (2) is met. Then, at the time when this first remaining small win count is updated, the game state becomes the normal game state (non-time-saving game state), and the reference game state becomes the non-time-saving game state. Then, after the special game, which is executed via the determination of the small win symbol Y1, Y2, or Y3, ends, the reference game state becomes the non-time-saving game state, and the game state is set according to the type of small win symbol determined (see FIG. 114(a)).
Also, since the second end determination count is 1, if a small win is won and the small win symbol Y4 is determined, when the second remaining small win count is updated in the special symbol variation stop processing, the second remaining small win count becomes 0 (reaching the second end determination count), and the time-saving end condition (3) is met. Then, when the second remaining small win count is updated, the game state becomes the normal game state (non-time-saving game state). Note that, as mentioned above, since a special game is not executed through the determination of the small win symbol Y4, the game state is not set according to the reference game state or the type of small win symbol, as in the case where the small win symbol Y1, Y2, or Y3 is determined.

Furthermore, during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-Q1, as during the low-probability time-saving game states LJT1-P1 and LJT2-P2, a game ball is shot toward the first game area 12a, and in principle, a winning/losing lottery is carried out based on the first special chart random number. However, since the number of time-saving times is 10,000 and the probability of winning a small prize is 1/300 (see Figure 113), the time-saving end condition (1) is not actually met.
Furthermore, the number of times the second end determination is made is 1000, and the probability that the small win pattern Y4 will be determined when a small win is won is 10/100 (see Figure 113), so in reality, the time-saving end condition (3) will never be met.
On the other hand, since the first termination determination count is two, if a small jackpot is won and the small jackpot symbol Y1, Y2, or Y3 is determined, when the second remaining small jackpot count is updated in the special symbol variation stop processing, the second remaining small jackpot count becomes one (does not reach the first termination determination count), and therefore the time-saving termination condition (2) is not met. Then, at the time when this second remaining small jackpot count is updated, the game state remains in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-Q1 (time-saving game state), and the reference game state becomes the time-saving game state. Then, after the special game, which is executed via the determination of the small jackpot symbol Y1, Y2, or Y3, ends, the reference game state becomes the time-saving game state, and the game state is set according to the type of small jackpot symbol determined (see FIG. 114(a)).

Furthermore, during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-Q2, as during the low-probability time-saving game states LJT1-P1, LJT2-P2, and LJT1-Q1, a game ball is shot toward the first game area 12a, and in principle, a winning/losing lottery is carried out based on the first special chart random number. However, since the number of time-saving times is 10,000 and the probability of winning a small prize is 1/300 (see Figure 113), the time-saving end condition (1) is not actually met.
On the other hand, since the first end determination count is two, if a small win is won and the small win symbol Y1, Y2, or Y3 is determined, when the first remaining small win count is updated in the special symbol variation stop processing, the first remaining small win count becomes one (does not reach the first end determination count), and therefore the time-saving end condition (2) is not met. Then, at the time when this second remaining small win count is updated, the game state remains in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-Q2 (time-saving game state), and the reference game state becomes the time-saving game state. Then, after the special game, which is executed via the determination of the small win symbol Y1, Y2, or Y3, ends, the reference game state becomes the time-saving game state, and the game state is set according to the type of small win symbol determined (see FIG. 114(a)).
Also, since the second end determination count is 1, if a small win is won and the small win symbol Y4 is determined, when the second remaining small win count is updated in the special symbol variation stop processing, the second remaining small win count becomes 0 (reaching the second end determination count), and the time-saving end condition (3) is met. Then, when this second remaining small win count is updated, the game state becomes the normal game state (non-time-saving game state). As mentioned above, since the special game is not executed, the game state at the time of reference and the game state according to the type of small win symbol are not set.

Furthermore, during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-P, a game ball is shot toward the second game area 12b, and in principle, a winning/losing lottery is carried out based on the second special chart random number. However, since the number of time-saving times is 10,000 and the probability of winning a small prize is 7/300 (see Figure 113), the time-saving end condition (1) is never actually met.
On the other hand, since the first end determination count is 1, if a small win is won and the small win symbol Y5, Y6, Y7, or Y8 is determined, when the first remaining small win count is updated in the special symbol variation stop processing, the first remaining small win count becomes 0 (reaching the first end determination count), and the time-saving end condition (2) is met. Then, at the time when the first remaining small win count is updated, the game state becomes the normal game state (non-time-saving game state), and the reference game state becomes the non-time-saving game state. Then, after the special game, which is executed via the determination of the small win symbol Y5, Y6, Y7, or Y8, ends, the reference game state becomes the non-time-saving game state, and the game state is set according to the type of small win symbol determined (see FIG. 114(a)).

Furthermore, during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-Q, as during LJT2-P, the game ball is shot toward the second game area 12b, and in principle, a winning/losing lottery is carried out based on the second special chart random number. However, since the number of time-saving times is 10,000 and the probability of winning a small prize is 7/300 (see Figure 113), the time-saving end condition (1) is never actually met.
On the other hand, since the first end determination count is two, if a small jackpot is won and the small jackpot symbol Y5, Y6, Y7, or Y8 is determined, when the first remaining small jackpot count is updated in the special symbol variation stop processing, the first remaining small jackpot count becomes one (does not reach the first end determination count), and therefore the time-saving end condition (2) is not met. Then, when the second remaining small jackpot count is updated, the game state remains in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-Q2 (time-saving game state), and the reference game state becomes the time-saving game state. Then, after the special game, which is executed via the determination of the small jackpot symbol Y5, Y6, Y7, or Y8, ends, the reference game state becomes the time-saving game state, and the game state is set according to the type of small jackpot symbol determined (see FIG. 114(a)).

(C) Overview of the game state set according to the type of small win symbol or time-saving symbol As shown in Figure 114 (a), in Modification 2, if the game state at the time of reference is a non-time-saving game state, a small win is won by a win/lose lottery based on the first special symbol random number and a small win symbol Y1 is determined, and if a predetermined number of game balls enter the special area during the small win game based on that determination, the game state after the special game based on that entry is set to a low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-P. Also, if the game state at the time of reference is a time-saving game state, a small win is won by a win/lose lottery based on the first special symbol random number and a small win symbol Y1 is determined, and if a predetermined number of game balls enter the special area during the small win game based on that determination, the game state after the special game based on that entry is set to a low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-Q.

If the game state at the time of reference is a non-time-saving game state, a small jackpot is won by a win/lose lottery based on the first special symbol random number, and small jackpot symbol Y2 is determined, and a predetermined number of game balls enter the special area during the small jackpot game based on that determination, the game state after the special game based on that entry ends will be set to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-P1. Also, if the game state at the time of reference is a time-saving game state, a small jackpot is won by a win/lose lottery based on the first special symbol random number, and small jackpot symbol Y2 is determined, and a predetermined number of game balls enter the special area during the small jackpot game based on that determination, the game state after the special game based on that entry ends will be set to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-Q1.

If the game state at the time of reference is a non-time-saving game state, a small jackpot is won by a win/lose lottery based on the first special symbol random number, and small jackpot symbol Y3 is determined, and a predetermined number of game balls enter the special area during the small jackpot game based on that determination, the game state after the special game based on that entry ends will be set to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-P2. Also, if the game state at the time of reference is a time-saving game state, a small jackpot is won by a win/lose lottery based on the first special symbol random number, and small jackpot symbol Y3 is determined, and a predetermined number of game balls enter the special area during the small jackpot game based on that determination, the game state after the special game based on that entry ends will be set to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-Q2.

If the game state at the time of reference is a non-time-saving game state, a small jackpot is won by a win/lose lottery based on the second special symbol random number, and small jackpot symbol Y5 is determined, and a predetermined number of game balls enter the special area during the small jackpot game based on that determination, the game state after the special game based on that entry ends will be set to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-P. Also, if the game state at the time of reference is a time-saving game state, a small jackpot is won by a win/lose lottery based on the second special symbol random number, and small jackpot symbol Y5 is determined, and a predetermined number of game balls enter the special area during the small jackpot game based on that determination, the game state after the special game based on that entry ends will be set to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-Q.

If the game state at the time of reference is a non-time-saving game state, a small jackpot is won by a win/lose lottery based on the second special symbol random number, and small jackpot symbol Y6 is determined, and a predetermined number of game balls enter the special area during the small jackpot game based on that determination, the game state after the special game based on that entry ends will be set to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-P2. Also, if the game state at the time of reference is a time-saving game state, a small jackpot is won by a win/lose lottery based on the second special symbol random number, and small jackpot symbol Y6 is determined, and a predetermined number of game balls enter the special area during the small jackpot game based on that determination, the game state after the special game based on that entry ends will be set to the non-time-saving game state.

If the game state at the time of reference is a non-time-saving game state, a small jackpot is won by a win/lose lottery based on the second special symbol random number, and the small jackpot symbol Y7 is determined, and a predetermined number of game balls enter the special area during the small jackpot game based on that determination, the game state after the special game based on that entry will be set to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-P1. Also, if the game state at the time of reference is a time-saving game state, a small jackpot is won by a win/lose lottery based on the second special symbol random number, and the small jackpot symbol Y7 is determined, and a predetermined number of game balls enter the special area during the small jackpot game based on that determination, the game state after the special game based on that entry will be set to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-P1.

If the game state at the time of reference is a non-time-saving game state, a small jackpot is won by a win/lose lottery based on the second special symbol random number, and the small jackpot symbol Y8 is determined, and a predetermined number of game balls enter the special area during the small jackpot game based on that determination, the game state after the special game based on that entry will be set to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-P2. Also, if the game state at the time of reference is a time-saving game state, a small jackpot is won by a win/lose lottery based on the second special symbol random number, and the small jackpot symbol Y8 is determined, and a predetermined number of game balls enter the special area during the small jackpot game based on that determination, the game state after the special game based on that entry will be set to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-P2.

As shown in FIG. 114(b), if the game state at the time the win/loss lottery is executed is the normal game state (non-time-saving game state), and the time-saving symbol J1 is selected through the win/loss lottery based on the first special symbol random number, and the time-saving symbol J1 is displayed in a stopped state, the game state after the stopped state is set to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-Q; if the time-saving symbol J2 is selected through the win/loss lottery based on the first special symbol random number, and the time-saving symbol J2 is selected in a stopped state, the game state after the stopped state is set to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-Q1; and if the time-saving symbol J3 is selected through the win/loss lottery based on the first special symbol random number, and the time-saving symbol J3 is selected in a stopped state, the game state after the stopped state is set to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-Q2.

(D) Gameplay of Variation 2 After RAM is cleared (abnormal initialization process, normal initialization process), the small win symbol Y4 is determined during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-P2 or LJT1-Q2, and then the small win symbol Y6 is determined during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-Q. After the special game executed through this determination is completed, the normal game state is set. During the normal game state, a game ball is shot toward the first game area 12a, causing the game ball to enter the first start winning hole 15, and a win/loss lottery is executed based on the first special symbol random number.
Then, when a winning or losing lottery based on the first special random number is performed during the normal game state, if a small win is won and the small win pattern Y1, Y2 or Y3 is determined, the special game performed through the determination is executed, and the low probability time-saving game state LJT2-P (when the small win pattern Y1 is determined (the game state at the time of reference is a non-time-saving game state)), the low probability time-saving game state LJT2-P1 (when the small win pattern Y2 is determined (the game state at the time of reference is a non-time-saving game state)), or the low probability time-saving game state If a time-saving award is won, the game state will transition to one of the low-probability time-saving game states LJT1-P2 (if a small win symbol Y3 is determined (the game state at the time of reference is a non-time-saving game state)), and if a time-saving award is won, the game state will transition after the winning to one of the low-probability time-saving game states LJT2-Q (if a time-saving symbol J1 is determined), the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-Q1 (if a time-saving symbol J2 is determined), or the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-Q2 (if a time-saving symbol J3 is determined) (see Figures 114(a)-(b), and Figure 115).
Here, as in the fifth embodiment, in the win/loss lottery based on the first special symbol random number during the normal game state, the probability of winning the time-saving award is set extremely high compared to the small win, and the probability of determining the time-saving symbols J2 and J3 is set higher than the time-saving symbol J1 (see FIG. 113(a)). Therefore, when the win/loss lottery is executed, there is a high possibility that the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-Q1 or LJT1-Q2 will be set. Furthermore, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-Q1 will essentially continue until the small win symbol Y1, Y2, or Y3 is determined, and the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-Q2 will continue until the small win symbol Y1, Y2, Y3, or Y4 is determined. Therefore, during play in the second modification, there is a high possibility that the player will stay in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-Q1 or LJT-Q2.

During the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-Q1, as in the normal game state, a game ball is shot toward the first game area 12a, causing the game ball to enter the first starting winning hole 15, and a winning/losing lottery based on the first special chart random number is executed.
Then, when a lottery based on the first special chart random number is held during the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1-Q1, if a small win is won and the small win pattern Y1, Y2 or Y3 is determined, the game will transition to either a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-Q (if the small win pattern Y1 is determined (the game state at the time of reference is the time-shortened game state)), a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1-Q1 (if the small win pattern Y2 is determined (the game state at the time of reference is the time-shortened game state)), or a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1-Q2 (if the small win pattern Y3 is determined (the game state at the time of reference is the time-shortened game state)) (see Figures 114(a) and 115).

Also, during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-Q2, as in the normal game state and the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-Q1, a game ball is shot toward the first game area 12a, causing the game ball to enter the first start winning hole 15, and a winning/losing lottery based on the first special chart random number is executed.
Then, when a lottery based on the first special symbol random number is held during the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1-Q2, if a small prize is won and the small prize symbol Y1, Y2 or Y3 is determined, a special game is played via the winning, and the game transitions to either a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-Q (if the small prize symbol Y1 is determined (the game state at the time of reference is the time-shortened game state)), a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1-Q1 (if the small prize symbol Y2 is determined (the game state at the time of reference is the time-shortened game state)), or a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1-Q2 (if the small prize symbol Y3 is determined (the game state at the time of reference is the time-shortened game state)), and if a small prize is won and the small prize symbol Y4 is determined, the game transitions to the normal game state (see Figures 114(a) and 115).

Also, during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-Q, a game ball is shot toward the second game area 12b, causing the game ball to enter the second start winning hole 16, and a winning/losing lottery is executed based on the second special chart random number.
Then, when a lottery based on the second special symbol random number is held during the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-Q, if a small win is won, a special game is played via the win, and the game state transitions to either the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-Q (when the small win symbol Y5 is determined (the game state at the time of reference is the time-shortened game state)), the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1-P1 (when the small win symbol Y7 is determined (the game state at the time of reference is the time-shortened game state)), the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1-P2 (when the small win symbol Y8 is determined (the game state at the time of reference is the time-shortened game state)), or the normal game state (when the small win symbol Y6 is determined (the game state at the time of reference is the time-shortened game state)) (see Figures 114(a) and 115).

Also, as described above, when a small win is won in the normal game state and the small win pattern Y1, Y2 or Y3 is determined, the game state will transition to either the low probability time-shortened game state LJT1-P1, the low probability time-shortened game state LJT1-P2, or the low probability time-shortened game state LJT2-P.
During the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-P1, as in the normal game state and the low-probability time-saving game states LJT1-Q1 and LJT1-Q2, a game ball is shot toward the first game area 12a, causing the game ball to enter the first start winning hole 15, and a winning/losing lottery based on the first special chart random number is executed.
Then, when a lottery based on the first special symbol random number is held during the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1-P1, if a small prize is won and the small prize symbol Y1, Y2 or Y3 is determined, the game will transition to either a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-P (if the small prize symbol Y1 is determined (the game state at the time of reference is a non-time-shortened game state)), a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1-P1 (if the small prize symbol Y2 is determined (the game state at the time of reference is a non-time-shortened game state)), or a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1-P2 (if the small prize symbol Y3 is determined (the game state at the time of reference is a non-time-shortened game state)) (see Figures 114(a) and 115).

Also, during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-P2, as in the normal game state and the low-probability time-saving game states LJT1-Q1, LJT1-Q2, and LJT1-P1, a game ball is shot toward the first game area 12a, causing the game ball to enter the first start winning hole 15, and a winning/losing lottery based on the first special chart random number is executed.
Then, when a lottery based on the first special symbol random number is held during the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1-P2, if a small prize is won and the small prize symbol Y1, Y2, or Y3 is determined, a special game is played via the winning, and the game transitions to either a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-P (if the small prize symbol Y1 is determined (the game state at the time of reference is a non-time-shortened game state)), a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1-P1 (if the small prize symbol Y2 is determined (the game state at the time of reference is a non-time-shortened game state)), or a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1-P2 (if the small prize symbol Y3 is determined (the game state at the time of reference is a non-time-shortened game state)), and if a small prize is won and the small prize symbol Y4 is determined, the game transitions to the normal game state (if the small prize symbol Y4 is determined) (see Figures 114(a) and 115).

Also, during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-P, a game ball is shot toward the second game area 12b, causing the game ball to enter the second start winning hole 16, and a winning/losing lottery is executed based on the second special chart random number.
Then, when a lottery based on the second special symbol random number is held during the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-P, if a small jackpot is won, a special game is played via the winning jackpot, and the game will transition to the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-P (if the small jackpot symbol Y5 is determined (the game state at the time of reference is the non-time-shortened game state)), the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1-P1 (if the small jackpot symbol Y7 is determined (the game state at the time of reference is the non-time-shortened game state)), or the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1-P2 (if the small jackpot symbol Y6 or Y8 is determined (the game state at the time of reference is the non-time-shortened game state)) (see Figures 114(a) and 115).

As described above, in variant example 2, as in the fifth form, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 is a game state in which a win/loss lottery is mainly based on the second special chart random number, and 10 rounds of play are executed during the special game that is executed if a small win is won in the win/loss lottery, and therefore is a more advantageous game state than the normal game state and the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, in which a win/loss lottery is mainly based on the first special chart random number, and 3 rounds of play are executed during the special game that is executed if a small win is won in the win/loss lottery.
Furthermore, the low-probability time-shortened gaming state LJT2 can transition to either the low-probability time-shortened gaming state LJT2-P or LJT2-Q, and although the low-probability time-shortened gaming state LJT2-P does not transition to the normal gaming state, the low-probability time-shortened gaming state LJT2-Q has the potential to transition to the normal gaming state. Here, as described above, in the normal gaming state, the probability of winning a time-shortened award is extremely higher than a small win, and transition to the low-probability time-shortened gaming state LJT2-Q (low-probability time-shortened gaming state LJT2) is possible via winning a time-shortened award, so the low-probability time-shortened gaming state LJT2-Q, which has the potential to transition to the normal gaming state, is a more advantageous gaming state than the low-probability time-shortened gaming state LJT2-P, which does not transition to the normal gaming state.

In addition, in the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1, in which so-called left-hand hits are performed (a win/lose lottery is performed based on the first special chart random number), a transition to any of the low-probability time-shortened game states LJT1-P1, LJT1-P2, LJT1-Q1, or LJT1-Q2 occurs. However, from the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1-P1 or LJT1-P2, there is a possibility that the game state will transition to the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-P, which is less advantageous than the low-probability time-shortened game state, rather than the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-Q. On the other hand, from the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1-Q1 or LJT1-Q2, there is a possibility that the game state will transition to the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-Q, which is more advantageous than the low-probability time-shortened game state, rather than the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-P. Therefore, in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 in which left-handed hits are performed, the low-probability time-saving game states LJT1-Q1 and LJT1-Q2 are more advantageous game states than the low-probability time-saving game states LJT1-P1 and LJT1-P2.

Furthermore, although the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-P1 does not transition to the normal game state, there is a possibility that the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-P2 will transition to the normal game state. Similarly, although the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-Q1 does not transition to the normal game state, there is a possibility that the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1-Q2 will transition to the normal game state.
Therefore, the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-P2 which may transition to the normal game state is a more advantageous game state than the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-P1 which does not transition to the normal game state, and the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-Q2 which may transition to the normal game state is a more advantageous game state than the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-Q1 which does not transition to the normal game state.

In other words, in variant example 2, the game state in which the player remains during so-called left-hand play is set to gradually become more advantageous in the order of low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1-P1 → low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1-P2 → low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1-Q1 → low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1-Q2 → normal game state.
In the low-probability time-shortening game states LJT1-Q1 and LJT1-Q2, which are likely to remain during play, the aim is to transition to the highly advantageous low-probability time-shortening game state LJT2-Q based on the winning of a small jackpot, and after transitioning to the low-probability time-shortening game state LJT2-Q, the aim is to again remain in the low-probability time-shortening game state LJT2-Q by executing a special game based on the determination of the small jackpot pattern Y5, or the aim is to transition to the highly advantageous normal game state by executing a special game based on the determination of the small jackpot pattern Y6. Furthermore, when a transition to the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1-P2 or LJT1-P1 is made based on the determination of the small win symbol Y7 or Y8 in the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-Q, the aim is to transition to the highly advantageous low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-P based on the winning of a small win, but after a transition to the normal game state is made based on the determination of the small win symbol Y4 in the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1-P2, a gameplay is imparted in which the aim is to transition from this normal game state to the low-probability time-shortened game states LJT1-Q1, LJT1-Q2, or LJT2-Q, which are more advantageous than the low-probability time-shortened game states LJT1-P1 and LJT1-P2.

As described above, in the second modification, as in the fifth embodiment, the game state settings can be varied in a wide variety, which can increase the interest of the player.
In addition, in variant example 2, in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, the game state at the time of reference was set to be different by varying the number of times the small winning pattern Y4, which ends the time-saving game state, is determined, but similar control may also be performed in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2.
Specifically, for example, there are four types of low-probability time-saving game states LJT2, namely, LJT2-P1, LJT2-P2, LJT2-Q1, and LJ2-Q2, and as the small win symbols to be determined when a small win occurs in the lottery for determining whether the second special pattern random number is a hit or miss, there are provided both a small win symbol that triggers the execution of a special symbol and a small win symbol that does not trigger the execution of a special symbol. In the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-P1, the first end determination number (the number of times a small win pattern that triggers the execution of a special pattern is determined) is set to 1, and the second end determination number (the number of times a small win pattern that does not trigger the execution of a special pattern is determined) is set to 1,000; in the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-P2, the first end determination number is set to 1 and the second end determination number is set to 1; in the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-Q1, the first end determination number is set to 2 and the second end determination number is set to 1,000; and in the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-Q2, the first end determination number is set to 2 and the second end determination number is set to 1.
In this case, a plurality of game states with substantially different degrees of advantage can be set as the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2, which results in a wide variety of game state settings and can increase the interest of players.

Furthermore, LJT1-P1, LJT1-P2, LJT1-Q1, and LJT1-Q2 set as the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1 may be made identifiable by the player by, for example, displaying different background images and effect symbols 50, or may be made indistinguishable by the player by displaying the same background images and effect symbols 50, etc. In other words, each gaming state may be set so that it can be distinguished or indistinguishable by the player depending on the effect that is executed.
Similarly, the low-probability time-saving game states LJT2-P and LJT2-Q may be set so that the player can or cannot distinguish them depending on the presentation that is executed.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, the conditions for ending the time-saving mode are that the number of times the special pattern changes reaches the number of times the time-saving mode is set, and that the number of times the small jackpot is won reaches the number of times that determines the end of the time-saving mode, but the conditions for ending the time-saving mode are not limited to these.
For example, conditions may be set such as the number of times the special pattern changes based on the first special pattern random number (the number of times a win/lose lottery is held based on the first special pattern random number) reaching a predetermined number, the number of times the special pattern changes based on the second special pattern random number (the number of times a win/lose lottery is held based on the second special pattern random number) reaching a predetermined number, or winning a small prize.
In the above case, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment can be achieved.

Furthermore, in the pachinko machine P of this form, only a small prize can be won by a win/lose lottery, and a special game is executed when a predetermined number of game balls enter a special area during a small prize game based on winning a small prize, but the lottery results derived by the win/lose lottery and the trigger for executing a special game are not limited to this.
For example, it may be possible to win not only a small prize but also a big prize through a lottery, and a special game may be executed based on the big prize being won.
In the above case, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment can be achieved.

(6th form)
The sixth embodiment will be described below with reference to the drawings. In this description, the same components as those in the first to fifth embodiments will be denoted by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted or simplified.
The pachinko machine P of this embodiment is a so-called type 1/type 2 mixed pachinko machine, similar to the second to fourth embodiments, and is configured so that a special game is executed when a big win is won or when the game ball enters a special area during a small win game based on a small win.

The configuration of the game board 11 of the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, and the devices and components installed on the game board 11 are the same as those of the second to fourth embodiments.
Also, similar to the second to fourth forms, during a special game or during a small prize game based on winning a small prize, the large prize opening 18 is opened, allowing game balls to enter the large prize opening 18. During a special game, the allocating member 59 stays in the first position, and game balls that enter the large prize opening 18 do not enter the special area, but all enter the general area 58. In contrast, during a small prize game based on the determination of a small prize symbol, the allocating member 59 stays in the second position, and game balls that enter the large prize opening 18 do not enter the general area 58, but all enter the special area.
That is, game balls can enter the special area only during a small win game based on the determination of the small win symbol, and thus a predetermined number of game balls (one in this embodiment) enter the special area during the small win game. Then, a special game is executed based on the predetermined number of game balls entering the special area during the small win game.

Furthermore, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, as in the second to fourth embodiments, the game state after the end of the special game that is executed based on the determination of the jackpot pattern or the small jackpot pattern is set according to the jackpot pattern determined when the jackpot is won or the small jackpot pattern determined when the small jackpot is won.
As with the second to fourth forms, the game states that can be set include a normal game state that combines a low-probability game state and a non-time-shortened game state, a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1 that combines a low-probability game state and a time-shortened game state JT1, and a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2 that combines a low-probability game state and a time-shortened game state JT2, and the game progresses by setting one of the game states.
As in the second to fourth modes, the low probability game state is always set in any game state. Therefore, regardless of the game state, the probability of winning the jackpot in the win/lose lottery remains the same (1/300) (see Figure 116(a)).

In addition, the frequency with which game balls enter the second start winning slot 16 in the non-time-saving game state, time-saving game state JT1, and time-saving game state JT2 is the same as in forms 2 to 4. That is, the probability of winning in the normal symbol lottery, the normal symbol fluctuation time, and the operating time of the movable piece 16b in the non-time-saving game state, time-saving game state JT1, and time-saving game state JT2 are all set the same as in forms 2 to 4 (see Figures 14 to 16, 87(c), 94(c), and 106(c)).

In the initial state, such as immediately after shipping from the factory or after clearing the RAM (initialization process in case of an abnormality or normal operation), the normal game mode is set.

During the normal game state and the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, the player is instructed to shoot (hit left) the game ball toward the first game area 12a so that the game ball will enter the first start winning port 15 (the player is instructed to hit left), and during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2, special game, and small win game, the player is instructed to shoot (hit right) the game ball toward the second game area 12b so that the game ball will enter the large winning port 18, or pass through the gate 20 and enter the second start winning port 16 (the player is instructed to hit right).
That is, during the normal game state and the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, the player is mainly allowed to play in the first game area 12a, and as long as play is being performed in the first game area 12a, game balls can enter the first start winning hole 15. Also, during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2, the player is mainly allowed to play in the second game area 12b, and as long as play is being performed in the second game area 12b, game balls can pass through the gate 20 and enter the second start winning hole 16.
Then, a lottery is executed based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning hole 15 and the entry of the game ball into the second start winning hole 16.

Here, the reserved memory area of the main RAM 103 in this embodiment is composed of a first reserved memory area for storing the first special symbol random number and a second reserved memory area for storing the second special symbol random number, as in the third and fourth embodiments, and each of these reserved memory areas is composed of a total of four memory sections, from the first memory section to the fourth memory section, and is capable of storing a total of four sets of the first special symbol random number and a total of four sets of the second special symbol random number. When a gaming ball enters the first start winning port 15, the first special symbol random number is stored in order from the first memory section of the first reserved memory area, and when a gaming ball enters the second start winning port 16, the second special symbol random number is stored in order from the first memory section of the second reserved memory area.
In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, as in the first and third embodiments, when both the first special symbol random number and the second special symbol random number are stored, the second special symbol random number is processed in priority to the first special symbol random number. For example, when both the first special symbol random number and the second special symbol random number are stored when the variable display of the special symbol starts, a winning/losing lottery based on the second special symbol random number and the variable display of the special symbol are first performed, and when the variable display ends, a winning/losing lottery based on the first special symbol random number and the variable display of the special symbol are then performed.
In addition, if both the first special pattern random number and the second special pattern random number are stored, they may be processed in the order in which they are stored in the reserved memory area.

As shown in Figure 116(a), when a game ball enters the first start winning slot 15 during a non-time-saving game state, the lottery results in either a jackpot win or a time-saving bonus. In other words, in the lottery based on the first special symbol random number during a non-time-saving game state, if a jackpot win is not won, the time-saving bonus will always be won, and there will be no loss. When a jackpot wins, the jackpot symbol X1 or X2 is determined, and when a time-saving bonus is won, the time-saving bonus symbol J1 or J2 is determined.
The probability of winning a jackpot is set to 1/300, and the probability of winning the jackpot with the jackpot symbol X1 is set to 40/100 (40%), and the probability of winning the jackpot with the jackpot symbol X2 is set to 60/100 (40%). The probability of winning a time-saving bonus is set to 299/300, and the probability of winning the time-saving bonus with the time-saving bonus is set to 80/100 (80%), and the probability of winning the time-saving bonus with the time-saving bonus is set to 20/100 (20%).

As shown in Figure 116(a), when a game ball enters the first start winning slot 15 during the time-saving game state, the lottery results in either a win or a loss for the jackpot. In other words, in the win/loss lottery based on the first special symbol random number during the time-saving game state, if the jackpot is not won, it will always be a loss and the time-saving award will not be awarded. If the jackpot is won, the jackpot symbol X1 or X2 is determined, and if the jackpot is lost, the loss symbol Z1 is determined.
In addition, the probability of winning the jackpot is set to 1/300, and when the jackpot is won, the probability of the jackpot pattern X1 being determined is set to 40/100 (40%), and the probability of the jackpot pattern X2 being determined is set to 60/100 (60%).

As shown in Figure 116 (a), in both the win/lose lottery when a gaming ball enters the second start winning slot 16 during a non-time-saving game state and the win/lose lottery when a gaming ball enters the second start winning slot 16 during a time-saving game state, the lottery result is either a big win, a small win, or a loss. In other words, in the win/lose lottery based on the second special symbol random number, regardless of the set game state, if you do not win a big win or a small win, you will always lose and will not be awarded the time-saving bonus. If you win a big win, the big win symbol X3 is determined, if you win a small win, the small win symbol Y1 is determined, and if you lose, the loss symbol Z2 is determined.
The probability of winning a jackpot is set to 1/300, and the probability of winning the jackpot symbol X3 when the jackpot is won is set to 100/100 (100%). The probability of winning a small jackpot is set to 3/300, and the probability of winning the small jackpot symbol Y1 when the small jackpot is won is set to 100/100 (100%).

Furthermore, in the lottery for this form, as in the second to fourth forms, first a determination is made as to whether or not a jackpot has been won, and if the result of the determination is that the jackpot has not been won, then a determination is made as to whether or not a small jackpot has been won, and if the result of the determination is that the small jackpot has not been won, then a determination is made as to whether or not a time-saving bonus has been awarded, and if it is determined that the time-saving bonus has not been awarded, then the prize is lost.
Furthermore, when the special symbol is determined, a variation pattern command corresponding to a variation pattern in which the variation time of the special symbol, the mode of variation presentation, etc. are determined based on the result of the determination.
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, as in the third and fourth embodiments, the stop display time (pattern determination time), which is the time during which the special symbol is stopped and displayed after the variable display of the special symbol has finished, is the same (0.5 seconds) regardless of the game status at the time of the winning/losing lottery or the type of special symbol determined, except as will be described later. As in the first and second embodiments, the stop display time may be determined based on the game status at the time of the winning/losing lottery or the type of special symbol determined.

As in the third and fourth forms, the small prize game, which is executed when a small prize is won and the small prize symbol Y1 is determined, is set to end when one of the following conditions is met: the large prize opening 18 opens for 0.45 seconds four times, or 10 game balls enter the open large prize opening 18 (see FIG. 116(b)). The closing time (interval time) of the large prize opening 18 from the end of an opening to the start of the next opening is set to 0.6 seconds (see FIG. 116(b)). Furthermore, while the large prize opening 18 is open, the sorting member 59 remains in the second position (see FIG. 116(b)).
That is, during a small win game, the large prize opening 18 is open for a total of 1.8 seconds. Therefore, if a right-handed shot is made during this small win game, the game ball can be made to enter the large prize opening 18. Furthermore, during this small win game, the sorting member 59 stays in the second position, so that a game ball that enters the large prize opening 18 always enters the special area.
Therefore, if a small win is won and the player hits the ball to the right, a predetermined number (one ball) of game balls will enter the special area during the small win game based on that win, and a special game will be executed based on that entry.

Furthermore, although not specifically shown, when the jackpot symbol X1 or X2 is determined, a total of four rounds of play are executed, each round ending when either the large prize opening 18 is open for 29.0 seconds or 10 game balls enter the large prize opening 18. In each round of play, the large prize opening 18 is opened only once (one 29.0-second opening is executed), and the interval time between each round of play is set to 2.0 seconds. Furthermore, during each round of play, the allocating member 59 remains at the first position.
Furthermore, when the big win symbol X3 is determined, or when the small win symbol Y1 is determined and a predetermined number of game balls enter the special area during the small win game based on that determination, a special game is executed in which a total of 10 round games are played in the same manner as described above. The opening and closing pattern of the opening and closing door 18b, the operating mode of the distribution member 59, and the interval time during the round game are also set to the same content as the special game described above.

(Outline of game state to be set)
In the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, when a special game is executed based on a jackpot win, the game state after the end of the special game is set according to the type of jackpot pattern that has been determined and the game state at the time of the jackpot win (the game state when the win/loss lottery is executed).
Furthermore, if a small win game is executed based on a small win, and a special game is executed when a predetermined number of game balls (one ball) enter the special area during the small win game, the game state after the special game ends is set according to the type of small win symbol determined and the game state at the time of the small win (the game state when the win/lose lottery is executed). On the other hand, if the predetermined number of game balls do not enter the special area during the small win game, for example, because a right hit was not performed, the special game is not executed and the game state described above is not set. Therefore, the game state before the start of the small win game continues even after the small win game ends.
In addition, if a time-saving award is won in a non-time-saving game state (normal game state), after the determined time-saving pattern is stopped and displayed, a time-saving game state corresponding to the type of the time-saving pattern is set.

The time-saving game state ends when the number of times the special symbol changes reaches a predetermined number of times without the special game being executed. In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, as in the first and fourth embodiments, the main RAM 103 is provided with a time-saving number storage area, and this time-saving number storage area stores the number of times of change remaining until the currently set time-saving game state ends.
Specifically, when a time-saving game state is set, the aforementioned number of time-saving times is set (stored) in a time-saving time storage area as an initial value indicating the number of times of fluctuations remaining until the time-saving game state ends (hereinafter also referred to as the remaining number of fluctuations). Then, each time a special symbol fluctuation display is executed, the value stored in the time-saving time storage area is updated (decremented by 1). As a result, the value stored in the time-saving time storage area becomes the number of times of fluctuations remaining until the currently set time-saving game state ends.

The game state to be set will be explained in more detail below.
(1) Low probability time-saving game state LJT1
As shown in Figure 117 (a), when a jackpot is won by a lottery based on the first special chart random number and the jackpot pattern X1 is determined, regardless of whether the game state at the time of winning the jackpot is a non-time-saving game state or a time-saving game state, the game state after the special game ends is set to a low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 (time-saving game state JT1), and the number of time-saving times is set to 10,000.
Also, as shown in Figure 117 (b), even if a player is selected for time-saving granting by a lottery based on the first special chart random number in a non-time-saving game state (normal game state) and the time-saving symbol J1 is determined, the game state after the time-saving symbol J1 is displayed is set to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 (time-saving game state JT1), and the number of time-saving times is set to 10,000.

The low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 continues until the result of the win/loss lottery is derived 10,000 times without the special game being executed (until the number of times the special symbol changes reaches 10,000). Then, when the result of the win/loss lottery is derived 10,000 times without the special game being executed during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, the time-saving game state JT1 is changed to a non-time-saving game state, and the game state is changed to a normal game state.
During the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, as long as you hit the left side as instructed, a lottery based on the first special random number is held, and in the lottery based on the first special random number during the time-saving game state, you can win a jackpot, and the probability of winning a jackpot is 1/300 (see Figure 116 (a)). Therefore, in effect, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 will continue until you win a jackpot and a special game is executed through that win.

(2) Low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A (low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 in which the number of time-saving times is set to 80)
As shown in FIG. 117(a), if a jackpot is won and a jackpot pattern X2 is determined by a win/loss lottery based on the first special chart random number, if a jackpot is won and a jackpot pattern X3 is determined by a win/loss lottery based on the second special chart random number, or if a small jackpot is won and a small jackpot pattern Y1 is determined by a win/loss lottery based on the second special chart random number, and a predetermined number of game balls enter the special area during the small jackpot game based on that determination, the game state after the special game ends is set to a low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 (time-saving game state JT2), regardless of whether the game state at the time of winning the jackpot or the small jackpot is a non-time-saving game state or a time-saving game state, and the number of time-saving times is set to 80.
Hereinafter, the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2 in which the number of time-saving times is set to 80 will also be referred to as the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-A.

As will be described later, if the number of times the special symbol changes reaches 80 without a special game being played and the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 (time-saving game state JT2) ends, there may be a second special symbol random number (second special symbol remaining reserve) that was acquired and reserved during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 at the time of the end of the game. The win/loss lottery based on the second special symbol random number is primarily conducted during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2, but in this case, the win/loss lottery based on the second special symbol random number is conducted in the normal game state. If the win/loss lottery results in a jackpot and the jackpot symbol X3, or if the small jackpot and the small jackpot symbol Y1 are determined, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 (time-saving game state JT2) is established again after the special game played through these determinations ends, and the number of time-saving operations is set to 80 (see FIG. 117(a)).

The low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A continues until the result of the win/loss lottery is derived 80 times without the special game being executed (until the number of times the special symbol changes reaches 80). Then, when the result of the win/loss lottery is derived 80 times without the special game being executed during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A, the time-saving game state JT2 is changed to a non-time-saving game state, and the game state is changed to a normal game state.
Also, during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A, as long as you hit the right button as instructed, a lottery based on the second special random number is held to determine whether you will win or lose, and in the lottery based on the second special random number, you can win a big win or a small win, with the probability of winning a big win being 1/300 and the probability of winning a small win being 3/300 (see Figure 116 (a)). Therefore, during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A, you do not necessarily win a big win or a small win.

(3) Low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B (low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 in which the number of time-saving times is set to 10,000)
As shown in Figure 117 (b), in a non-time-saving game state (normal game state), if a time-saving bonus is awarded by a lottery based on the first special chart random number and the time-saving symbol J2 is determined, the game state after the time-saving symbol J2 is displayed is set to a low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 (time-saving game state JT2), and the number of time-saving bonuses is set to 10,000.
Hereinafter, the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2 in which the number of time-saving times is set to 10,000 will also be referred to as the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-B.

The low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B continues until the result of the win/loss lottery is derived 10,000 times without the special game being executed (until the number of times the special symbol changes reaches 10,000). Then, when the result of the win/loss lottery is derived 10,000 times without the special game being executed during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B, the time-saving game state JT2 is changed to a non-time-saving game state, and the game state is changed to a normal game state.
During the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B, as long as you hit the right button as instructed, a lottery based on the second special random number is held, and in the lottery based on the second special random number during the time-saving game state, you can win a big win or a small win, with the probability of winning a big win being 1/300 and the probability of winning a small win being 3/300 (see Figure 116 (a)). Therefore, in effect, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B will continue until you win a big win or a small win and a special game is executed through that win.

In addition, when a time-saving award is won during a non-time-saving game state, the timing for setting the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 or LJT2-B may be the time when the time-saving pattern is displayed stationary, the time when the stationary display time (pattern determination time) for displaying the time-saving pattern has elapsed, or any time from the start to the end of the variable display of the time-saving pattern (for example, the start of the variable display, any time during the variable display, etc.).
In addition, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, the same number of time-saving times (10,000 times) is set in both the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 that is set based on the determination of the jackpot pattern X1 and the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 that is set based on the determination of the time-saving pattern J1, but a different number of time-saving times may be set (for example, when the time-saving pattern J1 is determined, a smaller number of time-saving times may be set than when the jackpot pattern X1 is determined).
In addition, the number of times the time-saving game state is shortened, which is set based on winning the time-saving award (determination of the time-saving pattern), may be set to an upper limit of P x N (for example, N is 3.8) times, where the probability of winning a jackpot in a low-probability game state is 1/P.

(Overview of fluctuation pattern table 114)
The pachinko machine P according to this embodiment also includes a plurality of types of variation pattern tables 114. Here, as shown in Figures 118(a) to 118(c), the following will be described: table MP71, which is referenced when a winning/losing lottery based on the first special symbol random number is executed during the normal game state (excluding the period when a variable display of a special symbol based on the second special symbol remaining reserved is performed), table MP72, which is referenced when a winning/losing lottery based on the first special symbol random number is executed during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, and table MP73, which is referenced when a winning/losing lottery based on the second special symbol random number is executed during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 (LJT2-A, LJT2-B) or during the period when a variable display of a special symbol based on the second special symbol remaining reserved is performed during the normal game state; and description of the other variation pattern tables 114 will be omitted.

As shown in FIG. 118(a), according to table MP71, when jackpot symbol X1 is determined, regardless of the value of the current number of reserved balls (first reserved number), the fluctuation pattern command "07H" (selection rate 100%) associated with the fluctuation pattern of "13-second fluctuation (fluctuation time 13 seconds)" is determined. Furthermore, when jackpot symbol X2 is determined, regardless of the value of the current number of reserved balls, the fluctuation pattern command "09H" (selection rate 100%) associated with the fluctuation pattern of "13-second fluctuation" is determined. Furthermore, when time-saving symbol J1 is determined, regardless of the value of the current number of reserved balls, the fluctuation pattern command "0DH" (selection rate 100%) associated with the fluctuation pattern of "13-second fluctuation" is determined. Furthermore, when time-saving symbol J2 is determined, regardless of the value of the current number of reserved balls, the fluctuation pattern command "0EH" (selection rate 100%) associated with the fluctuation pattern of "13-second fluctuation" is determined.

118(b), according to table MP72, when a losing symbol Z1 is determined, if the current number of reserved symbols is less than 2, either the variation pattern command "10H" (selection rate 85%) associated with the variation pattern of "13-second variation", the variation pattern command "12H" (selection rate 10%) associated with the variation pattern of "20-second variation (variation time 20 seconds)", or the variation pattern command "13H" (selection rate 5%) associated with the variation pattern of "60-second variation (variation time 60 seconds)" is determined. Also, if the current number of reserved symbols is 2 or more, either the variation pattern command "11H" (selection rate 85%) associated with the variation pattern of "5-second variation (variation time 5 seconds)", the variation pattern command "12H" (selection rate 10%) associated with the variation pattern of "20-second variation", or the variation pattern command "13H" (selection rate 5%) associated with the variation pattern of "60-second variation" is determined.
Furthermore, when the jackpot symbol X1 is determined, regardless of the value of the current reserved number, either the fluctuation pattern command "16H" (selection rate is 10%) associated with the fluctuation pattern of "20-second fluctuation" or the fluctuation pattern command "17H" (selection rate is 90%) associated with the fluctuation pattern of "60-second fluctuation" is determined.
Furthermore, when the jackpot symbol X2 is determined, regardless of the value of the current reserved number, either the fluctuation pattern command "18H" (selection rate is 10%) associated with the fluctuation pattern of "20-second fluctuation" or the fluctuation pattern command "19H" (selection rate is 90%) associated with the fluctuation pattern of "60-second fluctuation" is determined.

118(c), according to table MP73, when a losing symbol Z2 is determined, if the current number of reserved symbols (second reserved number) is less than 2, either the fluctuation pattern command "20H" (selection rate 85%) associated with the fluctuation pattern of "8-second fluctuation (fluctuation time 8 seconds)" or the fluctuation pattern command "23H" (selection rate 15%) associated with the fluctuation pattern of "30-second fluctuation (fluctuation time 30 seconds)" is determined. Also, if the current number of reserved symbols is 2 or more, either the fluctuation pattern command "21H" (selection rate 85%) associated with the fluctuation pattern of "3-second fluctuation (fluctuation time 3 seconds)" or the fluctuation pattern command "23H" (selection rate 15%) associated with the fluctuation pattern of "30-second fluctuation" is determined.
In addition, when the jackpot symbol X3 is determined, regardless of the value of the current reserved number, the fluctuation pattern command "27H" (selection rate is 100%) associated with the fluctuation pattern of "30 seconds fluctuation" is determined.
In addition, when the small winning symbol Y1 is determined, regardless of the value of the current reserved number, the fluctuation pattern command "2AH" (selection rate is 100%) associated with the fluctuation pattern of "30 seconds fluctuation" is determined.

(Gameplay of the Pachinko Machine P According to the Present Embodiment)
As described above, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, one of the following game states is set, and the game progresses: normal game state (a game state that combines a low-probability game state and a non-time-shortened game state), low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1 (a game state that combines a low-probability game state and a time-shortened game state JT1), or low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2 (a game state that combines a low-probability game state and a time-shortened game state JT2).

As described above, the normal game state (non-time-saving game state) is set in the initial state after RAM clear (initialization process in abnormal state, initialization process in normal state), etc. The normal game state is also set after the number of special symbol fluctuations reaches 80 without the special game being executed and the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A ends.
During the normal game mode, even if a game ball is shot toward the second game area 12b, the game ball will not enter the second start winning hole 16 (see FIG. 116(c)), and the player is forced to play in the first game area 12a. As long as a game ball is shot toward the first game area 12a, the game ball will enter the first start winning hole 15, and a win/loss lottery based on the first special symbol random number may be executed. In the win/loss lottery based on the first special symbol random number during the normal game mode, either a jackpot or a time-saving bonus is always won; if a jackpot is won, a jackpot symbol X1 or X2 is determined, and if a time-saving bonus is won, a time-saving bonus symbol J1 or J2 is determined (see FIG. 116(a)).

When the jackpot pattern X1 is determined, a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1 (number of time-shortened times is 10,000) is set after the special game executed through that determination ends, and when the jackpot pattern X2 is determined, a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-A (number of time-shortened times is 80) is set after the special game executed through that determination ends (see Figure 117 (a)).
Furthermore, when the time-saving pattern J1 is determined, a low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 (the number of time-saving times is 10,000) is set after the time-saving pattern J1 stops, and when the time-saving pattern J2 is determined, a low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B (the number of time-saving times is 10,000) is set after the time-saving pattern J2 stops (see Figure 117 (b)).
In other words, after the normal game state is set, when the first winning/losing lottery based on the first special chart random number is held, the game will always transition to either the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A, or the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B via winning a jackpot or a time-saving award (see Figure 119).

Here, in the win/loss lottery based on the first special symbol random number during normal game play, the probability of winning the jackpot is 1/300, and the probability of winning the time-saving symbol is 299/300, so the possibility of winning the time-saving symbol is much higher than winning the jackpot (see FIG. 116(a)). Also, if the time-saving symbol is won, the probability of the time-saving symbol J1 being determined is 80/100, and the probability of the time-saving symbol J2 being determined is 20/100, so the time-saving symbol J1 is more likely to be determined than the time-saving symbol J2 (see FIG. 116(a)).
Therefore, when a winning/losing lottery based on the first special chart random number is conducted in the normal game state, there is a higher possibility of transitioning to the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1 via the determination of the time-shortened pattern J1 than transitioning to the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1, the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-A, or the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-B via the determination of the jackpot patterns X1 and X2 or the determination of the time-shortened pattern J2.

During the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, the probability of winning a jackpot is the same as during the normal game state. As in the normal game state, even if a game ball is shot toward the second game area 12b, the game ball will not enter the second start winning hole 16 (see Figure 116(c)), and the player is forced to play in the first game area 12a. As long as a game ball is shot toward the first game area 12a, the game ball may enter the first start winning hole 15, and a win/loss lottery based on the first special symbol random number may be executed. In the win/loss lottery based on the first special symbol random number during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 (time-saving game state JT1), it is possible to win a jackpot, and when a jackpot is won, the jackpot symbol X1 or X2 will be determined (see Figure 116(a)).

When the jackpot pattern X1 is determined, a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1 (number of time-shortened times is 10,000) is set after the special game executed through that determination is completed, and when the jackpot pattern X2 is determined, a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-A (number of time-shortened times is 80) is set after the special game executed through that determination is completed (see Figure 117 (a)).
In other words, if a game ball is shot toward the first game area 12a during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, if a jackpot is won, the game will either remain in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 again, or transition to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A (see Figure 119).

Here, the number of time-saving cycles set in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 is 10,000, and since the probability of winning a jackpot during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 is 1/300, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 essentially continues until a jackpot is won. Also, as mentioned above, when the first win/loss lottery based on the first special chart random number is held in the normal game state, there is a high possibility of transitioning to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1. Therefore, the pachinko machine P of this form will generally remain in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 during play.

During the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 (LJT2-A, LJT2-B), the probability of winning a jackpot is the same as during the normal game state and the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, but when a game ball is shot toward the second game area 12b, the game ball can enter the second start winning hole 16 with a high frequency (see FIG. 116(c)), causing the player to play in the second game area 12b. In other words, during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2, prize balls can be frequently obtained based on the game ball entering the second start winning hole 16, and the decrease in game balls as the game progresses can be suppressed compared to the normal game state and the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, making it more advantageous than these game states.
When the game ball enters the second start winning hole 16, a lottery based on the second special random number is executed, and in the lottery, it is possible to win a big win or a small win. When a big win is won, a big win pattern X3 is determined, and when a small win is won, a small win pattern Y1 is determined (see Figure 116 (a)).

When the big win symbol X3 is determined and when the small win symbol Y1 is determined, a low probability time-shortened game state LJT2-A (the number of time-shortened times is 80) is set after the special game executed through the determination is finished.
In other words, if a game ball is shot toward the second game area 12a during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2, and if a big win or small win is won, the game will remain in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A (see Figure 119).

As described above, the number of time-saving times set in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B, which is entered from the normal game state via the determination of the time-saving symbol J2, is 10,000, and since the probability of winning a jackpot during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 is 1/300 and the probability of winning a small jackpot is 3/300, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B essentially continues until a jackpot or small jackpot is won.
On the other hand, since the number of time-saving times set in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A, which is entered from the normal game state or the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 via the determination of the jackpot pattern X2, or from the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 via the determination of the jackpot pattern X3 or the small jackpot pattern Y1, is 80, it is not necessarily the case that a jackpot or small jackpot will be won during this low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A.
Therefore, the low-probability time-shortened gaming state LJT2-B is more advantageous than the low-probability time-shortened gaming state LJT2-A.

Furthermore, when the low probability time-saving game state LJT2-A ends and transitions to the normal game state due to the number of times the special pattern changes reaching 80 times without a special game being executed, if there is a second special pattern random number (second special pattern remaining reserve) that was acquired and stored during the low probability time-saving game state LJT2-A, a win/loss lottery based on the second special pattern remaining reserve (second special pattern random number) is executed in the normal game state before a win/loss lottery based on the first special pattern random number is executed.
In the winning/losing lottery, it is possible to win a big win or a small win, and when a big win is won, a big win pattern X3 is determined, and when a small win is won, a small win pattern Y1 is determined (see Figure 116 (a)).

When the big win symbol X3 is determined and when the small win symbol Y1 is determined, a low probability time-shortened game state LJT2-A (the number of time-shortened times is 80) is set after the special game executed through the determination is finished.
In other words, when the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A ends and the normal game state is set, if the second special chart random number is stored and a big win or small win is won by the win/lose lottery based on the second special chart random number, the game will transition again to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A (see Figure 119).

As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, during play, the machine generally stays in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1. In this low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, if a jackpot is won by a win/lose lottery based on the first special symbol random number and the jackpot symbol X2 is determined, the machine aims to transition to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A, which is advantageous for the player. After transitioning to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A, if a jackpot or small jackpot is won by a win/lose lottery based on the second special symbol random number before the number of times the special symbol changes reaches 80 times, which is the number of time-saving times, a special game in which 10 rounds of play are played is executed, and the machine will again stay in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A.
That is, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 is shifted to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A, and in this low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A, a game feature is provided in which the player aims to acquire many prize balls by repeatedly winning big or small prizes. This can increase the player's interest.

In addition, when the number of times the special symbol changes reaches 80 times, which is the number of time-saving times, and the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A ends and the game transitions to the normal game state, the remaining reserve second special symbol is stored, and if a big win or small win is won using this remaining reserve second special symbol (second special symbol random number), the game will transition back to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2. This makes it possible for the player to feel a sense of anticipation for a re-transition to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A, even when the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A has ended.

Furthermore, after the RAM is cleared or the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A ends, the normal game state is set, and in the first win/loss lottery based on the first special symbol random number after the normal game state is set, either a jackpot or time-saving grant is always won, and the game transitions to either the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A, or the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B. The low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B, which is more advantageous than the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 or the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A, can be entered only when the time-saving grant is won in the win/loss lottery based on the first special symbol random number during the normal game state and the time-saving symbol J2 is determined.
In other words, only in the first draw of whether or not a win/loss lottery is made using the first special random number after the normal game state is set, there is a possibility that a lottery result will be derived that will set the extremely advantageous low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B, and since the first draw of whether or not a win/loss lottery is made using the first special random number after the normal game state is set, this becomes a highly advantageous lottery opportunity for the player, which can increase the player's interest in the draw of whether or not a win/loss lottery and improve the playability.

(Outline of various effects and suggestions in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment)
Next, an overview of the various effects and suggestions executed in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment will be explained for each game state.
In addition, at the start of a special game that is executed through winning a big win or small win based on the second special random number in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 (LJT2-A, LJT2-B), if the result of the win/loss lottery among the stored second special random numbers is a big win or small win (i.e., if the pre-determination information obtained by the pre-determination process (see Figures 27 and 28) includes the result of the win/loss lottery that is a big win or small win), we will explain a special effect that can indicate this (that a so-called consecutive win within the reserve will occur).
(1) Low probability time-saving game state LJT1
As described above, during play in this mode, the player mainly stays in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1. During this low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, an LJT1 background image, which is a background image corresponding to that game state, is displayed (see Figures 120(a) to (c) and (i)). This LJT1 background image makes it possible to know that the player is in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1.
In addition, in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, a lottery is generally carried out to determine whether the player will win or lose based on the first special pattern random number, and in the variable presentation in the event of a jackpot win, the display of the performance pattern 50 is stopped in the winning mode of the first or second form (see Figure 120 (e)), and in the variable presentation in the event of a loss, the display of the performance pattern 50 is stopped in the non-winning mode of the first or second form (see Figure 120 (a)). The fluctuation presentation during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 is performed in accordance with the execution mode of the normal non-winning fluctuation pattern of the first form or second form (corresponding to the fluctuation pattern commands of "10H" (13-second fluctuation), "11H" (5-second fluctuation)), the reach fluctuation pattern with development (corresponding to the fluctuation pattern commands of "13H" (60-second fluctuation), "17H" (60-second fluctuation), "19H" (60-second fluctuation), see Figures 120(c) to (d)), and the reach fluctuation pattern without development (corresponding to the fluctuation pattern commands of "12H" (20-second fluctuation), "16H" (20-second fluctuation), "18H" (20-second fluctuation)).
Then, when a jackpot is won and the display pattern 50 is stopped according to the winning mode, a winning notification image of the first or second form is displayed (see Figure 120 (f)).

When a special game is played via a jackpot win, a right-hit suggestion (see Figure 120 (g) etc.) is made. During the special game, a special game effect (see Figure 120 (h)) is executed to liven up the special game, as in the first and second forms.

In the right-hit suggestion that is executed in conjunction with a special game, the right-hit notification lamp RL lights up, a right-hit suggestion image is displayed on the performance display device 21, and a right-hit sound (for example, a sound saying "Please hit right") is output by the sound output device 10.
Specifically, the right-hit notification lamp RL remains lit from the time the special game starts until it ends (i.e., at all times during the special game).
Furthermore, when a special game begins, the display of a right-hit suggestion image begins at a first position (for example, the center) on the display unit 21a of the effect display device 21 (see FIG. 120(g)), and after a predetermined time (for example, 5 seconds) has elapsed, the display of the right-hit suggestion image ends. Instead, the display of a right-hit suggestion image begins at a second position different from the first position (for example, the upper right corner, which does not interfere with the special game effect) (see FIG. 120(h)). Then, when the special game ends, the display of the right-hit suggestion image at the second position also ends. Note that the right-hit suggestion image displayed at the second position is smaller than the right-hit suggestion image displayed at the first position so as not to interfere with the special game effect.
In addition, when a special game is started, the output of a right-hit sound begins, and after a predetermined time (for example, 5 seconds) has elapsed, the output of the right-hit sound ends.

In addition, in the above right-hit suggestion, it is possible to only do some of the following, rather than lighting up the right-hit notification lamp RL, displaying a right-hit suggestion image, and outputting a right-hit sound (for example, not outputting the right-hit sound, but only lighting up the right-hit notification lamp RL and displaying a right-hit suggestion image).
In addition, the right-hit notification lamp RL does not have to be lit all the time during special play, but may be set to stop after a predetermined time has elapsed, similar to the display of the right-hit suggestion image and the output of the right-hit sound.
Furthermore, the time from when the display of the right-hit suggestion image at the first position starts to when it ends and the time from when the output of the right-hit sound starts to when it ends may be the same or different (for example, the time from when the output of the right-hit sound starts to when it ends may be longer (or shorter) than the time from when the display of the right-hit suggestion image starts to when it ends).

If a jackpot symbol X1 is determined during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 is set again after the special game based on that determination ends. In this case, the LJT1 background image is displayed and a left-hand hit suggestion is made in conjunction with the setting of the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 (see Figure 120 (i)).

When a left-hit suggestion is executed in conjunction with the setting of the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 after the end of special play, the right-hit notification lamp RL is turned off, a left-hit suggestion image is displayed on the performance display device 21, and a left-hit sound (for example, a sound such as "Please return to left-hit") is output by the sound output device 10.
Specifically, when the special game ends and the low probability time-saving game state LJT1 is set, the right-hit notification lamp RL goes out.
Furthermore, when the special game ends and the low probability time-saving game state LJT1 is set, the display of a left-hit suggestion image begins at a predetermined position (for example, the lower center, etc.) on the display unit 21a of the effect display device 21 (see Figure 120 (i)), and after a predetermined time (for example, 5 seconds, etc.) has elapsed, the display of the left-hit suggestion image ends.
In addition, when the special game ends and the low probability time-saving game state LJT1 is set, the output of the left-hit sound begins, and after a predetermined time (for example, 5 seconds) has elapsed, the output of the left-hit sound ends.

In addition, in the above-mentioned left-hit suggestion, it is possible to only do some of the following, rather than turning off the right-hit notification lamp RL, displaying a left-hit suggestion image, and outputting a left-hit sound (for example, not outputting the right-hit sound, but only turning off the right-hit notification lamp RL and displaying a left-hit suggestion image).
Furthermore, the time from when the display of the left-hit suggestion image begins to end and the time from when the output of the left-hit sound begins to end may be the same or different (for example, the time from when the output of the left-hit sound begins to end may be longer (or shorter) than the time from when the display of the left-hit suggestion image begins to end).

(2) Low probability time-saving game state LJT2-A
After the special game based on the determination of the big win symbol X2 in the low-probability time-shortening game state LJT1 is finished, a low-probability time-shortening game state LJT2-A is set.
When the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-A is set, an LJT2-A setting suggestion image (for example, a text image saying "RUSH START!") suggesting that the gaming state has been set is displayed, an LJT2-A background image that is a background image corresponding to the gaming state is displayed, and a right-hand hit suggestion is made (see FIG. 120(j)). Also, the initial value of "80", the number of time-saving times remaining until the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-A ends, is displayed (see FIG. 120(j)). Then, although not specifically shown, during the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-A, a countdown display of the remaining number of time-saving times is made.

In the right-hit suggestion that is executed in conjunction with the setting of the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A, the right-hit notification lamp RL lights up, a right-hit suggestion image is displayed on the performance display device 21, and a right-hit sound is output by the sound output device 10, just like the right-hit suggestion that is executed in conjunction with special game play.
Specifically, the right-hit notification lamp RL remains lit from the time the low-probability time-shortening game state LJT2-A is set until it ends (i.e., at all times during the low-probability time-shortening game state LJT2-A).
Furthermore, when the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A is set, the display of a right-hit suggestion image begins at a first position (e.g., the lower center, etc.) on the display unit 21a of the effect display device 21 (see FIG. 120(j)), and after a predetermined time (e.g., 5 seconds, etc.) has elapsed, the display of the right-hit suggestion image ends. Instead, the display of a right-hit suggestion image begins at a second position different from the first position (e.g., the upper right corner, etc., which does not interfere with the variable effects executed during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A) (not specifically shown). Then, when the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A ends, the display of the right-hit suggestion image at the second position also ends. Note that the right-hit suggestion image displayed at the second position is smaller in size than the right-hit suggestion image displayed at the first position so as not to interfere with the variable effects executed during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A.
In addition, when the low probability time-saving game state LJT2-A is set, the output of the right-hit sound begins, and after a predetermined time (for example, 5 seconds) has elapsed, the output of the right-hit sound ends.

In addition, in the above right-hit suggestion, it is possible to only do some of the following, rather than lighting up the right-hit notification lamp RL, displaying a right-hit suggestion image, and outputting a right-hit sound (for example, not outputting the right-hit sound, but only lighting up the right-hit notification lamp RL and displaying a right-hit suggestion image).
In addition, the right-hit notification lamp RL does not have to be constantly lit during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A, but may be set to end after a predetermined time has elapsed, similar to the display of the right-hit suggestion image and the output of the right-hit sound.
Furthermore, the time from when the display of the right-hit suggestion image at the first position starts to when it ends and the time from when the output of the right-hit sound starts to when it ends may be the same or different (for example, the time from when the output of the right-hit sound starts to when it ends may be longer (or shorter) than the time from when the display of the right-hit suggestion image starts to when it ends).
In addition, since the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A is set after the special game ends, right hits will be performed continuously from the special game to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A. Therefore, in order to prevent the player from feeling annoyed by the suggestion of another right hit, for example, if the right-hit notification lamp RL is set to be always lit during special game, the lamp may continue to be lit even after the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A is set, while the right-hit sound may not be output or the right-hit suggestion image may not be displayed, or only one of the right-hit sound and the right-hit suggestion image may be displayed.

Furthermore, in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A, a lottery for winning or losing is executed based on the second special symbol random number as a general rule, and similarly to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, in the case of a winning jackpot or a small jackpot, the display of the display symbol 50 is stopped according to the winning mode, and in the case of a losing jackpot, the display of the display symbol 50 is stopped according to the non-winning mode. The variable effects during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A are executed according to the execution mode of the normal non-winning variable patterns of the first and second forms (corresponding to the variable pattern commands of "20H" (8-second variable), "21H" (3-second variable)) and the development reach variable pattern (corresponding to the variable pattern commands of "23H" (30-second variable), "27H" (30-second variable), "2AH" (30-second variable)).
Then, similarly to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, when a big win or a small win is won and the display of the performance symbol 50 is stopped depending on the winning mode, the winning notification image of the first form or the second form is displayed.

Also, although not specifically shown, during a small win game based on a small win, a special area entry suggestion is given to encourage the game ball to enter the special area (for example, the display of an entry suggestion image saying "Aim for the V!!").
When a special game is played through a small win or a big win, a right-hit suggestion is made, and during the special game, a special game effect is executed. The right-hit suggestion and the special game effect are the same as when a big win is won during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 and a special game is executed, so an explanation of these will be omitted.

As mentioned above, if a small win or big win is won during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A will be set again after the special game executed through that win ends, and the same effects as those described above will be executed even in this low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A.

(3) Normal game state set after the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A ends. As described above, when the number of times the special pattern changes reaches the number of time-saving times without a special game being executed during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A ends and the normal game state is set.
(3-1) When the number of times the special pattern changes reaches the number of times the time-saving count is reached without a special game being executed, the second special pattern remaining reserve has not been stored, but the first special pattern random number has been stored. In this case, from the time the display of the special pattern changes when the number of times the time-saving count is reached ends until the stop display time has elapsed, the display unit 21a of the performance display device 21 will display an end indication (for example, a text image saying ``RUSH ended'') indicating the end of the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A, and will also display the result (see Figures 121 (a) to (b)).
The result display indicates the number of special games (including the special game that triggered the transition to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2) executed and the number of prize balls won from the transition to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 (LJT2-A, LJT2-B) through the determination of the jackpot pattern X2 during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, or the determination of the jackpot pattern X2 or the time-saving pattern J2 during the normal game state, until the end of the above-mentioned variable display (see Figure 121 (b)).
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, the stop display time after the variable display of the special symbol has finished is longer than the stop display time (0.5 seconds) after the variable display of other special symbols has finished, and is set to a time (for example, 8 seconds) that allows the contents of the result display to be grasped.

Then, based on the end of the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-A (setting of the normal gaming state), after the end of the result display (after the stop display time has elapsed), a normal background image, which is a background image corresponding to the normal gaming state, is displayed (see FIG. 121(c)). This normal background image allows the player to know that they are in the normal gaming state.
In addition, the right-hit notification lamp RL is turned off as a left-hit indication, but at this point, the left-hit suggestion image is not displayed as a left-hit indication, and the left-hit sound is not output.

In the case of (3-1), because the first special symbol random number is stored, the variable effect begins as the variable display of the special symbol based on the first special symbol random number begins, and a normal lottery suggestion is executed (for example, a normal lottery suggestion image saying "Chance Time!" is displayed) indicating that a win/lose lottery based on the first special symbol random number will be held during normal play (see Figures 121(c), 122(a), and 123(a)). This makes it clear that there is a chance to transition to the highly advantageous, low-probability time-shortened play state LJT2-B, and creates a sense of anticipation in the player for the transition to that play state.

In addition, in the normal game state that is set after the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A ends, if a jackpot or time-saving award is won by lottery based on the first special chart random number (if a fluctuation pattern command of "07H", "09H", "0DH", or "0EH" (all 13-second fluctuation) is determined (see Figure 118 (a))), a fluctuation effect using a special fluctuation pattern will be performed, and a button press operation effect will be executed during this fluctuation effect.

Specifically, in a special variation pattern variation effect, the variation display of all of the variation patterns 50 begins, and when the variation time has elapsed, the variation display of all of the variation patterns 50 ends simultaneously (all of the variation patterns 50 are displayed as stopped at the same time). In addition, in a button press operation effect, a pressing operation suggestion is given to encourage the pressing of the operation button 9b (for example, an illustration showing the operation mode of the operation button 9b and a text image saying "Press the button!" are displayed) (see Figures 121(d), 122(b), and 123(b)).

Then, if the operation button 9b is pressed before the valid pressing time (for example, 5 seconds) during which pressing the operation button 9b becomes valid has elapsed, or if the valid pressing time has elapsed without the operation button 9b being pressed, and a jackpot is won through the win/lose lottery, the display of the performance pattern 50 according to the winning pattern and the winning notification image are displayed (see Figure 121 (e)).
After that, a special game is played when a jackpot is won, but the effects and suggestions that are played in conjunction with this special game are the same as when a jackpot is won during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 or LJT2-A, so explanations will be omitted.
Furthermore, if a jackpot is won by the lottery based on the stored first special chart random number, the left-hit suggestion image as a left-hit suggestion based on the normal game state settings and the left-hit sound are not displayed, and a right-hit suggestion is made as the special game is executed.

Furthermore, if the time-saving award is won through the above-mentioned lottery and the time-saving pattern J2 is determined (i.e., if the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B is set), the effect patterns 50 are displayed stopped in a special manner suggesting the time-saving award has been won (for example, a manner in which all effect patterns 50 are displayed stopped in a special pattern (such as the letter "J") corresponding to the time-saving award winning), and a J2 determination suggestion is made (for example, a J2 determination suggestion image "SUPER RUSH!!" is displayed) indicating that the time-saving pattern J2 has been determined and a transition to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B has been decided (see Figure 122 (c)).
Thereafter, the low-probability time-shortened gaming state LJT2-B is set by determining the time-shortened symbol J2. The effects and suggestions in the low-probability time-shortened gaming state LJT2-B will be described in detail later.
Furthermore, if the result of the lottery based on this stored first special chart random number is a win for the time-saving award and the time-saving pattern J2 is determined, just as in the case of a jackpot win, the left-hit suggestion image as a left-hit suggestion based on the setting of the normal game state will not be displayed, and the left-hit sound will not be output, and instead a right-hit suggestion will be made in accordance with the setting of the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B, as will be described later (see Figure 122 (d)).

Furthermore, if the time-saving symbol J1 is selected through the above-mentioned lottery (i.e., if the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 is set), the display of the effect symbol 50 will stop in the above-mentioned special mode, and a J1 determination suggestion (for example, the display of a J1 determination suggestion image saying "LOSE...") will be made to indicate that the time-saving symbol J1 has been selected and a transition to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 has been determined (see Figure 123 (c)).
After that, the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1 is set by determining the time-saving symbol J1. The effects and suggestions during the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1 are the same as those in (1) above, and therefore will not be described here.
Furthermore, if the result of the lottery based on the stored first special chart random number is a win for time-saving granting and time-saving pattern J1 is determined, a low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 is set based on that determination, and a left-hit suggestion image is displayed as a left-hit suggestion, but no left-hit sound is output.

(3-2) When the number of times the special symbol changes reaches the time-saving number without a special game being executed, the second special symbol remaining reserve is stored, but the result of the lottery based on all of the second special symbol remaining reserves is a loss, and when the display of the special symbol changes based on the last stored second special symbol remaining reserve ends, the first special symbol random number is stored. In this case, when the display of the special symbol changes when the time-saving number is reached ends, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A ends and the normal game state is set, but at this point, the normal background image is not displayed and the LJT2-A background image continues to be displayed. Also, when the normal game state is set, the right-hit notification lamp RL is turned off as a left-hit suggestion, but at this point, the left-hit suggestion image is not displayed as a left-hit suggestion, and the left-hit sound is not output.
Thereafter, the display of the change in the special pattern based on the remaining reserved second special pattern is executed, and when the display of the change in the special pattern based on the last stored remaining reserved second special pattern is completed, the above-mentioned end suggestion and result display are performed from the end until the stop display time has elapsed.
In addition, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, the stop display time after the changing display of the special pattern has finished is also longer than the stop display time (0.5 seconds) after the changing display of other special patterns has finished, and is set to a time (for example, 8 seconds) that makes it possible to understand the contents of the result display.
After the result display is complete, the normal background image is displayed, as in (3-1) above. Also, in the case of (3-2), the first special random number is stored, so the subsequent performance is the same as in (3-1) above, and therefore the explanation will be omitted.

(3-3) When the number of times the special pattern changes reaches the time-saving number without a special game being executed, the remaining reserve for the second special pattern has not been stored, and the random number for the first special pattern has not been stored. In this case, as in (3-1) above, from the time the display of the change in the special pattern when the time-saving number is reached ends until the stop display time has elapsed, the above-mentioned end suggestion and result display will be displayed on the display unit 21a of the performance display device 21 (see Figures 124 (a) to (b)).
Then, based on the end of the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A (setting of the normal game state), after the end of the result display (after the stop display time has elapsed), the normal background image is displayed (see Figure 124 (c)). In addition, in the case of (3-3), since the first special chart random number is not stored, the left-hit notification lamp RL is turned off as a left-hit suggestion, a left-hit suggestion image is displayed, and a left-hit sound is output (see Figure 124 (c)). The display of this left-hit suggestion image and the output of the left-hit sound end when a predetermined time (for example, 5 seconds) has elapsed or when the game ball enters the first start winning slot 15.
When a game ball enters the first start winning slot 15, the special symbol based on the ball entry starts to change and a variable effect starts, and a normal suggestion effect is executed (see FIG. 124(d)). The effects executed thereafter are the same as those in (3-1) and (3-2) above, so a description thereof will be omitted.
In (3-1) and (3-2), if the time-saving grant is won by a lottery based on the first special chart random number and the time-saving pattern J1 is determined, a low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 is set based on that determination, and a left-hit suggestion image is displayed as a left-hit suggestion, but the left-hit sound is not output. Similarly, in (3-3), the left-hit suggestion image is displayed, but the left-hit sound may not be output, or both the left-hit suggestion image and the left-hit sound may be displayed.

(3-4) When the number of times the special symbol changes reaches the time-saving number without a special game being executed, the second special symbol remaining reserve is stored, but the results of the lottery based on all of the second special symbol remaining reserves are a loss, and when the display of the special symbol changes based on the last stored second special symbol remaining reserve is completed, the first special symbol random number is not stored. In this case, as in (3-2), when the display of the special symbol changes when the time-saving number is reached is completed, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A ends and the normal game state is set, but at this point, the normal background image is not displayed and the LJT2-A background image continues to be displayed. Also, when the normal game state is set, the right-hit notification lamp RL is turned off as a left-hit suggestion, but at this point, the left-hit suggestion image is not displayed as a left-hit suggestion, and the left-hit sound is not output.
Thereafter, the display of the change in the special pattern based on the remaining reserved second special pattern is executed, and when the display of the change in the special pattern based on the last stored remaining reserved second special pattern is completed, the above-mentioned end suggestion and result display are performed from the end until the stop display time has elapsed.
Then, after the result display ends (after the stop display time has elapsed), the normal background image is displayed. As a result, as in (3-3), since the first special random number is not stored, the left-hit notification lamp RL is turned off as a left-hit suggestion, a left-hit suggestion image is displayed, and a left-hit sound is output. The display of the left-hit suggestion image and the output of the left-hit sound end when a predetermined time (for example, 5 seconds) has elapsed or when the game ball enters the first start winning slot 15.
When a game ball enters the first start winning slot 15, a special symbol based on the ball entry starts to change and a variable effect starts, and a normal suggestion effect is executed. The subsequent effects are the same as those in (3-1), (3-2), and (3-3) above, so a description thereof will be omitted.

(4) Normal Game State Set After RAM Clearing As described above, when RAM clearing is executed, the normal game state is set.
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, when the normal game state is set based on the execution of RAM clear, the normal background image is not displayed, and the LJT1 background image is displayed (see Figures 125(a) and 126(a)). Also, the left-hit suggestion image is not displayed as a left-hit suggestion, and the left-hit sound is not output. The right-hit notification lamp RL is turned off.
When a player shoots a game ball into the first game area 12a and the game ball enters the first start winning hole 15, a variable effect starts along with the start of the variable display of a special pattern based on the ball entering the first game area 12a.

Here, in the normal game state that is set after the RAM is cleared, if a jackpot is won by a lottery based on the first special chart random number, or if a time-saving award is won and the time-saving pattern J2 is determined (if a variation pattern command of "07H", "09H" or "0EH" (all of which vary by 13 seconds) is determined), a variation effect using a special variation pattern is performed, just like in the normal game state that is set after the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A ends, and a button press operation effect is executed during this variation effect.
On the other hand, when the time-saving grant is won and the time-saving symbol J1 is determined (when the fluctuation pattern command of "0DH" (13-second fluctuation) is determined), a fluctuation effect is performed according to the normal non-winning fluctuation pattern of the first form or the second form, unlike the normal game state that is set after the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A ends.

Specifically, when a game ball enters the first start winning slot 15 and a jackpot is won in a lottery based on the first special random number based on the ball entry, or when a time-saving symbol J2 is selected, a special variation pattern is initiated and a normal lottery suggestion is executed (see FIG. 125(b)). In addition, a normal background image is also displayed (see FIG. 125(b)).
Thereafter, a button press operation effect is executed (not specifically shown), and if the jackpot is won in the above-mentioned win/lose lottery, the effect pattern 50 is displayed in a stopped state according to the winning pattern, and a winning notification image is displayed (see Figure 125 (c)), and if the time-saving grant is won in the above-mentioned win/lose lottery and the time-saving pattern J2 is determined, the effect pattern 50 is displayed in a stopped state according to a special pattern, and a suggestion that J2 has been determined is made (see Figure 125 (d)).
When a jackpot is won, a special game is executed via the winning, but the effects and suggestions executed in conjunction with this special game are the same as when a jackpot is won during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, during LJT2-A, and during the normal game state after the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A ends, so explanations will be omitted. Also, when the time-saving symbol J2 is determined, a low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B is set via that determination, but the effects and suggestions during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B will be described in detail later.

On the other hand, if a game ball enters the first start winning slot 15, and the winning lottery based on the first special random number based on the ball entry determines whether the time-saving symbol J1 is selected, a normal non-winning variation pattern starts (see FIG. 126(b)). In this case, the normal background image is not displayed, and the LJT1 background image continues to be displayed (see FIG. 126(b)).
Thereafter, the display of the non-winning effect pattern 50 is stopped without any reach display (see Figure 126 (c)).

(5) Low probability time-saving game state LJT2-B
After the variable display of the special symbols based on the determination of the time-saving symbol J2 during the normal game state has ended, a low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B is set.
When the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-B is set, an LJT2-B setting suggestion image (for example, a text image saying "SUPER RUSH START!") that indicates that the gaming state has been set is displayed, an LJT2-B background image that is a background image corresponding to the gaming state is displayed, and a suggestion to hit the right is made (see FIG. 122(d)). This suggestion to hit the right is the same as when the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-A is set, so a description thereof will be omitted.
As described above, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B continues until a big win or a small win is won, so the countdown display of the remaining number of time-saving times is not performed during this game state (see FIG. 122(d)). Note that, as in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A, the countdown display of the remaining number of time-saving times may also be performed during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B.

Also, during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B, as in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A, a win/loss lottery based on the second special chart random number is executed in principle, and in the variable presentation when a big win or small win is won, the display of the performance pattern 50 is stopped according to the winning mode, and in the variable presentation when a loss occurs, the display of the performance pattern 50 is stopped according to the non-winning mode. The variable presentation during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B is also executed according to the execution mode of the normal non-winning variable pattern and the development reach variable pattern.
When a big win or a small win is won and the performance pattern 50 is stopped and displayed according to the winning mode, a winning notification image is displayed.

The effects and suggestions that occur when a small win game is played based on a small win, or when a special game is played through a small win or big win are the same as when a small win or big win is won during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A, so explanations will be omitted.

(6) Overview of the special effects As described above, the special effects are effects that can be executed when the result of the lottery for winning or losing among the stored second special random numbers is a big win or a small win at the start of the special game that is executed through the winning of a big win or a small win based on the second special random number in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 (i.e., when a big win or a small win is won within the reserve related to up to four stored second special random numbers (when a so-called consecutive win within the reserve occurs)), and indicate this (that a so-called consecutive win within the reserve will occur).

In the special effect of this form, in the variable effect when a jackpot or small jackpot is won based on the second special chart random number during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2, the effect pattern 50 is displayed stopped according to the above-mentioned winning pattern and a winning notification image is displayed (see Figures 127(a) and (b)), and then when a special game is started through the winning (when a jackpot is won, when a special game based on the jackpot is started, and when a small jackpot is won, when a special game executed by a predetermined number of game balls entering the special area during a small jackpot game based on the small jackpot is started), a reserve consecutive win suggestion image suggesting that the above-mentioned reserve consecutive wins will occur is displayed for a predetermined time (for example, 3 seconds) on the display unit 21a of the effect display device 21 (see Figure 127(c)).
In addition, as a special effect, not only can an image suggesting consecutive wins in the hold be displayed, but in conjunction with this display, various lamps (front door effect lamp DL, status notification lamp EL, board effect lamp GL) can be lit in a predetermined lighting pattern (for example, lighting in rainbow colors), or a predetermined sound suggesting consecutive wins in the hold can be output from the audio output device 10.

In addition, the reserved consecutive win suggestion image in this form is an image that can suggest the number of prize balls that can be obtained in a special game based on winning a big win or a small win, and in a special game based on winning a big win or a small win using the stored second special chart random number.
For example, if the stored second special chart random numbers include one that results in a big win or a small win as a result of the lottery, a total of two special games will be played, and therefore an image suggesting consecutive wins in reserve (for example, a text image saying "Extra 3000!" (see FIG. 127(c))) will be displayed, suggesting that it is possible to win 3000 prize balls including consecutive wins in reserve (= 10 balls (the number of game balls that enter the large prize slot 18 at the end of one round of play) x 15 balls (the number of prize balls when one game ball enters the large prize slot 18) x 10 rounds (the number of round games played during the special game) x 2 times (the number of special games played including consecutive wins in reserve)). Furthermore, if the stored second special random numbers include two that result in a big win or a small win as a result of the win/lose lottery, a total of three special games will be played, and an image suggesting consecutive wins in reserve (for example, a text image (not specifically shown) saying "Extra 4500!") will be displayed, suggesting that it is possible to win 4,500 prize balls (= 10 balls x 15 balls x 10 rounds x 3 times) including consecutive wins in reserve.
That is, in the special effect of this embodiment, different reserved consecutive win suggestion images are displayed depending on the number of random numbers of big wins or small wins included in the stored second special random numbers. This allows the number of random numbers of big wins or small wins included in the stored second special random numbers (i.e., the number of reserved consecutive wins) to be grasped by the displayed reserved consecutive win suggestion image.
In addition, the reserved consecutive win suggestion image displayed in the special effect is not limited to the above content, and regardless of the number of random numbers of big wins or small wins included in the stored second special chart random numbers, the reserved consecutive win suggestion image of the same type (for example, a text image saying "Extra!") may be displayed. In other words, depending on the displayed reserved consecutive win suggestion image, it may be possible to make it impossible to know the number of occurrences of reserved consecutive wins.

Here, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, the same difference ball operation stop control as in the first embodiment is executed.
Although detailed explanations are omitted, the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment also remains in one of the following states during the playable state: pre-activation warning state, activation warning state, activation notice state, or activation state. Specifically, when the differential ball count value has not reached the first reference value, the machine remains in the pre-activation warning state. When the differential ball count value reaches the second reference value and a special game or a small win game is being executed at the time of this reaching, the activation notice state is set; when neither a special game nor a small win game is being executed, the activation state is set. When a special game or a small win game is being executed when the differential ball count value reaches the second reference value, the activation state described above is set when the currently executed special game is executed, or when the special game executed via the small win game is completed (when the small win game is completed if a special game executed via the small win game is not executed). When the activation state is set, the game does not progress (the game is stopped).
Furthermore, when the difference ball count value reaches the first reference value and an activation warning state is set, an activation warning suggestion (display of an activation warning text image (see FIGS. 61(c) to 61(e))) is made until an end condition is met that a power outage occurs or the activation warning state ends. When the difference ball count value reaches the second reference value and an activation notice state is set because a special game or a small win game was being executed at the time of the count being reached, an activation notice suggestion (display of an activation notice text image (see FIG. 61(f))) is made until an end condition is met that a power outage occurs or the activation notice state ends. When the difference ball count value reaches the second reference value and an activation state is set because a special game or a small win game was not being executed at the time of the count being reached, or because a special game or a special game executed via a small win game that was being executed when the difference ball count value reached the second reference value or a small win game was executed (a small win game if a special game via a small win game was not executed), an activation suggestion (display of an activation text image (see FIG. 61(g))) is made until an end condition is met that a power outage occurs.

In the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, at the start of the special game that is executed through winning a big win or small win based on the second special random number in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2, if the result of the win/lose lottery among the stored second special random numbers is a big win or small win, and the difference ball count value has not reached the first reference value (i.e., when the machine is in a state before the activation warning or when the difference ball count value has not reached the first reference value), the above-mentioned special effect is executed, but if the difference ball count value has reached the first reference value (i.e., when the machine is in a state other than a state before the activation warning or when the difference ball count value has reached the first reference value), the above-mentioned special effect is not executed (execution of the special effect is restricted).
By setting it in this way, even though the occurrence of consecutive wins in the reserved state is suggested by the execution of a special effect at the start of a special game, the game stops without the occurrence of consecutive wins in the reserved state because the activation state is set after the special game ends, which makes it possible to prevent a situation in which the player feels an excessive sense of loss.
As mentioned above, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, game play does not stop in the activation warning state or activation notice state, so it is possible that a situation will occur in which the machine is in the activation warning state or activation notice state when a special game starts, but once the activation state is set, game play stops and the special game is not executed, so it is not possible that a situation will occur in which the machine is in the activation state when a special game starts.

(7) Other In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, when power is restored from a power outage without RAM clearing being performed, the game state before the power outage continues.
For example, if a power outage occurs during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 and the game returns from the power outage without RAM clearing, the game state after the return will be the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1. Then, in this low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 after the return, the LJT1 background image is displayed, and if the result of the winning/losing lottery based on the first special symbol random number is a loss, a variation effect according to a normal non-winning variation pattern can be executed, and the display of the effect symbol 50 according to the non-winning mode will be stopped.
Here, as described above, even in the normal game state that is set after RAM is cleared, the LJT1 background image is displayed, and if the time-saving grant is won by a win/lose lottery based on the first special chart random number and the time-saving pattern J1 is determined (i.e., if a transition to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 is determined), a variation effect based on the normal non-winning variation pattern is executed, and the display pattern 50 is stopped in a non-winning mode.
In other words, if a power outage occurs during the low-probability time-shortening game state LJT1, which is likely to remain during play, the background image displayed will be the same whether the power is restored from the power outage accompanied by a RAM clear (when the normal game state is set) or the power is restored from the power outage without a RAM clear (when the low-probability time-shortening game state LJT1 is set), and when a lottery is held to determine whether the first special chart random number is correct or incorrect and a decision is made to confirm the player's stay in the low-probability time-shortening game state LJT1, the variable presentation may be executed in the same execution and stopping modes.
As a result, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, it is difficult to determine whether the RAM has been cleared when power is restored after an interruption.

The various effects and suggestions mentioned above are executed by the sub-CPU 301 of the sub-control board 300, which receives various commands sent from the main control board 100 (for example, a game status command indicating the game status, a start entry command indicating that a game ball has entered the first start entry slot 15 or the second start entry slot 16, a RAM clear command indicating that a RAM clear has been executed, a variation pattern command indicating a variation pattern related to the variation display of special symbols, etc.), by controlling the effect display device 21, right-hit notification lamp RL, and audio output device 10 based on the control data stored in the sub-ROM 302 at a predetermined execution timing.

As described above, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, when the low probability time-saving game state LJT2-A ends because the number of times the special pattern changes reaches the time-saving number without the special game being executed, if the first special pattern random number has been stored, the left-hit suggestion image is not displayed and the left-hit sound is not output, but if the first special pattern random number has not been stored, the left-hit suggestion image is displayed and the left-hit sound is output.
This allows the display of the left hit suggestion image and the output of the left hit sound to be appropriately controlled depending on the situation when the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A ends (i.e., whether or not the first special symbol random number is stored), so it is possible to prevent the player from feeling annoyed by the display of the left hit suggestion image and the output of the left hit sound being executed even when it is not necessary, while allowing the player to proceed with the game appropriately. Also, the processing load on hardware resources such as the sub-CPU 301 can be reduced in relation to the display of the left hit suggestion image and the output of the left hit sound.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, the normal game state set after the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A ends and the normal game state set after the RAM is cleared differ in the presentation mode (type of background image displayed, execution mode of the variable presentation, presence or absence of button press operation presentation in the variable presentation, etc.) when the time-saving pattern J1 that triggers the transition to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 is determined.
This makes it possible to provide a wide variety of effects when the time-saving symbol J1 is determined during the normal game state, thereby increasing the interest of the player.

In addition, in the normal game state set after the RAM is cleared, an LJT1 background image indicating that the game is in the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1 is displayed, and when the time-shortened pattern J1 is determined, a variation effect is executed according to a normal non-winning variation pattern that can be executed when a miss is determined during the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1, and the button pressing operation effect is not executed during the variation effect.
As a result, although the RAM has been cleared and the normal game state has been set, the player is given the impression that he or she is in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, which is the state that the player is most likely to stay in during gameplay, making it difficult for the player to recognize that the RAM has been cleared.In addition, since it becomes difficult to recognize the determination of the time-saving symbol J1, it is possible to prevent a situation in which the player feels a great loss because the transition to the highly advantageous low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B has not been determined (the time-saving symbol J2 has not been determined).

In addition, in the normal game state that is set after the RAM is cleared, when the time-saving pattern J2 that triggers a transition to the highly advantageous low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B is determined, a normal background image is displayed, and a change presentation using a special change pattern similar to that during the normal game state that is set after the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A ends, and a button press operation presentation are executed.
This allows the player to understand that the normal game state after RAM clearing has been set when it is decided to transition to the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-B, thereby increasing the player's interest in the game.

Furthermore, at the start of a special game that is executed through winning a big win or small win based on the second special random number during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2, if the result of the win/lose lottery among the stored second special random numbers is a big win or small win, and if the difference ball count value has not reached the first reference value, a special effect that suggests that a so-called consecutive win within the reserve will occur is executed, but if the difference ball count value has reached the first reference value, the execution of the above-mentioned special effect is restricted.
This makes it possible to prevent a situation in which, even though the occurrence of consecutive wins in reserved games is suggested by the execution of a special effect at the start of a special game, the game stops without the occurrence of consecutive wins in reserved games because the activation state is set after the end of the special game, causing the player to feel an excessive sense of loss.

Next, we will explain the control processing of the sub-control board 300 regarding the normal game state that is set after RAM is cleared, the variable effects based on the first special chart random number during the normal game state that is set after the low-probability time-saving game state LJT-2 ends, and the control processing of the sub-control board 300 regarding special effects. Note that explanations of variable effects in other game states and processing related to various other effects and suggestions will be omitted here, as those skilled in the art will be able to understand how to implement this form (how to apply this form) based on the first and second forms, etc. Furthermore, explanations of processing performed in this form that is the same as that in the first and second forms, etc. will also be omitted.

First, the difference ball related command reception process executed when the first difference ball operation stop control designation command, the second difference ball operation stop control designation command, or the third difference ball operation stop control designation command is received as part of the command analysis process of step 10101 in the timer interrupt process of the sub-control board 300 (see FIG. 63, etc.) will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. 128. As described above, the first difference ball operation stop control designation command, the second difference ball operation stop control designation command, and the third difference ball operation stop control designation command are stored in the main control board 100 in step 1872 of the difference ball related command set process, and then transmitted to the sub-control board 300 by the port output process of step 212.
Steps 10700 to 10701 are the same as those in the first embodiment, and therefore the explanation will be omitted.
In step 10701-1, which is performed after the indication that the activation warning state has been set is executed in step 10701, the sub-CPU 301 turns on a special effect restriction flag, which indicates that the execution of special effects is restricted. As a result, the execution of special effects will be restricted from this point onwards. Note that after receiving the first difference ball activation stop control designation command (i.e., after the activation warning state is set), this special effect restriction flag remains on until the activation warning state, activation notice state, and activation state end, and then turns off when these states end. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 10702.

Steps 10702 to 10705 are the same as those in the first form, so their explanation will be omitted.

Next, the RAM clear command reception process executed when a RAM clear command is received, which is part of the command analysis process of step 10101 described above, will be described with reference to the flowchart of Fig. 129. As described above, the RAM clear command is sent to the sub-control board 300 by executing step 144 of the power interruption evacuation process in the main control board 100.
In step 11100, the sub CPU 301 turns on the RAM clear command, which indicates that the RAM has been cleared, and then ends the RAM clear command reception process.

Next, the normal game state variation pattern command reception process executed when a variation pattern command based on the first special random number is received during the normal game state will be explained with reference to the flowchart in Figure 130. As described above, the variation pattern command is stored in the main control board 100 in step 903 of the variation pattern determination process, and then transmitted to the sub-control board 300 by the port output process in step 212.
In step 11200, the sub-CPU 301 determines whether or not it has received a fluctuation pattern command determined based on the first special symbol random number during normal gaming mode (i.e., the fluctuation pattern command "07H" when the jackpot symbol X1 is determined, the fluctuation pattern command "09H" when the jackpot symbol X2 is determined, the fluctuation pattern command "0DH" when the time-saving symbol J1 is determined, or the fluctuation pattern command "0EH" when the time-saving symbol J2 is determined). If it determines that it has not received the fluctuation pattern command, it terminates the normal gaming mode fluctuation pattern command reception process. On the other hand, if it determines that it has received the fluctuation pattern command, it proceeds to the next step 11201.
In step 11201, the sub-CPU 301 determines whether the RAM clear flag is on. If it is determined that the RAM clear flag is not on (i.e., off), the sub-CPU 301 proceeds to step 11205. On the other hand, if it is determined that the RAM clear flag is on, the sub-CPU 301 proceeds to the next step 11202.

In step 11202, the sub CPU 301 turns off the RAM clear flag, and then proceeds to the next step 11203.
In step 11203, the sub-CPU 301 determines whether the received fluctuation pattern command is "0DH" (i.e., the fluctuation pattern command when the time-saving symbol J1 is determined). If it is determined to be "0DH", the process proceeds to step 11206. On the other hand, if it is determined to be not "0DH", the process proceeds to the next step 11204.

In step 11204, the sub-CPU 301 executes the display of the normal background image. As a result, the LJT1 background image displayed on the display unit 21a of the performance display device 21 is switched to the normal background image. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 11205.
In step 11205, the sub-CPU 301 determines a special variation pattern as the execution mode of the variation effect, and determines the execution of the button press operation effect. Then, the process proceeds to step 11207.

In addition, in step 11206, which is carried out when it is determined that the result is "0DH" in step 11203, the sub-CPU 301 determines a normal non-winning variation pattern as an execution mode of the variation presentation. Then, the process proceeds to step 11207.
In step 11207, the sub-CPU 301 sets in the transmission buffer a variable effect execution command corresponding to the execution mode of the variable effect determined in step 11205 or step 11206 and whether or not a button press operation effect is to be executed. The variable effect execution command set here is transmitted to the various control boards in step 10103, and these control boards control the execution of the variable effect and button press operation effect based on the received variable effect execution command. Then, the variable pattern command reception process during normal game mode is terminated.

Next, the pre-determination command reception process executed when a pre-determination command is received, part of the command analysis process of step 10101 described above, will be explained with reference to the flowchart in Figure 131. As described above, the pre-determination command is stored in the main control board 100 in step 655 of the pre-determination process, and then transmitted to the sub-control board 300 by the port output process of step 212.

In step 12000, the sub-CPU 301 stores the pre-determination information, such as the result of the lottery, the type of special symbol, and the variable pattern command, included in the pre-determination command, in the sub-RAM 303 based on the received pre-determination command. Then, the pre-determination command reception process is terminated.
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, the main RAM 103 of the main control board 100 is provided with a first reserved memory area for storing the first special random number and a second reserved memory area for storing the second special random number. The sub-RAM 303 of the sub-control board 300 is also provided with a first reserved memory area for storing pre-determination information related to the first special random number and a second reserved memory area for storing pre-determination information related to the second special random number. The first reserved memory area and the second reserved memory area provided in the sub-RAM 303 are each composed of a total of four memory units, namely, a first memory unit, a second memory unit, and a fourth memory unit. When the sub-CPU 301 receives a pre-determination command corresponding to the first special random number, the pre-determination information included in the received pre-determination command is stored in the first memory unit of the first reserved memory area, and when the sub-CPU 301 receives a pre-determination command corresponding to the second special random number, the pre-determination information included in the received pre-determination command is stored in the first memory unit of the second reserved memory area, in order. Furthermore, when the sub-CPU 301 receives a variation pattern command corresponding to the first special pattern random number transmitted from the main control board 100, the pre-determination information stored in the first memory section of the first reserved memory area is cleared, and the pre-determination information stored in the second memory section to the fourth memory section of the first reserved memory area is shifted to a memory section with a smaller number by one. Furthermore, when the sub-CPU 301 receives a variation pattern command corresponding to the second special pattern random number transmitted from the main control board 100, the pre-determination information stored in the first memory section of the second reserved memory area is cleared, and the pre-determination information stored in the second memory section to the fourth memory section of the second reserved memory area is shifted to a memory section with a smaller number by one.

Next, the opening command reception process executed when an opening command transmitted at the start of a special game is received, which is part of the command analysis process of step 10101 described above, will be described with reference to the flowchart of Fig. 132. As described above, the opening command is stored in the main control board 100 in step 1108 of the post-stop process (see Fig. 83, etc.) or in step 1261 of the small win game control process (see Fig. 84, etc.), and then transmitted to the sub-control board 300 by the port output process of step 212.
In step 12100, the sub-CPU 301 determines whether the game state when the big win or small win that triggers the start of the special game was won was the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2 (i.e., whether the big win or small win was won during the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2). If it is determined that the game was not in the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2 (i.e., during the normal game state or the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1), the opening command reception process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the game was in the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2, the process proceeds to the next step 12200.

In step 12200, the sub-CPU 301 checks the pre-determination information corresponding to the second special random number stored in the second reserved memory area of the sub-RAM 303. Specifically, the sub-CPU 301 checks the information in the pre-determination information that indicates the result of the lottery based on the second special random number. This makes it possible to determine whether the second special random number that results in a big win or a small win is stored in the second reserved memory area. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 12300.
In step 12300, the sub-CPU 301 determines whether or not information related to a big win or a small win was included as pre-determination information corresponding to the second special random number based on the result of the check in step 12200. If it is determined that information related to a big win or a small win was not included, the opening command reception process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that information related to a big win or a small win was included, the amount of information included is confirmed, and then the process proceeds to the next step 12400.

In step 12400, the sub-CPU 301 determines whether the special effect restriction flag is on (i.e., whether the execution of special effects is restricted after the activation warning state has been set). If it is determined that the special effect restriction flag is on, the opening command reception process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the special effect restriction flag is not on (i.e., it is off), the process proceeds to the next step 12500.
In step 12500, the sub-CPU 301 sets in the transmission buffer a special effect execution command for executing a special effect according to the number of pieces of information related to the big win or small win confirmed in the above-mentioned step 12300. The special effect execution command set here is transmitted to various control boards in the above-mentioned step 10103, and these control boards control the execution of special effects based on the received special effect execution command. Then, the opening command reception process ends.

(Modification of the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment (sixth embodiment))
In the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, a first start winning port 15 (hereinafter also referred to as the left first start winning port) is provided in the first game area 12a as the first start winning port 15 where a winning or losing lottery based on the first special chart random number is held when a game ball enters, and which can only be entered by game balls flowing down the first game area 12a, but the installation manner of the first start winning port 15 is not limited to this.
For example, in addition to the left first start entry port, a first start entry port 15 (hereinafter also referred to as the right first start entry port) may be provided in the second game area 12b and can only accept game balls flowing down the second game area 12b.
The structure of this right first starting winning hole is not particularly limited, but it is desirable that it be a structure that allows game balls to enter at all times (for example, a cup-shaped opening at the top).
Furthermore, by appropriately adjusting the installation position and installation manner within the second game area 12b, it is desirable to make it more difficult for game balls to enter the right first start winning hole than the second start winning hole 16 when they are shot toward the second game area 12b (for example, if 100 game balls are shot into the second game area 12b, approximately 50 to 60 balls will enter the second start winning hole 16, and approximately 2 to 3 balls will enter the right first start winning hole). It is also desirable to make it more difficult for balls to enter the right first start winning hole than the left first start winning hole (for example, if 100 game balls are shot into the first game area 12a, approximately 5 to 6 balls will enter the left first start winning hole, and if 100 game balls are shot into the second game area 12b, approximately 2 to 3 balls will enter the right first start winning hole).
To achieve the above-mentioned difficulty level of entry, for example, the second start entry port 16 can be installed on or near the route of the second game area 12b along which many game balls shot toward the second game area 12b flow, while the right first start entry port can be installed at a location away from the route where game balls flowing down the route can reach it by bouncing off a nail or other structure. Note that the location and installation style of the right first start entry port are not limited to this, and various installation positions and installation styles can be adopted as long as it is within the second game area 12b and only game balls flowing down the second game area 12b can enter.

In the above case, during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A in which the game ball remains before transitioning to the normal game state and is shot toward the second game area 12b, the game ball enters the right first starting entry port, making it possible to store the first special chart random number.
This minimizes the need for the player to launch a game ball toward the first game area 12a after the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A ends, thereby reducing the player's gaming burden. Furthermore, when the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A ends, a win/loss lottery based on the first special symbol random number during the normal game state can be executed without interruption. This allows for smooth gameplay when transitioning from the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A to the normal game state, preventing the player from feeling as if the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A and the normal game state are separated. Furthermore, because the win/loss lottery is executed without interruption when the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A ends, it is also possible to execute a series of effects spanning the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A and the normal game state.
Furthermore, since it is difficult for a game ball to enter the right first start winning slot, the number of first special symbol random numbers stored in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A can be reduced. This makes it possible to prevent as much as possible a situation that is unfavorable to the player, such as, for example, a transition to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B due to the determination of the time-saving symbol J2, but in this low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B, a jackpot symbol X1 is determined based on the stored first special symbol random number, and the transition to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 via a special game (so-called "heso-ochi").

In the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, when the time-saving pattern J1 is determined during the normal game state, the same variable pattern command (variable pattern) is determined in the main control board 100 regardless of the type of normal game state (normal game state set after RAM is cleared, normal game state set after the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A ends), but the sub-control board 300 is set to determine the type of normal game state so that even if the variable pattern command is the same, the execution mode of the variable presentation is changed depending on the type of normal game state, but the control of changing the execution mode of the variable presentation is not limited to this.
For example, the main control board 100 may be set so that the variable pattern command (variation pattern) that is determined when the time-saving pattern J1 is determined during normal game mode differs depending on the type of normal game mode, and the sub-control board 300 may be set so that the variable presentation is executed in an execution mode that corresponds to the variable pattern command, thereby making it possible to vary the execution mode of the variable presentation without the sub-control board 300 determining the type of normal game mode.
Specifically, the main ROM 102 of the main control board 100 is provided with a variation pattern table 114 that is referenced during the normal game state after the RAM is cleared, and a variation pattern table 114 that is referenced during the normal game state after the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A ends, and it is set so that when the time-saving symbol J1 is determined, a different variation pattern command (variation pattern) is determined in each variation pattern table 114. Then, it may be set so that the mode of variation presentation executed for each variation pattern command is different in the sub-control board 300.
In the above case, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment can be achieved.

In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, when the time-saving pattern J1 is determined in the normal game state set after the RAM is cleared, the variation effect is executed according to the normal non-winning variation pattern, but this is not limited to this.
For example, the variation effect may be performed using a variation pattern without development or a variation pattern with development.
Even in the above case, the same effect as that of the pachinko machine P of this embodiment can be achieved, and the presentation effect can be improved when the time-saving pattern J1 is determined in the normal game state set after the RAM is cleared.

In the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, in the normal game state that is set after the low probability time-saving game state LJT2-A ends, a left-hit suggestion image is displayed as a left-hit suggestion, but this is not limited to this.
For example, a first start winning port ball entry suggestion image (for example, a text image saying "Aim for the center button!") may be displayed to encourage the player to aim for the game ball to enter the first start winning port 15. When the first start winning port ball entry suggestion image is displayed, the same control as for the left hit suggestion image may be executed.
In the above case, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment can be achieved.

In the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, when the normal game state is set by clearing the RAM, the LJT1 background image is displayed, and when the normal game state is set by the end of the low-probability time-shortening game state LJT2-A, the normal background image is displayed, and different background images are displayed depending on the type of normal game state (normal game state set after clearing the RAM, normal game state set after the end of the low-probability time-shortening game state LJT2-A), but this is not limited to this.
For example, the same background image (for example, LJT1 background image) may be displayed regardless of which game state is set.
In the above case, the same effect as that of the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment can be achieved, and the presentation effect when the normal game state is set can be improved.

In the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, the right-hit notification lamp RL is connected to the sub-control board 300, and the turning it on and off is controlled by the sub-CPU 301 of the sub-control board 300, but this is not limited to this.
For example, a right-hit notification lamp RL may be connected to the main control board 100, and the main CPU 101 of the main control board 100 may perform control similar to that of this embodiment.
In addition, when the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A ends and the normal game state is set, the right-hit notification lamp RL is turned off, but the right-hit notification lamp RL may continue to be lit even after the normal game state is set, and when the time-saving symbol J1 is determined based on the first special symbol random number during the normal game state and the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 is set, the right-hit notification lamp RL may be turned off.In addition, when a jackpot is won based on the first special symbol random number during the normal game state and a special game is executed, or when the time-saving symbol J2 is determined and the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B is set, the right-hit notification lamp RL may continue to be lit.
In the above case, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment can be achieved.

In the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, when the number of times the special pattern changes reaches the number of times the time is reduced without a special game being executed, the low-probability time-reduced game state LJT2-A ends and the normal game state is set, but the conditions for setting the normal game state (conditions for ending the low-probability time-reduced game state LJT2-A) are not limited to this.
For example, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A may end when a jackpot symbol or a small jackpot symbol associated with the setting of the normal game state is determined, and the normal game state may be set after the special game is completed. Alternatively, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A may end and the normal game state may be set when a predetermined number of small jackpot symbols are determined. Alternatively, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A may be set so that a time-saving award can be won even during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A, and the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A may end and the normal game state may be set when a predetermined time-saving symbol is determined.
Even in this case, the same control of effects and suggestions as during the normal game state that is set after the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A in this embodiment has ended may be carried out.
In addition, the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1 and the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-B may also be terminated when the above-mentioned conditions are met, and a normal game state may be set. The normal game state set after the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1 has ended, and the normal game state set after the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-B has ended may also be controlled in the same manner as in the normal game state set after the low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2-A has ended in this embodiment, with the same effects and suggestions.
In the above case, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment can be achieved.

In the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, at the start of a special game that is executed through winning a big win or small win based on the second special random number during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2, if the result of the win/loss lottery among the stored second special random numbers is a big win or small win, a special effect can be executed, but it may also be possible to execute a special effect in other cases as well.
For example, a special effect may be executed if, at the start of a special game (i.e., a special game based on the determination of a jackpot symbol X1) that is executed via a jackpot win based on a first special symbol random number in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 and that sets the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 after completion, one of the stored first special symbol random numbers results in a jackpot. Also, at the start of a special game (i.e., a special game based on the determination of a jackpot symbol X2) that is executed via a jackpot win based on a first special symbol random number in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 and that sets the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 after completion, one of the stored second special symbol random numbers results in a jackpot or small jackpot.
In these cases, similarly to the present embodiment, the execution of special effects may be restricted based on the ball difference count value.
In the above case, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment can be achieved.

In the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, at the start of the special game, it is determined whether any of the stored second special chart random numbers will result in a big win or a small win as a result of the win/lose lottery, and if any result in a big win or a small win, a special effect can be executed at that time, but the timing of the above determination and the timing of the execution of the special effect are not limited to this.
For example, when the special effect is executed at the start of a special game as in this embodiment, the above judgment may be made at the time when a big win or small win is determined by the win/loss lottery (the time when the win/loss lottery is executed), or at any time between the start and end of the display of the changing special pattern based on the winning (i.e., at a time before the special effect is executed).
Furthermore, for example, the special effect may be executed at any point during the variable effect based on the winning of a big win or small win (for example, when the winning of a big win or small win is announced in the variable effect, etc.), and even in this case, the above judgment may be made at a point prior to the execution of the special effect (for example, when the winning/losing lottery is executed, or at any point between the start of the variable display of the special pattern based on the lottery and the execution of the special effect, etc.).
Furthermore, for example, the special effect may be executed at any point during special play based on winning a big or small prize (for example, any point from the start to the end of a specified round of play, any point from the end of a round of play until the start of the next round of play (i.e., during the interval), at the end of the special play, etc.), and even in this case, the above judgment may be made at a point prior to the execution of the special effect (for example, at the time when the winning/losing lottery is executed, any point from the start to the end of the display of the changing special pattern based on the lottery, any point from the start of the special play until the special effect is executed, etc.).
In these cases, similarly to the present embodiment, the execution of special effects may be restricted based on the ball difference count value.
In the above case, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment can be achieved.

In the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, at the start of a special game that is executed through winning a big win or small win based on the second special random number during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2, if the result of the win/loss lottery among the stored second special random numbers is a big win or small win, and the difference ball count value has not reached the first reference value, a special effect is always executed, but it may also be possible to decide whether or not to execute a special effect by taking into account the success or failure of other conditions.
For example, a lottery may be set to be held to determine whether or not a special effect will be executed, and if the lottery determines that a special effect will be executed, the special effect may be executed.
In addition, a plurality of types of special symbols are provided that are determined based on whether a big win or a small win has been won, and when a predetermined special symbol is determined, a special effect is executed, but when a special symbol other than the predetermined special symbol is determined, the special effect may not be executed.
In addition, as the variation pattern of the special symbol that can be determined when a big win or a small win is won, a plurality of variation patterns with different defined variation times (for example, a variation pattern with a defined relatively short variation time, a variation pattern with a defined relatively long variation time, etc.) can be provided, and when a predetermined variation pattern (a variation pattern with a defined relatively short variation time) is determined, a special effect can be executed, but when a variation pattern other than the predetermined variation pattern is determined, the special effect can not be executed.
In the above case, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment can be achieved.

In the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, the sub-CPU 301 executes control of restricting the execution of special effects based on the difference ball count value by determining whether or not the special effect restriction flag, which indicates that the execution of special effects is restricted, is on, but the control may also be executed based on other determinations.
For example, the sub-CPU 301 may determine whether an activation warning suggestion or an activation advance suggestion has been made, and if it determines that an activation warning suggestion or an activation advance suggestion has been made, it may not execute the special effect.
In the above case, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment can be achieved.

In the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, when the difference ball count value reaches the first reference value at the start of the special game (when the special effect is executed) (when the state is other than the pre-activation warning state), the execution of the special effect is restricted, but this is not limited to this.
For example, if a special effect is set to be executed at the start of a special game as in this embodiment, the special effect may be executed when the value obtained by adding the difference ball count value at the start of the special game to the total number of winning balls that can be won during the special game is smaller than a second reference value (i.e., when the activation state is not set even when the special game ends), and may not be executed when the value is equal to or greater than the second reference value (i.e., when the activation state is set when the special game ends).
Also, for example, if it is set that a special effect is to be executed at the end of a special game, the special effect may be executed if the difference ball count value at the end of the special game has not reached the second reference value (i.e., when the activation state is not set after the end of the special game), and the special effect may not be executed if the difference ball count value has reached the second reference value (i.e., when the activation state is set after the end of the special game).
In this case, even if the difference ball count value has reached the first reference value, the special effect can be executed as long as the activation state is not set after the special game ends, thereby increasing the opportunities for executing the special effect and increasing the interest of the player.

In the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, the execution of special effects is restricted based on the difference ball count value by not executing the special effects, but the manner of restriction is not limited to this.
For example, just as when the execution of special effects is not restricted, an image suggesting consecutive wins in reserve may be displayed on the display unit 21a of the effect display device 21, but the image suggesting consecutive wins in reserve may be displayed in an extremely small size that is almost impossible for the player to see, or the image suggesting consecutive wins in reserve may be displayed only for an extremely short period of time (for example, 0.01 seconds) that is impossible for the player to recognize.
In addition, the image suggesting consecutive wins in the reserve may be displayed in the same size and for the same time as when the execution of special effects is not restricted, but by displaying the image suggesting consecutive wins in the reserve on the lowest layer, it may be concealed by other images (background images, etc.) displayed on higher layers and become invisible.
In the above case, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment can be achieved.

In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, an image suggesting consecutive wins in the reserved balls is displayed as a special effect, but the form of the special effect is not limited to this.
For example, the pending image for a pending ball that is the subject of a consecutive win within a pending ball may be changed to a specific form (for example, a rainbow-colored letter "V," a specified character, etc.).
In this case, too, as in the present embodiment, the restriction on the execution of special effects may be controlled based on the difference ball count value.
In the above case, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment can be achieved.

In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, the special effects suggest the occurrence of consecutive wins within the reserved ball, but are not limited to this.
For example, the special effect may be an effect that suggests that a relatively advantageous game state will be set after the special game ends.
More specifically, for example, as special patterns determined when a big win (or small win) is won, special pattern A may be provided which indicates that a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT1 (a game state with a relatively low advantage) will be set after the special game ends, and special pattern B may be provided which indicates that a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2 (a game state with a relatively high advantage) will be set after the special game ends, and by making it possible to execute a special effect when special pattern B is determined, it may be possible to suggest that a low-probability time-shortened game state LJT2 will be set after the special game ends.
Furthermore, for example, as special patterns that are determined when a jackpot is won, special pattern C may be provided, which indicates that a low-probability game state (a relatively less advantageous game state) in which the probability of winning a jackpot is relatively low will be set after the special game ends, and special pattern D may be provided, which indicates that a high-probability game state (a relatively more advantageous game state) in which the probability of winning a jackpot is relatively high will be set after the special game ends, and by making it possible to execute a special effect when special pattern D is determined, it may be possible to suggest that a high-probability game state will be set after the special game ends.
In these cases, similarly to the present embodiment, the execution of special effects may be restricted based on the ball difference count value.
In the above case, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment can be achieved.

The pachinko machine P in this embodiment is a so-called type 1/type 2 mixed pachinko machine, but is not limited to this and may, for example, be a pachinko machine in which special games are executed only based on a jackpot (a so-called type 1 pachinko machine). Furthermore, even in type 1 pachinko machines, the execution of special effects may be restricted based on the differential ball count value, as in this embodiment.

The various settings and controls of the above-described embodiments and modifications may be combined with one another within a range that does not cause contradictions.
The various controls in the above-described embodiments may also be employed in a managed gaming machine. Here, a managed gaming machine is configured as follows: (A) a player plays by shooting gaming balls onto the surface of a managed gaming machine gaming board; (B) there are no upper or lower trays, so the player cannot directly touch the gaming balls; (C) the minimum number of balls required for launching is circulated within the gaming machine; (D) the number of gaming balls and acquired gaming balls are managed and displayed as numerical data by the managed gaming machine; and (E) at the end of play, the number of gaming balls managed by the managed gaming machine can be transferred and managed by operating a counting switch to a dedicated unit (a device that lends out gaming balls as numerical data and stores the numerical data of acquired gaming balls).

When the number of game balls managed by the managed game machine reaches a predetermined counting operation suggestion number (for example, 60,000), the managed game machine may operate a counting switch to suggest a counting operation to transfer the number of game balls managed by the managed game machine to a dedicated unit (for example, displaying a counting operation suggestion image saying "Please count" on the display unit 21a of the effect display device 21, outputting a counting operation suggestion voice saying "Please count" from the audio output device 10, etc.). Also, when the number of game balls managed by the managed game machine reaches a predetermined counting operation suggestion number (for example, 60,000), lending of game balls as numerical data from the dedicated unit may be prohibited.
In this case, when the number of game balls being managed reaches the above-mentioned counting operation suggestion number during the activation warning state (while the activation text image is displayed) or during the activation notice state (while the activation notice text image is displayed), the counting operation suggestion is not executed, but the lending of game balls as numerical data from the dedicated unit may be prohibited.

Furthermore, the activation character image and the activation notice character image may be set to have a higher display priority on the display unit 21a than the counting operation suggestion image, so that when the activation warning state or the activation notice state is set and the number of game balls being managed reaches the counting operation suggestion number simultaneously, the activation character image or the activation notice character image may be displayed on the display unit 21a in preference to the counting operation suggestion image. Furthermore, when the activation warning state or the activation notice state is set while the counting operation suggestion image is being displayed, the activation character image or the activation notice character image may be displayed on the display unit 21a instead of the counting operation suggestion image.
Even in these cases, the prohibition of lending game balls may be implemented as numerical data from the dedicated unit.

In addition, the activation character image and the activation notice character image may be set to be displayed in a higher layer than the counting operation suggestion image, and when the activation warning state or the activation notice state is set and the number of game balls being managed reaches the counting operation suggestion number at the same time, or when the activation warning state or the activation notice state is set while the counting operation suggestion image is being displayed, both images may be displayed on the display unit 21a, but the counting operation suggestion image may be made a transparent image so that only the activation character image or the activation notice character image is visible.
Even in these cases, the prohibition of lending game balls may be implemented as numerical data from the dedicated unit.

Furthermore, if an activation text image or activation notice text image is displayed on the display unit 21a in preference to a counting operation suggestion image when both the activation warning state or activation notice state has been set and the number of managed game balls has reached the number suggested for counting operation, the counting operation suggestion image may be displayed on the display unit 21a if the activation warning state or activation notice state has ended due to initialization but the number of managed game balls continues to reach the number suggested for counting operation.

In the controlled gaming machine, the sound output device 10 is set to output a predetermined switch operation sound when the counting switch is operated, and when the counting switch is operated, the volume of the background music output as a performance and the sound effects output based on the operation of the operation button 9b are reduced (or muted), but the volume of the activation warning sound output based on the setting of the activation warning state and the activation notice sound output based on the setting of the activation notice state may be set not to be reduced.
Furthermore, if an error occurs when the counting switch is operated, the above-mentioned switch operation sound may not be output, or the volume of the switch operation sound that is output may be reduced (or muted).

Furthermore, the main CPU 101 that executes the special game control process in the sixth form (first form) corresponds to the special game execution means of the present invention. Furthermore, the game balls in the sixth form (first form) correspond to the game value of the present invention. Furthermore, the payout motor 62 and the launch payout control board 200 in the sixth form (first form) correspond to the awarding means of the present invention. Furthermore, the entry of a game ball into a predetermined winning slot in the sixth form (first form) corresponds to the fulfillment of a predetermined awarding condition of the present invention. Furthermore, the sub-CPU 301, etc. in the sixth form (first form) correspond to the performance execution means of the present invention. Furthermore, the point at which the difference ball count value is reset in the sixth form (first form) corresponds to the predetermined calculation start point of the present invention. Furthermore, the number of operation stops in the sixth form (first form) corresponds to the specific amount of the present invention. Furthermore, the activation state in the sixth form (first form) corresponds to the non-playable state of the present invention. Furthermore, the occurrence of a so-called reserve consecutive win in the sixth form corresponds to the game profit awarded after the special game of the present invention ends. Furthermore, the pachinko machine P in the sixth form corresponds to the gaming machine of the present invention. Furthermore, the point in time when the differential ball count value in the sixth form (first form) reaches the first reference value corresponds to the specific point in time of the present invention. Furthermore, the activation warning suggestion in the sixth form (first form) corresponds to the suggestion regarding reaching a specific amount of the present invention.

P Pachinko machine 100 Main control board 101 Main CPU
102 Main ROM
103 Main RAM
300 Sub-control board 301 Sub-CPU
302 Sub ROM
303 Sub RAM

Claims (1)

a special game execution means for executing a special game advantageous to a player;
an awarding means for awarding a predetermined amount of game value based on the establishment of a predetermined awarding condition;
a test signal control means capable of generating a test signal that can be output to the outside of the gaming machine and indicates the progress of a game or a game state;
A performance execution means capable of executing a performance,
a game-disabled state in which game progress is disabled can be set based on a difference amount, which is the difference between the amount of game value granted by the granting means from a predetermined calculation start point and the amount of game value used in the game, reaching a specific amount;
The effect execution means is a gaming machine capable of executing a special effect suggesting a game profit to be awarded after the special game ends, before the special game ends,
From a specific point in time between the start of the predetermined calculation and the time when the difference amount reaches a specific amount, it is possible to start suggesting that the specific amount be reached, and from that specific point onwards, the execution of special effects is restricted ,
A gaming machine characterized in that , when a game-disabled state is set while a test signal is being output, the output of the test signal continues even after the game-disabled state is set .